Mechanical Professional Elective

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 310

ACADEMIC CURRICULA

Professional Elective Courses

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Regulations - 2018

SRM INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY


(Deemed to be University u/s 3 of UGC Act, 1956)
K a t t a n k u l a t hu r , K a nc h e e p u r a m , T a m i l Na d u , In d i a

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1546
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE301T FUNDAMENTALS OF VIBRATION AND NOISE E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
18MEC201T Machines and Mechanisms NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Be familiar with the vibrations of two degree of freedom systems 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Be familiar with the vibrations of multi degree of freedom systems

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Be familiar with the vibrations of continuous systems

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge
CLR-4 : Be familiar with the Numerical Integration methods in Vibration analysis

Expected roficiency (%)

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-5 : Be familiar with the vibration measurement devices

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
Be familiar with the vibrations of multi degree of freedom systems & Continuous systems, numerical integration methods in
CLR-6

Communication
vibration analysis and vibration measuring devices

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Able to learn the concepts of vibration analysis of two degree of freedom systems and vibration absorbers 1& 2 75 70 H M M H L L M L L L L M
CLO-2 : Able to Understand and apply the various numerical methods for vibration analysis of three degree of freedom systems 1 75 70 H M M H L L M L L L L L
CLO-3 : Able to learn the concepts of vibration analysis of continuous systems 1 75 70 H M M L M L M L L L L L
CLO-4 : Able to apply the knowledge of numerical integration methods in vibration analysis 1 75 70 H M M L M L M L L L L L
CLO-5 : Able to Understand the vibration measurement devices and condition monitoring techniques 1&2 75 70 H H M M H L H L L M L M
Able to understand the vibrations of two, multi degree of freedom systems and continuous sytems and apply the knowledge of
CLO-6: 1&2 75 70 H H M M H L H L L M L L
numerical integration methods in vibration analysis and vibration measuring devices in field measurement.
Vibrations of Continuous systems Numerical
Vibrations of Two degree of freedom Vibrations of Three Degree of freedom Numerical Integration Methods in Vibration Measuring Instruments /
Integration Methods in Vibration Analysis /
systems / Module 1 systems / Module 2 Vibration Analysis / Module 4 Module 5
Module 3
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Equation of Motion for free undamped
Introduction to vibration terminologies Introduction to Finite Difference Vibration Measuring Devices –
S-1 SLO-1 three degrees of freedom systems using Transverse Vibrations of String or a cable
and multidegree of freedom systems method Transducer, Vibrometer
Newton’s Method, Orthogonality Condition
Equation of Motion for free undamped Multidegree of freedom systems – Matrix
Central difference method for single Vibration Measuring Devices –
S-2 SLO-1 two degrees of freedom systems using method , Eigen Value Method – Eigen Longitudinal vibrations of a Bar or a Rod
degree of freedom systems Accelerometer and Seismometer.
Newton’s method values and Eigen vector
Equation of Motion for free undamped Tutorials on Multidegree of freedom
Tutorials on Transverse Vibrations of Strings Central difference method for multi Tutorials on vibrometer, Accelerometer
S-3 SLO-1 two degrees of freedom systems using systems – Newton’s Method, Matrix
and Longitudinal vibrations of Rods degree of freedom systems and Seismometer.
Lagrangian energy method method , Eigen Value Method
Tutorials on free undamped two degrees
Influence Coefficients Method – Stiffness Tutorials on central difference Frequency Measuring devices – Single
S-4 SLO-1 of freedom systems using Newton’s Torsional vibrations of rods
and Flexibility matrix – spring mass system method Reed, Multi reed and stroboscope.
method and Lagrangian method

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1547
Dunkerly’s Method for closed coupled
Determine the natural frequencies and Runge-Kutta Method for single
S-5 SLO-1 system , Rayleigh’s Method for spring Lateral Vibrations of a Beam Vibration exciters
mode shapes for coordinate coupling degree of freedom systems
mass system
Concept of Linear undamped vibration Tutorials on Influence Coefficients Method, Tutorials on Torsional vibration of rods and Runge-Kutta Method for multi
S-6 SLO-1 Tutorials on vibration exciters.
absorber Dunkerly’s Method and Rayleigh’s Method lateral vibration of a Beams degree of freedom systems
Concept of Holzer’s Method for Far
Tutorials on coordinate coupling and Experimental Modal Analysis, Condition
S-7 SLO-1 Coupled systems and Close Coupled Rayleigh’s method for continuous system Tutorials on Runge-Kutta Method
Linear undamped vibration absorber Monitoring techniques
Sytems
Balancing Machines – Single plane and
Torsional Vibration of Three rotor systems- Rayleigh’s Ritz method for continuous Finite Difference Methods for
S-8 SLO-1 Torsional Vibration of Two rotor systems. two plane balancing
Equivalent Length Determination system Longitudinal vibration of bars
Torsional Vibration of Geared Systems Tutorials on Hozler’s method and Three Tutorials on Rayleigh’s method and Finite Difference Methods for
S-9 SLO-1 Tutorials on Modal analysis
with Two rotor System rotor systems. Rayleigh’s Ritz method transverse vibration of beams
1. Rao.S.S, “Mechanical Vibrations”, 5th Edition, Pearson Education Inc. Delhi 2009. 5. Rao.J.S and Gupta.K, “Introductory course on theory and practice of mechanical vibrations”, 2nd
Learning 2. Ambekar.A.G, “Mechanical Vibrations and Noise engineering”, PHI New Delhi, 2015. Edition, New Age International, New Delhi, 2014.
Resources 3. Thomson.W.T, “Theory of Vibration and its Applications”, 5th Edition, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 2001. 6. Ramamurthi.V, “Mechanical Vibration Practice with Basic Theory”, 1st edition, Narosa Publishing
4. Meirovitch, L., “Elements of Vibration Analysis”, Mc Graw – Hill Book Co., New York, 1986. House, Chennai, 2000.
Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc,

INDUSTRIAL EXPERT ACADEMIC EXPERT INTERNAL EXPERT


1. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in, rkpearls@yahoo.com Dr. Rajendra Machavaram, IIT Kharagpur V.N.B Prasad Sodisetty, SRMIST
2. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Raghavendra bejgam engineering project lead, pentair, noida. Dr. P. Nandakumar, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1548
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE302T INDUSTRIAL TRIBOLOGY E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
NIL NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards PSG Design Data book

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Understand and analyze thesurfaces and friction 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand and analyze the wear mechanisms

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Understand and analyze the film theory

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Understand and analyze the lubricants and lubrication phenomenon

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-5: Understand and analyze the surface engineering processes and select suitable materials for bearing

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6: Understand and solve various engineering problems

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of the course, student will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand friction and engineering surfaces 1,&2 100 85 H H H H H H
CLO-2 : Apply the knowledge and analyze the failure occurred due to various types of wear 3&4 100 85 H H H H H H H H
CLO-3 : Apply the knowledge of lubrication to provide solutions 3&4 100 85 H H H H H H H
CLO-4 : Analyze various surface conditions and provide new ideas of surface protection techniques 3&4 100 85 H H H H H H H
CLO-5: Formulate new materials 5 100 85 H H H H H H
CLO-6: Investigate the failure of a system 5 100 85 H H H H H H H H
Surface engineering and materials for
Surfaces and friction Wear Film lubrication theory Lubricants and lubrication
bearings
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Introduction to the concept of tribology, Introduction, background of Wear and Introduction to Viscosity and its
S-1 SLO-1 Types of lubricants and their properties Introduction to surface engineering
Tribological problems Types of Wear with applications. importance in lubrication.
Nature of engineering surfaces, Surface Influence of various particles on
S-2 SLO-1 Abrasive wear Stribeck Curve and its importance Surface treatments
topography viscosity of a lubricant.
Surface profilometer, measurement of surface Fluid film in simple shear, Viscous
S-3 SLO-1 topography; importance of roughness Adhesive wear flow between very close parallel Boundary and Mixed Lubrication regime Coatings and cladded plates
parameters plates.
Contact between surfaces, Sources of sliding
Shear variation within the film,
S-4 SLO-1 Friction, Friction characteristics of metals and Wear due to corrosion Hydrodynamic lubrication In situ formed tribo films
Lubricant supply, lubricant low rate.
non-metals
Friction due to ploughing, Friction due to Elasto hydrodynamic lubrication(EHL);
S-5 SLO-1 Fatigue and fretting wear Cold jacking, Couette flow, Surface Texturing
adhesion Problems on EHL
S-6 SLO-1 Sources of rolling friction, Stick slip motion Wear in metals Cavitations, film rupture and oil whirl Importance of film thickness, Lambda ratio Tribo corrosion
S-7 SLO-1 Friction of ceramic materials Wear in polymers Petroff’s equation Bio degradable lubricants Surface analysis techniques
S-8 SLO-1 Friction of polymers Wear of ceramics Reynolds equation Nano lubricants Materials for bearings
Measurement of wear, Ferrography and Hertzian contact and problems on Hertizian
S-9 SLO-1 Measurement of friction Sommerfield Number Condition monitoring
oil analysis contacts

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1549
1. Hutchings.I.M and Shipway P, “Tribology, Friction and Wear of Engineering Material, Elsevier Butterworth –Heinemann , UK, 2017. 5. Stolarski.T.A, “Tribology in Machine Design”, Industrial Press Inc., 1990.
Learning 2. Bharat Bhushan, “Introduction to tribology”, Wiley Publication, 2013. 6. Cameron.A, “Basic Lubrication Theory”, Longman, U.K., 1981.
Resources 3. Williams.J.A, “Engineering Tribology”, Oxford University Press, 2005. 7. 7. Neale.M.J., “Tribology Handbook”, Newnes Butter worth, Heinemann,
4. GwidonStachowiak, Andrew W Batchelor., “Engineering tribology”, Elsevier Butterworth –Heinemann, USA, 2005. U.K., 1975.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in,
Dr.P. Ramkumar, IITM, ramkumar@iitm.ac.in Mr. ShubrajitBhaumik, SRM IST ,
rkpearls@yahoo.com
2. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Dr.Chiradeep Ghosh , chiradeep.ghosh@tatasteel.com, Tata Steel Dr. TVVNL Rao, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1550
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE303T MECHANISM DESIGN, ANALYSIS AND SYNTHESIS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
18MEC201T Machines and Mechanisms NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Performthe kinematic analysis of various mechanisms and linkages 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Synthesis a linkage or mechanism for the given requirements

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Determine the acceleration at any point on the coupler

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-4 : Perform static and dynamic force analysis of linkages

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-5 : Perform kinematic analysis and synthesis of spatial mechanisms and Robot linkages

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6 : Design a mechanism according to the need and analyze it.

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Determine the position, velocity and acceleration of simple and complex linkages. 1,2 &3 75 65 H H M M H - - - - - - L
CLO-2 : Synthesize a linkage based on the given working conditions 1,2 &3 75 65 H H H H H - - - - - - L
CLO-3 : Find the conjugate points, radius of curvature and acceleration at any point on the coupler link. 1,2 &3 75 65 H H M H H - - - - - - L
CLO-4 : Find forces/moments in various links with or without considering inertia of links 1,2 &3 75 65 H H H M H - - - - - - L
CLO-5 : Determine the position, velocity and acceleration of spatial linkages and robot linkages 1,2 &3 75 65 H H H H H - - - - - - L
CLO-6 : Do the kinematic and dynamic analysis of mechanisms in addition to its synthesis. 1,2 &3 75 65 H H H H H - - - - - - L

Kinematics of Spatial Mechanisms


Kinematic Analysis of Mechanisms Kinematic Synthesis of Linkages Path Curvature Theory Force Analysis of Mechanisms
And Robotics
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Review of fundamentals of kinematics,
Introduction to synthesis, type, number and Mobility and description of spatial
S-1 SLO-1 mobility analysis and classifications of Fixed and moving centrodes Static force analysis of linkages
dimensional synthesis mechanisms
mechanisms
Two position synthesis of four bar and slider
Determination of radius of curvature of
S-2 SLO-1 Kinematic Inversions, Grashoff’s law crank mechanisms by extreme position and
coupler points by Hartmann’s Construction Static force analysis of linkages by Position, velocity and acceleration
inversion methods
graphical method, principle of super analysis of spatial mechanisms by
Determination of radius of curvature of
Mechanical advantage and Transmission Three position synthesis of four bar by position vector algebra method
S-3 SLO-1 coupler points by the Euler- Savary
angle inversion method
equation
Position analysis of four bar, Slider Crank Three position synthesis of slider crank Dynamics force analysis- D’Alembert’s Problems on kinematic analysis of
S-4 SLO-1 Inflection Points, The Inflection Circle
by complex and vector algebra methods mechanisms by inversion method principle spatial mechanisms
Velocity, acceleration and jerk analysis of Combined static and dynamics
Four position synthesis by point position Kinematic synthesis of spatial
S-5 SLO-1 four bar by complex and vector algebra The collineation axis and Bobiller's theorem analysis of four bar linkage, Graphical
reduction method and Overlay method. mechanisms
methods and analytical methods

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1551
Velocity, acceleration and jerk analysis of Introduction to Robot kinematics,
Determination of radius of curvature of Problems on combined static and
S-6 SLO-1 Slider Crank by complex and vector Coupler curve synthesis Topological arrangements of robotic
coupler points by Bobiller's Construction dynamic analysis
algebra methods arms, Eulerian angles, DH parameters
Velocity analysis of complex and six bar Shaking force and shaking couple Kinematic analysis of robot
Analytical Methods of synthesis by Blotch's
S-7 SLO-1 linkages by relative velocity method Problems on Bobiller's Construction manipulators using transformation
Synthesis
(Graphical method) matrices
Acceleration analysis of complex and six Introduction to force and moment
Analytical Methods of synthesis by Inverse kinematics of robot
S-8 SLO-1 bar linkages by relative velocity method Problems on Bobiller's Construction balancing of linkages
Freudestien's Method manipulators
(Graphical method)
Problems on velocity and acceleration of Cognate linkages by the Roberts –
S-9 SLO-1 The cubic Stationary curvature - Ball's Point Problems on Balancing of linkages Robot actuator force analysis
mechanisms by Graphical method Chebyshev theorem

1. Uicker J. J.,Gordon R. Pennock & Joseph E. Shigley John J. Uicker “Theory of Machines and Mechanisms”, Oxford 5. Hamilton H Mabie and Charles F. Reinhofz, Mechanisms and Dynamics of Machinery, John
Higher education, 2014. Wiley & Sons, 1987.
Learning 2. Rao, J. S., and Dukkipatti, R.V., “Mechanisms and Machine Theory”, 2nd Edition, New Age international (P) Ltd., 6. Amitabha Ghose and Ashok Kumar Malik, Theory of Mechanisms and Machines, EWLP,
Resources 1995 Delhi, 1999.
3. Sandor, G. N. and Erdman A. G., Mechanism Design, Analysis and Synthesis Vol: I and Vol: II, Prentice Hall, 1990. 7. R.S.Hartenberg and J. Denavit, “Kinematic Synthesis of Linkages”, Mc. GrawHill Book
4. Norton, R. L., Design of Machinery, McGraw Hill, 1999. Company, 1964

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in 1. Dr. Shankar Krishnapillai, skris@iitm.ac.in, IIT Madras 1. Dr P. Nandakumar, SRMIST
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in 2. Dr.R.Prabhu sekar, rprabhusekar@mnnit.ac.in, MNNIT Allahabad 2. Mr. K.R. Arunprasath, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1552
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE304T DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURING AND ASSEMBLY E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
NIL NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : To study how a design can be made suitable for various manufacturing and assembly process requirements 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Application of this study to various Casting and welding.

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Application of this study to various forging, and machining processes

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : To study about the various assembly methods and processes

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-5 : Know the effect of manufacturing process and assembly operations.

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:

Ethics
Students will demonstrate the ability to identify needs of the customer and convert them in to technical specifications of a -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
CLO-1 : 1& 2 90 85 H -- H --
product.
CLO-2 : Know the manufacturing issues that must be considered in the Casting and welding 1 85 80 H H H H -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
CLO-3 : Know the manufacturing issues that must be considered in the forging and machining processes. 1 85 80 H H H H -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
CLO-4 : Students will understand the principals used while designing for manufacture, assembly. 1&2 85 80 H H H H -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
CLO-5 : Students will understand principles of assembly to minimize the assembly time. 1&2 85 80 H H H -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --

Learning Unit / Module 1 Learning Unit / Module 2 Learning Unit / Module 3 Learning Unit / Module 4 Learning Unit / Module 5
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Significance of design- Systematic
Influence of loading, Materials, Forging Considerations-Hammer forging- DFA-Introduction-Distinction between Approaches to design for assembly-
S-1 SLO-1 working plan-The engineering problem to
Production methods on form design Drop forging assembly methods and processes Introduction
be solved-The basic design
Factors Determining assembly methods Approaches based on design principles
Factors influencing choice of materials-
S-2 SLO-1 Casting considerations-Grey iron castings Requirements and rules for forging. and processes-Success and failure- and rules-Example DFA method using
The factors influencing manufacturing
Causes of failure Design Principles
Process Capability-Mean, Median,
Product Design factors independent of DFA Systems employing Quantitative
Variance, Mode, Standard Deviation, Steel castings -Aluminum Casting-
S-3 SLO-1 Redesign of components for forging. methods and processes-Introduction- evaluation procedures-IPA Stuttgart
Normal Distribution- Process capability Requirements and rules for casting
Number of operations in the product Method
metrics-
Process Capability and Defect Rate, DFA Methods employing a Knowledge-
Choice between casting, forging and Assembly Precedence-Standardization.
S-4 SLO-1 Assumptions, Conditions and Precautions Form design of pressure die castings based approach-Knowledge
welding. Case studies in assembly precedence.
in process capability Representation
Machining Considerations-Drills-Milling- Design factors dependent on Assembly
Redesign of components for casting- Computer Aided DFA methods-Part
S-5 SLO-1 Process Capability-Simple problems Keyways-Dwells and Dwelling Procedure- methods-Introduction-Single Station
Pattern-Mould-Parting Line model-Feature Processing
Countersunk Head screws Assembly

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1553
Requirements and rules for Machining
Welding considerations-Welding Line Assembly-Hybrid Systems-Manual Assembly measures-Qualitative and
S-6 SLO-1 Tolerances-symbols and Definition considerations-Reduction of machined
Processes Assembly Lines-Flexible Assembly Lines Quantitative measures
areas
Design factors dependent on Assembly
Tolerances relevant to manufacturing, processes-Factors Influencing Production Boothroyd and Dewhurst DFA method-
S-7 SLO-1 Requirements and rules for welding Redesign of components for Machining.
Assembly- Material condition rate to Facility Ratio-Parts Presentation- Objectives of the method
Manual Assembly
Redesign of a simple product-Small
Tolerance stack- effects on assembly- Simplification by separation-Simplification Dedicated Assembly-Transportation-
S-8 SLO-1 Redesign of components for welding consumer product-Fastener solution-
Examples by Amalgamation Separation-Orientation-Flexible Assembly
Redesign using symmetry
Case Studies-Designing of a disposal
Methods of eliminating tolerance stack- Case studies in Form Design-simple Gripping-Transferring-Part Insertion-
S-9 SLO-1 Case studies- forging and Machining valve-Design of a lever-arch file
Examples problems in form design Failures-Error Recovery
mechanism

1. Harry Peck., Design for Manufacture, Pittman Publications,1983.


Learning 2. Alan Redford and chal, Design for Assembly-Principles and Procedures, McGraw Hill International 4. James G.Bralla,Hand Book of Product design for Manufacturing,McGraw Hill Co.,1986.
Resources Europe, London, 1994. 5. Swift,K.G.,Knowledge Based Design for Manufacture,Kogan Page Ltd.,1987.
3. Robert Matousek,Engineering Design-A Systematic Approach,Blackie&sons Ltd.,1963.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
Dr. Davidson Jebaseelan, davidson.jd@vit.ac.in
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in Mr. P.Susai Manickam, SRM IST, Chennai
VIT Chennai.
Mr. Vignesh Shanmugam.s
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Hyundai Motors Limited, Chennai Dr. P. Nandakumar, SRM IST, Chennai
E mail – 273357@hmil.net

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1554
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE305T FINITE ELEMENT METHOD E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite 18MEC106T Mechanics of Solids, Co-requisite


NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses 18MAB202T Numerical methods Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Find the approximate solution of boundary value problems 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Know the variationaland Weighted residual approaches to solve differential equations

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Develop basic finite element concepts and solution procedure

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Formulatetheelement stiffness and mass matrices for various one and two dimensional elements

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-5 : Formulate the element heat conductance and convection matrices one dimensional element

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
To formulate and solve problems in solid mechanics, Eigen Value and heat transfer using finite element

Communication
CLR-6 :
method.

PSO - 1
PSO - 2

PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Solve the differential equations using weighted residual and variational approaches. 1,2&3 75 65 H H L H M - - L L - - M
CLO-2 : Solve the structural analysis problems, such as bar, truss and beam using 1D element. 1,2 &3 70 65 H H L H M - - L L - - M
CLO-3 : Analysis of two-dimensional structural problems on plane triangular and quadrilateral elements. 1,2 &3 70 65 H H L H M - - L L - - M
CLO-4 : Be able to solve Eigen Value problems in solid mechanics using finite element method. 1,2 &3 65 65 H H L H M - - L L - - M
CLO-5 : Be able to solve one dimensional heat transfer problems using finite element method 1,2 &3 70 65 H H H H H - - L L - - M
CLO-6 Analyze structural and heat transfer problems using Finite Element 1,2 &3 65 60 H H M M M - - L L - - M

Introduction to FEA 1D Linear Static Analysis 2D Linear Static Analysis Dynamic Analysis of Structures 1D Heat Transfer Problems
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Basics of FEA, Historical background, Introduction to twodimension Dynamic analysis, Formulation- Hamilton’s Review of fundamentals of heat
Finite element procedure for a continuum
S-1 SLO-1 applications of FEA in engineering, modelling elasticity, plane stress and strain Principle, lumped and consistent mass Transfer
problem, discretization, types of elements
of discrete and continuum models conditions models
Selection of interpolation function, shape Derivation of lumped and consistent mass
Governing equations and boundary
S-2 SLO-1 Variational problems, Euler’sequation function, derivation of element stiffness matrix Constant strain triangular matrices for axial bar element, formulation
conditions for Heat transfer
for a one dimensional bar element element, Area coordinate of eigen value problem
Rayleigh-Ritz method, minimum potential assembly of elements, imposing boundary system, shape function, strain
Determination of natural frequencies and Derivation of conductance matrix for
S-3 SLO-1 energy,Example problem, solving differential conditions, calculation of element stress, displacement matrix
normal mode shapes of axial vibration steady state 1D heat conduction
equation example problems
Weighted residual approaches, collocation
Derivation of element stiffness Problems onnatural frequencies and
S-4 SLO-1 method, subdomain method, Galerkinmethod Tutorial Problems on axial loading of bars
matrix for a CST element normal mode shapes of axial vibration Tutorial on Steady state 1D heat
and least square method
conduction
Example problem, solving differential Tutorial on two dimensional plate Derivation of lumped and consistent mass
S-5 SLO-1 Local and global coordinate systems
equations using weighted residual approaches problems with CST elements matrices for beam element

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1555
Galerkin’s Finite Element method for solving LST and four noded quadrilateral Derivation of element matrix for steady
Analysis of truss, coordinate transformations, Determination of natural frequencies and
S-6 SLO-1 differential equations, example problems, elements, isoparametric state 1D heat conduction including
Derivation of the stiffness matrix normal mode shapes of beam
comparison of results with different methods formulation convection
Spring element, formulation of stiffness matrix, Gaussian quadrature Integration-
Assembly of stiffness matrix for a truss, Determination of natural frequencies and Tutorial on Steady state 1D heat
S-7 SLO-1 assembly procedure for global stiffness matrix, Derivation of one point and two
Tutorial Problems on Trusses normal mode shapes of beam conduction with convection
applying boundary conditions point formula
Solution of linear algebraic equations, Gauss Beam element, Hermite shape functions, Problems using Gaussian Solution of simple Heat Transfer 1-D
Problemson eigen value problems on
S-8 SLO-1 elimination method, Cholesky decomposition, derivation of element stiffness matrix of a quadrature with one and two and 2-D steady state problems using a
beams
example problems beam element. points FEA software
Tutorial problems on springs with series and Calculation of load vector for point, uniform Lagrange interpolation functions Derivation of lumped and consistent mass Introduction to transient heat transfer
S-9 SLO-1
parallel combinations distributed and varying loads on beams for serendipity family elements matrices for a CST element problems

1. Hutton, D.V., “Fundamentals of Finite Element Analysis”, McGraw Hill, International Edition, 2004. 4. S,S,Rao, “The Finite Element method in Engineering”, Elsevier Science &Technology Books, 2004
Learning 2. Chandrupatla, T.R., Belegundu, A.D., “Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering”, Prentice Hall of 5. Cook R.D., Malkus, D.S., Plesha, M.E., Witt, R.J., “Concepts and Applications of Finite Element
Resources India, 1997. Analysis”, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2001.
3. P.Seshu, “Text book of Finite Element Analysis”, PHI learning Private Ltd., 2012. 6. J.N Reddy, An introduction to the Finite Element Method, 2005, Mcgraw Hill

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in 1. Dr. Atanu Banerjee, atanub@iitg.ac.in, IIT Guwahati 1. Dr P. Nandakumar, SRMIST
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in 2. Dr.R.Prabhusekar, rprabhusekar@mnnit.ac.in, MNNIT Allahabad 2. Mr.P. SusaiManikam, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1556
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE306T ADVANCED STRENGTH OF MATERIALS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
18MEC106T Mechanics of Solids NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
Be able to Compute the combined effect of deformation/loading arising out of different causes as applied to structural
CLR-1 : members made of linear, homogeneous, isotropic material so as to be able to predict (as part of a different course) failure 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
of components/sub-systems of a product
Be able to Compute the effect of deformation/loading in straight and curved beams (a class of primary structural member)
CLR-2 :
subjected to bending (a type of primary loading)
Be able to Study the effect of bending (a type of primary loading) deformation/load as applied to flat thin plates (a class of
CLR-3 :
primary structural member)
Be able to Study the use of energy methods in structural analysis as an alternative means of solving a structural mechanics

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-4 :
problem

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


Be equipped with analytical skills the learning process of which has a bearing in professional practice in understanding
CLR-5 :

Modern Tool Usage


difference(s) between exact and approximate solution procedures

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
Be able to analyze effects of typical loadings on primary structural members using approximate or exact methods as

Communication
CLR-6 :
applicable

PSO – 3
PSO - 1
PSO - 2
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
Perform 2D & 3d stress and strain transformation and arrive at maximum values for normal and shear stresses and find the
CLO-1 : 1, 2 90 75 H H
planes on which these stresses act
Determine i)bending stress in straight beams (due to unsymmetrical bending), ii) transverse shear stresses in straight
CLO-2 : 1, 2 90 75 H H
beams and locate shear center for specified cross-sections, and iii) circumferential (bending) stresses in curved beams
i)Derive expressions for displacement/strains, stresses, and moments, ii) derive (using these expressions) the governing
CLO-3 : equation for bending of flat rectangular and axi-symmetric circular plates. Use the expressions for computing these 1,2 90 75 H H
parameters in specified cases
CLO-4 : Compute strain energy due to various loadings and using it to determine deflection 1,2 90 75 H H
Understand the primary difference between theory of elasticity and mechanics of materials approaches and solve plane
CLO-5 : 1,2 90 75 H H
stress, torsional, and rotating disk problems
CLO-6 : Determine displacements, strains, and stresses related to primary structural members 1,2 90 75

Stress & Strain Theory Bending of Straight & Curved Beams Bending of flat thin plates Energy Methods Theory of Elasticity & Its Applications
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Introduction – course overview, Equilibrium, Introduction to flat plates – definition of a Work, Strain energy definition for linear,
BendingStresses in beams (initially Introduction to and comparison with
compatibility, and constitutive relations in plate, rectangular and axi-symmetric perfectly elastic materials; strain energy
straight) due to symmetrical loading – mechanics of materials approach,
S-1 SLO-1 macroscopic form, Definition of stress at a circular plates, thin vs thick plates, due to - uniaxial stress, additional normal
review and definition of un- definition of Plane stress and plane strain
point in 3D, representation on an element comparison with beams (1D) as a structural stresses in other perpendicular directions,
symmetrical bending linear elastic problems
and sign convention member (2D), typical real-world shear stress

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1557
applications. Linear vs non-linear bending
– definition. Derivation of governing
equation for bending of a flat, thin,
rectangular plate – outline of procedure
Bending stresses in beams due to un-
symmetrical bending (plane of loading definition of strains, stresses, and moments
concept of a tensor (in relation to a scalar Plane stress and plane strain linear
not coinciding with plane of symmetry, and use of these parameters in derivation
and a vector), 2D stress transformation in strain energy due to - general state (3D) elastic problems - Airy’s stress function in
S-2 SLO-1 even if it exists) – explanation of of governing equation for plate bending
Cartesian coordinate system using direction of stress, plane stress rectangular coordinates – derivation of the
theory in decoupling the problem into (based on Kirchhoff theory) – use of strain-
cosines biharmonic equation
sub-problems using the concept of displacement, and stress-strain relations
principal axes and moments of inertia
Use of equilibrium equations and
Total strain energy in bars with simple
Application of theory in computing completion of derivation of governing simple problems related to bending of
SLO-1 3D stress transformation in Cartesian loading conditions – axial loading,
S-3 bending stresses and determination equation; specification of different boundary beams using Airy’s stress function in
coordinate system using direction cosines torsional loading of a solid circular bar,
and location of neutral axis conditions generally used – simply rectangular coordinates
and transverse loading
supported, clamped, free
Deflection due to unsymmetrical
Solution due to sinusoidal bending load on
principal stresses in 3D (after a quick review bending; Intro to shear center, Castigliano’s 1st theorem, example Additional problems related to bending of
S-4 SLO-1 a simply supported plate– step-by-step
in 2D) determination of shear center for a problems beams using Airy’s stress function
explanation
symmetrical channel section
overview of torsion of rectangular cross
brief overview of material non-linearity section structural members, Prandtl stress
Numerical problems (in 2D and 3D based on determination of shear center for T, Numerical problems on thin, flat rectangular
S-5 SLO-1 and plasticity;The complementary energy function for torsion, derivation of
the above lectures) unequal I sections plates
theorem, and Castigliano’s 2nd theorem, Poisson’s equation (using Prandtl stress
function)
octahedral normal and shear stresses, Derivation of governing equation for
definition of strain based on small- bending of a flat, thin, axi-symmetric example problems using Castigliano’s Membrane analogy, brief discussion of
S-6 SLO-1 intro to bending of curved beams
displacement theory and strain tensor in circular plate – outline of procedure - 1st& 2ndtheorems (for linear materials) torsion of rectangular cross section
Cartesian coordinate system definition of strains, stresses, and moments
torsional stress in hollow closed thin-
strain transformation and principal strains in use of strain-displacement, stress-strain,
Derivation of circumferential stress Rayleigh’s method, example problem of walled (single cell) tubes – overview and
S-7 SLO-1 3D for linear, homogeneous, isotropic and equilibrium relations in derivation of
expression beam bending deflection expressions for shear stress and angle of
material governing equation (for bending)
twist
Stresses due to rotation - Radial and
derivation of equations for displacement,
Numerical problems on 3D strain Numerical problems on determination tangential stresses in a disc of uniform
support reactions, and maximum stresses Rayleigh-Ritz method applied to beams in
S-8 SLO-1 computation, transformation, and of circumferential stresses thickness – derivation of expression for
for a uniformly loaded, simply supported bending
determination of principal strains (rectangular and square sections) the stresses due to rotation at a constatnt
circular plate
angular speed; maximum stresses
Additional numerical problems on
Problems related to computation of Radial
equilibrium and compatibility relations in determination of circumferential
Numerical problems on bending of flat, thin, and tangential stresses in a rotating disc
S-9 SLO-1 differential form, boundary conditions and stresses (rectangular and square problems based on Rayleigh-Ritz method
axi-symmetric circular plates of uniform thickness based on the
St. Venant’s principle sections); a brief intro (only) to radial
previous lecture
stresses in curved beams

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1558
1. Arthur BoresiandRichardh Schmidt, “Advanced Mechanics of Materials,” John Wiley & Sons, 6ed, 2009
6. G. T. Mase, R, E, Smelser, and G, E, Mase, “Continuum Mechanics for Engineers,” 3rd edition, CRC
2. Ansel C. Ugural and Saul K. Fenster,“Advanced Mechanics of Materials and Applied Elasticity,”
Press, 2004
Prentice Hall; 5thed.,2011
Learning 7. Y. C. Fung, “Foundations of Solid Mechanics,” Prentice Hall International, 1965
3. Richard G Budynas, “Advanced Strength and Applied Stress Analysis,” McGraw Hill International
Resources 8. Stephan H Crandal, Norman C Dahl, Thomas J Lardner,” An Introduction to the Mechanics of Solids,”
Editions, 1999
McGraw Hill, 2nd edition,1978
4. L. S. Srinath, “ Advanced Mechanics of Solids,” McGraw Hill Education, 3rd edition, 2017
9. Robert Cook and Warren Young, “Advanced Mechanics of Materials,” Pearson, 2nd edition, 1998
5. S. P. Timoshenko and J N Goodier,” Theory of Elasticity,” McGraw Hill 2017

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in 1. Dr. Joel George, IIT Madras, joel@ae.iitm.ac.in Dr. S. H. Venkatasubramanian, SRMIST
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in 2. Dr.Ranjith Mohan,IIT Madras, ranjith.m@iitm.ac.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1559
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE307T AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERING E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
NIL NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Be familiar with the understanding of automotive architecture and performance 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Be familiar with the transmission system

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-3 : Know the working of wheels, tyres, and braking system

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-4 : Be familiar with the suspension and steering system

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Be familiar with the electrical system and advances in automotive engineering.

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
Understand the structure, transmission system, suspension system, steering system, electrical
CLR-6 :
system and working of wheels, tyres in automotive Engineering

Research

PSO - 1

PSO - 2

PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Broaden the understanding of automotive architecture and performance 1&2 90 85 H L L L M L L L L L L L L H L
CLO-2 : Introduce the transmission system 1,2&3 90 85 H L L L M L L L L L L L L H L
CLO-3 : Familiarize about the wheels,tyres,and braking system 1 90 85 H L L L M L L L L L L L L H L
CLO-4 : Understand the suspension and steering system 1,2&3 90 85 H L L L M L L L L L L L L H L
CLO-5 : Familiarize in electrical system in automotive engineering. 1,2&3 90 85 H L L L M L L L L L L L L H L
CLO-6: Familiarize all the systems involved in automotive Engineering 1,2&3 90 85 H L L M L L L L L L L L L L

Electrical System and Advances in


Automobile Architecture and Performance Transmission Systems Wheel, Tyres, and Braking system Suspension and steering System
Automotive Engineering
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Clutch types, coil spring and diaphragm type Types of wheels, construction, wired
S-1 SLO-1 Automotive components Types front and rear suspension Battery, general electrical circuits
clutch. wheels
Types, construction, radial, bias tires Conventional and independent type
S-2 SLO-1 Subsystem and their position of chassis Single and multi-plate clutch Dash board instrumentation
and belted bias tires suspension
Chip formation and its passenger comfort,
S-3 SLO-1 Frame and body Centrifugal clutch Slip angle, tread patterns Leaf springs, coil springs, dampers
safety and security
Tyre retreading cold and hot, Torsion bars, stabilizers bars, arms ,air Heating, ventilation and air-conditioning(
S-4 SLO-1 Front, rear and four wheel drives Gear box types, constant mesh, sliding mesh
tubeless tyres suspension system HVAC), seat belts, air bags
Types of steering system, Ackermann Automotive electronics, Electronic Control
S-5 SLO-1 Operation and performance Synchromesh gear box Forces on vehicles, tyre grip
principle Unit( ECU)
Layout of gear box, Gear selector and shifting Load transfer, braking distribution Davis steering gear, steering gear boxes, Variable Valve Timing(VVT), Active
S-6 SLO-1 Traction force
mechanism between axles, stopping distance steering linkages suspension system (ASS)
Types of brakes, mechanical, Introduction to sheet metal working and
SLO-1 Traction resistance Overdrive, automatic transmission Electronic Brake Distribution( EBD)
S-7 hydraulic brakes applications
SLO-2 Rolling air, gradient resistance Power steering , wheel geometry

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1560
Electronic Stability program (ESP),
S-8 SLO-1 Power required for automobile, Propeller shaft, universal joint, slip joint Air brakes, Disc and Drum brakes Caster, camber toe in,toe out
Traction control System(TCS)
Differential and real axle arrangement, Engine brakes, antilock braking Global positioning system(GPS), Electric
S-9 SLO-1 Power required for automobile, Wheel Alignment and balancing
hydraulic coupling system Hybrid Vehicle

1. Kirpal Singh, “ Automobile Engineering”, standard publishers; Vol-I & II, 2017 4. Crouse, W.H and Anglia, D.L "Automotive Mechanics", Tata McGraw Hill, 2005
Learning
2. Ramalingam, K. K," Automobile Engineering", SciTech publications, 2014 5. Narang, G.B , " Automobile Engineering", khanna publishers, 2001
Resources
3. Rajput R K, " A Text book of Automobile Engineering", Laxmi Publications., 2015 6. Kamaraju Ramakrishna, “Automobile Engineering", PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, 2012.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in DR. K.L.HARIKRISHNA SSN COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING Mr. C. Subramanian, SRMIST
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Dr.P.Nandakumar, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1561
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE308T FOUNDATION SKILLS IN INTEGRARTED PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
NIL NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Understand the fundamentals of Product Development 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand requirement Engineering and System Design

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Understand Conceptual design

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Understand detail design

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Understand Obsolescence management and IPR

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
Research

PSO - 1

PSO - 2

PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:

Ethics
CLO-1 : Do global trend and PESTEL analysis 1 2&3 90 85 H H H H H
CLO-2 : Perform requirement Engineering 1 2&3 90 85 H H H H H
CLO-3 : Develop conceptsfor products as solution to engineering problem 1 2&3 90 85 H H H H H
CLO-4 : Perform verification and validation 1 2&3 90 85 H H H H H
CLO-5 : Perform maintenance requirement 1 2&3 90 85 H H H H H

Duration (hour) 09 09 09 09 09s


Global Trends Analysis and Product decision: Types of Requirement Engineering: Types of Conceptualization: Industrial System Integration, Testing, Certification and
S-1 SLO-1 various trends affecting product decision -Social Requirements (Functional, Performance, Design and User Interface Documentation: Manufacturing/Purchase and
Sustenance: Maintenance
Trends(Demographic, Behavioral, Psychographic , Physical ,Regulatory, Economical, Behavioral); Design Assembly of Systems
Economical Trends(Market, Economy, GDP, Income
Types of Requirements (, Technical,
Levels,Spending Pattern, target cost, TCO), Introduction to Concept Integration of Mechanical, Embedded and Sustenance:
S-2 SLO-1 Stakeholder, Environmental, Industry specific,
Technical Trends(Technology,Applications, Tools, generation Techniques S/W systems; Repair; Enhancements.
Internal-Company Specific)
Methods)
Environmental Trends(Environmental Regulations and
Compliance), Political/Policy Trends,(Regulations, Concept Screening & Evaluation Introduction to Product verification processes Product EoL: Obsolescence
S-3 SLO-1 Requirement Engineering (Gathering (VOC)
Political Scenario, IP Trends and Company - Concept Design and stages - Industry specific (DFMEA) Management
Policies);PESTLE Analysis
Introduction to Product Development Methodologies
and Management: Overview of Products and Services S/W Architecture, Hardware Introduction to Product verification processes Configuration Management;
S-4 SLO-1 Analysis (QFD)
(Consumer product, Industrial product, Specialty Schematics and simulation and stages - Industry specific (FEA, CFD)
products etc) EoL Disposal.
The Industry: Engineering
Types of Product Development (NPD/ Re-Engineering Introduction to Product validation processes
Detailed Design: Component Services Industry - overview;
S-5 SLO-1 (Enhancements, Cost Improvements)/ Reverse Design Specification and stages Industry specific (Sub-system
Design and Verification PLM,Product development in
Engineering Testing/ Integration Testing
Industry versus Academia

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1562
Introduction to Product validation processes The IPD Essentials:
High Level Design/Low Level
and stages Industry specific (Functional Introduction to vertical specific
S-6 SLO-1 Design Porting & Homologation); Traceability Matrix and Analysis Design of S/W Programs, S/W
Testing/ Performance Testing / Compliance product development
testing;
Testing processes
Overview of Product Development methodologies Hardware Schematic,
Product Testing standards and Certification - Product development Trade-
S-7 SLO-1 (Over the Wall/ Waterfall/ V-Model/ Stage-Gate Requirement Management Component design, Layout and
Industry specific; offs
Process/ Spiral/Systems Engineering/ Agile) Hardware Testing.
Prototyping: Types of
Product Documentation (Compliance
Introduction to System Modeling,System Prototypes (Mockups, Intellectual Property Rights
S-8 SLO-1 Product Life Cycle (S-Curve, Reverse Bathtub Curve) Documentation, Catalogue, Brochures, user
Optimization Engineering Assessment and Confidentiality
manual)
Prototype, Alpha, Beta, Gama)
Product Development Planning and Management
(Budgeting, Risk, Resources and Design Collaboration) Introduction to Rapid Product Documentation (maintenance
System Specification; Sub-System Design; Security and configuration
S-9 SLO-1 Product Development Planning and Management Prototyping and Rapid Manual, Spares Parts List, Warranty,
Interface Design. management.
(Scheduling, Change Management, Product Cost Manufacturing Disposal Guide, IETMS, Web Tools)
Management)

Learning 1. Foundation Skills in Integrated Product Development (FSIPD),Ist Edition,2013, Published by NASSCOM. 3. Kevin N. Otto, “product design – techniques in reverse engineering and new product
Resources 2. Ulrich, Karl T. and Eppinger, Steven D (2004) Product Design and Development, 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2012. development”, PEARSON, New Delhi, 2011

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in Dr.R.Prabhusekar, rprabhusekar@mnnit.ac.in, MNNIT Allahabad 1. Mr. N. arun, SRM IST
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Dr. Shanmugam. P, Shanmugam.p@sfl.co.in, Sundaram fasteners, Chennai 2. Dr. P. Nandakumar, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1563
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE309T MODELING SYSTEMS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Co-requisite Progressive
Pre-requisite Courses Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses
Course Offering
Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil
Department

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Acquire knowledge to model systems seen in reality 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the use of mathematics in modeling

Analysis, Design, Research


Level of Thinking (Bloom)
CLR-3 : Understand the basic principles of modeling systems

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Understand and develop simple models

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


CLR-5 : Understand and recognize that modeling as an interdisciplinary requirement

Society & Culture


Problem Analysis

Communication
CLR-6 : Understand and correlate real time problems with mathematical forms

Environment &
Sustainability

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:

CLO-1 : Understand and correlate engineering systems seen in real time environment with the modeling systems 1&2 90 85 H H - - - - H - - - - - - - -
CLO-2 : Understand and realize the use of mathematics in modeling engineering systems 1&2 90 85 H H - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-3 : Understand and able to convert real time problems into mathematical form 1&2 90 85 H H - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-4 : Understand and model various components of engineering systems 1,2,&3 90 85 H H H H H - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-5 : Modeling engineering systems such as mechanical systems and thermal systems 1,2&3 90 85 H H H H H - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-6 : Understand and recognize that modeling is an interdisciplinary requirement 1,2 90 85 H H - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Use of Modeling Mathematics: Principles
Introduction: Model – Definition, Nature Generate Simple Models: Introductions to Understanding the Mathematics in
S-1 SLO-1 of modeling – common aspects of all Project: Identify a system
and necessity system identification Response: Characteristic equation
mechanical systems
Objectives of modeling and simulation of a
S-2 SLO-1 History of modeling Given a simple system – create a model Model mechanical systems - Rectilinear Solution of characteristic equation
system
Introduction to Eigen values – natural
Assessment of reality of the model –
S-3 SLO-1 Different type of modeling Model mechanical systems - Torsional frequencies - eigen vectors – mode Identify components
degree of accuracy
shapes
Quadratic oscillator system and need for Use of Laplace transforms for stability
S-4 SLO-1 Impact of computers on modeling Model a thermal system Model components – test each component
this model analysis
Different areas of application – Design,
Spring mass damper system and need for Response analysis – the reverse
S-5 SLO-1 Thermodynamics, Mechanics, Controls Different type of representation of systems Assemble the model
such a system engineered explanation
etc.
Study of response for different inputs –
S-6 SLO-1 Modeling in software Linearity of springs – modeling How to analyze for controllability Identify suitable inputs – model them
modeling inputs
Introduction to Discrete and continuous How to analyze for observability,
S-7 SLO-1 Modeling damping – different type Time driven models Analyze the response to that input
systems stabilizability

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1564
S-8 SLO-1 Components of systems Modeling systems – assemble - quadratic Event driven models Conditions for the same Submit a report
Relate mathematics to real system –
S-9 SLO-1 Areas of applications Numerical experimentation Relevance of these tests to modeling Presentation and viva voce
ODEs, Transforms – solutions

1. G. J. Olsder, J. W. van der Woude, J. G. Maks, D. Jeltsema, “Mathematical Systems Theory”,


Learning VSSD, Leeghwaterstraat, Deelft, Netherlands; 4th Edition, 2011
3. Frank L Severence, “Systems modeling and simulation – An introduction”, student edition, 2012.
Resources 2. Polderman J. W., Willems J. C., “Introduction to mathematical theory of systems and control”,
Springer, 1997

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in Dr.R.Prabhu sekar, rprabhusekar@mnnit.ac.in, MNNIT Allahabad Dr. G. Rajasekaran, SRMIST
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Dr. P. Nandakumar, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1565
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE310T HUMAN BODY MECHANICS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
Nil Nil Progressive Courses Nil
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
Upon learning the students shall understand the fundamentals of biomechanics, joints, tissue overall anatomical structure and their
CLR-1 : 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
importance.
CLR-2 : Upon learning the students shall understandthe mechanism of the different parts of the human body.
CLR-3 : Upon learning the students shall understandthe musculoskeletal system with tissue loads and responses and neuromuscular control.
Upon learning the students shall understand kinematics, is the accurate description of motion and is essential to understanding the

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-4 : biomechanics of human motion. Kinematics can range from anatomical descriptions of joint rotations to precise mathematical

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


measurements of musculoskeletal motions.

Modern Tool Usage


Upon learning the students shall understand, the Newton's Laws of Motion in the human body and how these laws can be applied to

Life Long Learning


CLR-5 :

Society & Culture


Problem Analysis
human motion in the biomechanical principles of Force–Motion, Force–Time, and Coordination ContinuumPrinciples

Communication
Enableunderstanding of the concepts of human body mechanics that illustrate the application of biomechanics principles. These
CLR-6 :
principles are the application for the biomechanical concepts used to improve movement or reduce injury risk

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
Upon learning the students shall understand the fundamentals of biomechanics, joints, tissue overall anatomical structure and their
CLO-1 : 1,2,3 90 85 H H H H
importance.
CLO-2 : Upon learning the students shall understand the mechanism of the different parts of the human body. 1,2 95 90 H H H H H H
CLO-3 : Upon learning the students shall understand themusculoskeletal system with tissue loads and responses and neuromuscular control. 1,2,3 90 85 H H H H H H H H
Upon learning the students shall understand kinematics, is the accurate description of motion and is essential to understanding the
CLO-4 : biomechanics of human motion. Kinematics can range from anatomical descriptions of joint rotations to precise mathematicalmeasurements 1,2,3 90 85 H H H H H H H H H
of musculoskeletal motions.
Upon learning the students shall understand, the Newton's Laws of Motion in the human body and how these laws can be applied to human
CLO-5 : 1,2,3 85 80 H H H H H H H H
motion in the biomechanical principles of Force–Motion, Force–Time, and Coordination Continuum Principles

Introduction to Biomechanics of Human Mechanics of the


Equilibrium and Human Movement Kinematics of Human Movement Angular Kinetics of Human Movement.
Movement and Anatomy of Human Body. Musculoskeletal System
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Introduction to biomechanics,Importance of
General introduction of tissue and its Kinematic convention, Proximal, Introduction to angular kinematics in arms
S-1 SLO-1 Biomechanics, Improving Performance Equilibrium and Torque
classifications. Flexion, Anterior for the biceps femoris muscle
Preventing and Treating Injury
Sample problems on applying forces in
Response of Tissues to Forces, Stress, Strain, absolute spatial reference system for
S-2 SLO-1 Quantitative versus qualitative problems Resultant Joint Torques optimal direction for maximum torque
Stiffness and Mechanical Strength, Viscoelasticity human gait
output
Structure, movements and loads on the Biomechanics of the Passive Muscle–Tendon Unit Total description of a body Moment of inertia of a skeleton about a
S-3 SLO-1 Levers, Anatomical levers
shoulder (MTU) segmentation in space specific axis
Structure, movements and loads on the Equations of static and dynamic Newton's laws to calculate the net forces
S-4 SLO-1 Biomechanics of Bone Direct measurement techniques
elbow and wrist equilibrium and torques acting on body segments.

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1566
Center of gravity and locating the static equilibrium and a reaction board to
S-5 SLO-1 Structure, movements and loads on the hip Biomechanics of Ligaments Goniometers Eletro goniometer
center of gravity calculate whole body center of gravity
Three Mechanical Characteristics of Muscle, whole body center of gravity of a high
Locating the human body Center of
S-6 SLO-1 Structure, movements and loads on the knee Force–Velocity Relationship, Force–Length Image measurement techniques jumper using the segmental method and a
Gravity, Stability and balance.
Relationship, Force–Time Relationship three-segment model of the body. Most
Structure, movements and loads on the Properties of Bone, Maxwell &Voight
S-7 SLO-1 Stretch-Shortening Cycle (SSC) Cinematography PRINCIPLE OF BALANCE
spine Models of bone
Biomechanics of human skeletal two-dimensional area within all supporting
S-8 SLO-1 Structure, movements and loads on the foot Force–Time Principle Optoelectic techniques
muscle. Biomechanical system.
Neuromuscular Control, The Functional Unit of
Common injuries in shoulder, elbow wrist, Biomechanics of human Skeletal Problems on calculating velocities The position of the line of gravity relative
S-9 SLO-1 Control: Motor Units, Regulation of Muscle Force,
hip knee, spine and foot. Articulations and accelerations to the limits of the base of support
Proprioception of Muscle Action and Movement.

1. Susan .J. Hall, “Basic biomechanics”, Tata Mcgraw Hill, Sixth edition, 2011. 5. Boston: Allyn and Bacon Alexander. R. Mc. Neill, “Biomechanics”, Chapman and Hall,
Learning 2. Y. C. Fung, “Biomechanics”, Springer Verlang, 2nd Edition, 1997. 1975
Resources 3. D. J. Schneck and J. D. Bronzino, “Biomechanics- Principles and Applications”, CRC Press, Second Edition, 2000 6. Fundamentals of Biomechanics by Duane Knudson (Springer)
4. Kreighbaum, E. and Barthels, K., “Biomechanics: A Qualitative Approach for Studying HumanMovement”, Pearson, 1996. 7. .Biomechanics and Motor Control of Human Movement By David A. Winter

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %

Industrial Expert Academic expert Internal Expert


1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in Dr. Amit Roy Roy Chowdhury, IISER Shibpur, amit@aero.iiests.ac.in Dr. Sandipan Roy,SRMIST
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Dr. P. Nandakumar, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1567
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE401T DESIGN OF TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


18MEC308T Nil //Course code
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Department of Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Approved Design Data Book

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Selection of flexible drives 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Design the Parallel gears

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Design the Non-Parallel gears

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Design the gear box

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Selection of bearings

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
Research
Course Learning Outcomes

PSO - 1

PSO - 2

PSO - 3
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:

Ethics
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Select the flat belt, V-belt, chain and wire ropes 1,2,3 90 85 H H H M M L H L M L M M L H L
CLO-2 : Design the spur gear and helical gear 1,2,3 90 85 H H H M M L H L M L M M L H L
CLO-3 : Design the bevel gear and worm gear 1,2,3 90 85 H H H M M L H L M L M M L H L
CLO-4 : Design the multi speed gear box for machine tool applications 1,2,3 90 85 H H H M M L H L M L M M L H L
CLO-5 : Select the journal bearing, ball bearings, roller bearings and deep grove bearings 1,2,3 90 85 H H H M M L H L M L M M L H L

Flexible Drives Parallel Gears Non-Parallel Gears Gear Boxes Bearings


Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Review of gear fundamentals, Forces and Introduction of Hydrodynamic journal
SLO-1 Belt drives: types, selection of belt drives Straight bevel gear: Terminology Geometric progression, standard step
stresses in geartooth bearings
S-1 ratio,structural andray diagrams Number
Equivalent number of teeth, gear tooth Sommerfeld Number, Raimondi and Boyd
SLO-2 Belt materials and applications Forces and stresses on gear tooth of teeth calculation
failures, Selection of gear materials graphs
Selection of flat belt drives using Design procedure on spur gear based on Design procedure on bevel gear based on Design procedure on sliding mesh gear
SLO-1
fundamental equations strength consideration strength consideration box Bearing materials, properties required for
S-2
problems on flat belt drives using Problems on spur gear based onstrength Problems on bevel gear based onstrength bearing materials, System of lubrication
SLO-2 problems on sliding mesh gear box
fundamental equations consideration consideration
Selection procedure for flat belt drives
SLO-1
using manufacturer’s data Problems on spur gear based onstrength Problems on bevel gear based onstrength
S-3 problems on sliding mesh gear box Selection procedure for journal bearing
Problems on flat belt drives using consideration consideration
SLO-2
manufacturer’s data
Selection procedure for V-belt drives Design procedure on spur gear based on Design procedure on bevel gear based on Design procedure on constant mesh gear
SLO-1
using fundamental equations wear consideration wear consideration box
S-4 Problems injournal bearings
Problemson V-belt drives using Problems on spur gear based onwear Problems on bevel gear based onwear
SLO-2 Problems on constant mesh gearbox
fundamental equations consideration consideration

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1568
Selection procedure for V-belt drives
SLO-1
using manufacturer’s data Problems on spur gear based onwear Problems on bevel gear based onwear Design of Multi speed gear box for
S-5 Introduction to Roller contact bearings
Problems on V-belt drives consideration consideration machine toolapplications
SLO-2
usingmanufacturer’s data
Wire ropes: types, construction and Design procedure on helical gear based Worm gear: Thermal capacity, efficiency,
SLO-1
Selection of wire ropes on strength consideration forces andstresses Design of Multi speed gear box for Types of bearing, Load rating, bearing
S-6
Problems on helical gear based Design procedure on worm gear based machine toolapplications materials and bearing failure
SLO-2 Stresses in wire ropes
onstrength consideration onstrength consideration
SLO-1 Selection procedure for wire ropes Problems on helical gear based problems on worm gear based onstrength
S-7 Variable speed gear box Selection of bearing
SLO-2 Problems on wire ropes onstrength consideration consideration
Design procedure on helical gear based Design procedure on worm gear based on
SLO-1
Power transmission chains: types and on wear consideration wear consideration
S-8 Fluid couplings Problems in ball bearing
applications Problems on helical gear based onwear Problems on worm gear based onwear
SLO-2
consideration consideration
Selection procedure on power
SLO-1
transmission chains and sprockets Problems on helical gear based onwear Problems on worm gear based onwear Torque convertor for automotive
S-9 Problems in roller bearing
Problems on power transmission chains consideration consideration applications
SLO-2
and sprockets

1. Robert. C. Juvinall, Kurt. M. Marshek, “Fundamentals of Machine Component Design”, John Wiley&sons, 6th Edition, 5. Bernard Hamrock, Steven Schmid, Bo Jacobson, “Fundamentals of Machine
2017. Elements”, 2nd Edition,Tata McGraw-Hill Book Co., 2006.
2. Joseph Edward Shigley and Charles R. Mischke, “Mechanical Engineering Design”, McGraw –HillInternational Editions, 6. Dr. Sadhu Singh, “Design of Machine Elements (Machine Design)”, Khanna Publishers;
Learning
New York, 10th Edition, 2014. Fifth edition (1987).
Resources
3. Spotts, M.F., Shoup, T.E., Hornberger, L.E., “Design of Machine Elements”, Prentice Hall of IndiaEighth Edition, 2004. 7. KhurmiR.S ,Gupta J.M., “A text book of machine design”, S.Chand&Company Ltd, 25th
4. Paul H Black and O. E. Adams, P., “Machine Design”, 3rd edition, Mc Graw Hill Book Company, Inc.,New York, USA, revised edition, 2005.
2007. 8. P.S.G Tech..,“Design Data Book”, KalaikathirAchchagam, 2012

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,
Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
Mr. Vignesh Shanmugam.s, Hyundai Motors India Limited,
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in Mr. D. Raja, SRM IST
Irungattukottai – 602117.E mail – 273357@hmil.net
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Dr. Davidson Jebaseelan, davidson.jd@vit.ac.in, VIT, Chennai Dr. P. Nandakumar, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1569
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE402T OPTIMIZATION IN ENGINEERING DESIGN E Professional elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
NIL NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Approved design data book

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Be familiar with principles of optimization and its need 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Be familiar with various conventional optimization techniques

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-3 : Be familiar with Solving multivariable problems techniques

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-4 : Be familiar with Solving problems using unconventional optimization techniques

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
Level of Thinking
CLR-5 : Be familiar with Application of optimization to design of machine elements.

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
Research

PSO - 1

PSO - 2

PSO - 3
(Bloom)
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:

Ethics
CLO-1 : understand optimization principles and its need 1& 2 90 85 H
CLO-2 : understand and apply the concept of conventional optimization techniques 1&2 90 85 H H
CLO-3 : understand and apply the concept of constrained in single variable as well as multivariable 1&2 90 85 H H
CLO-4 : understand and apply the concept unconventional optimization techniques 1&2,3 90 85 H H H
CLO-5 : apply the methods of optimization in real life situation 1&2,3 90 85 H H H H

Unconstrained optimization Constrained optimization


Introduction to optimization Modern Methods of Optimization Applications
techniques techniques
Duration(hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Introduction to optimization: adequate and Techniques of unconstrained Direct search methods: Random jumping
S-1 SLO-1 Genetic Algorithm Introduction Design optimizationof springs
optimum design optimization method, Random walk method
Principles of optimization,design vector, Basic elements of natural genetics—reproduction,
S-2 SLO-1 Golden section method. Tutorials on Random Jumping Method Design vector for springs
design constraints crossover, and mutation
The computational procedure involved in
S-3 SLO-1 Statement of an optimization problem Fibonacci method Tutorials on Random Walk Method Objective function for springs
optimizing the fitness function in genetic algorithm
Direct search methods: conjugate gradient Design optimizationof shafts and
S-4 SLO-1 Formulation of objective function Random search Tutorials on Genetic Algorithm
method, quasi-Newton methods torsionally loaded members.
Design vectors for torsionally loaded
S-5 SLO-1 Design constraints Random search Tutorial on conjugate gradient method Simulated Annealing: Introduction
members
Classical optimization techniques: single Objective function fortorsionally loaded
S-6 SLO-1 Pattern search Indirect methods –Penalty function method Simulated Annealing - Steps involved
variable members
Classical optimization techniques: single Indirect methods –Penalty function method Design optimization of simple truss
S-7 SLO-1 Gradient search Ant colony optimization:Basic Concept
variable problems members
Classical optimization techniques:
S-8 SLO-1 Quadratic interpolation method Interior penalty function method Ant colony optimization:Ant Searching Behavior Design vectors forsimple truss members
multivariable
Classical optimization techniques Graphical representation of the Ant Objective function for simple truss
S-9 SLO-1 Cubic interpolation method Exterior penalty function method
multivariable colonyoptimization process members

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1570
1. Rao Singaresu.S, “Engineering Optimization – Theory & Practice”, New Age International (P) Limited, New Delhi, 5. William Orthwein, “Machine Component Design”, Vol. I and II, Jaico Publishing house, New
2009. Edition, 2006.
2. Kalyanamoy Deb, “Optimization for Engineering design algorithms and Examples”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 6. Rao.C.S, “Optimization Techniques”, DhanpatRai& Sons, New Delhi
Learning
2006. 7. Fox.R.L, “Optimization methods for Engineering Design”, Addison Wesley Pub, Digitized 2007.
Resources
3. Johnson Ray C, “Optimum design of mechanical elements”, Wiley, John & Sons, Digitized 2007 8. Garret N. Vanderplaats, “Numerical optimization techniques for engineering”, McGraw-Hill
4. Goldberg .D.E, “Genetic algorithms in search, optimization and machine”, Barnen, AddisonWesley, New York, Ryerson, Limited, 1984.
1989.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
DR. SUBHAS GANGULY, sganguly.met@nitrr.ac.in
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in Vamsi krishna dommeti SRMIST
NIT Raipur
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in HARESH DURAI KARUPPIAH, Haresh.durai@rntbci.com, RENAULT NISSAN Dr. P. Nandakumar, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1571
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE403T TOOL ENGINEERING DESIGN E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Be familiar with tool materials and their properties 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Be familiar with the design of single point cutting tools and twist drills

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge
CLR-3 : Be familiar with the design of various types of dies

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Be familiar with the blank development for different components

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Be familiar with the design of jigs and fixtures for simple components

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:

CLO-1 : Identify suitable tool materials for the specific manufacturing applications 1&2 85 80 H L M M - - - - M - - - H L H
CLO-2 : Design single point cutting tools and twist drill for different machining requirements 2&3 85 80 H M M M - - - - M - - - H L H
CLO-3 : Design various types of dies for manufacturing components 2&3 85 80 H H H M - - - - M - - - H L H
CLO-4 : Develop the blank for cylindrical and non-cylindrical shells 2&3 85 80 H H H L - - - - M - - - H L H
CLO-5 : Design and develop the jigs and fixtures for simple mechanical components 2&3 85 80 H H H H - - - - M - - - H L H

Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Different types of tool materials: cemented
S-1 SLO-1 Press working terminology Principles of jigs and fixtures Design principles of fixtures Case study in jigs
carbides, coatedcarbides, cermets,
ceramics and polycrystalline and new tool Locating principles and different
S-2 SLO-1 Different types of Presses and press accessories Design of fixtures for milling operation Case study in jigs
materials locating elements
Composition and properties of tool Computation of capacities and tonnage requirements Clamping principles, clamping devices
S-3 SLO-1 Design of fixtures for boring operation Case study in jigs
materials ofpresses and types in jigs
Design of fixtures for broaching & grinding
S-4 SLO-1 Cutting tool selection and treatments Various types of Strip layout Analysis of clamping force Case study in fixture
operation
Design of single point turning tools and Different types of dies, Progressive dies, Combination
S-5 SLO-1 Function of drill bush, types drill bushes Design of fixture for assembly Case study in fixture
multipoint tools diesand compound dies
Problems on the design of single point Design and development of various types of cutting, Different types of jigs , Plate jig, latch
S-6 SLO-1 Design of fixture for inspection Case study in fixture
cutting tool alone forming,bending and drawing dies jig, channel jig,
Selection of tool holders and inserts for Design and development of various types of cutting, Different types of jigs Post jig, angle
S-7 SLO-1 Design of fixture for welding Case study in press tools
turning forming,bending and drawing dies plate jig, turn over jig, and pot jigs
Function of Chip breaker, types of chip Blank development for cylindrical and non-cylindrical Design and development of jigs for Design and development of fixtures for given
S-8 SLO-1 Case study in press tools
breaker shells, blank size calculation given components components
Design and development of jigs for Design and development of fixtures for given
S-9 SLO-1 Design of twist drill and reamers Forging dies basics and materials for forging dies Case study in press tools
given components components

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1572
5. Prakash H. Joshi, “Press tool design and construction”, 1st edition, Wheeler Publishing,
1. Sadasivan.T.A, and Sarathy.D, “Cutting tools for Productive machining”, 1st edition, Widia (India) Ltd, Bangalore, 1999.
New Delhi, 2000.
Learning 2. Donaldson.C, Lecain.G.H and Goold.V.C, “Tool Design”, Tata McGraw Hill publishing company limited, New Delhi, 2002
6. Kempster.M.H.A, “An Introduction to Jig and tool design”, 3rd edition, ELBS, 1987
Resources 3. Edward G. Hoffman, “Jigs and Fixture design”, 2nd edition, Galgotia publication Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,1987
7. Prakash H. Joshi, “Cutting tools”, 1st edition, Wheeler Publishing, New Delhi, 1997.
4. Hiram E. Grant, “Jigs and Fixtures - Nonstandard clamping device”, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1971.
8. Prakash H. Joshi, “Tooling Data”, 1st edition, Wheeler Publishing, New Delhi, 2000.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. S.Bhargav, GM,Rane Brake, Trichy 1. Dr. V.Srinivasan,Annamalai University, srinivraghavan@yahoo.com 1. Mr.V.G.Umasekar, SRMIST
2. Dr. Muthumanikkam, Jt. Director, CVRDE, DRDO,Avadi,Chennai. 2.Dr.Assaithambi, Govn. Col.of. Eng,sengipatti,Thanjavur, basaithambi@gcetj.edu.in Dr. U. M. Iqbal, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1573
Course L T P C
Course Code 18MEE404T COMPUTER GRAPHICS Course Category E Professional Elective
Name 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
NIL NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Be familiar with the basics of computer graphics and transformations 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Be familiar with the special curvesand their parametric representation

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Be familiar with the surface modeling techniques and their mathematical representation

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


CLR-4 : Be familiar with the three dimensional graphics techniques

Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-5 : Be familiar with the graphics and Communication standards

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


CLR-6 : Be familiar with the computer graphics and various modeling techniques

Society & Culture


Problem Analysis

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand about computer graphics and basic transformations 1 90 85 H L M L L L L L L L L L L L L
CLO-2 : Acquire knowledge on special curves and their parametric representation 1&2 90 85 H L H M L L L L L L L L L L L
CLO-3 : Understand the various surface modeling techniques and their mathematical representation 1&2 90 85 H M H M M L L L L L L L L L L
CLO-4 : Understand the three dimensional modeling techniques and apply these techniques to develop new products 1&2 90 85 H M H M M L L L L L L L L L L
CLO-5 : Acquire knowledge on data exchange and Communication standards 1&3 90 85 H M L M L L L L L L L L L L L
CLO-6 : Understand about computer graphics and various modeling techniques

Three Dimensional computer Graphics and Communication


Introduction to Computer Graphics Special Curves Surface modeling
graphics standards
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
S-1 SLO-1 Origin of computer Graphics Introduction of Curve representation Introduction of Surface modeling techniques Boundary representation (B-rep) Graphics and data exchange standards
Basic elements and building
S-2 SLO-1 Interactive graphics display Introduction to Bezier curve Coonspatch Graphical Kernel System
operations
Mathematical representation and boundaries of
S-3 SLO-1 Video Display devices Parametric representation of Bezier curve Constructive solid geometry (CSG) Bit maps
Coons patch
Basic elements and Building
S-4 SLO-1 Types of Display devices Introduction toCubic spline curve Bi-Cubic patch open GL (graphics library)
operations
Parametric representation of Cubic spline
S-5 SLO-1 Algorithm for line, circle Mathematical representation of Bi-Cubic patch Viewing transformations Data exchange standards (IGES)
curve
2D transformation (scaling, rotation,
S-6 SLO-1 Introduction toB-Spline curve Bezier surface Clipping operations STEP and CALLS
translation)
Hidden line removal for curved
S-7 SLO-1 3D transformation scaling &rotation Parametric representation of B-Spline curve Mathematical representation of Bezier surface DXF Standard and STL
surfaces
S-8 SLO-1 3D transformation Translation Introduction toRotational curves B-Spline surface Algorithms for shading Communication standards, LAN
Parametric representation of Rotational
S-9 SLO-1 Concatenation transformations Mathematical representation of B spline surface Algorithms for rendering Communication standards, WAN
curves

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1574
Learning 1. Donald Hearn and Pauline Baker M. “Computer Graphics”, Prentice Hall, Inc., 2009 3. Harington, Stevan, “Computer Graphics: A Programming Approach”, McGraw Hill, 1983
Resources 2. Ibrahim Zeid“CAD/Cam Theory and Practice”, McGraw Hill, International Edition, 2010. 4. Plastock, Roy A., &Kally, “Theory and Problems of Computer Graphics”, McGraw Hill, 1986

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in Dr. Davidson Jebaseelan, davidson.jd@vit.ac.in, VIT Chennai Mr.S.ArunPrasath, SRMIST
2. A. Don Bosco, Valeo, Chennai S.DineshBabu, Renault Nissan Technology, Chennai Mr.R.Yogeswaran, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1575
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE405T FATIGUE, FRACTURE MECHANICS AND CREEP E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
NIL NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Be familiar with fatigue crack propagation and micromechanisms of fatigue 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Be familiar with the concepts of environmentally assisted cracking in metals

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


CLR-3 : Know about fracture mechanics and stress intensity factors

Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Know about deformation at crack tip, crack tip opening displacement, crack initiation and growth

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-5 : Be familiar with characteristics, mechanisms, effects and considerations of creep

Analysis, Design,

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
Recognize and analyze fatigue crack propagation, crack closure, fatigue threshold, variable amplitude loading and retardation and
CLO-1 : 1&2 90 85 H H - - - - - - - - - - - - -
micromechanisms of fatigue
CLO-2 : Appreciate the knowledge on environmentally assisted cracking,stress corrosion, hydrogen embrittlement and corrosion fatigue in metals 1&2 90 85 H - - - - - H - - - - - - - -
CLO-3 : Understand fracture mechanics and acquire knowledge on energy release rate, stress intensity factors of simple and complex cases 1& 2 90 85 H H - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Acquire knowledge onanelastic deformation at the crack tip, J-integral, crack tip opening displacement and mixed mode crack initiation and
CLO-4 : 1&2 90 85 H H - - - - - - - - - - - - -
growth
Understand characteristics of creep and acquire knowledge on mechanisms, tests, interactions, temperature effects, materials and design
CLO-5 : 1&2 90 85 H H - - - - - - - - - - - - -
considerations of creep

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Introduction to environmentally assisted Introduction to fracture mechanics: Kinds Anelastic deformation at crack tip:
Fatigue crack propagation, similitude in Introduction to creep, characteristics of
S-1 SLO-1 cracking in metals, Corrosion principles: of failure, brittle and ductile fracture, approximate shape and size of plastic
Fatigue creep
electrochemical reactions modes of fracture failure zone
Energy release rate: Griffith’s dilemma, Mechanisms of creep: dislocation creep,
Corrosion current and polarization, Anelastic deformation at crack tip:
surface energy, Griffith’s analysis, diffusion creep, grain boundary
S-2 SLO-1 Empirical fatigue crack growth equations electrode potential and passivity, cathodic effective crack length, effect of plate
mathematical formulation, compliance sliding, Creep deformation mechanism
protection thickness
approach, strain energy approach maps
Crack closure, closer look at crack- Energy release rate: anelastic
Environmentally assisted cracking (EAC) Definition of J-Integral, path Creep under multiaxial loading, combined
S-3 SLO-1 wedging mechanisms, loading variables deformation at crack tip, thin plate vs thick
overview: Cracking mechanisms independence, stress-strain relation stresses, stress relaxation
on closure plate
The fatigue threshold: a two-criterion Crack growth rate vs applied stress Energy release rate: crack resistance, Further discussion on J-integral from a
S-4 SLO-1 model, threshold behavior in inert intensity, threshold for EAC, small crack stable and unstable crack growth, critical designer’s point of view, critical J-integral, Creep-fatigue interaction, creep fractures
environments effects energy release rate safety or failure
Variable amplitude loading and
Static, cyclic and fluctuating loads, Introduction to Stress intensity factors, J-Integral: engineers approach, simplified Creep test, stress rupture test,
S-5 SLO-1 retardation: reverse plasticity at crack tip,
cracking morphology, life prediction Investigations closer to crack tip, LEFM relation, applications representation of creep rupture data
the effect of overloads and underloads

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1576
Stress intensity factor: Stress and Introduction to CTOD, relationship
Models for retardation and variable Stress corrosion cracking, film rupture Creep and Stress Rupture: Deformation
S-6 SLO-1 displacement fields in isotropic elastic between CTOD, KI and GI, Equivalence
amplitude fatigue model and fracture at Elevated Temperature
materials, field equations between CTOD and J
Stress intensity factor: Westergaard’s
Growth of short cracks: microstructural Crack growth rate in stage II, corrosion Introduction to mixed mode crack initiation Theories of low and high temperature
S-7 SLO-1 approach, Mode I (opening mode), Mode
and mechanical product wedging and growth creep
II (sliding mode), Mode III (tearing mode)
Hydrogen embrittlement, cracking
Micromechanisms of fatigue: Fatigue in SIF of more complex cases: Other Mixed mode crack propagation: maximum Prediction of longtime properties, effect of
mechanisms, Variables that effect
S-8 SLO-1 region II, micromechanisms near the applications of Westergaard approach, tangential stress criteria, Strain energy metallurgical variables, Creep resistant
cracking behavior: load, hydrogen,
threshold applications of principle of superposition density criterion materials, hightemperature alloys
temperature
Corrosion fatigue, time dependent and
cycle dependent behavior, Mechanisms of Edge cracks, embedded cracks, critical
S-9 SLO-1 Damage tolerance methodology Mixed mode examples, crack growth Design considerations to avoid creep
corrosion fatigue, effect of corrosion stress intensity factor
product wedging on fatigue

Learning 1. T. L. Anderson, “Fracture Mechanics Fundamentals and Applications”, CRC Press Taylor & Francis; 4thedition, 2017 3. C. T. Sun, Z. -H. Zin, " Fracture Mechanics ", Elsevier; 2012
Resources 2. Prashant Kumar, “ Elements of Fracture Mechanics” Tata McGraw-Hill; 2009 4. G. E. Dieter, "Mechanical Metallurgy ", McGraw-Hill; 2017

Learning Assessment
Bloom’s Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Final Examination (50% weightage)
Level of Thinking CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30% - 30% - 40% - 40% - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 50% - 50% - 40% - 40% - 50% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20% - 20% - 20% - 20% - 20% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in Dr. Sudheesh Kumar, sudheeshkumar3@gmail.com, GCE, Kannur Dr T V V L N Rao, SRMIST
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Dr.R.Prabhusekar, rprabhusekar@mnnit.ac.in, MNNIT Allahabad Dr P Nandakumar, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1577
Course Course L T P C
18MEE406T LINEAR ELASTICITY Course Category E Professional Elective
Code Name 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Advanced calculus and complex Co-requisite


Nil Progressive Courses Nil
Courses Analysis, mechanics of solids Courses
Course Offering Department Department of Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : To studyConcept of Stress- Strains and Deformation 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : To ApplyBoundary Conditions for different kind of problems

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : To solve the problem using different solution method

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : To solve the plane elasticity problems using different solution method

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : To solvetorsion and elastic cylinders problems

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : To studyConcept of Stress- Strains and Deformation

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
understand the basics of Tensors, Index Notation, Coordinate Transformations, Deformation and Strain, Strain Transformation, Principal
CLO-1 : 1,2 H H
Strains, StrainCompatibility,
CLO-2 : apply boundary conditions and can get the general result 1,2 H H H
CLO-3 : solve the problem using different solution method 1,2,3 H H H
CLO-4 : solve the plane elasticity problems using different solution method 1,2,3 H H H
CLO-5 : Solve torsion and elastic cylinders problems 1,2,3 H H H H
Able to understand the basics of Tensors, Index Notation, Coordinate Transformations, Deformation and Strain, Strain Transformation,
CLO-6 : 1,2 H H
Principal Strains, StrainCompatibility,

Torsion And Flexure Of Elastic


Foundations General Results System Response Plane Elasticity Problems
Cylinders
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Mathematical Preliminaries-Scalar, General solution of the torsion
S-1 SLO-1 Review of Field Equations Anti-plane Strain Plane Stress and Plane Strain
Vector, Matrix, and Tensor Definitions problem
Field equations and boundary conditions,
S-2 SLO-1 Index notation Field Equations and Boundary Conditions Introduction to Airy Stress Function Prandtl Stress Function
Navier equations
Concept of Stress- Strains and Stress Formulation-Beltrami-Michell Complex Variable Solutions to Anti-plane Stress function, stress function for plane stress Torsion Solutions Derived from
S-3 SLO-1
Deformation compatibility equations Strain Problems and plane strain cases Boundary Equation
Coordinate Transformations -Strain Displacement Formulation Principle of Introduction to Cartesian Coordinate Using Torsion Solutions Using Fourier
S-4 SLO-1 Solution using Taylor Series
Transformation Superposition Polynomials Methods
2D approximations (plane stress and plane Cartesian Coordinate Solutions Using
S-5 SLO-1 Principal Strains, Strain Compatibility Solution using Laurent Series Torsion of Hollow Cylinders
strain) and solution strategies Polynomials
Introduction to Cartesian Coordinate Using Torsion of Circular Shafts of
S-6 SLO-1 TractionVector Uniqueness Theorems-Reciprocal Theorem Solution using Cauchy Integral Formula
Fourier Methods Variable Diameter
Cartesian Coordinate Solutions Using Fourier
S-7 SLO-1 Stress Transformation Principle of Virtual Work Solution using Cauchy Integral Formula Torsion of elliptic cross sections
Methods

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1578
Equilibrium Equations&Generalized Principle of Minimum Potential and
S-8 SLO-1 Solution using Conformal Mapping Introduction to Solutions in Polar Coordinates Flexure Formulation
Hooke’s law. Complementary Energy
Axisymmetric problems, thick-walled cylinders,
Review of Continuum Mechanics rotating disks of uniform thickness, stress
S-9 SLO-1 Saint-Venant’s Principle Solution using Conformal Mapping Flexure Problems without Twist
Concepts concentration, effect of circular holes on stress
distribution in plates.

1. Martin H. Sadd, Elasticity: Theory, “Applications and Numeric’s”, Elsevier India, 2005 5. Love.A.E.H, “The Mathematical Theory of Elasticity”, Dover, 2011.
Learning 2. Timoshenko.S.P, Goodier.J.N, “Theory of Elasticity”, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2010. 6. Landau.L.D and Lifshitz.E.M, “Theory of Elasticity, Butterworth-Heinemann”, 1986.
Resources 3. England.A.H, “Complex Variable Methods in Elasticity”, Dover Publications, 2003. 7. Atkin.R.J and Fox.N, “An Introduction to the Theory of Elasticity”, Dover,2005.
4. Malvern.L.E, “Introduction to the Mechanics of a Continuous Medium”, Prentice Hall, 1977. 8. Barber.J.R, “Elasticity”, Springer, 2009.

Learning Assessment
Bloom’s Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Final Examination (50% weightage)
Level of Thinking CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30% - 30% - 40% - 40% - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 50% - 50% - 40% - 40% - 50% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20% - 20% - 20% - 20% - 20% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
Dr. R. Damodaram, SSN College of Engineering, Chennai,
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in Mr. K. Jegadheesan, SRMIST
damodaramr@ssn.edu.in
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Dr.R.Prabhusekar, rprabhusekar@mnnit.ac.in, MNNIT Allahabad Dr. M. Iqbal, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1579
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE407T DESIGN OF PRESSURE VESSEL AND PIPING E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


18MEC206T NIL NIL
Courses Courses Courses
ASME Pressure Vessel and Boiler Code; Section VIII Div. 1&2; 2003.American Standard Code for Pressure Piping;
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards
B 31.1.

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1: Familiarize with basics of Pressure vessel design 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2: Familiarize with different types of stresses and their effects in Pressure vessel.

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-3: Equip with Pressure vessel design.

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-4: Expose to failuremechanisms in Pressure vessel.

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5: Expose to the concept of piping layout and the stresses acting on it.

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 Analyse and design of pressure vessel and piping.

Research

PSO - 1

PSO - 2

PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1: understand the basics of pressure vessel design 1&2 90 85 H H H M L
CLO-2: determine various stresses, and their effects in pressure vessel. 12&3 90 85 H H H L
CLO-3: design pressure vessel. 12&3 90 85 H H H L
CLO-4: know the various types of failures in pressure vessel. 12&3 90 85 H H H L
CLO-5: know the concepts of piping layout and the stresses acting on it 12&3 90 85 H H H L
CLO-6 Know the design concepts of pressure vessel and piping 1 2&3 90 85 H H H L

Overview of Pressure Vessel and


Stresses in Pressure Vessels Design of Pressure Vessels Failure Analysis of vessels Fundamentals of piping design
stresses
Duration
09 09 09 09 09
(hour)
Stress concentration at a variable
Introduction, construction and design Stresses in cylinder, Dilation of pressure Buckling phenomenon, vessels under Introduction to piping, definition,codes,
S-1 SLO-1 thickness transition section in a cylindrical
procedure. vessels, Intersecting spheres. external pressure. standards and specifications.,
vessel, circular hole, Elliptical Openings
Membrane stresses in vessel under Stress concentration factor for
. Design approach, design by rule, design Elastic buckling of circular ring, Piping components, pipe, pipe fittings,
S-2 SLO-1 internal pressure, cylindrical vessel, superposition, Dynamic and thermal
by analysis. deflectioncurve, buckling. flanges, valves, bolt and gaskets.
spherical, conical vessel. transient condition.
Design of tall cylindrical self-supporting
Introduction, Stress intensity, Stresses in Thermal stresses in long hollow cylinder, Buckling of long cylinder or tubes,
S-3 SLO-1 process columns for short vertical Flow diagram, piping layout
a circular ring. logarithmic, thermal gradient. inelastic collapse, initial non-circularity.
vessels.
Linear thermal gradient, Steady state Design of supports for short vertical Collapse of thick walled cylinder, fully
S-4 SLO-1 Stress significance, stress pattern. underground, above ground pipelines
Thermal stresses. vessel. plastic wall,
Thermal stresses due to thermal Piping stress analysis, Forces and
S-5 SLO-1 Residual stress, shape of a member Theory of reinforced openings. Collapse of the wall of a cylinder.
gradients. moments

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1580
Nozzle reinforced placement shape,
Methods for determining stresses, strain Ultra-high-pressure vessel -design Effect of supports on elastic buckling, Piping specifications, static and dynamic
S-6 SLO-1 single nozzles, Multiple nozzles,
gauge, Photo elastic, Moiré. principle, wedge, segment principle. buckling, collapse coefficient. loads
Nonradical nozzles.
Cascade principle, yoke Beam and ties,
Thermal stresses, thermal strains and Pressure vessel design, welded joints, Buckling under combined external nomenclature of pipe supports, guided
S-7 SLO-1 Anvil principle, Bridge man massive
their significance. strength of weldments. pressure and axial loading cantilever method
conical anvils.
Discontinuity stresses in pressure
vessels, Cylindrical vessels with various Bolted joints and gaskets, thread and nut interaction method, interaction equations Design of piping system, pressure
S-8 SLO-1 Terminology of vessel, vessel Ligament.
heads, Infinite long beam, semidefinite design, bolt head, shank design. in design. components design
beam.
Ligament efficiency, Longitudinal,
Stresses in a bimetallic joint, deformation Introduction to ASME pressure vessel Safety factors in design, Imperfection minimum wall thickness of pipe, pipe span
S-9 SLO-1 circumferential ligaments in a cylindrical
and stresses in flanges. codes. sensitivity calculations, Ansi piping codes.
and spherical shape.

5. William. J. Bees“Approximate Methods in the design and analysis of pressure vessels and piping “, Pre
1. John F. Harvey, “Theory and Design of Pressure vessels”, CBS publishers and Distributors, 1987.
ASME-pressure vessels and piping conference ,1997.
Learning 2. Henry H Bedner, " Pressure Vessels, Design Hand Book ", CBS publishers and Distributors ,1987.
6. ASME Pressure Vessel and Boiler code, section viii Div. 1&2,2003 American standard code for pressure
Resources 3. Somnath Chattopadhyay,” Pressure vessels: Design and practice “, CRC Press ,2004.
piping, B31.1
4. Smith P., “Fundamentals of piping design”, Elsevier Gulf Publishing Company 2007.
7. Brownell. L E & Young E.D,” Process equipment design “, Wiley Eastern Ltd, India.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in Dr V.MARIAPPAN, vmari@nitt.edu, NIT Trichy Dr. P.Nandakumar, SRMIST
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Mr.R.Harris Samuel, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1581
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE408T KINEMATICS AND DYNAMICS OF ROBOTS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Acquire the fundamental concepts of Robot Transformation 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Impart the Knowledge about the concepts of Direct kinematics of Robot

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Impart the Knowledge about the concepts of Inverse kinematics of Robot

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Acquire fundamental knowledge about theplanning trajectories on workspace of robot

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Enable students withthe basic knowledge of Robot Dynamics

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Understand the kinematics and dynamics models of robots

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understanding rigid body transformations, homogeneous transformation matrices of Robot. 1 &2 85 75 H H M M M L L L M M M M M M M
CLO-2 : Derive the direct kinematics equation for robot manipulators. 2 80 70 H H M M M L L L M M M M M M M
CLO-3 : Derive the inverse kinematics equation for robot manipulators. 1 &2 80 70 H H H M M L L L M M M M M M M
CLO-4 : Generate workspace and trajectory planning in Cartesian and joint spaces. 1 &2 75 70 H H H M M L L L M M M M M M M
CLO-5 : Understand the equations of motion (dynamics model) of manipulators using Lagrange-Euler and Newton-Euler methods. 1 &2 75 70 H H H M M L L L M M M M M M M
CLO-6 : Analyze the kinematic and dynamic model of robot 2 75 70 H H M M M L L L M M M M M M M

Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
SLO-1 Introduction about machines and mechanisms –
S-1 Link coordinates for D-H representation Inverse Kinematics of transformation Introduction & analysis of work space Introduction to manipulator dynamics
SLO-2 Robot anatomy
SLO-1 Arm matrix and Arm equation – DH Workspace analysis for 4 axis SCARA Lagrange’s equation - kinetic and potential
S-2 Arm and wrist configuration of Robot General properties of solution
SLO-2 representation of Kinematics model robot energy

SLO-1 Position and orientation of objects, descriptions: Direct Kinematics of 2 DOF Planar Inverse Kinematics for 2 DOF planar Link inertia tensor
S-3 Work space fixtures
SLO-2 Positions, Orientations and Frames Manipulator arm robot Link jacobian manipulator inertia tensor
SLO-1 Inverse kinematics – 3 DOF Trajectory planning - Terminology
Coordinate transformation / Mapping in fixed
S-4 articulated robot – Guide lines, Trajectory planning – pick and place Gravity and generalized forces
SLO-2 angle rotation Direct Kinematics of 3 axis articulated solution techniques motion
robot – Link Inverse kinematics – 3 DOF
SLO-1 Mappings: Changing descriptions from Frame to Continuous path motion – Joint space Lagrange – Euler Dynamic model
S-5 articulated robot – Derivation of
SLO-2 Frame equations
technique and Cartesian space technique formulation

SLO-1 Operators: Translations, Rotations and Kinetic and Potential Energy Formulation
S-6 Direct Kinematics of 3 DOF wrist Inverse kinematics of RPY wrist Trajectory planning – Interpolated motion
SLO-2 Transformations, Transformation Arithmetic for Two axis planar robot

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1582
SLO-1 Transformation of Vectors for Rotation, Inverse kinematics of – 4 axis L-E Dynamics model for Two axis planar
S-7 Trajectory planning – straight line motion
SLO-2 translation and composite SCARA robot – General solution robot

SLO-1
S-8 Inverting Transformation Tool Configuration Trajectory planning for 3 DOF Manipulator Newton – Euler formulation
SLO-2 Direct Kinematics Analysis of 4 axis
SLO-1 Rotation Matrix – fixed and Euler angle SCARA Robot Tool configuration of a 4 axis SCARA Trajectory planning for 4 DOF SCARA N-E Dynamics model for Two axis planar
S-9
SLO-2 representation robot Manipulator robot

1. 1.Robert J. Schilling, Fundamentals of Robotics Analysis and Control, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2003
2. Richard D. Klafter, Thomas. A, Chmielewski, Michael Negin, Robotics Engineering an Integrated Approach, 4. John J. Craig, Introduction to Robotics Mechanics and Control, Fourth Edition, Pearson Education
Learning
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 1993 International, 2018.
Resources
3. P.A. Janaki Raman, Robotics and Image Processing An Introduction, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing company 5. Mittal RK, Nagrath IJ, Robotics and Controls, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 2003
Ltd., 1995

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40% - 30% - 30% - 30% 15% 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% 20% 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20% - 30% - 30% - 30% 15% 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in Dr. Yogesh Singh, Yogesh@mech.nits.ac.in, NIT Silchar Mr. KR. Arun prasad, SRMIST
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Dr.R.Prabhu sekar, rprabhusekar@mnnit.ac.in, MNNIT Allahabad Dr. P. Nandakumar, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1583
L T P C
Course Code 18MEE409T Course Name COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN DESIGN Course Category E Professional Elective
3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
NIL NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : understand the overall design process and the types of three-dimensional modeling schemes. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : write programs in MATLAB for Mechanical Engineering Design problems

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : understand in applying CAD model for design

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : know how the model data is stored, retrieved and to organize for CIM applications

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : know uses of parametric modeling. Uses of Rapid prototyping and Artificial Intelligence

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : understand the overall design process and the types of three-dimensional modeling schemes.

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : understand the overall design process and can able to apply on any projects. 1&2 90 85 H - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-2 : write interactive programs in MATLAB for design problems. 1 90 85 H H - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-3 : understand in applying CAD model in design 1 90 85 H - M - - - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-4 : organize data for CIM applications and various aspects of data storage and manipulation 1&2 90 85 H - M - - - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-5 : understand the uses of parametric modelling and artificial intelligence. 1&2 90 85 H - M - - - - - - - - - - - -

Writing design programs in MATLAB for Machine


Introduction to CAD Applying the CAD model in design Entity Manipulation and Data Storage: Expanding the capability of CAD
Elements
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
S-1 SLO-1 The design process Introduction to Machine Drawing Applications to draughting Manipulation of the model Parametric modeling
The use of 3D modeling for 2D
S-2 SLO-1 Different types of design process Introduction to Machine Drawing Model storage Variation modeling
representation
S-3 SLO-1 Role of CAD in Design Introduction to MATLAB software Approaches to 3D modelling Data structures Feature based modeling
Types and applications of design Introduction for Writing interactive programs to solve Direct assessment for the geometric
S-4 SLO-1 Database consideration Feature recognition
models design problems in MATLAB model
Computer representation of Generation of new models from the
S-5 SLO-1 Design problems using MATLAB for Shafts Object oriented representations
drawings geometric model
Design by features
Three-dimensional modeling The scope of customization and design
S-6 SLO-1 Design problems using MATLAB for Gears CIM
schemes automation
S-7 SLO-1 Wire frame model Design problems using MATLAB for Pulleys Typical facilities for system customization Organizing data for CIM application
Rapid prototyping
S-8 SLO-1 Surface representation model Design problems using MATLAB for flywheel The graphics Kernel System ERP (Enterprise Resource planning)
S_9 SLO-1 Solid modeling Design problems using MATLAB for connecting rods Standard for exchanging images Design information system Artificial intelligence in design

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1584
1. Charles. S. Knox, “Organising data for CIM Applications”, Marcel Dekker Inc. New York 1987.
5. Chandupatla and Belagundu, “Introduction to Finite Element Methods in Engineering”, Prentice
2. Ibrahim Zeid, “CAD/ CAM - Theory and Practice” - McGraw Hill, International Edition, 1998.
Learning Hall of India Private Limited, New Delhi, 1997.
3. Chris McMahon and Jimmi Browne, “CAD CAM Principles, practice and Manufacturing Management”, Pearson
Resources 6. http://www.machinedesign.com
Education Asia, 2002.
7. MATLAB: Easy Way of Learning,S. Swapna Kumar and S. V. B. Lenina,2016
4. Kr. Gopalakrishna, “Machine Drawing” , Subhas Stores, 2007

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 20% - 15% - 15% - 15% - 15% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 20% - 20% - 20% - 20% - 20% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 10% - 15% - 15% - 15% - 15% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %

# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,
Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in Dr. Davidson Jebaseelan, davidson.jd@vit.ac.in VIT Chennai. Mr. S. Balamurugan,SRM IST
Mr. Vignesh Shanmugam.S, 273357@hmil.net Hyundai Motors Limited,
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Dr. P. Nandakumar, SRMIST
Chennai

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1585
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE321T ELEMENTS OF MECHATRONICS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Acquire the fundamental knowledge of mechatronics systems 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the sensors and transducers.

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Understand the actuation systems, signal processing and controllers.

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Acquire knowledge about the PLC.

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Know mechatronics system design and its applications.

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Knowledge about the concept and components of mechatronics systems.

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Differentiate the basic key elements of mechatronics systems 1 90 85 M - M - - - - - - - - - L L L
CLO-2 : Have cognizance on performance of sensors and transducers. 1 90 85 H M M L L - - - - - - - H H L
CLO-3 : Differentiate and utilize actuation systems, signal processing and controllers. 1 90 85 H M M M - - - - - - - - H M L
CLO-4 : program the PLC. 2 90 85 H H M M - - - - - - - - H H L
CLO-5 : Design of mechatronics system and its applications. 3 90 85 H M H H - - - - - - - - H M L
CLO-6 : Differentiate, analysis and design mechatronics systems. 3 90 85 H M M M L - - - - - - - H M L

Mechatronics System Design and


Introduction to Mechatronics Sensors and Transducers Electrical Drives and Controllers Programmable Logic Controllers
Application
Duration (hour) 9 10 10 8 8
Introduction, Electromagnetic Principles, Mechatronics in Engineering Design,
S-1 SLO-1 Introduction to Mechatronics systems Introduction to sensors and transducers, Solenoids and Relays Basic structure, Programming units and Traditional and mechatronics design
classification and Static and dynamic
Mechatronics system components and Memory of Programmable logic controller
S-2 SLO-1 characteristics. Car park barriers using PLC
Measurement Systems, Control Systems. Electrical drives of stepper motors, servo
Principle and working of Resistive, motors. Input and Output Modules, Mnemonics for
S-3 SLO-1
capacitive, inductive transducer. programming
Open and Closed Loops Systems
Resonant transducer and Optical Pick and Place robots and Bar code reader
temperature control
S-4 SLO-1 measurement systems for absolute and Operational amplifier Latching and Internal relays
incremental encoders
S-5 SLO-1 Water level controller and Shaft speed Photo electric sensor and vision system A/D converters Automotive control systems
Timers, Counters and Shift Registers
S-6 SLO-1 control Fibre optic transducers D/A converters Robotics Applications
Sequential Controllers : Washing machine Solid state sensors and transducers for Signal processing, Multiplexer and Case studies for Coin counters, Robot
S-7 SLO-1 Master relay and Jump Controls
control magnetic measurements Introduction to Data acquisition system walking and Boiler control using PID.

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1586
Proportional, Integral, Derivative and PID Programming the PLC using Ladder
S-8 SLO-1 Sequential Controllers : Digital camera Temperature measurements
controller diagram for Simple applications.
Chemical measurements, piezoelectric
S-9 SLO-1 MEMS and the automobile airbag
sensor and accelerometers Introduction to Micro controller :
Ultrasonic sensors and transducers for M68HC11 and ATMEGA328
S-10 SLO-1
flow and distance

TEXT BOOKS REFERENCES


1. Bolton.W, “Mechatronics”, Pearson, 6th Edition, 2015. 1. James Harter, “Electromechanics, Principles and Concepts and Devices”, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 1995.
Learning 2. Bradley.D.A, Dawson.DBurdN.C.and Loader A.J, “Mechatronics”, CRC Press, 1993, 2. David W. Pessen, “Industrial Automation Circuit Design and Components”, Wiley India, 2011.
Resources First Indian Print 2010. 3. Bolton.W, “Programmable Logic Controllers”, Elsevier, 2015.
3. Jacob Fraden, “Handbook of Modern Sensors Physics, Designs, and 4. Brian Morris, “Automatic Manufacturing Systems Actuators, Controls and Sensors”, McGraw Hill, New York, 1994
Applications”, 5th Edition, Springer International Publishing, 2016. 5. Godfrey C. Onwubolu, “Mechatronics Principles and applications”, Butterworth-Heinemann, New Delhi, 2006.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
Mr. B. Sriram, WABCO INDIA LTD, sriram.b@wabco-auto.com DR J.Prasanna, CEG, Anna University, pras_me@yahoo.com 1. Mr.N. Karthikeyan, SRMIST
Dr.R.Sivaramakrishnan, MIT, Anna University, srk@mitindia.edu,
Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in 2. Mr.V.Manojkumar, SRMIST
srk@annauniv.edu

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1587
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE322T FLUID POWER CONTROL E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


NIL NIL
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Be familiar with the construction and working of hydraulic power generating and utilizing elements 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Know the working of various control valves and familiar with accessories in hydraulic systems

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Be familiar with the construction and working of pneumatic systems and fluidic control

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Be familiar with designing of fluid power circuits for given applications

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Know the maintenance procedures and trouble shooting

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : understand the fluid power systems and to develop circuits for industrial applications

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Recognize the use of power generating elements, and acquire knowledge the principles and characteristics of hydraulic components 1&2 90 85 H - - - - - - - - - - - L L L
CLO-2 : Acquire knowledge on working of various control valves and familiar with accessories in hydraulic systems 1 90 85 H - - - - - - - - - - - M L L
CLO-3 : Acquire knowledge on the principles and working of pneumatic components. 1 90 85 H - - - - - - - - - - - M L L
CLO-4 : Design the circuit for given applications 1,2&3 90 85 H H H - M - - - - - - - H H H
CLO-5 : Acquire knowledge on maintenance and analyze the trouble shooting of fluid power systems 1&2 90 85 H - - - - - M - - - - M H H H
CLO-6 : Understand fluid power systems and apply knowledge to develop fluid power circuits for industrial applications 1,2&3 90 85 H H H - - - M - - - - - M M M

Hydraulic Power Generating And Utilizing Applications, Maintenance And Trouble


Duration Hydraulic Valves And Accessories Pneumatic Systems Design Of Fluid Power Systems
Systems Shooting
(hour)
10 9 9 9 8
Introduction to fluid power system, Construction and working of manually,
Introduction, comparison with hydraulic Fluid power actuators: Speed and force Industrial hydraulic circuits for riveting
S-1 SLO-1 Hydraulic fluids functions, types, pilot and solenoid operated 2/2, 3/2,
systems and electrical systems calculations in fluid power systems machine.
properties, selection and application. 4/2,4/3, directional control valves
Pump performance calculations, Sizing of
POWER GENERATING ELEMENTS: Construction and working of pressure Construction, operation, characteristics
reservoirs. Calculation of pressure and Hydraulic circuits for grinding and shaping
S-2 SLO-1 Construction, operation, characteristics of relief, compound pressure relief, pressure and symbols of reciprocating and rotary
pressure drop across components in fluid machine.
External Gear pump, internal Gear pump sequence valves compressors
power circuits
SLO-1 Construction, operation, characteristics of Construction and working of pressure Construction, operation, characteristics Finding the capacity of accumulators Working of hydraulic press and pump
Lobe, Gerotor and Screw pumps reducing, counter balance valves and symbols of 3/2, 5/2, 5/3 manual required for hydraulic systems. unloading circuits
S-3
operated, pilot operated and solenoid
operated DCVs
SLO-1 Construction, operation, characteristics of Working principle of check valve, throttle Need for air treatment, Filter, Regulator, Selection of different components such as Hydraulic / pneumatic circuits for material
S-4 Un balanced and balanced vane pump valve, one way FCV. Lubricator, Muffler and Dryers reservoir, various valves, actuators, filters, handling Systems
pumps for a practical application.
SLO-1 Construction, operation, characteristics of Working principle of pressure Introduction to fluidic devices, working of Design of hydraulic/pneumatic circuits for Preventive and breakdown, maintenance
S-5 pressure compensated vane pump compensated FCV, and their applications. Bi-stable, monostable devices simplereciprocation, regenerative, speed procedures in fluid power systems
control of actuators

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1588
SLO-1 Construction, operation, characteristics of Importance of proportional valves, Servo Fluidic application circuits – continuous Design of hydraulic/pneumatic circuits for
Trouble shooting of fluid power systems :
S-6 bent axis piston pump, swash plate piston valves and its applications reciprocation and sequencing sequencing, synchronization problems, causes and remedies-
pump and Radial Piston Pump hydraulics
SLO-1 Construction and working of single acting, Need for intensifier in hydraulic systems, Pneumatic Sensors types and applications Cascading circuit for trapped signals : two Trouble shooting of fluid power systems :
S-7 double acting hydraulic linear actuators applications cylinders problems, causes and remedies-
pneumatics
SLO-1 Special cylinders: Tandem, Rodless, Different switches, filters, seals, fittings Introduction to Electro Pneumatics – Cascading circuit for trapped signals : Safety aspects involved fluid power
S-8 Telescopic and other accessories used in hydraulic switches, relays, solenoids three cylinders systems
systems
SLO-1 Cushioning arrangement for cylinders to Functions, types and applications of Constructing electrical ladder diagrams for Fail-safe circuit, counter balance circuit,
S-9 reduce the impact on the cylinders, accumulators in hydraulics various fluid power applications. actuator locking
Various cylinder mountings
SLO-1 Construction and working of Gear, Vane,
S-10 Piston motors to obtain rotary motion

1. Anthony Esposito, “Fluid Power with applications”, Pearson Education Inc, 2015. 5. Joji Parambath “Industrial Hydraulic Systems: Theory and Practice”, Universal Publishers, USA,
2. Majumdar.S.R, “Oil Hydraulic Systems: Principles and Maintenance”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing 2016.
Learning company Ltd, New Delhi, 2006. 6. EurIng Ian C. Thrner, “Engineering Applications of Pneumatics and Hydraulics”, Routledge, Taylor &
Resources 3. Majumdar.S.R, “Pneumatic systems – principles and maintenance”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Francis group, London and Newyork, 2011.
company Ltd, New Delhi, 2006 7. Andrew Parr, “Hydraulics and Pneumatics: A technician's and engineer's guide”, Elsevier Ltd, 2011.
4. Ilango Sivaraman, “Introduction to Hydraulics and Pneumatics”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, New Delhi, 2017. 8. Anton H Hehn, “Fluid Power Trouble Shooting”, Marcel Dekker Inc., NewYork, 1995

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. P. Hariharan, Anna University, hari@annauniv.edu,
1. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in, rkpearls@yahoo.com Dr. M. R. Stalin John, SRMIST
hariharan2311@gmail.com
Mr. S. Sendilkumar- Festo India Pvt Ltd 2. Dr.N.Arunachalam, IIT Madras, chalam@iitm.ac.in Mr. R. Murugesan, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1589
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE323T PROCESS PLANNING AND COST ESTIMATION E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive
18MEC103T Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil
Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Acquire knowledge about Process planning 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand Different Cost and its components

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Learn about cost estimation of products manufactured in foundry and forging shops

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Acquire knowledge about various cost involved in welding and sheet metal shops

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Calculate Machining time for different process

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Impart clear knowledge about process planning, costing, and estimation of machining time

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Design and plan for various process and various manufacturing methodologies 1,2 90 85 H L H M H - - - - - - M H L H
CLO-2 : Estimate various cost involved in a product 1,2 90 85 H M - M - - - - - - M H H L M
CLO-3 : Estimate cost in different manufacturing shops 1,2 90 85 H H - H - - - - - - M M M L H
CLO-4 : Estimate cost in different fabrication shops 1,2 90 85 H H - H - - - - - - M M M L H
CLO-5 : Estimate machining time of various metal removal operations 1,2 90 85 H H - H - - - - - - M M M L H
CLO-6 : Familiarize in process planning, costing and estimation of machining time 1,2 90 85 H H M M M - - - - - M M M L H

Process Planning Costing and Estimation Estimation of costs in different shops Estimation of costs in fabrication shops Estimation of machining times and costs
Duration (hour) 8 9 9 9 10
Production system and Types of Welding, Types of weld joints, Gas Machine shop operations, Estimation of
S-1 SLO-1 Objectives of costing and estimation Estimation in foundry shop
production welding Machining time
costing and estimation: Functions and Estimation of Gas welding cost, Gas Estimation of machining time for turning, knurling
S-2 SLO-1 Standardization and Simplification Pattern cost, Casting cost
procedure cutting and facing operations : Tutorials
Introduction to costs, Computing material Cost estimation in Foundry shop: Estimation of machining time for reaming,
S-3 SLO-1 Production design and selection Arc welding: Equipments, Cost Estimation
cost Tutorials-1 threading and tapping operations : Tutorials
Process planning, Selection and Direct labor cost, Analysis of overhead Cost estimation in Foundry shop: Cost estimation in Welding shop:
S-4 SLO-1 Estimation of machining time for drilling: Tutorials
analysis costs Tutorials-2 Tutorials-1
Manual/Experience based planning, Cost estimation in Welding shop:
S-5 SLO-1 Expenses: Factory expenses Forging: Types, Operations Estimation of machining time for boring : Tutorials
Variant type CAPP Tutorials-2
Administrative expenses, Selling and Estimation of Losses and time in Estimation of machining time for shaping
S-6 SLO-1 Generative type CAPP Estimation in sheet metal shop
distributing expenses forging Tutorials
Economics of process planning, case Estimation of machining time for planning
S-7 SLO-1 Cost ladder ,Cost of product Estimation of Forging cost Shearing and forming
studies Tutorials
Processes analysis, Break even Cost estimation in Forging shop: Cost estimation in Sheet metal shop: Estimation of machining time for milling
S-8 SLO-1 Depreciation, Analysis of depreciation
analysis Tutorials -1 Tutorials - 1 operations : Tutorials
Cost estimation in Forging shop: Cost estimation in Sheet metal shop: Estimation of machining time for grinding
S-9 SLO-1 Problems in depreciation method
Tutorials -2 Tutorials - 2 operations : Tutorials
S-10 SLO-1 Case studies: Estimation of cost for a product

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1590
1. Banga.T.R and Sharma.S.C, “MechanicalEstimating and Costing”, Khanna publishers, New Delhi,
17th Edition, 2015.
5. Narang.G.B.S and Kumar.V, “Production and Planning”, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2014.
2. Adithan.M.S and Pabla, “Estimating and Costing”, Konark Publishers Pvt., Ltd, 2013.
Learning 6. Chitale.A.K and Gupta.R.C, “Product Design and manufacturing”, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,
3. Nanua Singh, “System Approach to Computer Integrated Design and Manufacturing”, John Wiley &
Resources 2014.
Sons, New York, 2011.
7. Peter Scalon, Process planning, Design/Manufacture Interface, Elsevier Sci. & Tech. 2002.
4. Joseph G. Monks, “Operations Management, Theory and Problems”, McGraw Hill Book Company,
New Delhi, 2008.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in, 1. Dr. P. Hariharan, Anna University, hari@annauniv.edu,
Mr. I. Aatthisugan, SRMIST
rkpearls@yahoo.com hariharan2311@gmail.com
2. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in 2. Dr.N.Arunachalam, IIT Madras, chalam@iitm.ac.in Mr.M.Dhanasekaran, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1591
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE324T FOUNDRY ENGINEERING E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
NIL NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Understand the basics of foundry, castings, limitations, patterns, materials, allowances 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Learn design, types of mold, materials, equipment’s, sand mold, core, runner, raiser air vents, gatings, methods of solidification.
CLR-3 : Be familiar with the casting process, permanent mold, gravity, pressure die casting, centrifugal casting, precision, shell molding.

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
Melting, pouring, qualities issues, types of furnaces, remelting, molten metal treatment, pouring temperature, casting inspection,

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)
CLR-4 : rectification, cause and remedies for casting defects, destructive testing, NDT, dye penetrant, magnetic particle, X-ray, elimination of

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


dissolved gasses, use of statistical quality control in foundry.

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


Understand the Need and area for automation material handling, of raw, molten metal, storage and dispatch, overhead crane, trolley,

Society & Culture


Problem Analysis
CLR-5 :

Communication
pollution control, computers in castings and foundry.
CLR-6 : Understand about castings, patterns, molds, quality control, modernization in foundry

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand the process in foundry, patterns, allowances 1&2 90 85 H L M M H L L M M H H M
CLO-2 : Learn the mold types, core making, methods of solidification 1&2 90 85 H H M M H M M H H M
CLO-3 : Study the various casting process 1 90 85 H L L M H M M H H M
CLO-4 : Gain knowledge about furnaces, and quality control in castings. 1&2 90 85 H L L M H M H H M
CLO-5 : Understand the automation in foundry, for handling raw, molten metal finished products, 1&2 90 85 H L M M H M M M H H M
CLO-6 : Learn the foundry techniques in broader sense and able to implement. 1&2 90 85 H L M M H M M H H M

Mold types, core making, runner and – Different casting types, second Melting of metal and testing of casting Modernization economic way of
Foundry, patterns, materials, allowances.
raisers, operations, rework and quality control producing castings
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
S-1 SLO-1 Introduction to foundry technology, , Types of mold Types of casting process Types of furnace Need for modernization in foundry
S-2 SLO-1 Over view of Casting, patterns Mold equipment’s Permanent molds, gravity casting Selection of furnace Materials handling
S-3 SLO-1 Patterns materials, Mold and core preparation Co2 process Melting and remelting In house metal melting and handling
S-4 SLO-1 allowances Gatings Image sharpening, Butterworth filters Inspection of castings Storage of raw materials,.
Castings limitations Runner and raiser Generation of spatial masks from Defects analysis and remedies, molten work in process, Finished products
S-5 SLO-1
frequency domain specification, metal purification.
Air vents and its importance Basic steps in frequency domain filtering Destructive testing, nondestructive Types of materials handling
S-6 SLO-1 Tupes of patterns testings. Magnetic particle testings,
ultrasonic cell
So[idification,typesof solidification Nonlinear filters, function, Max filter, Min Quality control of castings, techniques.
S-7 SLO-1 Advantages of castings Electric cranes and trolleys
filter
Homomorphic filtering, False color, Application of statistical quality control pollution control
S-8 SLO-1 Limitations of castings Defects related to solidifications
Pseudo color and its approaches and methods

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1592
Assignment on automation, Materials
Assignment on casting, patterns and Assignment on molds, runner, riser, Assignments on image filtering in Assignment in furnace, casting defects
S-9 SLO-1 handling, Materials handling equipments,
allowances solidification MATLAB/Open CV/Python Quality control
pollution control

REFERRENCE BOOKS
TEXT BOOKS
4. Taylor.H.F.Flemings.M.C.and Wulff.J. Foundry engineering, WILEY EASTERN LTD. New
Learning 1. Complete casting handbook: Metal casting process, metallurgy., techniques and design-john Campbell.
Delhi.1989
Resources 2. Banga.T.R. and Agelhiarwal.R.I. Foundry engineering, Khanna publishers. New Delhi.1992.
5. Gupta.R.B. Foundry engineering, SATHYA PRAKASAM, New Delhi.1989.
3. Jain.P.L. Principles of foundry technology, Dhanpat rai & sons. New Delhi.1996
6. ASM Metals, Hand book on castings, vol .15,14 th edition. 2002.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. P. Hariharan, Anna University, hari@annauniv.edu,
1. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in, rkpearls@yahoo.com 1.,Mr.P.Karthikeyan, SRMIST
hariharan2311@gmail.com
2. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in 2. Dr.N.Arunachalam, IIT Madras, chalam@iitm.ac.in 2. Mr.V.Manojkumar, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1593
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE325T THEORY OF METAL FORMING E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Impart knowledge about various metal forming process 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Be familiar with the stress criterion for plastic deformation

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Attain the ability to identify the process parameters responsible for metal forming

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Provide good exposure towards recent trends in metal forming process

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-5 : Understand the defects and overcome with remedies

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
Be familiar with the basic science of metal forming, plastic deformation of bulk and sheet metals, in addition to acquire knowledge about

Communication
CLR-6 :
the modern processes such as high velocity & super plastic forming.

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Apply & analyze the theories involved in plastic behavior of metals 1&2 90 85 H M L L H H H
CLO-2 : Estimate the metal working process under various conditions 1,2&3 90 85 H M L L H M H
CLO-3 : Appreciate the types of plastic forming and equipment’s used. 1&2 90 85 H M H L H
CLO-4 : Utilize the various processes of sheet metal forming. 1&2 90 85 H M H L H
CLO-5 : Appreciate the importance of modern metal forming processes. 1&2 90 85 H M H L H
CLO-6 : Apply the theories of plasticity and inspecting methods in various metal forming processes and produce engineering components 1,2&3 90 85 H M L L M H H H

Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Mechanics of metal working -Flow stress Classification of rolling process, Types of Introduction to Sheet metal forming Comparison with conventional forming
S-1 SLO-1 Theory of plasticity: State of stress
determination rolling mills, Hot and cold rolling processes methods
S-2 SLO-1 Components of Stress- Stress tensor Effect of temperature in metal working Forces and geometric relationship in rolling Rod and wire drawing equipment High Energy Rate Forming, fine blanking
Rolling of bars and shapes, Rolling Shearing, blanking, bending, stretch
S-3 SLO-1 Engineering stress strain relationship Strain rate effects P/M forging-Isothermal forging
defects, causes and remedies forming,
Classification of Forging process, Forging
S-4 SLO-1 Flow curve and flow rules Hot, cold and warm working Explosive and press brake forming Electrohydraulic forming
Equipment, Open and closed die forging
S-5 SLO-1 True stress and true strain Metallurgical structure, Anisotropy Forging defects, residual stresses Deep drawing & tube drawing Magnetic pulse forming
Effects of hardening ,friction and Classification of extrusion process,
S-6 SLO-1 Yield criteria Principles and process parameters Rubber pad forming
lubrication Variables affecting extrusion
Hydrostatic extrusion, Production of
S-7 SLO-1 Slip line field theory Hydrostatic pressure Sheet metal formability Superplastic forming
seamless pipe and tubing
Deformation, lubrication and defects in
S-8 SLO-1 Plastic work, Plastic anisotropy Workability, Spring back Formability limit diagram Types of Severe plastic forming: ECAP
extrusion
Residual stresses, Deformation processing Basics of Severe plastic deformation and
S-9 SLO-1 Plastic deformation of crystals Defects in formed parts Accumulative Roll Bonding
system its approaches

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1594
1. George E Dieter, “Mechanical Metallurgy”, Tata McGraw-Hill Education Pvt. Ltd, 2014. 6. Surendar Kumar, “Technology of Metal Forming Processes”, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd,
2. luzalec, Andrzej, “Theory of Metal Forming Plasticity”, Springer Berlin Heidelberg, 2010 2008
Learning 3. A.Rosochowski, “Severe Plastic Deformation Technology”, Whittles Publishing, 2017. 7. William F Hasford, Robert M Caddell “Metal Forming: Mechanics and Metallurgy”,
Resources 4. Z. R. Wang, Weilong Hu, S. J. Yuan, Xiaosong Wang, “Engineering Plasticity: Theory and Applications in Metal Forming”, Cambridge University Press, 2011
Wiley, 2018, ISBN: 978-1-119-23730-3 8. ASM “Metals Handbook, Volume 14, Forming and Forging”, ASM Metals Park, Ohio,
5. Serope Kalpakjian and Stevan R Schmid, “Manufacturing Process for Engineering Materials”, Pearson Education, 2007 USA, 1998

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
R.GNANAKARAN
AGM-Human Resources, Super Auto Forge Pvt.Ltd
Dr. Uday Chakkingal, IITM Mr.S.Sasikumar , SRMIST
Kolapakkam.Mobile:98849 06001, Email: gnanakaran@superautoforge.net
Tel:044 40753611
2. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Dr.V..S. Sethilkumar,CEG,Anna University Dr.U. Mohammed Iqbal , SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1595
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE326T WELDING TECHNOLOGY E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Be familiar with the welding power sources and welding fundamentals 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Be familiar with the fusion welding processes

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Be familiar with the solid-state welding processes

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : attain the knowledge about welding metallurgy

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : attain the knowledge about brazing and soldering technology

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Understand the concept of weldability, weld quality, welding defects and welding inspection

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand the fundamentals of welding processes and to recognize the importance of arc physics , weld protection 1&2 90 85 H M L M - - M M - - - - H L M
Understand the fusion welding processes and to recognize the various types of fusion techniques and be able to apply those techniques for 1, 2
CLO-2 : 90 85 H M M H M - H M - - - - H M H
any work &3
Understand the solid-state welding processes and to recognize the various types of solid-state techniques and be able to apply those 1, 2
CLO-3 : 90 85 H M M H M - H M - - - - H H H
techniques for any work &3
1, 2
CLO-4 : Obtained the knowledge about welding metallurgy and be able to apply the principle of metallurgy to recognize weld joint microstructure 90 85 H H - H - - H M - - - - H M M
&3
CLO-5 : Understand the concept of brazing and soldering techniques and able to apply the concept to critical welding aspects 1&2 90 85 H L L L - - M M - - - - H L M
Understand the concept of weldability, weld quality, and welding defects, acquire the knowledge of welding inspection and testing and be 1, 2
CLO-6 : 90 85 H H M H L - M M - - - - H M H
able to apply the concept to identify any weld defects &3

Welding Fundamentals & Basic Fusion


Advanced Fusion Welding Processes Solid-State Welding Processes Welding Metallurgy Weld Quality & Inspection
Welding Processes
Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Manufacturing and Joining, Welding, Need for Fundamentals of gas metal arc welding, Fundamental aspects of solid state Basic solidification concepts, solidification Design of weldments, Concept of
S-1 SLO-1 welding, Applications, Advantages and process variables, effect of filler metals processes, common process variables, modes and constitutional supercooling, weldability
Disadvantages on weld bonding mechanism dendrite and cell spacing
Fundamental Mechanisms of welding, Fundamentals of gas tungsten arc Fundamentals of forge welding, Epitaxial and nonepitaxial growth, effect Weldability of ferrous and nonferrous
S-2 SLO-1 Classifications of welding process welding, process variables, flux characteristics, application of welding parameters, weld metal alloys, Weldability test method
nucleation mechanisms
Heat Input and Power density of different Pulsed TIG Welding process, process Fundamentals of roll bonding, Dissimilar welds: issues and solutions Fundamental concepts of residual
S-3 SLO-1 welding processes, Cooling rate effect variables characteristics, application stress and distortion,
Weld protection, Shielding gas, Flux, Types Cold metal transfer welding process , Fundamentals of ultrasonic welding, Weld Thermal Cycle Welding defects, classification and
S-4 SLO-1 of flux coatings Process Variables characteristics, application characteristics

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1596
Principle of Fusion welding process, Gas Fundamentals of flux cored arc welding, Fundamentals of friction welding, Heat affected zone thermal cycle Solidification crack, Hydrogen induced
S-5 SLO-1 welding process, Types of flames in gas process variables, electrode characteristics, application crack
welding process classification
Shielded Metal arc welding process, welding Fundamentals of submerged arc welding, Fundamentals of friction stir welding, Post weld heat treatment of weldments: Destructive testing of welded joints,
S-6 SLO-1 variables, electrode classification, Physics of process variables, flux process variables, application Need and selection of PWHT parameters tensile and hardness
welding arc, polarity
Volt - Ampere Characteristics: Constant Fundamentals of plasma arc welding, Friction stir welding tools, effect of tool Formation of heat affected zone, Destructive testing of welded joints,
S-7 SLO-1 current, constant voltage and alternating process variables, Hybrid Plasma TIG geometry recrystallization and grain growth toughness, fatigue and creep
current process.
Arc characteristics: Arc plasma, effect of Fundamentals of resistance welding, Fundamentals of explosive welding, Fundamental concepts of brazing, Concept of non-destructive testing,
S-8 SLO-1
temperature, Arc distribution, Arc blow process variables, types characteristics, application characteristics, applications classification
Fundamentals of weld bead geometry, Types Fundamentals of laser beam welding, Fundamentals of diffusion bonding Fundamental concepts of soldering, Concept of Radiography, dye
S-9 SLO-1 of welded joints, Welding positions and process variables, Hybrid laser welding process, process variables, applications characteristics, applications penetration and Ultrasonic test
welding processes process

1. John C. Lippold, Welding Metallurgy and Weldability, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., publication, 2015. 5. Robert W. Messler, Jr., Principles of Welding-Processes, Physics, Chemistry, and Metallurgy,
2. A.C. Davies, The science and practice of welding, Vol. 1 and 2, Tenth Edition, Cambridge University John Wiley & Sons, Inc., publication, 1999.
Learning
Press, 2010. 6. R S Parmar, Welding Engineering and Technology, Khanna Publisher, 2008
Resources
3. Welding Handbook – 9th Edition, Volume 1 to volume 5, American Welding Society, 2007. 7. O. P. Khanna, Welding Technology, Dhanpat Rai Publications; 2013 edition (2011)
4. Sindo Kou, Welding Metallurgy, 2nd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., publication, 2003. 8. Richard L. Little, Welding and Welding Technology, McGraw Hill Education (1 July 2017)

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
Dr. B. Arivazhagan Dr. P. Sathiya, Professor, Department of Production Engineering, NIT
Dr. Madhavan S, SRMIST
Scientific Officer- E,Materials Technology Division, Metallurgy and Materials Group, IGCAR, Kalpakkam 603 102 Trichy
Dr. Manidipto Mukherjee, Sr. Scientist
Dr.S.Aravindan, Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering, IIT
Advanced Manufacturing Centre, Design and Manufacturing Research Group, CSIR-Central Mechanical Engineering Delhi Dr. Shashi Kumar, SRMIST
Research Institute, , Mahatma Gandhi Rd., City Centre, Durgapur 713209, West Bengal, India

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1597
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE327T MECHANICAL HANDLING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
NIL NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards PSG Tech “Design Data Book” Kalaikathir Achchagam Coimbatore

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Be familiar with Fundamentals of material handling and intraplant transporting facilities 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Be familiar with Common material handling systems

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-3 : Be familiar with automated feeding mechanism and design

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-4 : Be familiar with Unit Built Machines (UBM), Automated systems in transfer lines

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Be familiar with Transfer mechanisms, conveyors, part feeding devices

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Be familiar with material handling equipments,and their automated systems

Research

PSO - 1

PSO - 2

PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Understand about Fundamentals of material handling and intraplant transporting facilities 1 90 85 H M L L L M H H M
CLO-2 : Acquire knowledge on Common material handling systems 1&2 90 85 H M M M H M H L M
CLO-3 : Acquire knowledge on automated feeding mechanism and design 1&2 90 85 H L M M H M H L M
CLO-4 : Understand the Automated systems in transfer lines 1&2 90 85 H L M M H M H H M
CLO-5 : Understand Transfer mechanisms, conveyors, part feeding devices 1 90 85 H L M M H M H L H
CLO-6 : Understand material handling equipments, and their automated systems 1&2&3 90 85 H L M M H M H H H

Introduction Common Material Handling Equipment Automation of Material Handling Classification of Automated System Automated Material Handling Equipment
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Introduction to work handling concepts - Concepts of Unit Loads, Material handling Automated feeding arrangements for Automated handling and storage systems
S-1 SLO-1 Concepts of Unit Built Machines (UBM)
types of intraplant transporting facility and Storage discrete parts in manufacturing environment
Gain lean and green endorsement,
Principles of material handling-manual Design based in work piece requirements, Rail Guided Vehicles (rgvs), Automated
S-2 SLO-1 Equipments operation and selection collaboration to achieve lean and green
and mechanical handling orienting methods Guided Vehicles (agvs)
goals
Classification and elements, Power Units,
Containers, Pallets, Conveyor systems, One by one feeding, agonizing, stapling Applications of rgvs and agvs, Automated
S-3 SLO-1 Principle groups of material handling self-contained and separate feed type,
Industrial trucks, Wagon tipplers etc Storage and Retrieval Systems (AS / RS)
Change over UBM
Choice of material handling equipment, Feeding continuous material liquids, Transfer lines – classification and their
S-4 SLO-1 Transporters, stackers, reclaimers AS / RS in the Automated factory
hoisting equipment granules etc components
Surface and overhead equipment-General Automated systems for handling and
Silos & hoppers and their accessories, Considerations for planning an AS /RS
S-5 SLO-1 characteristics of overhead equipments Automated assembly system, elements, transfer of prismatic, axis symmetric parts
Ropeways, Ship loaders, Cable cranes system, Applications of AS / RS
and their application and asymmetric parts in transfer lines
Introduction to control of hoisting Automated assembly system Case studies on transfer lines – Principles of work holding devices –
S-6 SLO-1 Container handling systems, Electric lifts
equipments ,configuration design, details and control interlocked Modular fixturing
Storage – open and closed storage Case studies on palletized and flexible
S-7 SLO-1 Hoists, EOT cranes, Elevators Special feeding mechanisms Flexible fixturing systems
systems inter linkage transfer lines

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1598
Material handling equipments in Steel
Control systems for flexible inter linkage
S-8 SLO-1 Bulk loading, Unloading, Shipping mills, Power plants, Mines, Automobile Automated inspection and their design Fixturing for FMS
transfer lines
and Transport Industries
Large scale Constructions etc. Case
Receiving systems and operations-First in Case study for automated material Robots and their applications in handling
S-9 SLO-1 Study for All Above Mentioned Handling SWARF handling and disposal systems
first out(FIFO),last in first out(LIFO) handling. and storage
systems.

1. Groover. M. P., “Automation, Production Systems and CIM”, Prentice hall India, 2007.
Learning 4. James. M. Apple, “Principles of layout and material handling”, Ronald press, 1977
2. Morris A. Cohen, Uday M. Apte., “Manufacturing Automation”, Irwin, Chicago,
Resources 5. N.Rudenko” Materials Handling equipment” Envee publisher,New Delhi
3. James A. Tompkins., “Facilities planning”, John wiley& Sons Inc, 1984.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. P. Hariharan, Anna University, hari@annauniv.edu,
1. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in, rkpearls@yahoo.com 1. Mr. C. Balasuthagar, SRMIST
hariharan2311@gmail.com
2. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in 2. Dr.N.Arunachalam, IIT Madras, chalam@iitm.ac.in Dr. M. Iqbal, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1599
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE328T NON-TRADITIONAL MACHINING TECHNIQUES E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
Be familiar with the concept of Non-traditional machining techniques and their need and advantages over traditional machining
CLR-1 : 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
techniques
CLR-2 : Be familiar with the classification of Non-traditional machining techniques

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Be familiar with the Mechanical energy based Non-traditional machining techniques

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Be familiar with the Electro-chemical energy based Non-traditional machining techniques

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Be familiar with the Thermal energy based Non-traditional machining techniques

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Be familiar with the latest developments in various Non-traditional machining techniques

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Differentiate between Traditional and Non-traditional machining techniques. 1, 2 90 85 H - - - - - M - - - - - - - M
CLO-2 : Acquire knowledge on basic components and working principles of different Non-traditional machining techniques. 1 90 85 H - - - - - - - - - - - H - -
CLO-3 : Understand the major process parameters like operating voltage, current, time on, time off etc. 1 90 85 H - - - M - - - - - - - H - -
CLO-4 : Evaluate the effect of various process parameters on machining characteristics like surface roughness, surface integrity, etc. 1, 2, 3 90 85 H - - - L - - - - - - - H - -
CLO-5 : Learn the processes of machining hard to cut and high strength materials and alloys. 1, 2 90 85 H - - - L - M - - - - - H - -
CLO-6 : Understand the recent developments and applications in Non-traditional machining techniques. 1, 3 90 85 H - - - - - - - - - - - H - M

Basics of Non-Traditional Machining and Chemical and Electro Chemical


Mechanical Energy Techniques-II Thermo Electrical Energy Techniques Thermal Energy Techniques
Mechanical Energy Techniques-I Techniques
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Fundamentals, operating principle,
Operating principles and equipment of Operating principles and equipment of Operating principle and equipment of
SLO-1 Introduction of non-traditional machining advantages, limitations, applications of
water jet machining electrical discharge machining electron beam machining
chemical machining process.
S-1
Process parameters, applications,
Difference between traditional and non- Classification and selection of Etchant and Subsystems of electrical discharge
SLO-2 advantages and limitations of water jet Generation and control of electron beam
traditional machining maskant machining
machining
Power circuits and electrode feed
Operating principles and equipment of Operating principles, equipment and Parameters influencing metal removal in
SLO-1 Need for non-traditional machining mechanism in electrical discharge
abrasive water jet machining subsystems of electrochemical machining electron beam machining
S-2 machining
Machining characteristics and classification Mechanism of metal removal in abrasive Material removal rate and tool design in Process parameters, selection of tool applications, advantages and limitations of
SLO-2
of non-traditional machining water jet machining electrochemical machining electrode in electrical discharge machining electron beam machining
Consideration in process and material Tool Material, Tool Feed System, Design Dielectric fluids and flushing methods in Operating principle and equipment of
S-3 SLO-1 Parameters influencing metal removal rate
selection. For Electrolyte Flow electrical discharge machining plasma arc machining

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1600
Applications, advantages and limitations of Process parameters in electrochemical Gas mixture, Types of Torches of plasma
SLO-2 Applications of non-traditional machining Characteristics of spark eroded surface
abrasive water jet machining machining arc machining
Operating principle, elements and Operating principle and equipment of Problems for estimation of material Parameters influencing metal removal in
SLO-1 Recast layer formation
equipment of Ultrasonic machining abrasive flow machining removal rate in electrochemical machining plasma arc welding
S-4 Advantages, limitations, applications and
Mechanism of metal removal in abrasive Surface finish and machining accuracy in Applications, advantages and limitations of
SLO-2 Tool feed Mechanism recent development of electrochemical
flow machining electrical discharge machining plasma arc machining
machining
Process parameters in abrasive flow Operating principle and equipment of Tool Electrode design, Tool wear Operating principle and equipment of
SLO-1 Cook’s model for material removal
machining electro chemical grinding characteristics of spark eroded surfaces laser beam machining
S-5 Classification of abrasive flow machining,
Problems in estimation of Material removal Metal removal rate and process Problems in estimation of material removal Process Characteristics and Thermal
SLO-2 Applications, advantages and limitations of
rate (MRR) for Ultrasonic machining parameters in electro chemical grinding rate in electrical discharge machining Features of laser beam machining
abrasive flow machining
Process parameters of Ultrasonic Operating Principle of magnetic abrasive Problems for estimation of metal removal Operating principle of wire cut electrical
Types of lasers used in laser beam
SLO-1
machining machining rate in electro chemical grinding discharge machining machining
S-6 Parameters influencing metal removal,
Applications, Advantages and limitations of Elements and equipment of magnetic Process Characteristics of electro chemical Equipment of wire cut electrical discharge
SLO-2 applications, advantages and limitations of
Ultrasonic machining abrasive machining grinding machining
laser beam machining
Operating Principle of Abrasive jet Mechanism of metal removal in magnetic Benefits, limitations and applications of Process parameters of wire cut electrical Operating principle and equipment of Ion
SLO-1
machining abrasive machining electro chemical grinding discharge machining beam machining
S-7
Elements and equipment of Abrasive jet Process parameters of magnetic abrasive Recent developments in electro chemical Advantages, limitations and applications of Process Characteristics of Ion beam
SLO-2
machining machining grinding process wire cut electrical discharge machining machining
Mechanism of metal removal in Abrasive Applications, advantages and limitations of Operating principles and equipment in Material removal rate, Accuracy and
SLO-1 Electrochemical Drilling
jet machining magnetic abrasive machining electrical discharge grinding surface effects in Ion beam machining
S-8 Process parameters, surface finish and
Process parameters of Abrasive jet Process capabilities of magnetic abrasive Electro Stream (Capillary) and
SLO-2 machining accuracy in electrical discharge Parameters influencing metal removal rate
machining machining Electrochemical jet drilling.
grinding
Process capabilities of Abrasive jet Applications, advantages and limitations of
SLO-1 Operating Principle of Ice jet machining Fundamentals of electro chemical honing Machine tool selection
machining Ion beam machining
S-9 Recent developments and trends in
Applications, Advantages and limitations of Application and recent developments in
SLO-2 Process description of Ice jet machining Fundamentals of deburring process Thermal energy based non-traditional
Abrasive jet machining electrical discharge grinding
machining techniques

1. P. C. Pandey and H.S. Shan, “Modern Machining Processes”, McGraw Hill, 2017.
6. Amithaba Bhattacharya, ‘New Technology’, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006.
2. Vijay K. Jain, “Advanced Machining Processes”. Allied Publishers, 2007.
7. Hassan El-Hofy, ‘Advanced Machining Processes’, McGraw Hill, 2005.
Learning 3. P K Mishra, “Nonconventional Machining”, Narosa Publishing House, 2007.
8. Wellar P C, ‘Non-Traditional Machining Processes’, SME Michigan, 1984.
Resources 4. G. F. Benedict, “Non-Traditional Manufacturing Processes”, CRC Press, New York, 1987.
9. Carl Sommer, ‘Non Traditional Machining Handbook’, Advanced Pub,
5. Sahu R.K. and Somashekhar S.H, “Corona Discharge Micromachining for the Synthesis of Nanoparticles: Characterization
2000.
and Applications”, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis, New York, 2019.

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1601
Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr.K.Balasubramanian, AGM, Lucas TVS Ltd., Puducherry 1. Dr.V.Satheesh Kumar, Assistant Professor, Production Engg., NIT Trichy 1. Mr.V.Veeranaath, SRMIST
2. Mr.Durga PrasadPadhy, Manager, Vendata Resources Ltd., Jharsuguda, Orissa 2. Dr.Ranjeet Kumar Sahu, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1602
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE329T MODERN MANUFACTURING TECHNIQUES E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
NIL NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Be familiar with the modern casting methods 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Know the modern methods of manufacturing from powders

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Be familiar with the micro-electronic manufacturing

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Acquire knowledge about polymers and composites manufacturing

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Learn the methods of rapid prototyping and additive manufacturing

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Be acquainted with manufacturing approaches of modern intricate products

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Acquire knowledge of modern and non-conventional casting methods for manufacturing complex intricate shapes of metals 1&2 90 85 H L M H H
CLO-2 : Understand the manufacturing methods using powders of metals and ceramics 1&2 90 85 H M M H H
CLO-3 : Get acquaintance with manufacturing methods of semiconductors and microelectronic devices 1, 2,3 90 85 H H L H M
CLO-4 : Obtain knowledge of polymers and composites manufacturing methods 1&2 90 85 H L H H
CLO-5 : Understand the purpose and methods of rapid prototyping and additive manufacturing 1&2 90 85 H H H M
CLO-6 : Identify suitable methods for various product manufacturing 1, 2 ,3 90 85 H H L H M

Manufacturing Of Semiconductors And Rapid Proptotyping And Additive


Modern Casting Methods Modern Forming Methods Manufacturing Of Composite Materials
Electronic Deivices Manufacturing
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Rapid prototyping - Introduction, Steps in
Introduction to conventional and modern High speed metal forming- Explosive, Semiconductors and silicon-Introduction, Selection of composite matrices and
S-1 SLO-1 RP Technology, STL Format, Support
casting methods Electromagnetic and electrohydraulic Structure of silicon, Properties reinforcements
Structures
Semisolid metal forming Types Overview of polymer matrix composites,
Expendable pattern casting - Pattern making Rapid prototyping- Advantages,
S-2 SLO-1 (Thixocasting, Rheocasting, Crystal growing and wafer preparation Types of reinforcements, Preforms,
process, Advantages, Applications Limitations, Applications
Thixomolding) Advantages, Applications Prepegs
Open mould processes - Hand lay-up, Introduction to Additive Manufacturing for
Plaster mold casting – Conventional and Peen forming of sheet metals - Process, Film deposition -Evaporation, Sputtering,
S-3 SLO-1 Spray-up, Vacuum Bagging, Automated product development – Advantages,
Antioch Process, Advantages, Applications Advantages, Applications CVD
tape -laying machines Materials
Super plastic forming - Material Closed mould processes - Compression
Ceramic mold casting - Process, Advantages,
S-4 SLO-1 requirements, Advantages, Oxidation - Dry oxidation, Wet oxidation moulding, Transfer moulding, Injection Stereo lithography
Applications
Disadvantages moulding
Vacuum casting - Process, Advantages, Design consideration for Powder Filament winding, Pultrusion, Pulforming,
S-5 SLO-1 Lithography - Photolithography process Laminated object manufacturing
Applications Metallurgy forming Cutting of FRP

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1603
Production of metal powders Atomization,
Squeeze casting - Process, Advantages, Reduction, Electrolytic Deposition, Etching - Wet chemical etching, Dry Fabrication of metal matrix composites-
S-6 SLO-1 Selective laser sintering
Applications Carbonyls, Comminution, Mechanical plasma etching, Cryogenic dry etching Liquid state and Solid state
Alloying
Rapid solidification for amorphous alloys, Sintering, Finishing of sintered parts, Diffusion, Drive-in Diffusion and Ion Deposition technique for MMC, Insitu
S-7 SLO-1 Fused deposition modeling
Melt Spinning Process Secondary and finishing operations implantation composites
Conventional manufacturing of ceramic
Casting techniques for single crystal Metallization - Requirement, Methods and
S-8 SLO-1 Ceramic forming -casting, powder composites, Prepeg formation-slurry Solid ground curing, 3D ink jet printing
components testing
impregnation
Conventional casting of Turbine blades, Forming and shaping glass-Flat Sheet, Porous preform infiltration- Melt, Sol-gel,
S-9 SLO-1 Directional solidified blades, Single crystal Rods and Tubes, Discrete Products, Bonding and packaging, MEMS, NEMS Polymer, Reactive liquid, Chemical Additive manufacturing-Applications
blades Glass Fiber vapour, Directed oxidation

1. Serope Kalpakjian, “Manufacturing Engineering and Technology”, Fourth Edition, Addison-Wesley 5. C. S. Lim, K. F. Leong, C. K. Chua, “Rapid Prototyping: Principles and Applications” (3rd Edition), World
Publishing Co., Boston, 2014. Scientific Publishing Company, 2009.
2. Mikell P. Groover, “Principles of Modern Manufacturing SI Version”, Wiley India, 2018. 6. P. D. Hilton, P.F. Jacobs, “Rapid Tooling: Technologies and Industrial Applications”, ist Ed., Marcel Dekker,
Learning
3. Parasuraman Swaminathan, “Semiconductor Materials, Devices and Fabrication”, Wiley India, 2017. Inc., 2010.
Resources
4. Madou.M.J, “Fundamentals of micro fabrication: The Science of Miniaturization, Second Edition”, 7. Steinar Westhrin Killi, “Additive Manufacturing: Design, Methods, and Processes”, Pan Stanford Pub., 2017.
CRC Press, USA, 2002. 8. T. DebRoy et al., Review Article – “Additive manufacturing of metallic components – Process, structure and
properties”, Progress in Materials Science, Volume 92 (2018), 112-224.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
Dr. Saurabh Kundu Dr. Debdulal Das, Associate Professor 1. Dr.Shubhabrata Datta
Head Product Research Dept of Metallurgy and Materials Engineering
Tata Steel Jamshedpur Indian Institute of Engineering Science and Technology, Shibpur
Email: saurabhkundu@tatasteel.com Howrah, Email: debdulal_das@metal.iiests.ac.in
Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in 2. Dr.N.Arunachalam, IIT Madras, chalam@iitm.ac.in Dr. M. Iqbal, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1604
L T P C
Course Course Course
18MEE330T FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Be familiar with the basic types of production systems 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : understand the group technology, methods and FMS

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Be familiar with the fundamentals and need of FMS planning

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Detailed study of flexible manufacturing cells and systems

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Be familiar with the FMS software

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Familiar with production systems, grouping of parts and FMS, FMC and different software’s, hard ware components involving.

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand and acquire knowledge on Basics types of production systems, inventory and scheduling 1 90 85 H H - - - - - - - - - - L - H
CLO-2 : Understand the group technology, types of coding systems and FMS 1,2 90 85 H H H - - - - - - - - - M L H
CLO-3 : Understand the basic fundamentals and analysis methods for FMS planning 1,2 90 85 H M - - - - - - - - - - M - M
CLO-4 : Understand the Flexible manufacturing cells and Communication networks for different systems 1,2 90 85 H M - - - - - - - - - - M - M
CLO-5 : Acquire knowledge on FMS software’s 1,2 90 85 H M - - - - - - - - - - M - M
CLO-6 : Understand about production systems, group technology coding and FMS, FMC systems 1,2 90 85 H H H - - - - - - - - - M L M

Production systems Group technology and FMS Flexible Planning Flexible Manufacturing Cells FMS Software
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Types of production systems job, batch
Introduction to GT, Formation of part Physical planning for FMS, Objective, Introduction of cell description and its Introduction to Different FMS software’s
S-1 SLO-1 and mass production system with
families guide line classifications and advantages
examples
Different manufacturing functions, Part classification methods and different Definition of unattended machining, General structure and Requirements for
S-2 SLO-1 Need for flexibility and FMS in industries
Manufacturing support coding systems with examples Requirement and features. FMS software
Organization and information processing in Production flow analysis methods, User supplier responsibilities in planning, Functional descriptions and operational
S-3 SLO-1 Component handling and storage systems
manufacturing. Machine cell design, Clustering algorithm. user – supplier role in site preparation. overview
Different types of plant layouts and Bond Energy algorithm method with Difference between Cellular system and
S-4 SLO-1 Machine tool selection and layout of FMS. FMS installation
advantages of each layout. example FMS system
Computer control system and different
Plant location selection methods with Scheduling and control in cellular FMC hardware configuration and
S-5 SLO-1 Data files, Reports and planning the FMS Acceptance testing, Performance goals
examples manufacturing controllers
system.
System planning guide lines and sizing Human resources for FMS, Objective, PLC and computer controllers, Different FMS application in machining, sheet metal
S-6 SLO-1 Work in progress inventory models
and human resources. staffing, supervisor role. FMC Communication networks fabrication
Industrial case study for total parts moving
Quantitative Analysis methods for FMS, A case study for modular control design
S-7 SLO-1 Scheduling and its types and advantages to machine cell and machine cell Prismatic component production
Simple problems for FMS System analysis. method for a flexible manufacturing cell.
formation, Manufacturing cell

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1605
Simple problems in selection of plant FMS development towards factories of the
S-8 SLO-1 Introduction to FMS, components of FMS. Benefits and limitations for FMS system Lean manufacturing with example
location. future
Design the different layouts like
Simple example of FMS planning for Agile manufacturing and example case
S-9 SLO-1 automobile plant and supermarket and FMS need and types FMS systems. Example case study for FMS
Automobile plant. study
hospitals and airport…etc

1. William W. Luggen, “Flexible manufacturing Cells and systems”, Prentice hall of New Jersey 1991. 3. Jha N.K, “ Hand book of Flexible Manufacturing systems”, Academic Press, 1991.
Learning
2. Mikell P. Groover, “Automation Production systems and Computer Integrated manufacturing”, prentice hall of India, New 4. David J. Parrish, “Flexible Manufacturing”, Butterworth-Heinemann, Newton, MA,
Resources
Delhi, 2007. USA, 1990.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr.Mariappan Kanagaraj (Manager - Part Quality Engineering (STA) at Renault Nissan Technology & 1. Dr. B. K .Ragunath, Associate Professor, 1. Mr. Abburi Lakshman Kumar, AP Mech,
Business Centre India Pvt Ltd, Chennai Area, India Dept. of Manufacturing Engineering, Annamalai University SRMIST, Kattankulathur
2. Dr.G. Elatharasan, Asst.Professor,
2. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Dr. M. Iqbal, SRMIST
Dept. of Mechanical Engg., Anna University, Pattukottai.

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1606
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE421T SUSTAINABLE GREEN MANUFACTURING E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
NIL NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Be familiar with objectives, concepts and role of Green Manufacturing 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Be familiar with the tools of Green Manufacturing

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Be familiar with the attribute’s decision-making methods

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Be familiar with creating Lean and Green organization

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Be familiar with the Design resources saving into product and processes

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Be familiar with the concepts, tools, attributes, design resources of green manufacturing

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand Green Manufacturing and Sustainable engineering concepts 90 85 M M M L H H M L H H M
CLO-2 : Develop Multi attributes decision making methods 90 85 M M M L H H M L H H M
CLO-3 : Develop Green manufacturing management 90 85 M M M L H H M L H H M
CLO-4 : Develop Applications in green manufacturing 90 85 M M M L H H M L H H M
CLO-5 : Develop design resources saving into product and process M M M L H H M L H H M
CLO-6 : Understand about the green manufacturing concepts, management, applications and design development. M M M L H H M L H H M

Duration (hour) 8 9 9 9 10
Definition of manufacturing, Impact of Principles of green manufacturing and its Introduction to Multi attributes decision Design resources saving into product and
S-1 SLO-1 Question wasteful practices
manufacturing in environmental ecology efficiency making methods processes
Gain lean and green endorsement,
Role of manufacturing sector in national definition, structure for Multi attributes Closed loop & Open Loop production
S-2 SLO-1 Green manufacturing and sustainability collaboration to achieve lean and green
growth decision making methods system
goals
variants and analysis of different methods Track progress for environment and Green manufacturing through clean
S-3 SLO-1 Technological change and evolving risk System model architecture and module
like Simple Additive Method (SAM) profits energy supply
Design and planning, control or tools for Various case studies of implementation of
concepts of “green” manufacturing need of
S-4 SLO-1 green manufacturing (Qualitative Weighted Product Method (WPM) Creation of sustainable growth semiconductors manufacturing at
green manufacturing
Analysis) industries
Consumption Analysis, Life Cycle Enabling techniques for assuring green
S-5 SLO-1 Green manufacturing strategies Analytic Hierarchy Process (AHP) Green packaging and supply chain
Analysis, Efficiency, Sustainability tools). manufacturing
Technique for Order of Preference by
Green manufacturing – motivation, barriers, Standards for green manufacturing (ISO Drivers of green manufacturing, impact, Various case studies of implementation of
S-6 SLO-1 Similarity to Ideal Solution (TOPSIS),
regulation, policy 14000 and OHSAS 18000) advantages and disadvantages of drivers Optimizing Logistics solution at industries
Grey Relation Analysis (GRA)
Green architecture and buildings,
Elimination and Choice Expressing Environmental implication of Nano
S-7 SLO-1 Casting defects and remedies. Waste stream mapping and application Sustainable manufacturing resources
Reality (ELECTRE) manufacturing
management

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1607
Identify and apply the concepts of product
Advantages and limitations of green Carbon footprint analysis and Various case studies of implementation of
S-8 SLO-1 and process design with environmental VIKOR method
manufacturing management of manufacturing processes lean manufacturing at industries
forethought
Design for environment and for Various case studies of implementation of
Problems based on different MADMs. 1 C Green Process Economics, Resource
S-9 SLO-1 Significance of green manufacturing sustainability – Discuss the Product Life Optimizing process or product at
3 3,4 Recovery and Reuse
Cycle of manufactured goods. industries

1. Ronald G. Askin& Jeffrey B. Goldberg, “Design and Analysis of Lean Production Systems”, 5. T.E. Graedel& B.R. Allenby “Industrial Ecology” Pearson Education, Inc. 2003.
John Wiley & Sons, 2003. 6. Joseph Sarkis “Greener manufacturing and operations: from design to delivery and back” Greenleaf Pub.,
2. Rao.P.N, “Manufacturing Technology, Vol I and II”, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., 3rd 2001.
Learning edition, Sixth Reprint 2010 7. Ranky, P.G.: “An Introduction to Alternative Energy Sources: An interactive multimedia 3D eBook publication
Resources 3. Charles Wankel “21st century management: a reference handbook” SAGE Publications, Inc., by CIMware USA, Inc. and CIMware Ltd., UK, ISBN 1-872631- 97-5, 2008.
2008. 8. Ranky, P.G.: “Digital Product Design: Design For Quality, Manufacturing, Assembly & Disassembly
4. Christian N. Madu “Handbook of environmentally conscious manufacturing” London : Kluwer Principles, and an Inkjet Printer Disassembly Use Case”, DVD video publication by CIMware USA, Inc. and
Academic Publishers, 2001. CIMware Ltd., UK, 2008, UPC 632568002983

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in, rkpearls@yahoo.com 1.Dr. U. Natarajan, ACGCET-Karaikudi, u.natarajan@accetedu.in E.Muthu, AP(OG), SRMIST
2. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in 2.Dr. D. Dinakaran, HITS Padur, dinakaran.d@hindustanuniv.ac.in Dr.P. Nandakumar, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1608
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE422T ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
NIL NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
Be familiar with the evolution of Additive manufacturing (Why it is disruptive in nature based on evolution) and the materials and design
CLR-1 : 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
involved
CLR-2 : Be familiar with the various process steps involved in Additive manufacturing (Generic process flow for AM systems)
CLR-3 : Learn the various types of machines and systems involved in Additive manufacturing

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-4 : Know the working of powder based Additive manufacturing processes and their applications and limitations

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


Know the working of solid and liquid based Additive manufacturing processes and their applications and limitations (Understanding the
CLR-5 :

Modern Tool Usage


feedstock material in various AM process)

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
Be familiar with components of Additive manufacturing and its applications in industries (Understanding the requirement of process

Communication
CLR-6 :
certification for various industrial applications) – Fabrication and repair applications

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand the basic concepts of Additive manufacturing (Why they are classed as disruptive technology(ies) 1&2 90 85 H
The knowledge acquired on the process chain of Additive manufacturing and the various steps involved (Opportunities of implementation in
CLO-2 : 1&2 90 85 H M H M H H
India, global relevance of AM in supply chain – The concepts of Remanufacturing)
Recognize the various machines and systems involved in Additive manufacturing and understand their role (in industrial application –
CLO-3 : 1 90 85 H M M H H M H H
fabrication or repair of component)
Understand the major solid and liquid based Additive manufacturing processes such as stereolithography and fused deposition modeling and
CLO-4 : 1&2 90 85 H M M H H M H H
recognize their application and potential
Understand the major powder based Additive manufacturing processes such as 3D printing (Directed Energy deposition, powder bed
CLO-5 : fusion)and electron beam melting, Binder jetting and recognize their application and potential in fabrication and repair for various industrial 1&2 90 85 H M M H H M H H
application
Recognize the importance of Additive manufacturing and its various processes and systems – Industry specific (such as Aerospace, power
CLO-6 : 1&2 90 85 H
generation, heavy machinery, Automotive)

Machines And Systems Of Additive Solid And Liquid Based Additive Powder Based Additive
Introduction To Additive Manufacturing Process Chain Of Additive Manufacturing
Manufacturing Manufacturing Manufacturing
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Introduction to various machines and
Evolution of Additive manufacturing, Need,
Conceptualisation, Synergistic interaction of systems of Additive manufacturing (based
S-1 SLO-1 Comparison with CNC machining (Concepts Classification (scale of printing) Classification (scale of printing)
processes (AM + CNC/Adaptive) on feedstock material, based on energy
of Hybrid manufacturing & applications)
used, application)
Basic principles of additive manufacturing Construction of CNC machines, Process Powder fusion mechanisms:
CAD model preparation, CAM operations
S-2 SLO-1 (Complex interaction of process, design and chamber (Subtractive process conversion to Guidelines for process selection solid-state sintering, Chemically
(Tool path generation)
materials) AM process) induced sintering

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1609
Energy Delivery: Lasers and electron beam,
Classification of Additive manufacturing Fused deposition modeling - Processes and Selective laser sintering: process,
S-3 SLO-1 Part orientation and support generation plasma arc, kinetic energy (cold spray in
processes principle principles
AM)
Material delivery: Powder feeding and wire
Materials for Additive manufacturing feeding systems (difference in powder and
S-4 SLO-1 Conversion to Stereolithographic file format Advantages, applications Advantages, applications
(selection of feedstock materials) wire feedstock – adantages and limitations
for both), handling of feedstock material
Designing for Additive manufacturing Transfer to Additive manufacturing Rapid tooling equipment: direct and indirect
S-5 SLO-1 Laminated object manufacturing 3D printing: process, principles
(Design optimization) machine and file manipulation methods
Role of Additive manufacturing in product
Machine setup and build, Health & Safety Post processing equipment: support
development (Complex geometry Stereolithography apparatus: processes
S-6 SLO-1 practice (best practice), Feedstock material material removal , preparation for use as a Advantages, applications
requirements, strength to weight and principle
handling pattern
requirements)
Laser engineered net shaping
Advantages, Disadvantages, Applications Temperature, humidity, oxygen level
(LENS process, unique
and Opportunities of Additive manufacturing Removal and clean up, Health & Safety controllers (process monitoring, affect on
S-7 SLO-1 Advantages, applications advantages on hybrid scale),
(Opportunities in Indian industries, global practice (best practice), mechanical and microstructural properties
process control advantages,
prospective) with these variables)
limitations,
Post processing (insitu or external
Emerging trends and business models Scanning: Raster scan, patterned vector
S-8 SLO-1 transformative post processing such as Challenges in solid and liquid AM processes Electron beam melting
(Concepts of Remanufacturing) scanning
heat treatments), machining
Related technologies: Reverse engineering, Property enhancement by thermal and non-
Post processing: surface texture, accuracy Case study (with relevance to technology Case study (with relevance to
S-9 SLO-1 Computer aided engineering, AM process thermal methods (In relation to type of
and aesthetic improvement certification) technology certification)
simulation concepts, preditive modelling material)

1. Ian Gibson, David W Rosen, Brent Stucker., “Additive Manufacturing Technologies: Rapid Prototyping to Direct Digital
6. Hilton P.D. and Jacobs P.F., “Rapid Tooling: Technologies and Industrial
Manufacturing”, Springer, 2015.
Applications”, CRC press, 2000.
2. Chua C.K., Leong K.F., and Lim C.S., “Rapid prototyping: Principles and applications”, Third Edition, World Scientific
7. Pham D.T, Dimov S.S, “Rapid Manufacturing: The Technologies and Applications of
Learning Publishers, 2010.
Rapid Prototyping and Rapid Tooling”, Springer 2001.
Resources 3. Gebhardt A., “Rapid prototyping”, Hanser Gardener Publications, 2003.
8. Gu D, “Laser Additive Manufacturing of High-Performance Materials”, Springer, 2014.
4. Liou L.W. and Liou F.W., “Rapid Prototyping and Engineering applications: A tool box for prototype development”,
9. Rafiq Noorani, “Rapid prototyping: Principles and Applications in Manufacturing” John
CRC Press, 2007.
Wiley & Sons, 2006.
5. Kamrani A.K. and Nasr E.A., “Rapid Prototyping: Theory and practice”, Springer, 2006.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1610
Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. P. Hariharan, Anna University, hari@annauniv.edu,
Mr.Purushothaman, Tesscorn Nano Science Inc. Dr. P. Mohan Babu, SRMIST
hariharan2311@gmail.com
Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in 2. Dr.N.Arunachalam, IIT Madras, chalam@iitm.ac.in Dr. M. Iqbal, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1611
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE423T PRECISION ENGINEERING E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


NIL NIL NIL
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Understand the concept of accuracy and precision in various parametric testing 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Realize the striving need for precision and applications

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Know the causes for dimensional and geometrical characteristics errors prior and during machining

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Impart knowledge about basics of precision and ultra precision machining methods

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Be familiar with different precision measuring systems at micro/nano level

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Be familiar with the various lithography techniques

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Acquire knowledge about the basics of accuracy and alignment tests 1&3 80 85 H M M H M H
CLO-2 : Identify the dimensional and geometrical errors prior and during machining 1&2 70 85 H L M M M
CLO-3 : Deepen the knowledge of static stiffness and thermal effects 1, 2&3 75 85 H L M M H M
CLO-4 : Understand the principles of precision machining and importance of digitization in micro-machining 1,2&3 85 85 H H L M M M L H H H
CLO-5 : Understand the principles of nano measuring systems 1&2 80 85 M M H L M M M
CLO-6 : Understand the principles of various lithographic techniques and currently emerging microscopic techniques 1&2 80 85 M H L M M M L H H H

Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
General concept of accuracy, repeatability Introduction to precision Engineering and Introduction to nanotechnology and need
S-1 SLO-1 Static stiffness Nano Lithography
and precision; Spindle rotation accuracy need for having high precision for measurement in nanotechnology
Precision machining and finishing Measuring Systems for Nano-
S-2 SLO-1 Test methods for displacement accuracy Nature of deformation in a machine tool Photolithography
operations manufacturing
In - process measurement of position of
S-3 SLO-1 Dimensional wear of cutting tools Overall stiffness of a lathe Ultra-precision Processes Electron beam lithography
processing point
Tool Materials for Precision Machining:
Accuracy of NC systems, Clamping Post process and online measurement of
S-4 SLO-1 Compliance of work piece Carbides, Ceramic, Diamond, Cubic Ion Beam lithography
errors, Setting errors dimensional features
Boron Nitride
Errors due to the variation of the cutting
S-5 SLO-1 Location of rectangular prism, cylinder Ultra-Precision Machine Elements Mechanical measuring systems Optical lithography
force and total compliance
Basic type of tests, Measuring instruments Case study: Errors caused by cutting
S-6 SLO-1 Machining of micro-sized components Optical measuring systems LIGA process
used for testing machine tools force deformation in turning and milling
Positioning mechanisms and drives –
Study of thermal effects on machine tool
S-7 SLO-1 Alignment, Straightness, Flatness tests precision gears, servo control systems, Electron beam measuring systems Nanocoatings
accuracy
electromagnetic and piezo actuators
Micro- electro-Mechanical Systems:
S-8 SLO-1 Parallelism, Squareness tests Methods of decreasing thermal effects Characteristics and Principles, Materials, X-ray imaging systems Micro-metrology
and Fabrication processes

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1612
Microscopy techniques for materials
Influence of vibration and noise on Pattern recognition and inspection
S-9 SLO-1 Circularity, Cylindricity tests Emergence of digital precision machining characterization: Electron microbe
accuracy systems
analysis and atom probe tomography

1. Murthy.R.L, “Precision Engineering in Manufacturing”, New Age International, New Delhi, 2005. 5. Lee Tong Hong, “Precision Motion control, Design and Implementation”, Springer Verlag, U.K., 2001.
2. V.C.Venktesh, Precision Engineering, Tata Mc.Graw Hill, New Delhi 2007 6. Liangchi Zhang, “Precision Machining of Advanced Materials”, Trans Tech Publications Ltd., Switzerland, 2001.
Learning
3. Kalpakjian S., Manufacturing Engineering and Technology. 3rd Ed. Addision-Wesley Publishing 7. HiromuNakazawa, “Principles of precision engineering”, Oxford University Press, 1994.
Resources
Co.,New York, 2001. 8. Sahu R.K. and Somashekhar S.H, “Corona Discharge Micromachining for the Synthesis of Nanoparticles:
4. Norio Taniguchi, “Nanotechnology”, Oxford university press, Cambridge, 1996. Characterization and Applications”, CRC Press, Taylor & Francis, New York, 2019.
* Combination of surprise, quiz and assignment tests.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
Durga Prasad Padhy, Manager, Vedanta Resources Limited (Vedanta Aluminium Limited), Jharsuguda, Dr. Ranjeet Kumar Sahu, SRMIST
Dr. V. Satheesh Kumar, NIT Trichy, sateeshv@nitt.edu
Odisha – 768201, durga.prasadpadhy@vedanta.co.in ranjeetkumar.c@ktr.srmuniv.ac.in

Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in 2. Dr.N.Arunachalam, IIT Madras, chalam@iitm.ac.in Dr. M. Iqbal, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1613
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE424T TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE COATING E Professional elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
NIL NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Understand the fundamentals of surface engineering 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the practical application and importance of coatings

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Understand the different methods of coatings in micro and nano level

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Understand the measurement techniques of different properties of coating

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Understand the maintenance procedures and trouble shooting

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Understand the special surface coating techniques

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Be familiar with the concepts of surface engineering of various types of coatings. 1&2 90 75 H H L M
CLO-2 : Be familiar with the concepts of surface science of various types of coatings 1&2 90 75 H H L M
CLO-3 : Be familiar with the concepts of surface characterization methods for various types of coatings 1&2 90 75 H M H L H M
CLO-4 : Be familiar on the principles and working of special coating methods 1&2 90 75 H H M M L M L H
CLO-5 : Be familiar on the application of suitable methods of coatings on the surface 3 90 75 H H H M H M M H H H
CLO-6 : solve various unwanted problems raised on material surface because of degradation by using suitable methods and measurement 2&3 90 75 H H H M H M M M H H

Special Surface Coating And Surface Special Surface Coating And Surface Surface Characterization Techniques Of
Fundamental Of Surface Engineering Applications Of Surface Coatings
Modification Techniques I Modification Techniques II Coatings
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Introduction to Electro Chemical Surface Coating by Wetting,
S-1 SLO-1 Introduction: Engineering components, Measurement of coatings thickness Cold Spraying and Hard Facing
Deposition - Electro Plating Mechanism of Wetting
Surface dependent properties and Case studies based on coatings of
S-2 SLO-1 Anodizing and Electro-Less Plating Coating on Ceramics by Wetting, porosity & adhesion of surface coatings
failures, important engineering components II
Case studies based on surface
Importance and scope of surface Thermal Spray Coating-Combustion Coating of Monolayer Abrasive grain
S-3 SLO-1 Measurement of residual stress & stability modification of important engineering
engineering Spray and Plasma Spray Process by Wetting
components I
Surface and surface energy: Structure Case studies based on surface
Sputter deposition of thin films & coatings Spectrum of secondary electrons, Scanning
S-4 SLO-1 and types of interfaces, surface energy DLC and diamond coatings, modification of important engineering
– DC & RF Electron Microscopy
and related equations. components II
Surface engineering: classification, Sputter deposition of thin films & coatings
S-5 SLO-1 Antifriction and anti-scratch coatings Electron energy analyzers Functional and nano-structured coatings
definition, scope and general principles – Magnetron & Ion Beam
Surface engineering by material removal:
Auger Electron spectroscopy, Transmission Functional and nano-structured coatings
S-6 SLO-1 Cleaning, pickling, etching, grinding, Hybrid / Modified PVD coating processes Sol Gel Coating,
Electron Microscopy applications in photovoltaic
polishing

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1614
Buffing / puffing (techniques employed, its
CVD Coating of TiC, Nitride, Chromium, Surface microscopy & topography by Functional and nano-structured coatings
S-7 SLO-1 principle). Role and estimate of surface Laser Assisted Surface Engineering
Aluminum Oxide and Diamond scanning probe microscopy applications in bio- and chemical sensors
roughness.
Surface engineering by material addition
Plasma and ion beam assisted surface
S-8 SLO-1 (principle and its application with Micro Arc Oxidation, Electron Energy Loss Spectroscopy Surface engineering of polymers
modification
examples).
Surface modification of steel, non-ferrous
Surface modification by Ion implantation
S-9 SLO-1 and ferrous components: (principle and Electro Spark Coating Photoelectron Spectroscopy Surface engineering of composites
and Ion beam mixing
scope of application).

1. K.G. Budinski, Surface Engineering for Wear Resistances, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, 1988.
2. M. Ohring, The Materials Science of Thin Films, Academic Press Inc, 2005 5. B G Miller, “Surface coatings for protection against wear”, Wood head Publishing, 1st Edition, 2006
Learning
3. D. Satas, Arthur A. Tracton, “Coatings technology handbook”, Marcel Dekker, 2000 6. Riviere.J.C and Myhra.S, “Handbook of Surface and Interface analysis”, CRC Press, 2009.
Resources
4. K. Oura, V. G. Lifshits, A. A. Saranin, A. V. Zotov and M. Katayama, “Surface Science – An 7. Hari Singh Nalwa, “Nanostructured Materials and Nanotechnology”, Academic Press, 2002.
Introduction” Springer, 2009.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. O P Khatri, CSIR-Indian Institute of Petroleum, Dehradun – 248005 Dr. Jitendra Kumar Katiyar, SRMIST
1. Dr. P Ramkumar, IIT Madras, ramkumar@iitm.ac.in
(India)- 400701 opkhatri@iip.res.in jitendrakumar.v@ktr.srmuniv.ac.in
2. Dr. Prasanta Kumar Padhi, Deputy General Manager, SAIL Raurkela, Odisha – Dr. T V V L N Rao, SRMIST
2. Dr. T V K Gupta, VNIT Nagpur, tvkgupta@mec.vnit.ac.in
769011 prasantakumar.padhi@sailrsp.co.in narasimharao.t@ktr.srmuniv.ac.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1615
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE425T SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
NIL NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Understand the role of logistics 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the phases of supply chain

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Understand the evolution of supply chain models

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Understand the supply chain activities

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Understand the SCM organization and information system

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Understand the role, phases, evolution, activities and SCM information system

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Familiar in Logistics and its role of operations. 1 2&3 90 85 H L M M L
CLO-2 : Familiar in Supply chain and its different phases. 1 2&3 90 85 H L M L L
CLO-3 : Familiar in evolution of supply chain models and solution for engineering problem 1 2&3 90 85 H L M L L
CLO-4 : Familiar with the activities of supply chain 1 2&3 90 85 H L M L L
CLO-5 : Familiar in Understanding different SCM organization and different ERP systems 1 2&3 90 85 H L M M
CLO-6 : Familiar in logistics operations, SCM phases, SCM models, SCM activities, SCM organization and different ERP systems 1 2&3 90 85 H L M M

Scm Organisation and Information


Introduction to Logistics Phases of Supply Chain Evolution of Supply Chain Models Supply Chain Activities
System
Duration (hour) 09 09 09 09 09
Introduction of Logistics and its Introduction of Structuring the supply
S-1 SLO-1 The new paradigm shift Strategy of supply chain The management task
concepts chain
Supply chain challenge – five tasks for
S-2 SLO-1 Logistics definitions The modular company structure of supply chain Types of Logistics organization
management
Introduction to strategic core, network structures, management
S-3 SLO-1 Different Logistics approaches Factors of supply chain Supply Chain as activity systems The logistics in information systems
networks and vertical integration
S-4 SLO-1 Factors influencing logistics The network relations in supply chain Manufacturing strategy stages New products of supply chain Topology of Supply chain application
Supplier relationship, partnerships and alliances, cooperation and
S-5 SLO-1 Basic tasks of supply chain integration, Governance, boundary management, global Supply chain progress Foundation for supply chain change Product Data Management
networks
Introduction of Model for competing
S-6 SLO-1 Defection of supply chain Supply processes in supply chain Functional roles in supply chain change Warehouse management system MRP- I,
through supply chain management
Process flow, product design, product issues, product structure, PLC grid in supply chain
S-7 SLO-1 Approaches of supply chain Frame work Design for supply chain Warehouse management system MRP- 2
logistics issue management
S-8 SLO-1 Influencing supply chain Procurement processes in supply chain Redesigning of supply chain Institutionalizing supply chain changes ERP case study
S-9 SLO-1 A new corporate model. Distribution management in supply chain linking supply chain with customer Collaborative product commerce ERP software’s

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1616
3. Nicolas, J. N., Competitive manufacturing management – continuous improvement, Lean production, customer
Learning 1. Shari, P. B. and Lassen, T. S., Managing the global supply chain, Viva books, New Delhi, 2000. focused quality, McGrawHill, New York, 1998.
Resources 2. Ayers, J. B., Hand book of supply chain management, The St. Lencie press, 2000. 1. 4. Steudel, H. J. and Desruelle, P., Manufacturing in the nineteen – How to become a mean, lean and world class
competitor, Van No strand Reinhold, New York, 1992.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr.M. Sachidhanandham Asst. Professor, ME
1. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in, rkpearls@yahoo.com 1. Dr.M. K. Marichelvam, Mepco Schlenk Engineering College, Sivakasi.
SRM Institute of Science and Technology, Kattankulathur,
2. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in 2.Mr.A.Prabukarthi A, PSG College of Technology Coimbatore-641004 Dr. M. Iqbal, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1617
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE426T COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND MECHANICS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Understand the overview, constituents, classifications, and advanced applications of composites 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the mechanics and performance of composite materials

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Understand the manufacturing techniques and inspection of various composite materials

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


Learn to test and understand the failure, and analysis methods of laminated composites and their constituents and analyze the
CLR-4 :

Modern Tool Usage


characteristics of laminated composites

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-5 : Learn design aspects and acquiring knowledge on material selection for advanced engineering composite materials.

Communication
CLR-6 : Understand the applications, performance, inspection of composites

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Familiar with the Overview, constituents, classifications, and advanced applications of composites and composites mechanics 1& 2 90 85 H M
CLO-2 : Familiar the mechanics and performance of composite materials 1& 2 90 85 H H
CLO-3 : Familiar with the manufacturing techniques and inspection of various composite materials 1& 2 90 85 H M L
Familiar with the testing and understand the failure, and analysis methods of laminated composites and their constituents and analyze the
CLO-4 : 1& 2 90 85 M H M
characteristics of laminated composites
CLO-5 : Familiar with the Design and select the material for advanced engineering composite materials. 1& 2 90 85 H H M M
CLO-6 : Familiar with overview, performance, applications and inspection of composites 1&2 90 85 H H M L

Overview of Composites Mechanics and Performance Manufacturing Testing and Analysis Design and Material selection
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Fiber test, Neat resin matrix test Tensile,
SLO-1 Introduction to composites - Definitions Introduction to solid mechanics - lamina Overview of composite manufacturing compressive test In-plane shear, Interlaminar Failure predictions in a Unidirectional
S-1
&2 Classification of composite materials and laminates processes shear tests Flexural, Interlaminar fracture, Lamina
Fiber/Matrix interface tests
SLO-1 Mechanics terminology Interlaminar Failure predictions for Unnotched
S-2 Polymer matrix Ceramic matrix, Overview of glass fibre production Analysis of an orthographic lamina
&2 stresses Laminates
SLO-1 Metal matrix; Special composites - Unidirectional and angle lamina and
S-3 Carbon fiber production Analysis of an orthographic laminates Laminated Design Consideration
&2 Functionally graded materials laminates
SLO-1 Characteristics of composite materials
Engineering constants of an angle lamina Hooke’s law, stiffness and compliance Bonded joints; Bolted joints; Bonded-
S-4 & Mechanical behavior of composite Spray-up, Hand lay-up
and laminates matrices Bolted joints
2 materials
SLO-1 Structural Materials Constituent materials Static Mechanical Properties Hooke’s law Design requirements and design
S-5 Filament winding Fiber placement Strengths of orthographic lamina
&2 for composite materials for different types of materials failure criteria
Matrix materials – types and properties Design load definitions Design
SLO-1 Stress analysis of laminated composite
S-6 Reinforced materials– types and Effective modulus in stress-strain Closed-mould processes, Bag Moulding analysis philosophy for composite
&2 beams
properties structures

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1618
Fibers for advanced composites Current
SLO-1 Compression moulding, Pultrusion, and Stress analysis of laminated composite Laminate optimization Design
S-7 and potential advantages of fiber- Symmetry in stress-strain
&2 Other manufacturing processes Plates examples
reinforced composite materials
SLO-1 Applications of composite materials - Fatigue and Impact properties and Stress analysis of laminated composite Materials selection criteria Different
S-8 Quality Inspection method
&2 Military aircraft, Civil aircraft Environmental effects Shells material section factors
- Fiber selection factor - Matrix
SLO-1 - Automotive applications, Commercial Fracture Behavior and Damage Composite defects, detection and
S-9 Free vibration selection factor - Importance of
&2 applications, Tolerance possible solution
constituents

1. P.K. Mallick, FIBRE REINFORCED COMPOSITES: MATERIALS, MANUFACTURING AND DESIGN, Marcel 8. Autar K. Kaw, MECHANICS OF COMPOSITE MATERIALS, 2nd Edition, Taylor & Francis,
Dekker, 1993. 2006.
2. J.C. Halpin, PRIMER ON COMPOSITE MATERIALS, ANALYSIS, Techomic Publishing Co., 1984. 9. Valery V. Vasiliev and Evgeny V. Morozov, ADVANCED MECHANICS OF COMPOSITE
3. B.D. Agarwal, and L.J. Broutman, ANALYSIS AND PERFORMANCE OF FIBRE COMPOSITES, John Wiley MATERIALS AND STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, 3rd Edition, Elsevier, 2013.
Learning and Sons, New York, 1990. 10. Madhujit Mukhopadhyay, Mechanics of Composite Materials and Structures, University
Resources 4. P.K. Malick and S. Newman, (eds), COMPOSITE MATERIALS TECHNOLOGY: PROCESSES AND Press, 2018.
PROPERTIES, Hansen Publisher, Munich, 1990. 11. Reddy J. N., Mechanics of Laminated Composites Plates and Shells, CRC Press, 2016.
5. R.P.L. Nijssen, COMPOSITE MATERIALS AN INTRODUCTION, A VKCN publication, 1st Edition, 2015. 12. Bhagwan D. Agarwal, Analysis and Performance of Fiber, Wiley India, 2015.
6. Robert M. Jones, MECHANICS OF COMPOSITE MATERIALS, 2nd Edition, Taylor & Francis, 1999. 13. Balasubramaniam, Composite Materials, John Wiley & Sons, Indian Ed., 2013.
7. Ronald F. Gibson, PRINCIPLE OF COMPOSITES MATERIAL MECHANICS, McGraw Hill, 1994. 14. K.K. Chawla, Composite Materials, Springer, 2012.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. Shubhabrata Datta
1. Mr. Asit Ghanti 1 Dr. Mamilla Ravi Sankar
Research Professor, ME, SRM Institute of Science and Technology,
Assistant General Manager, Vedanta Electrosteel Steel Ltd. Tel: +91-8651037058 Assistant Professor, ME, IIT Tirupati , Tel: +91-877 2503410
Kattankulathur,H/P: +91-9477485253
Email: asit.ghanti@vedanta.co.in Email: evmrs@iittp.ac.in
Email: shubhabrata.p@ktr.srmuniv.ac.in
2 Dr. Sumit PRAMANIK
Research Associate Professor, ME, SRM Institute of Science and Technology,
Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in 2. Dr.N.Arunachalam, IIT Madras, chalam@iitm.ac.in
Kattankulathur, H/P: +91-8777740422
Email: sumitpramanik.s@ktr.srmuniv.ac.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1619
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE427T GLOBAL OPTIMIZATION ALGORITHMS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
NIL NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Be familiar with evolutionary algorithm 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Be familiar with particle genetic algorithm

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Be familiar with modern optimization techniques

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Be familiar with search algorithms

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-5 : Be able to apply the knowledge of optimization in mechanical engineering applications

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
Be familiar with evolutionary algorithm, genetic algorithm, modern optimization techniques, search algorithms and optimization

Communication
CLR-6 :
applications

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Recall the concepts of optimality criteria for various types of optimization problems. 1 90 85 H M H H M H H M
CLO-2 : Understand the problems 2 90 85 H H H M M M H H H H M
CLO-3 : Apply the methods of optimization to solve real life problems 3 90 85 H H H H H M M M M M H H M
CLO-4 : Analyze the methodology followed and test the results 4 90 85 H H H H M M H H M
CLO-5 : Investigate the results to obtain the optimized solution 5 90 85 H H H M H H M
CLO-6 : Investigate with evolutionary algorithm, genetic algorithm, modern optimization techniques, search algorithms and optimization applications 1-5 90 85 H H H H H M M M M M H H M

Global optimization technique Modern optimization techniques Part I Modern optimization techniques Part Ii Search Methods Applications of optimization techniques
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Desirable and undesirable effects,
Introduction to Particle Swam Introduction to Simulated Annealing
S-1 SLO-1 Introduction to Optimization Algorithms Linear search and binary search functional requirements such as geometry
Optimization (PSO) algorithm (SAA)
and materials.
The Structure of Optimization - Formulae Theoretical derivatives in particle swarm Asymtotic convergence and typical
S-2 SLO-1 Jump search,interpolation search Stochastic optimization
and Search Space/Operator Design optimization, Variants of PSO behavior of SAA,Multi objective SA
Evolutionary algorithms, ranking selection, Performance Enhancing techniques in External optimization, Tabu Integrating simulation in optimization
S-3 SLO-1 Exponential search, Fibonacci search
VEGA, Convergence prevention PSO, Applications of PSO Search,Memetic and Hybrid algorithms models
Optimization problems in engineering,
Introduction to Ant colony Golden selection, Random, pattern and Multi-Disciplinary Optimization in
S-4 SLO-1 Inverse problems; Scheduling and Downhill simplex , Applications of SAA
optimization(ACO), Framework of ACO gradient search methods enhancing the features of an automobile.
Routing
Data Mining, Intelligent System designing,
Introduction to Genetic Algorithm,
S-5 SLO-1 Operators of GA‟s, Differences and Hill Climbing, Multi-Objective Hill Climbing Introduction to Differential Evolution (DE) State Space Search, Uninformed Search Optimization for modular design.
similarities between genetic algorithms
and traditional techniques

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1620
Introduction to utilization of computer
programs in GA, Schema Algorithm, Problems in Hill Climbing, Hill Climbing Optimization of design parameters to
S-6 SLO-1 Structure of Differential algorithm (DA) Breadth-First Search, Depth-First Search
Advanced operators and techniques in with Random Restarts design a mechanical component.
genetic search
Genetic algorithm and machine learning,
Introduction to multi objective GRASP, Raindrop Method, Random Depth-limited Search, Iterative Deepening Optimization of process parameters in
S-7 SLO-1 Computing environments in DE
optimization, Types of multi objective Optimization Depth machining operations.
problems and principles
Pareto optimality, Non-Elitist multi
Informed Search - Greedy Search- A* Optimization in minimizing cost and
S-8 SLO-1 objective algorithms, Elitist multi objective Monte Carlo methods Applications of DA
search - Adaptive Walks, Tree search, enhancing strength mechanical elements
algorithms
Constrained multi objective algorithm, Optimization with parameter uncertainities
Multi disciplinary optimization methods Interpolation methods: quadratic and
S-9 SLO-1 Usage of multi objective optimization in – Robust Optimisation, formulation, Optimization problems on scheduling.
and their applications in engineering. cubic, direct root method.
various optimization techniques algorithms, applications

1. Kalyanmoy Deb, “Optimization for Engineering design-Algorithms and Examples”, Prentice Hall, India, 2012. 4. Thomas Weise, “Global Optimization Algorithms – Theory and Application”, Thomas Weise, 2009.
Learning 2. Kalyanmoy Deb, “Multi objective optimization using Evolutionary algorithms”, John Wiley, 2001. 5. S.S Rao, “Optimization – Theory and Applications”, Wiley Eastern, New Delhi, 2009
Resources 3. Joshua Knowles, David Corne, Kalyanmoy Deb “Multiobjective Problem Solving from Nature: From Concepts 6. Parsopoulos K and Vrahatis M.N, “ Particle Swarm Optimization and Intelligence:Advances and
to Applications”,Springer- 2008. Applications”, IGI Global, 2010.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. P. Hariharan, Anna University, hari@annauniv.edu,
Dr. Chiradeep Ghosh, Principal Scientist, TATA Steel. Chiradeep.ghosh@tatasteel.com Shubrajit Bhaumik, SRMIST
hariharan2311@gmail.com
Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in 2. Dr.N.Arunachalam, IIT Madras, chalam@iitm.ac.in Dr. Shubhabrata Datta,SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1621
Course Course L T P C
18MEE428T Course Name SIMULATION OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS E Professional Elective
Code Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
NIL NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Be familiar with the function of physical system 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Be familiar with the models use in need for simulation

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : understand about different methods of simulation

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Be familiar with translational simulation

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Be familiar with rotational mechanical systems

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Be familiar with simulation of hydraulic and manufacturing system

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Recognize and analyze the use of different methods of simulation 1&2 90 85 H M M M L L L H L
CLO-2 : Acquire knowledge on basic components and working of various mechanical systems 1 90 85 H M H M L L H L
CLO-3 : Recognize the application of Random variables and their properties, estimation of means, variance and correlation 1 90 85 H H M M M M
CLO-4 : Understand the Static and dynamic modeling 1&2 90 85 H M M M H
CLO-5 : Recognize the Numerical computation techniques based upon the application 1&2 90 85 H M M H H H
CLO-6 : Simulation of rotational systems and translational system as well as the hydraulic system 1 90 85 H M L L M L H M

simulation of translational and Simulation of hydraulic systems and


Introduction Types and principles ofmodeling Methods of simulation
Rotational systems manufacturing system
Duration (hour) 09 09 09 09 09
Need for modeling and simulation in Building of simulation models in
S-1 SLO-1 Static modeling with examples Monte Carlo simulation Simulation of hydraulic systems
mechanical systems mechanical systems
hydraulic systems with real time
S-2 SLO-1 Basics of modeling of physical systems dynamic modeling with examples Experimental nature of simulation Simulation of translational systems
examples
Case studies – Translatory motion for Simulation of material handling systems
S-3 SLO-1 methods of modeling Stochastic models with examples Numerical computation techniques
Serial Manipulator in manufacturing
Case studies –Automated guided vehicle
S-4 SLO-1 Review of basic probability and statistics Principles of modeling Analog system models Simulation of rotational systems (AGV) in Goods Transportation
Simulation in flexible manufacturing
S-5 SLO-1 Random variables and their properties,
Study and evaluation of model hybrid system models real time examples Case studies- vice casting product
S-6 SLO-1 estimation of means, variance and correlation
Concept of system and environment, continues Transform Function Analysis. Developing
S-7 SLO-1 Continues system models Continues system models Simulation of waiting line system
and discrete systems a Linear Model
Introduction to simulation, basic Case studies – Rotary Joint Link for waiting line system in manufacturing with
S-8 SLO-1 Linear systems Role of computers in simulation
simulation, advantages of simulation SCARA ROBOT examples

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1622
Role of simulation in model evaluation introduction to simulation software
S-9 SLO-1 nonlinear systems Techniques for variance reduction
with examples packages

5. Performance Modeling of Automated Manufacturing Systems (Prentice Hall Information and System
1. Dym C.L, “Principles of Mathematical Modeling”, Elsevier, 2nd Edition 2004.
Sciences Series) 1st Edition Edition, 1992
2. Geoffrey Gordon, “System Simulation” Phi Learning, 2nd Edition 2002
Learning 6. J. Schwarzenbach and K.F. Gill, “System Modeling and Control”.Halsted Press, New York, 1992
3. M. Close and Dean K. Frederick, “Modeling and Analysis of Dynamic Systems”, Houghton Mifflin, 3rd
Resources 7. Robert E. Shannon, “System Simulation: The Art and Science”, Prentice Hall, 1975
Edition, 2002
8. Automation, Production Systems, and Computer-Integrated Manufacturing 4 Edition (English,
4. Guy L, Richard M. Feldman, “Manufacturing Systems Modeling and Analysis”, Springer, 2011.
Paperback, Mikell P. Groover), 2016

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,
SLO – Session Learning Outcome

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. S.Bhargav, GM,Rane Brake, Trichy 1. Dr. V.Srinivasan,Annamalai University, srinivraghavan@yahoo.com 1. Dr. M. Prakash, SRMIST
2. Dr.Ashok Kumar, Govn. Col.of. Eng, Bargur, Krishnagiri, Tamil Nadu
2. Dr. Muthumanikkam, Jt. Director, CVRDE, DRDO, Avadi, Chennai. 2. Dr.A.Arul Jeya Kumar, SRMIST
Akrt02au@gmail.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1623
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE429T INDUSTRY 4.0 E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Understand the Architectural Overview of Internet of Things 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Be familiar with the concepts of big data analytics

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Learn the basics of cloud computing

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Be familiar with method and new frameworks of information security management.

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : understand the fundamentals concepts of digital manufacturing

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Understand the concepts of Internet of things, big data analysis, cloud computing, cyber security and digital manufacturing

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Recognize and analyze the use of different methods of simulation 1&2 90 85 H M M M L L L H L
CLO-2 : Acquire knowledge on basic components and working of various mechanical systems 1 90 85 H M H M L L H L
CLO-3 : Recognize the application of Random variables and their properties, estimation of means, variance and correlation 1 90 85 H H M M M M
CLO-4 : Understand the Static and dynamic modeling 1&2 90 85 H M M M H
CLO-5 : Recognize the Numerical computation techniques based upon the application 1&2 90 85 H M M H H H
CLO-6 : Simulation of rotational systems and translational system as well as the hydraulic system 1 90 85 H M L L M L H M

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Big Data Platforms for the Internet of
S-1 IoT-An Architectural Overview Introduction to the Cloud Computing Myths Of Information Security Mana Introduction To Digital Manufacturing
Things
Features and development of digital
S-2 Building an architecture Network protocol History of cloud computing The big picture
manufacturing
Theory system of digital manufacturing
S-3 Main design principles and needed capabilities Data dissemination –current state of art Cloud service options Learning from experience
science
An IoT architecture outline, standards Improving Data and Service
S-4 Cloud Deployment models Weaknesses in Information Security Operation Mode
considerations Interoperability with Structure
Business concerns in the cloud,Cloud Architecture of Digital Manufacturing
S-5 M2M and IoT Technology Fundamentals Compliance, Conformance The extent of crime in cyberspace
Orchestration System
Devices and gateways, Local and wide area
S-6 Context Awareness Exploring virtualization, Load balancing The cyberspace crimoid syndrome Additive Manufacturing - overview,
networking
Techniques.
S-7 Data management, Business processes in IoT interoperability problem in the IoT context Hypervisors, Machine imaging, Policies and technologies
Big Data Management Systems for the
S-8 Everything as a Service (XaaS) Cloud marketplace overview
Exploitation of Pervasive Environment
Rapid manufacturing-Future
Big Data challenges and requirements A new framework for information security.
M2M and IoT Analytics, Knowledge development-Virtual prototyping
S-9 coming from different Smart City Comparison of Cloud providers.
Management.
applications.

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1624
1. Vijay Madisetti and ArshdeepBahga, “Internet of Things (A Hands-on-Approach)”, 1st Edition, VPT, 2014. 4. Cloud Computing: Principles and Paradigms by RajkumarBuyya, James Brobergand Andrzej
2. Bernd Scholz-Reiter, Florian Michahelles, “Architecting the Internet of Things”, ISBN 978-3-642-19156-5 M. Goscinski, Wiley, 2011.
Learning
e-ISBN 978-3-642-19157-2, Springer 5. Zude Zhou, Shane (Shengquan) Xie and Dejun Chen, Fundamentals of Digital Manufacturing
Resources
3. Stackowiak, R., Licht, A., Mantha, V., Nagode, L.,” Big Data and The Internet of Things Enterprise Science, Springer-Verlag London Limited,2012
Information Architecture for A New Age”, Apress, 2015 6. Chua.C.K, “Rapid Prototyping”, John Wiley, New York, 1997.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,
SLO – Session Learning Outcome

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. P. Hariharan, Anna University, hari@annauniv.edu,
1. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in, rkpearls@yahoo.com Dr.U.Mohammed Iqbal
hariharan2311@gmail.com
2. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in
3. Mr.P.Karthikeyan, Head Operations Improvement, Nokia Solutions, Oragadam 2. Dr.N.Arunachalam, IIT Madras, chalam@iitm.ac.in J.Santhakumar
Kartikeyan.p@nokia.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1625
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE430T TQM AND RELIABILITY ENGINEERING E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
NIL NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Understand the importance of TQM and its concepts, tools and techniques and apply in the real-world environment 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Analyze the role of human involvement to improve the quality of product and service

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Understand, apply and evaluate the tools and techniques used for product and service quality

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Understand the basic concepts of reliability, apply and evaluate reliability for different systems

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Understand and apply the concept of maintainability of a system to evaluate time for different cases

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Understand the importance of quality and reliability in every process in the current scenario

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Recognize the importance of quality in every activity of an organization and in personal life 1,2 80 75 M M M - M - - M H M - - - - M
CLO-2 : Apply the different tools and techniques to solve day to day issues and will seek an opportunity to practice 1,2,3 80 75 M H - - H - - - H M - M - - M
CLO-3 : Think from the customer perspective and will plan for customer retention through total quality management 1,2,3 80 75 M H M - H M - M H H - - - - M
CLO-4 : Develop and test a system for its reliability 1,2 80 75 M M M - M - - - - - - - - - M
CLO-5 : Estimate MTTF, MTTR, MMT and MDT and plan for a maintenance strategy 1,2,3 80 75 M H M - H - - - - - - - - - M
CLO-6 : Recognize the importance of quality in every activity of an organization and in personal life 1,2 80 75 M M M - M - - M H M - - - - M

Evolution, theories and implementation Principles and 7 QC tools Management Tools Reliability Maintainability
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Customer Satisfaction – Types of Introduction Availability and
S-1 SLO-1 Evolution of Total Quality Management Affinity diagram – Relations diagram Probabilistic nature of failures
customers, customer supplier chain Maintainability
Customer perception of quality customer Tree diagram – Matrix diagram – Matrix Mean failure rate – Meantime between
S-2 SLO-1 Definition of quality, Dimensions of Quality Types of maintenance strategy
feed back data analysis diagram failures
Customer complaints – Customer Process decision program chart, Arrow
S-3 SLO-1 Deming’s theory Hazard rate – Hazard models Mean time– to repair (MTTR)
retention – Service quality diagram
Employee involvement and motivation – Factors contributing to Mean Down Time
S-4 SLO-1 Juran and Crosby theories 5S Principles Weibull model
Maslow's hierarchy of needs (MDT)
Herzberg theory – Empowerment and Fault diagnosis, and routine testing for
S-5 SLO-1 Taguchi and Ishikawa theories Quality Function Deployment (QFD) System reliability improvement
team work unrevealed faults
Quality costs, Product quality Vs Service Factors contributing to Mean Maintenance
S-6 SLO-1 Seven QC tools – Check sheets Failure mode and effects analysis (FMEA) Redundancy
quality Time – (MMT) on condition maintenance
S-7 SLO-1 Goal setting Histograms, control charts Root cause analysis, poka-yoke Series – Parallel and Mixed configurations Total Productive Maintenance (TPM)
Pareto diagram, Cause and effect Problems in Series – Parallel and Mixed Periodic condition monitoring, Continuous
S-8 SLO-1 Strategic Quality planning Introduction to Six Sigma
diagram configurations condition monitoring
Problems in Series – Parallel and Mixed
S-9 SLO-1 TQM implementation Stratification, Scatter diagrams DMAIC Economics of maintenance
configurations

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1626
1. M. P. Poonia, S.C. Sharma, “Total Quality Management”, Khanna Publishing, 2019. 5. Roderick A Munro, Govindarajan Ramu and Daniel J Zrymiak, “The Certified Six Sigma Green Belt
Learning 2. R Kiran, “Total Quality Management: Key Concepts and Case Studies”, Elsevier Inc., 2017. Handbook”, Second Edition, American Society for Quality, USA, 2015.
Resources 3. Dale H Besterfield, “Total Quality Management”, Fourth Edition, Pearson Education Asia, 2015. 6. L S Srinath, “Reliability Engineering”, Fourth Edition, Affiliated East West Press, 2008.
4. John Oakland, Peter Morris “TQM – A pictorial guide for managers”, Routledge, 2011. 7. E Balagurusamy, “Reliability Engineering”, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2010.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
Mr. R. Nanda Kumar, Vice Chairman, 1. Dr. P. Hariharan, Anna University, hari@annauniv.edu,
Mr. E. Vijayaragavan, SRM IST
National Institution for Quality and Reliability (NIQR) hariharan2311@gmail.com
Mr. N. Palani, Head – Quality Assurance
2. Dr.N.Arunachalam, IIT Madras, chalam@iitm.ac.in
Rane TRW Steering Systems Limited

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1627
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE431T DESIGN OF JIGS, FIXTURE AND PRESS TOOLS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
NIL NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards DESIGN DATA BOOK

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Explore the various locating and clamping method 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the functions and design principles of Jigs

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Understand the functions and design principles of Fixtures

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Understand the functions and design principles of press work

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Understand the functions and design principles of bending, forming and drawing

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Be Familiar with design of jigs, Fixtures and Press Tools

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Able to design the locator and the clamp for the mechanical component 1&2 80 85 H M H - - - - - - - - - M - -
CLO-2 : Acquire knowledge on different type of jigs and its application 1 80 85 H M H - - - - - - - - - H - -
CLO-3 : Acquire knowledge on different type of fixture and its application 1 80 85 H M H - - - - - - - - - H - -
CLO-4 : Understand the major design principle of press work and element of cutting die 1&2 80 85 H L M - - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-5 : Understand the functions and design principles of bending, forming and drawing 1&2 80 85 H - M - - - - - - - - - - -
Understand the functions and design principles of locator and clamping of jigs and fixtures, use of press tools in bending, forming and
CLO-6 : 1&2 80 85 H H M - - - - - - - - - - - -
drawing operations

Press Working Terminologies and Bending, Forming and


Locating and Clamping Principles Design of Jigs Design of Fixtures
Element of Cutting Dies Drawing Dies
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Objective of tool design, Function, features Press working terminology, types of
S-1 SLO-1 Types of jigs – Template and Plate Jigs Introduction to fixture, type of fixtures Types of Bending dies, press capacity
and advantages of jigs and fixture. presses
Locating Principle, Locating methods and Press accessories and press working Spring back, knockout, direct and indirect,
S-2 SLO-1 Channel, Pot, Turnover, Box and Post Jig Design Principles of milling fixture
devices, operation. pressure pads, ejectors
Pin and Button locator, Rest pads and Shearing action, clearances, press work Variables affecting metal flow in drawing
S-3 SLO-1 Indexing Jigs Lathe fixture
plates, Diamond pin locator materials. operation
Clamping Principles, types of clamps, Design Principles of boring fixture, and Center of pressure, design of various
S-4 SLO-1 Drill Bushes and Jig Buttons Draw die insert, draw beads, ironing
mechanical actuation clamps Broaching Fixture elements of dies
Design and development of bending and
S-5 SLO-1 Pneumatic actuation clamping method of construction of drill jigs Design Principles of Grinding Fixture
Accessories of blanking dies – punch, forming
General consideration in the design of Drill punch holder, die set, stripper, pilots Drawing reverse re-drawing and
S-6 SLO-1 Hydraulic actuation clamping Assembly, Inspection and welding fixtures
jigs combination die
Blank development for axisymmetric,
S-7 SLO-1 Vacuum and magnetic clamping Drill jigs and modern manufacturing Modular fixturing system, Selection of standard parts rectangular and elliptic parts, single and
double action dies

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1628
Design and preparation of four standard Bulging, swaging, Embossing, coining,
S-8 SLO-1 Standard parts in jigs and fixtures
Design and development of jigs and for Design and development of fixtures and views of simple blanking and piercing die curling
Limits, fits, Tolerances and types of given component 1 for given component 1 Shaving, notching, compound and Hole flanging, shaving, and sizing,
S-9 SLO-1
tolerances progressive dies assembly, fine blanking dies

1. Donaldson, Lecain and Goold “Tool Design “ , 3rd edition Tata McGraw hill ,2007 5. Joshi, P.H “Press tool – Design and Construction”, S.Chand &company, 2010.
Learning 2. Joshi, P.H. “Jigs and Fixtures” second edition, Tata McGraw hill publishing co., ltd., New delhi,2004 6. Hoffman “Jigs and Fixtures Design” – Thomson Delmar learning, Singapore, 2004.
Resources 3. K.Venkataraman, “Design of Jigs Fixtures and Press tool”, Tata McGraw hill New delhi,2005 7. ASTME fundamentals of tool design prentice hall of India.
4. Kempster, “jigs and fixtures design” Hoddes and Stoughton – third edition 1974 8. P.S.G tech…, “design data book”, kalaikathir Achchagam, 2012.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Kolli Balasivarama Reddy
1. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, Asst. Professor, ME
1. Dr. P. Hariharan, Anna University, hari@annauniv.edu, hariharan2311@gmail.com
r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in, rkpearls@yahoo.com SRM Institute of Science and Technology, Kattankulathur,

2. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi,


velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in 2.Dr.N.Arunachalam, IIT Madras, chalam@iitm.ac.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1629
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE341T REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Progressive
18MEC107T Co-requisite Courses NIL NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Refrigerant and Psychrometric Properties Tables &Charts/M.L.Mathur &F.S.Mehta

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Be familiar with vapour compression system 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Be familiar with the refrigeration cycles and methods for improving Performance

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Understand the working of components of refrigeration systems.

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Be familiar with design of air conditioning systems

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Be familiar with air conditioning systems for various applications.

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Be familiar with refrigeration and air conditioning system s

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Recognize and analyze the vapour compression systems 1&2 90 80 H H M H H
CLO-2 : Acquire knowledge on refrigeration cycles and methods for improving Performance 1,2,3 90 80 H M M L H
CLO-3 : Understand the working of refrigeration systems. 1,2 90 80 H H H
CLO-4 : Analyze and design ofair conditioning systems. 1,2,3 90 80 H H H M M H
CLO-5 : Appreciate the need and applications of air conditioning systems. 1&2 90 80 H L H
CLO-6 : Understand and analyze the refrigeration and air conditioning system s 1&2 90 80 H M M H H

Vapour Compression Refrigeration Applications of Refrigeration And Air


Absorption Refrigeration Systems Refrigeration Equipment’s & Contro Design of Air Conditioning Systems
Systems Conditioning Systems
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Review of thermodynamic principles Ideal vapour absorption refrigeration Construction features of reciprocating Different heat sources-sensible heat load,
S-1 SLO1 Preservation of different products
of refrigeration system compressors, Rotary and screw compressors Latent heat load
Heating and Cooling Load - Occupants
Simple vapour compression Absorbent refrigerant combination -
S-2 SLO1 Type of Condenser, heat transfer in condensers load, equipment load, fresh air load, Construction and working of Ice factory
refrigeration system Properties of refrigerant absorbent pair
infiltration air load
The heating and cooling requirements for
Vapour absorption refrigeration system Types of cooling towers- Construction features Design of air conditioning system-cooling
S-3 SLO1 Problem on COP of VCR system different dairy products and processes in
based on Water-lithium bromide. of Natural, Mechanical draft. load and air quantities
Dairy plant
Application of non-conventional
Methods to improve the COP of Problems based on Water - lithium Type of Evaporators-working of dry expansion Bypass factor(BPF) of heating and cooling
S-4 SLO1 refrigeration method in vortex and pulse
VCR system bromide systems and flooded evaporator. coil, Effective sensible heat factor(ESHF)
tube refrigeration. system
Working of automatic (or) constant pressure Application of non-conventional
Multiple evaporator and compressor Vapour absorption refrigeration system Room sensible heat factor(RSHF).Grand
S-5 SLO1 expansion valve and thermostatic expansion refrigeration method in Solar Refrigeration
system based on Aqua Ammonia sensible heat factor
valve system
Problems based on Aqua -Ammonia Application of air conditioning in hotels
S-6 SLO1 Cascade system Properties of refrigerants Factors affecting Human comfort
Systems and restaurants

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1630
COP comparison with sub cooling Single effect absorption refrigeration
S-7 SLO1 Selection of refrigerants-alternate refrigerants Problems on –RSHF, and GSHF Application of air conditioning in theatres
and super heating system
Comparison of vapour compression
thermostatic control-operating and safety Problems on design of air conditioning Application of air conditioning in
S-8 SLO1 Problems based on sub cooling refrigeration system versus vapour
controls system auditorium and hospitals
absorption refrigeration system
Advantage and disadvantage of vapour Refrigerant charging procedure, methods for Cooling coils and dehumidifier, air
S-9 SLO1 Problems based on super heating Cryogenics-low temperature applications
absorption system measuring a Refrigerant Charge washers

6. Arora, C. P., Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2006
1. Arora, S. C. and Domkundwar, S., A course in Refrigeration and Air conditioning,
7. Andrew D. Althouse,Modern Refrigeration and Air Conditioning,Goodheart-Willcox Company, Incorporated,
DhanpatRai (P) Ltd., New Delhi, 2012
2016
2. Ananthanarayanan.P.N, “Basic Refrigeration and Air Conditioning” ,Tata McGraw Hill
Learning 8. G F Hundy Refrigeration, Air conditioning and heat pumps, McGraw-Hill Book company(UK) Ltd, fifth edition
,3rd Edition,New Delhi,2006
Resources 2016
3. Manohar Prasad, Refrigeration and A
9. S.N.Sapali,Refrigeration and Air conditioning ,published by asoke K.Ghosh,PHI Learning Private Limited,
4. Air conditioning, New Age International (P) Ltd, New Delhi, 2010
Second edition 2014
5. Roy J. Dossat, Principles of Refrigeration, Pearson Education Asia, 4th edition, 2001
10. Ml Mathur Fs Mehta, Refrigerant & Psychrometric Properties Tables & Charts,Published by Jain Brothers,2010

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,
SLO – Session Learning Outcome

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
Dr P.Balachander Assistant Professor Thermal Sciences Block Refrigeration &
1. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in, Air Conditioning Department of Mechanical Engineering, College of Engineering, Mr.J.Thavamani Assistant Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering
rkpearls@yahoo.com Guindy campus, Anna University, Chennai-600025 SRM IST Email: thavamani.j@ktr.srmuniv.ac.in
Email:p_balachander@annauniv.edu
Mr. K. LAKSHMIKANTH M.E (Refrigeration and Air conditioning system)
Mr. D. kathirkaman Assistant Professor Department of Mechanical
2. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in MANAGER Frick India Limited Seshadri Puram, Bangalore - 560020
Engineering SRM IST Email: kathirkaman.d@ktr.srmuniv.ac.in
Email:bng@frickmail.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1631
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE342T INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
18MEC101T,18MEC102T NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : familiarizewith the I.C.enginebasics, analyze the ideal cycles and performance characteristics 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Study about carburetors, fuel injection systems, ignition, lubrication and cooling systems.

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Understand the combustion in S.I. engines, combustion chambers and knocking phenomena

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Understand the combustion in C.I. engine, diesel combustion chambers and abnormal combustion;

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Study about the emissions from the I.C. engines, alternative fuels and new combustion concepts

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Understand the design principles of I.C. engines

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Performance calculations of I.C. engines, Interpret the ideal and fuel-air cycles; performance maps 1,2&3 90 80 H H H H L L M M H M
CLO-2 : Evaluate the functioning of various auxiliary systems 1&2 90 80 H H H M M L M M H M
CLO-3 : Analyze SI engine combustion, knocking and the design principles of combustion chamber. 1&2 90 80 H H M H M L M M H M
CLO-4 : Analyze CI engine combustion, design principles of combustion chamber and abnormal combustion 1&2 90 80 H H M H M L M M H M
CLO-5 : Recognize the need for reducing the emission from I.C. engines, and alternate fuels 1&2 90 80 H M M H H M H M H M
CLO-6 : Evaluate the performance, combustion and emissions of I.C. engines from thermodynamic principles 1,2&3 90 80 H H M M M M H M H M

Performance of I.C. Engines Engine Auxiliary systems Combustion in S.I. Engines Combustion in C.I. Engines Emissions and Alternative fuels
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Engine operating cycle, terminology and Carburation, mixture requirements at Combustion in spark ignition engines, Combustion in Compression Ignition Air pollution due to IC engines, Emissions
S-1 SLO-1 components, four stroke and two stroke different loads and speeds, simple Stages of combustion in SI engine, flame engines, Stages of combustion in CI standards, hydrocarbon and CO
engines and their comparison carburetor front propagation engines, emissions,
Operation of SI and CI engines, their p-v
Analysis of cylinder pressure data and Oxides of nitrogen and soot, aldehydes,
S-2 SLO-1 diagrams and comparison, classifications Problems on simple carburetor Analysis of cylinder pressure data
heat-release analysis sulphur, lead and phosphorus emissions
and applications IC engines,
Volumetric efficiency, and its variation with
Functional requirements and classification Exhaust gas recirculation and catalytic
S-3 SLO-1 respect to engine speed, supercharging Factors influencing the flame speed, Factors affecting the delay period
of an injection systems, injection pump converter
and turbocharging of engines
First law applied to engine, thermal, Basics of fuel sprays: Fuel flow rate
Nozzle types, EFI systems: MPFI, PFI, Rate of pressure riseAbnormal Basics of selective catalyst reduction,
S-4 SLO-1 mechanical efficiencies, pumping work, through injector nozzle, Overall spray
GDI combustion, knocking in SI engines, diesel particulate filter
mean effective pressure structure
Functional requirements of ignition Flame ionization detector, non-dispersive
S-5 SLO-1 Engine parameter measurements. Effect of engine variables on engine knock Atomization and spray penetration
systems, Battery ignition system infrared detector
magneto ignition system, Ignition timing Phenomenon of knock in CI engines, Chemiluminescence analyzer, smoke
S-6 SLO-1 Problems on engine performance. Combustion chambers for SI engines
and engine parameters comparison of knock in CI and SI engine types, Bosch smoke meter

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1632
Functional requirements of lubrication
Smooth engine operation, High power Combustion chambers for CI engine: Fuels for IC engines: Liquid fuels: Alcohol,
S-7 SLO-1 Concept of heat balance and problems system, properties of lubricants, mist
output and thermal efficiency Direct injection engines methanol, ethanol, vegetable oil
lubrication system
Gasoline Direct Injection (GDI) Engines:
Review of ideal cycles and fuel-air cycles Bio diesel advantages and disadvantages;
S-8 SLO-1 Wet and dry sump lubrication system Concept of hybrid electric drive trains Direct injection Vs port injection,
significance Gaseous fuels: CNG, LPG, Hydrogen
classification of GDI eninges
Liquid and air cooling systems, properties Spray, wall and air guided combustion Advanced concepts: Stratified charge and
S-9 SLO-1 Engine performance characteristics Architectures of hybrid electric drive trains
of the coolant and antifreeze solutions systems for GDI engines HCCI engines

1. Ganesan. V, “Internal Combustion Engines”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2015 5. Sharma, M.L., and Mathur R.P., “A Course in Internal Combustion Engines” DhanpantRai& Sons,
2. Heywood, J.B., “Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals”, McGraw-Hill International, New York, New Delhi, 2014.
Learning 2017 6. Fuquan Zhao, David L.Harrington and Ming-Chia D. Lai, “Automotive Gasoline Direct-Injection
Resources 3. Ramalingam, K.K., “Internal Combustion Engines-Theory and Practice”, SciTech Publications India Systems”, SAE International Publisher, 2002
Pvt Ltd, Chennai 2016. 7. Mehrdad Ehsani, Yimin Gao, Stefano Longo and Kambiz Ebrahimi “Modern Electric, Hybrid Electric
4. Thipse, S.S., “Internal Combustion Engines”, Jaico Publication House, 2010. and Fuel Cell Vehhicles”, CRC Press, 2018

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,
SLO – Session Learning Outcome

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
K. SaratChander Prasad, Sr. Lead Engineer, Mahindra & Mahindra Pvt Ltd Dr. ShamitBakshi, Professor, Indian Institute of Technology Madras Dr. D. Siva Krishna Reddy, Assistant Professor, SRM IST
Ramesh K.J., Kistler, Product Manager, Instruments India Pvt Ltd Dr. Maha Lakshmi, Professor, Anna University Dr. G. Balaji, Associate Professor, SRM IST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1633
Course Course L T P C
18MEE343T ELEMENTS OF SPACE TECHNOLOGY Course Category E Professional Elective
Code Name 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
NIL NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Develop a basic knowledge on earth's atmosphere. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Learn the different orbit bodies. & Understand the aspects of satellite injection.

Design & Development


CLR-2 :

Project Mgt. & Finance


Expected Proficiency

Expected Attainment

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-3 : Know the interplanetary and missile trajectories and materials for Spacecraft.

Life Long Learning


Individual & Team
Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
Level of Thinking

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
Engineering
Knowledge

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
(Bloom)
Course Learning

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:

Work
Outcomes (CLO):

(%)

(%)
CLO-1 : Develop a basic knowledge on earth's atmosphere. 1&2 100 95 H
CLO-2 : Learn the different orbit bodies. & Understand the aspects of satellite injection. 1 100 95 H H H
CLO-3 : Know the interplanetary and missile trajectories and materials for Spacecraft. 1 100 95 H H

Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Introduction to Hypersonic Aerodynamics, thin
The Many body problem – Lagrange, General aspects of satellite injections
S-1 SLO-1 The solar system Two-dimensional interplanetary trajectories shock layers, Entropy layer, Viscous interaction,
Jacobi identity The
High temperature flow, Low density flow.
The circular restricted three body Launch Phase, The Orbit Injection High temperature gas dynamics- Importance of
S-2 SLO-1 Reference frames and coordinate systems Fast interplanetary trajectories
problem Phase high temperature flows.
Three dimensional interplanetary trajectories
S-3 SLO-1 Motion in Acceleration Reference Frames Libration points Satellite orbit transfer - Various cases Atmospheric entry of blunt nosed body.
Launch of interplanetary spacecraft
Relative Motion in the N-body
S-4 SLO-1 The celestial sphere Orbit deviations due to injection errors Trajectory Characteristics Spacecraft acoustics and shock loads
problem
Special and general perturbations -
S-5 SLO-1 The ecliptic, Motion of vernal equinox The two body problem Trajectory about the target plant.6 Thermal environment and Thermal Balance
Cowell's Method ,
Satellite orbits ,Relations between
S-6 SLO-1 Precession and Equatorial Coordinates Encke's method The boost phase, The ballistic phase Thermal analysis and Thermal design
position and time
Thermal active & passive control and thermal
S-7 SLO-1 Sidereal time, Solar time, Standard time Orbital elements. Cowell's Method , Trajectory geometry - Optimal flights
control coatings.
Parameters used to describe the Method of variations of orbital
S-8 SLO-1 The earth's atmosphere. Time of flight, Reentry phase Requirements and material selection
orientation in space elements
Troposphere, Stratosphere, Mesosphere, The position of the impact point , Influence
S-9 SLO-1 Examples of orbits General perturbations approach. Spacecraft materials and composite materials.
Thermosphere,& Exosphere coefficients

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1634
1. Sutton. G.P, “Rocket Propulsion Elements”, 7th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, NewYork, 2011
Learning 4. Parker.E.R, “Materials for Missiles and Spacecraft”, McGraw Hill Book Co., NewYork, 2000.
2. Cornelisse.J.W, “Rocket Propulsion and Space Dynamics”, W.H. Freeman & Co., New York, 2005
Resources 5. Ramamurthi. K, “Rocket Propulsion”, MacmillanPublishers India Ltd. 2010.
3. Rudolph X. Meyer., “Elements of Space Technology”, Academic press, London, 2003.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,
SLO – Session Learning Outcome

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in, Mr. P.Udayakumar Assistant Professor (O.G) Department of Mechanical
Dr.Raju Abraham, Scientist –F, National Institute of Ocean Technology Chennai – 600 100
rkpearls@yahoo.com Engineering SRM IST
Dr. R.Velraj, Professor, Institute for Energy Studies, Anna University, Chennai, India -
2. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Dr. M. Cheralathan, SRMIST
600025

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1635
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE344T ENERGY ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
NIL NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Understand Environmental aspects of energy utilization. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand Energy conservation concepts.

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge
CLR-3 : Understand concepts of energy savings in various thermal systems.

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Energy management techniques

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5: Energy economics concepts

Communication
Environment &
CLR-6: Know about the importance of energy management systems and its utilization.

Sustainability
Research

PSO - 1

PSO - 2

PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Recognize the importance of energy usage as per the requirements 1&2 90 80 H L L L L M H M L
CLO-2 : Acquire knowledge on the energy conservations and acts 1&2 90 80 H L L L L M H M M L
CLO-3 : Knowledge of the working of various heat exchangers and various energy storage systems. 1&2 90 80 H L L L L L H L L
CLO-4 : Recognize the cost involved for energy systems 1,2&3 90 80 H L L L L L M M H M H
CLO-5: Implementation of energy management systems in industries 1,2&3 90 80 H L L L L L M M H M H
CLO-6: Get the knowledge about the various energy sources and its management systems 1,2&3 90 80 H L L L L L H M H H L

Energy And Environment Energy Conservation Energy Savings In Thermal Systems Energy Management Energy Economics
Duration (hour) 09 09 09 09 09
Introduction to engineering
S-1 SLO-1 Introduction to Energy and Environment Introduction to energy conservation Fuels and its consumption Energy management principles.
economics
Costing techniques in energy
S-2 SLO-1 Represent World energy consumption Energy conservation schemes Energy savings in Boiler. Energy resource management.
engineering
SLO-1 Effect of Greenhouse gases Industrial energy conservation methods Firing methodology in boilers Energy management levels. Cost factors
S-3
SLO-2 Global warming Break even analysis
Energy management information Cost optimization for energy
SLO-1 Renewable energy sources Energy surveying for industries. Waste heat recovery systems
S-4 systems. engineering techniques
SLO-2 Energy auditing for industries. Optimal target investment schedule
S-5 SLO-1 Environment aspects utilization Energy index and cost Energy saving system in HVAC Energy instrumentation. Financial appraisal and profitability
Energy conservation in engineering and Energy measurement in energy
S-6 SLO-1 Energy prices Energy savings in Refrigeration systems Investment decisions
process industry management
Simple case study of energy auditing in
SLO-1 World energy reserves Energy Storage systems Energy management Techniques. Method of investment appraisal
S-7 process industries
SLO-2 Discounted cash flow

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1636
Energy saving methodologies by using Summary investment appraisal
SLO-1 World energy polices Energy conservation in Buildings Computerized energy management
S-8 Insulated pipe work systems techniques
SLO-2 Optimization with one variable
The energy future and the role of renewable
S-9 SLO-1 Concept of Green building Heat exchangers Importance of energy management Optimization with multiple variable.
energy

1. Murphy.W.R and McKay G, “Energy Management”, Butterworths, London, 2007. 5. Callaghan.P.W.O, “Design and Management for Energy Conservation”, Pergamon Press, Oxford,
2. Reay.D.A, “Industrial Energy Conservation”, Pergamon Press, 2003. 2003.
Learning
3. Steve Doty, Wayne C. Turner, “Energy Management Handbook”, Fairmont Press, 7th edition, 2009. 6. Hamies, “Energy Auditing and Conservation; Methods”, Measurements, Management and Case
Resources
4. Barney L. Capehart, Wayne C. Turner, William J. Kennedy, “Guide to Energy Management”, The study”, Hemisphere, 2003.
Faimont Press, 6th edition, 2008. 7. Trivedi.P.R and Jolka.K.R, “Energy Management”, Common Wealth Publication, 2002.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, Dr.M.VENKATA RAMANAN Professor Institute for Energy Studies S.PANNEERSELVAM Department of Mechanical Engineering SRM IST Email:
r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in venkat@annauniv.edu panneerselvam.s@ktr.srmuniv.ac.in
2. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi,
Dr.S.KUMAR MRT TNEB CHENNAI. Dr. M. Cheralathan, SRMIST
velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1637
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE345T TURBOMACHINES E Professional elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
18MEC102T NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Understand the basic flow concepts in turbo machines 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the performance of centrifugal flow machines.

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Understand the performance of axial flow machines

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Familiarize the performance of axial flow turbines

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Know the Working and performance of hydraulic turbines.

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Understand the performance and design of turbomachines.

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Acquire the knowledge on basic flow concepts in turbomachines. 1& 2 90 85 H M - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-2 : Appreciate the working and performance of centrifugal flow machines. 1& 2 90 85 H H - M - - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-3 : Analyze the working and performance of axial flow machines. 1&2 90 85 H H - M - - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-4 : Recognize the working and performance of axial flow turbines 1&2 90 85 H H - M - - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-5 : Analyze the working and performance of hydraulic turbines. 1&2 90 85 H H - M - - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-6 : Acquire the knowledge on performance and design of turbomachines. 1&2 90 85 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Basic flow concepts in turbomachines Centrifugal flow machines Axial flow machines Axial flow turbines Hydraulic turbines
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Aero-Thermodynamics of flow through an
Definition, classification and stages of Fans - different impeller sizes, shapes, Introduction:Turbinestage: Turbine blade 2-D Pelton turbine- impulse wheel, single jet
S-1 SLO-1 Axial flow Compressor stage.Blade
turbo machines blade angles, speed and construction (cascade)analysis Work done. and multiple jet units
profile, lift and drag coefficients
Estimation of specific work for Compressors - brief introduction to two-
Blade shape, blade Velocity triangles at inlet and exit of
S-2 SLO-1 incompressible and compressible flow dimensional cascade and its application Degree of reaction; Losses and Efficiency.
number,designcalculations buckets
machines to design
Internal and external losses, various Performance calculations considering
S-3 SLO-1 Performance in series and parallel
efficiencies losses in the nozzle and buckets
Flow deflection and stagnation pressure Flowpassage:Subsonic, transonic and
Compressor - slip, inducers, designs Francis turbine - reaction, impeller
Representation of specific work on T-s loss across blade rows supersonic turbines,Multi-staging of Turbine.
S-4 SLO-1 without inducer but with inlet guide vanes shapes for different shape
and h-s diagrams
(IGV) Numbers/heads
Calculations on impeller dimensions,
Velocity triangles - centrifugal and axial
S-5 SLO-1 problems with inducer and IGV's - blade Exit flow conditions:Turbine cooling blade angles and performance using
flow machine impellers Expression for pressure rise coefficient in
angles,temperature rise and static velocity triangles, draft tubes
terms of flow angles and loss coefficient
Euler’s energy equation across the pressure rise across the impeller
S-6 SLO-1 Turbine blade design
impeller as applicable to all machines,

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1638
Turbine profiles, Testing of turbine - test rigs - Kaplan / Propeller Turbine - reaction,
Vaned and vaneless diffuser and volute Design of impeller blades for free vortex
S-7 SLO-1 Slip and its estimation standard instrumentation- operational impeller (adjustable and fixed) blades
casing.Surging; Chocking; Rotating stall and forced vortex
characteristics and guide blades
S-8 SLO-1 Degree of reaction Pump - system head, priming of pumps,
net positive suction head, minimum Calculation of performance using velocity
Design and performance calculations.
starting speed and cavitations.Testing of triangles / blade angles at different radii
Blade angles and their effects, Stall and surgephenomenon. Noise Airfoil data and Profile construction.
S-9 SLO-1 pumps - test rigs – standard for free vortex flow, its suitability for low
calculations considering slip. problem in Axial Compressorsand Fans.
instrumentation- operational heads
characteristics

1. .Gopalakrishnan.G, PrithviRaj.D, “Treatise on Turbomachines”, 1st Edition, Chennai, 4. .Dixon.S.L, “Fluid mechanics and Thermodynamics of Turbomachinery”, 5th edition,
Learning SciTechPublications, 2006. ElsevierButterworth Heinemann, 2005.
Resources 2. .Seppo A. Korpela., “Priniciple of Turbomachinery”, John Wiley and Sons Ltd, 2012. 5. .Venkanna. B.K, “Fundamentals of Turbomachinery”, 4th Edition, New Delhi, PHI Learning
3. .Yahya.S.M, “Turbines, Fans and Compressors”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 2010. Pvt. Ltd,2011.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
Dr.RavindranS,Professor,Hindustan University Padur,Chennai E-mail: Mr. N. Vijay Krishna Assistant Professor (O.G) Department of Mechanical
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in
drravimepco@gmail.com Engineering SRM IST Email: vijaykrishna.n@ktr.srmuniv.ac.in
Vanjeswaran MN, Engineer. Tata Steels Ltd, Jamshedpur Mr. P. Sudhakar Assistant Professor(S.G) Department of Mechanical
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in
Email:mechvanje@gmail.com Engineering SRM IST Email: sudhakar.p@ktr.srmuniv.ac.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1639
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE346T THERMAL POWER SYSTEMS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite
NIL Co-requisite Courses NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Know the functions of various auxiliary combustion equipment's. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the various Thermal power systems.

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge
CLR-3 : Analyze the performance of boiler and condenser. Familiarize with operation of cooling towers.

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Familiarize with operation of Nuclear, Diesel and Gas turbine power plants.

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Know the power plant economics.

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
Research

PSO - 1

PSO - 2

PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Familiarize with the combustion equipment of Thermal power plants. 12 90 80 H
CLO-2 : Familiarize with the Boilers, accessories and mountings in thermal power system. 12 90 80 H H M
CLO-3 : Familiarize with the working principle of cooling tower and condensers 12 90 80 H H
CLO-4 : Familiarize with the working principle of Nuclear power plant and Diesel power plant. 12 90 80 H M
CLO-5 : Familiarize with economics in power plant 12 90 80 H L

Nuclear, Diesel And Gas Turbine


Fuel Combustion Thermal Power Performance Of Thermal Power System Power Plant Economics
Power Plants
Duration (hour) 09 09 09 09 09
equipmentIntroduction to power plant-Layout
SLO-1 Systems classification of steam generators. Selectionof Boilers Fuels for Nuclear power plants Power load factor
S-1 of Thermal power plant
SLO-2 Combustion equipment's and its types. Moderator for Nuclear power plants Utilization factor
SLO-1 Solid fuel firing method Working principle of high pressure boilers Boiler capacity rating Control rods for Nuclear power plants Power plant cost economics
S-2
SLO-2 Coolants for Nuclear power plant.
SLO-1 Classification and working of stokers Working principle of high pressure boilers Boiler testing and performance Types of Nuclear reactor Tariff rates for electricity
S-3
SLO-2 Boiler Energy Balance
SLO-1 Fuel and ash handling system Working principle of supercritical boilers Condenser design factors Boiling water reactor Demand changes for electricity
S-4
SLO-2 Pressurized water reactor. Load distribution
Air removal rate and performance of Effect of Variable load on plant
SLO-1 Working principle of draft system its type Working of fluidized bed boilers. Radiation hazards
S-5 condenser design
SLO-2 Radioactive waste disposal. Energy conservation in power plant
Heat recovery equipmments: Economiser,
SLO-1 Boiler mountings Cooling towers range and Classification of Diesel power plant Energy audit in power plant
S-6 preheaters and reheaters
SLO-2
S-7 SLO-1 Types of superheaters Boiler accessories Cooling towers approach Components of Diesel power plant Maintenance aspects of power plant

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1640
SLO-2 Types of desuperheaters. Feed water Treatment Selection of Engine type.
SLO-1 Emission control methods-Flue gas cleaning Working of Condensers Cooling towers load and performance Closed cycle Gas Turbine plant Maintenance aspects of power plant
S-8 Types of Condensers. Factors affecting
SLO-2 Open cycle gas turbine plant.
condenser. Theory and Design of Condenser
Particulate and gaseous emission control
SLO-1 Working of cooling towers. Selections of condenser and cooling towers. Combined power cycles. Natural and global energy scenario.
methods.
S-9
Types of cooling towers.Factors affecting
SLO-2
cooling Tower

1. El Wakil MM "Power plant Technology" McGraw Hill Inc 2010. 4. Arora S C and Domkundwar S "Power plant Engineering",DhanapatRai& sons, New Delhi,
Learning Resources 2. Nag P K " Power plant Engineering” Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 4th Edition, 2014 2015
3. Ramalingam K K "Power plant engineering", Scitech publications Pvt Ltd, 2015 5. Rai G D " Non-Conventional Energy sources, "Khanna publishers, 5thEdition, New Delhi, 2014

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
Dr. K Karuppasamy Assistant Professor Department of Mechanical Engineering Mr. S.Malarmannan Assistant Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragirir_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in
Anna University Regional Campus Tirunelveli - 627 007 SRM IST Email: malarmannan.s@ktr.srmuniv.ac.in
D.Ramesh Kumar, Shin Thermo Dynamic Engineering Private Limited Chennai-600 Dr. M. Cheralathan Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering SRM IST
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in
002 Phone:9445534340 Email: ramesh@shinthermo.co.in Email: cheralathan.m@ktr.srmuniv.ac.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1641
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE347T SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


18MEC101T-Thermodynamics NIL NIL
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : be familiar with basics of solar radiation 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : understand the working of solar collectors

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge
CLR-3 : be familiar with the solar thermal energy systems and their applications

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : understand the solar thermal energy storage and solar cooling systems

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : be familiar with the solar photovoltaic energy conversion systems

Communication
Environment &
CLR-6 : be familiar with the solar energy conversion systems

Sustainability
Research

PSO - 1

PSO - 2

PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : understand the fundamentals of solar radiation 1,2 90 80 H M M H
CLO-2 : understand the basic principles of solar collector systems 1,2 90 80 H H H
CLO-3 : analyze and design solar thermal energy systems 1,2,3 90 80 H M H L H H
CLO-4 : acquire knowledge on solar thermal energy storage and solar cooling systems 1,2 90 80 H H M H H
CLO-5 : acquire knowledge and analyze solar photovoltaic energy conversion systems 1,2,3 90 80 H M M H H
CLO-6 : acquire knowledge on solar energy conversion systems 1,2,3 90 80 H H L M H

Solar Thermal Energy Storage and


Solar Radiation Solar Thermal Collectors Design of Solar Thermal Systems Solar Photovoltaic Energy Conversion
Solar Cooling
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Photovoltaic effect , advantages and
The sun and the earth, electromagnetic Cassification of solar collectors and solar flat Need for solar thermal energy
S-1 SLO-1 disadvantages of solarphotovoltaic technology
spectrum plate collectors Design of solar flat plate collector storage
and classification,
systems
Sensibleand latent heat storage, its Semiconductors, p-n junction, photo generation
S-2 SLO-1 Laws of thermal radiation Solar evacuated tube collectors
advantages and disadvantages of charge carriers
Solar radiation:beam and diffuse Advantages and disadvantages of Problems on solar flat plate collector
S-3 SLO-1 Stratified thermal energy storage I-V characteristics of solar cell
radiations, terrestrial radiation concentrators over flat plate collectors systems
Solar concentrators and receiver Design of solar active systems using f- PCM based solar thermal energy
S-4 SLO-1 Sun and earth geometry Losses in solar cells and solar module
geometries, concentrationratio chart method storage
Compound parabolic concentrators, fresnel Selection of latent heat storage Maximum power point tracking in solar
S-5 SLO-1 Solar angles Design of solar cooker
lens collectors materials photovoltaic system
Solar parabolic concentrators: trough Solar cooling systems and its
S-6 SLO-1 Sunrise, sunset and day length Solar air heater and solar dryer Photovoltaic modules in series and parallel
systems advantages
Vapour compression refrigeration
S-7 SLO-1 Solar radiation on tilted surfaces Solar parabolic concentrators: dish systems Solar desalination: types, and operation Concentrated photovoltaic cells
systems and its solar operation

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1642
Measurement of solar radiation: Solar pond: types, principles and Temperature dependencies and multi junction
S-8 SLO-1 Solar central receiver system Vapour absorption cooling systems
pyranometer applications solar cells
Measurementof solar radiation: Solar collector orientation and sun tracking Solar thermal power plants and solar Solar thermoelectric cooling Grid connected and standalone photovoltaic
S-9 SLO-1
pyrheliometer, sunshinerecorder systems furnace systems system

1. Duffie.J.A, &Beckman.W.A, "Solar Engineering of Thermal Processes", 3ro Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,2006 6. Yogi Goswami.D, Frank Kreith, Jan F.Kreider, "Principle of solar engineering", Taylor and
2. Sukhatme.K, Suhas P. Sukhatme, "Solar energy: Principles of thermal collection and storage", Tata McGraw Francis, 2nd Edition, 2000.
Learning 3. Hill publishing Co. Ltd, 8th Edition, 2011. 7. Chetan Singh Solanki, "Solar Photovoltaic technology and systems: A manual for Technicians,
Resources 4. Green MA. Solar cells: operating principles, technology, and system applications. Englewood Cliffs, NJ, Prentice- Trainers and
Hall, Inc., 2009. a. Engineers", PHI Learning private limited, 2013.
5. Garg. H.P, Prakash.J, "Solar energy fundamentals and applications", Tata McGraw Hill publishing Co. Ltd, 2006. 8. G. N. Tiwari and M. K. Ghosal, “Renewable Energy Applications”, Narosa Publications, 2004.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
Dr. G Kumaresan Associate ProfessorInstitute for Energy StudiesCollege of Dr. S. Manikandan Research Assistant Professor,Department of Mechanical
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in
Engineering Guindy Anna UniversityE-Mail : gkumaresan@annauniv.edu Engineering SRM IST Email: maniandan.su@ktr.srmuniv.ac.in
Mr. SAI SANTHOSH SOMASUNDARAM Senior Designer – Solar Easi
Mr. Joji Johnson Assistant Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Engineering Chennai, Tamil Nadu, India E-Mail :
SRM IST Email: joji.j@ktr.srmuniv.ac.in
saisanthoshsomasundaram@gmail.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1643
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE348T GAS TURBINE TECHNOLOGY E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
NIL NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Approved Gas Tables are permitted

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Familiarize the functions of components of gas turbine. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Analyze the power cycles for optimum thermal performance.

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-3 : Understand axial flow compressor characteristics.

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-4 : Understand combustion systems and axial flow turbine operation

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Familiar with the performance predictions.

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6: Familiar with gas turbine technologies and their performances

Research

PSO - 1

PSO - 2

PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Appreciate the functions of components of gas turbine. 1& 2 90 80 H - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-2 : Appreciate the analysis knowledge of the power cycles for optimum thermal performance. 1,2,3 90 80 H H H - - - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-3 : Appreciate the understanding of the axial flow compressor characteristics. 1,2, 3 90 80 H H H - - - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-4 : Appreciate the understanding of the combustion systems and axial flow turbine operation 1,2,3 90 80 H H H - - - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-5 : Appreciate the familiarity with the performance predictions of gas turbines. 1,2,3 90 80 H H H L L - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-6 : Appreciate the familiarity with gas turbine technologies and their performances 1,2,3 90 80 H H H L L - - - - - - - - - -

Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Centrifugal compressor, Principle of
Ideal cycle operation and thermal Prediction performance of gas turbines
S-1 SLO-1 Definition, classification of gas turbines operation, work done. Pressure rise and Operation requirements
performance component characteristics
the diffuser
Open cycle single shaft and twin shaft type of combustion – Factors affecting
Methods of determining component Compressibility effects, Non dimensional Off design operation and its relative
S-2 SLO-1 multi speed arrangement, Closed cycle, combustion process, Combustion
losses quantities performance
aircraft propulsion chamber performance
Design point performance calculations,
Gas turbine components and their Different types of combustion chambers
S-3 SLO-1 Comparative performance of actual and Equilibrium running of gas generator
description and their relative merits and demerits
practical cycles. Computerized design procedure. Axial
Analysis of polytropic efficiency flow compressor basic operation Off design operation of free turbine –
Representation of specific work on T-s Turbine construction – Performance,
S-4 SLO-1 (Infinitesimal stage efficiency) of a gas Methods of displacing of the equilibrium
and h-s diagrams Impeller blade fixing
turbine and Velocity triangles running line
Cooling of turbine blades – Blade
S-5 SLO-1 Comparison of steam and gas turbines Incorporation of variable pressure losses
Closed cycle gas turbine and Combined Elementary theory, Factors effecting vibration
Applications of gas turbine in various cycle and Cogeneration schemes, stage pressure ratio, Blockage in
Protective coating – Gas turbine turbo Matching procedure for two spool engines
S-6 SLO-1 fields.Industrial applications of gas Integrated gasification combined cycle. compressor annulus
chargers - Power expanders – Principle of control systems.
turbines.

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1644
Degree of reaction, Blade fixing details,
Gas Turbine in Co- Generation - HeatReheat, intercooling and Regenerator
S-7 SLO-1 Sealing materials, Material selection for
recovery and steam generation scheme.
cycles for improved thermal performance.
compressor blades, Stage performance
S-8 SLO-1 Gas turbine fuels and their properties Optimum pressure ratio for maximum
Factors influence the gas turbine
Environmental issues related to the thermal efficiency, work ratio, air rate, Design and off design performance Vortex theory – Estimation of stage
performance and the improvement
S-9 SLO-1 operation and maintenance, Future of gas effect of operating variables on thermal characteristics. performance.
methods.
turbine engines and the new possibilities efficiency, work ratio, and air rate

6. Gopalakrishnan.G, Prithvi Raj D, “Treatise on Turbomachines”, 1st Edition, Chennai, SciTech


1. Ganesan.V, “Gas Turbines”, Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 2010.
Publications, 2006.
2. Mattingly.J.D, “Elements of Propulsion: Gas turbines and Rockets”, McGraw Hill, 2012
7. Horlock.J.H, “Advanced Gas Turbine Cycles”, Elsevier Science Ltd, 2003.
Learning 3. Yahya S.M, “Turbines, Fans and Compressors”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 2010.
8. Venkanna.B.K, “Fundamentals of Turbomachinery”, 4th Edition, New Delhi, PHI Learning Pvt.
Resources 4. Irwin E. Treager, ‘Gas Turbine Engine Technology ‘, Mc Graw Hill Education,3rd edition, 2013.
Ltd, 2011.
5. Saravanamuttoo. H.I.H, Rogers.G.F.C, Henry Cohen, “Gas Turbine Theory”,Pearson Prentice Hall, 6th
9. Yahya.S.M, “Gas Tables for compressible flow calculations”, New Age International (P) Ltd,
Edition, 2009.
NewDelhi, 6th Edition, 2011

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
Dr. R. Senthil Associate Professor Department of Mechanical
Dr.K. Karunamurthy, Associate Professor, School of Mechanical and Building
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in Engineering SRM IST. Kattankulathur Campus. Email:
Sciences, VIT, Chennai. Email: karunamurthy.k@vit.ac.in
senthil.r@ktr.srmuniv.ac.in
Mr.M.Periyasamy Chief Manager, NLC Limited, Neyveli.Tamil Nadu Email: Dr. M. Cheralathan Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in
mpsamy34912@gmail.com SRM IST Email: cheralathan.m@ktr.srmuniv.ac.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1645
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE349T SOLAR ENERGY UTILIZATION E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
NIL NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Be familiar with basics of solar radiation data and its measurement 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Be familiar with construction and operation of solar thermal energy systems

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Understand the operation of solar thermal power plants

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Be familiar with basics and design of solar photovoltaic systems

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-5 : Be exposed to the concept solar architecture in buildings and green buildings

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
Be familiar with solar energy concepts and various applications of solar energy like thermal systems, photovoltaic systems and building

Communication
CLR-6 :
architecture

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand solar radiation, solar angles and recognize and analyze the working of solar radiation measuring instruments 1&2 85 75 H M H H
CLO-2 : Understand the components and working of low temperature solar thermal systems 1 85 75 M M H M H
CLO-3 : Acquire knowledge on basic components and working of concentrated solar thermal systems for power generation 1 85 75 M M H M H
CLO-4 : Comprehend the solar cell working and manufacturing and can design a solar system for buildings 1&2 85 75 M M M H M H
CLO-5 : Recognize the various solar architecture in buildings and gain a basic knowledge in green buildings 1 85 75 M L H M H
Understand solar radiation and its seasonal variations along with understanding of the practical application of solar energy powered systems
CLO-6 : 1 85 75 M H M H
in the three main domains of thermal, photovoltaic and building architecture

Solar Radiation and its


Low Temperature Systems High Temperature systems Photovoltaics Solar Systems for Buildings
measurement
Duration (hour) 18 18 18 18 18
The Sun and the Earth, Solar concentrators and receiver Photovoltaic effect, Classification, Advantages and Need for passive architecture,
S-1 SLO-1 Solar flat plate collectors
Electromagnetic spectrum geometries, Concentration ratio disadvantages of Solar photovoltaic technology Thermal comfort
SLO-1 Laws of radiation Advantages and disadvantages of
Basic design of solar flat plate collectors, Semiconductors, p-n junction, Photo generation of Sun’s motion, Orientation and
S-2 Solar radiation: beam and diffuse concentrated collectors over non-
SLO-2 example problems charge carriers design of buildings
radiations, Terrestrial radiation concentrated collectors
Thermal capacity, Sensible and
Depletion of Solar radiation in Photovoltaic cell manufacture: Czochralski, Zone
S-3 SLO-1 Solar evacuated tube collectors Rankine power cycle latent heat storage in
atmosphere refining and ribbon growth
buildings, Insulation
Domestic hot water systems: Integral collector
Compound parabolic concentrators, Solar Passive architecture :
S-4 SLO-1 storage, Thermosiphon system, Drain back I-V characteristics of solar cell
Fresnel lens collectors Heating of Buildings
Solar angles, example problems system, Drain down system, Anti-freeze system
Solar parabolic concentrators: trough Solar Passive architecture :
S-5 SLO-1 Solar Cooker : Box type and Dish type Losses in solar cell
system Cooling of Buildings
Sunrise, sunset and day length, Air conditioning : Solar vapour
S-6 SLO-1 Solar Cooking application problems Solar parabolic concentrators: dish system Solar Module manufacturing
example problems compression refrigeration system

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1646
Photovoltaic system for power generation : Air conditioning : Solar vapour
S-7 SLO-1 Solar radiation on tilted surfaces Solar air heater, Solar dryer and its types Central receiver plant / Power tower
Standalone system and grid connected system absorption refrigeration system
Measurement of solar radiation: Solar desalination, solar still design, example Solar furnaces: types, principle and
S-8 SLO-1
Pyranometer problems application Photovoltaic system design for a building: DC system Green buildings, Zero energy
Measurement of solar radiation: and AC system, example problems buildings, Rating systems
S-9 SLO-1 Solar Pond: types, principle and application Orientation and sun tracking systems
Pyrheliometer, Sunshine Recorder

1. Duffie.J.A, &Beckman.W.A, “Solar Engineering of Thermal Processes”, 4th Edition, John Wiley & 6. Yogi Goswami.D, Frank Kreith, Jan F.Kreider, “Principle of solar engineering”, Taylor and Francis,
Sons, Inc., 2013. 2nd Edition, 2000. Andy Walker, "Solar Energy", John Wiley & Sons, 2013.
2. Sukhatme.K, Suhas P. Sukhatme, “Solar energy: Principles of thermal collection and storage”, Tata 7. Garg. H.P, Prakash.J, “Solar energy fundamentals and applications”, Tata McGraw Hill publishing
Learning McGraw Hill publishing Co. Ltd, 8th Edition, 2011. Co. Ltd, 2006.
Resources 3. Chetan Singh Solanki,“Solar Photovoltaic: Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications”, PHI 8. Tiwari.G.N, “Solar energy: Fundamentals, Design, Modeling and Applications”, Alpha Science
Learning private limited, 2015. International, Limited, 2013.
4. Jan F. Kreider, “The solar heating design process: active and passive systems, McGraw-Hill, 2007. 9. David A Bainbridge, Ken Haggard, “Passive solar architecture: Heating, Cooling, Ventilation and
5. G.D. Rai, “Solar Energy Utilisation”, Khanna Publishers, 5th Edition, 2014. more use of natural flows”, Chelsea Green Publishing, 2011.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
Dr. G Kumaresan Associate Professor Institute for Energy StudiesCollege of Mr. Joji Johnson Assistant Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragirir_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in
Engineering Guindy Anna University E-Mail : gkumaresan@annauniv.edu SRM ISTEmail: joji.j@ktr.srmuniv.ac.in
Mr. SAI SANTHOSH SOMASUNDARAM Senior Designer – Solar Easi
Dr. S. Manikandan Research Assistant Professor, Department of Mechanical
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi,velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Engineering Chennai, Tamil Nadu, IndiaE-Mail :
Engineering SRM IST Email: manikandan.su@ktr.srmuniv.ac.in
saisanthoshsomasundaram@gmail.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1647
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE350T GAS DYNAMICS AND SPACE PROPULSION E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


18MEC201T, 18MEC202T NIL NIL
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Gas Tables

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Familiarize the compressible fluid flow concepts 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the isentropic flow through variable area ducts and normal shocks.

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Familiarize with the oblique shock and expansion waves

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Understand the flow through constant area duct with friction and heat transfer

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Understand the aircraft and rocket propulsion

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Familiarize with the gas dynamics and space propulsion

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Analyse and evaluate the compressible flow problems 123 90 80 H H M
CLO-2 : Analyse and solve the engineering flow problems through the nozzles and diffusers with and without Normal shock. 123 90 80 H H M
CLO-3 : Analyse and solve problems related to oblique shock and expansion waves. 123 90 80 H H M
CLO-4 : Analyse and solve problems related to flow through constant area ducts with friction and heat transfer.. 123 90 80 H H M
CLO-5 : Analyse and evaluate the performance of Aircraft and Rocket Engines. 123 90 80 H H M
CLO-6 : Understand the gas dynamics and space propulsion. 123 90 80 H H M

Fundamentals of Compressible Flow Isentropic Flow Through Variable Area Ducts Oblique Shock And Expansion Flow Through Constant Area Ducts Aircraft and Rocket Propulsion
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
SLO-1 Energy equation for compressible fluid T-s and h-s diagrams for nozzles and Flow in constant area ducts with friction
Types of aircraft engines and Propulsion
S-1 Introduction and oblique shock relations
SLO-2 flow diffusers (Fanno flow), Fanno curves theory
SLO-1 Area ratio as a function of Mach number, Relation between wave angle and Performance of Turbojet, Turbofan
S-2 Stagnation state and Mach number Fanno flow equations,
SLO-2 Impulse function deflection angle ,Turboprop engines
SLO-1 Supersonic flow over a wedge and weak Ramjet and pulse jet engine –
S-3 Various regimes of flow Mass flow rate through nozzles and diffusers Variation of flow properties (no derivation)
SLO-2 oblique Shock construction and working.
SLO-1 Problems on Aircraft Engine
S-4 Reference velocities , Critical states Problems on variable area duct Problems on the oblique shock wave Variation of Mach number with duct length
SLO-2 Performance
SLO-1 Flow with normal shock – Development, Supersonic compression and expansion, Flow in constant area duct with heat
S-5 Problems on energy equations Types and applications of rocket engines
SLO-2 governing equations Prandtl-Meyer expansion transfer - Rayleigh line & curves
SLO-1 Equivalent of Bernoulli’s equation for Problems on Prandtl-Meyer expansion Solid ,Liquid and Hybrid propellant
S-6 Derivation of Prandtl – Meyer equation Rayleigh flow equations
SLO-2 compressible flow and compression rockets – construction and fuels-oxidizers
SLO-1 Variation of flow parameters -static pressure
Detached shock waves, reflection and
& temperature, density, stagnation pressure Variation of flow properties (no derivate
S-7 Effect of Mach number on compressibility intersection of shocks and expansion Performance of Rocket engines.
SLO-2 and entropy across the shock (no ion)
waves
derivations)
SLO-1 Velocity of sound and wave propagation- Impossibility of shock in subsonic flows, Problems on intersection of shocks and
S-8 Maximum heat transfer concept Problems on Rocket engines
SLO-2 subsonic, sonic and supersonic waves strength of a shock wave expansion waves

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1648
SLO-1 Underexpanded and overexpanded Tables and charts for Fanno flow and
S-9 Problems on energy equations Problems on Normal shock Types and applications of rocket engines
SLO-2 nozzles Rayleigh flow.

5. Robert.D.Zucker, “Oscar Biblarz, Fundamentals of Gas Dynamics”,John Wiley and Sons, 2nd edition, 2011.
1. Yahya.S.M, “Fundamentals of Compressible Flow with Aircraft and Rocket Propulsion”, New
6. Ascher H.Shapiro , ‘The dynamics and thermodynamics of compressible flow”,R.R.Kreiger Publishers, Volume
Age International (P) Ltd, New Delhi, 3rd edition, 2012.
Learning 2, 1983.
2. Radhakrishnan.E, “Gas Dynamics”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, 4th edition, 2012.
Resources Databook
3. Mattingly.J.D, “Elements of Propulsion: Gas turbines and Rockets”, McGraw Hill, 2012.
7. Yahya.S.M, “Gas Tables for compressible flow calculations”, New Age International (P) Ltd, New Delhi, 6th
4. Balachandran.P, “Fundamentals of compressible fluid dynamics”, PHI Learning, 2012
edition, 2011.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
Dr. R.Velraj, Professor, Institute for Energy Studies, Anna University, Chennai,
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri,r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in Dr. P.Chandrasekaran, Associate Professor, SRMIST
India - 600025
Dr.Raju Abraham, Scientist –F, National Institute of Ocean Technology
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Mr.G.Manigandaraja, Assistant Professor, SRMIST
Chennai – 600 100

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1649
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE441T COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
18MEC101T,18MEC105T Nil Progressive Courses Nil
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Be familiar with the basic governing equations of fluid mechanics and behavior of PDE. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Be familiar with the different discretization techniques

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Know the CFD solution techniques in compressible flow

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Be familiar with incompressible fluid flow problems solution techniques

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Be familiar with the basics of turbulence modeling.

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Be familiar to solve fluid flow problems

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand and apply basic governing equations to different problems. 1& 2 90 85 H H H H L M
CLO-2 : Choose and apply different discretization techniques in solving problems. 1 90 85 H H H H L H
CLO-3 : Choosing different solution techniques to solve numerical problems. 123 90 85 H H H L H
CLO-4 : Solving different incompressible flow problems with appropriate pressure correction and solution techniques. 123 90 85 H H H L H
CLO-5 : Apply turbulence modeling in solving high Reynolds number flows 1&2 90 85 H H H L H
CLO-6 : Choose and apply different discretization and solution techniques to solve fluid flow problems 123 90 85 H H H L H

Soluton Techniques And Numerical Finite Volume Method And Techniques For
Governing Equations Dicretisation Techniques Turbulence Modeling
Methods For Compressible Flow Incompressible Flow
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Introduction, various application of Solution techniques for linear system of
S-1 SLO 1 Discretization techniques and principles Introduction to finite volume method(FVM) Concept of boundary layer
computational fluid dynamics equations- Gauss elimination method.
Conservation and Non conservation form Discretization of one dimensional steady
Finite difference method – Forward, Numerical solution – Gauss Siedel and Tri- Laminar sub layer logarithmic layer
S-2 SLO 1 of governing equations. Models of fluid state heat conduction convection equation
Backward difference methods diagonal matrix algorithm Velocity defect law
flow using FVM
Finite difference method – central Numerical solution – Jacobie and Discretization of incompressible Naviers Concept of turbulence, Reynolds
S-3 SLO 1 Continuity equation derivation in all forms
difference methods relaxation techniques Stokes Equations using finite differences averaging
One dimensional steady state heat Solution techniques for ordinary differential
S-4 SLO 1 Momentum equation derivation Concept of staggered grid. Time average equations for turbulent flow
conduction problem -Explicit method equations, Linear multistep method
One dimensional steady state heat Predictor and corrector scheme – Boissuniq approximation method, Types of
S-5 SLO 1 Energy equation derivation Pressure correction method
conduction problem -Implicit method McCormack technique turbulence models –
Solution of supersonic flow through
Different types of boundary conditions –
Discretization of one dimensional wave converging-diverging nozzle with predictor SIMPLE algorithm and boundary Prandtl mixing length model, One-equation
S-6 SLO 1 Dirichlet, Neumann ,Cauchy and Robbins
equation and corrector method: Governing conditions models
boundary conditions with examples
equations
Classification of Partial differential Stability analysis of different equations, Solution of Couette flow using SIMPLE
S-7 SLO 1 Numerical method Two-equation models
equations –elliptic ,parabolic, hyperbolic consistency and convergence algorithm

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1650
Mathematical behavior of Partial
Boundary conditions, case set-up and Problems in Couette flow using SIMPLE Energy cascade mechanism in turbulent
S-8 SLO 1 differential equations - Elliptic ,Parabolic Problems on stability analysis
results algorithm flows
equation
Mathematical behavior of Partial Alternating direction implicit method and
Problems in supersonic flow through Comparison of merits and demerits of
S-9 SLO 1 differential equations - Hyperbolic Discussion on CFL condition application to unsteady two dimensional
converging-diverging nozzle different turbulent models
equations –well posed problems heat conduction

1. Anderson J.D., “Computational Fluid dynamics”, McGraw Hill Int., New York, 2010. 4. Muralidhar.K, and Sundararajan.T, “Computational Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer”, Narosa
Learning 2. Versteeg H.K., and Malalasekera W., An introduction to computational fluid dynamics, “The finite volume Publishing House, New Delhi, Second Edition, 2008.
Resources method”, Longman, 2007. 5. Ghoshdasdidar.P.S, “Computer simulation of fluid flow and heat transfer”, Tata McGraw Hill
3. Suhas.V. Patankar, “Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow”, Hemisphere Publishing Corporation, 2009. Publishing Company Ltd., 1998.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in Dr.R.Sivakumar ,Professor and Dean SMBS, VIT, Chennai P.Sudhakar, SRMIST
Mr.P.Sivaganga kumar,Support Manager,Siemens Industry software
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Dr.D.Siva Krishna reddy SRMIST
Compiutational Dynamics India(P) ltd Bengaluru

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1651
Course Course L T P C
Course Code 18MEE442T ADVANCED ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS E Professional Elective
Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
Engineering Thermodynamics (18MEC101T) Nil Progressive Courses Nil
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Steam tables, Mollier and generalized compressibility chart

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Familiarize with entropy, exergy and thermodynamics properties. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Be familiar with the relationship between thermodynamic properties

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : To attain the knowledge about chemical thermodynamics

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : To attain the knowledge about statistical thermodynamics

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : To attain the knowledge of irreversibility in Thermodynamics

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : To attain the knowledge of thermodynamics for various engineering systems

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand the application of exergy and entropy in varies engineering devices. 1, 2, 3 95 85 H H L H H
CLO-2 : Understand the concept of Real gas behaviour and multicomponent systems. 1, 2, 3 95 85 H H L M H
CLO-3 : Understand the concept Chemical thermodynamics and equilibrium. 1, 2, 3 95 85 H H L M H
CLO-4 : Understand the concept Statistical thermodynamics. 1, 2, 3 95 85 H H L M H
CLO-5 : Understand the concept of irreversible thermodynamics. 1, 2, 3 95 85 H H L M H
CLO-6 : Understand the concept of thermodynamics to various engineering systems. 1, 2, 3 95 85 H H L M H

Entropy, Exergy Analysis And Property Real Gas Behaviour And Multicomponent
Chemical Thermodynamics And Equilibrium Statistical Thermodynamics Irreversible Thermodynamics
Relations Systems
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Law of corresponding states, Generalized
Entropy principle and its applications, Entropy
compressibility chart, Reduced coordinate Degree of reaction, reaction equilibrium, law of Statistical thermodynamics:
transfer mechanisms phase diagram, phase Introduction to Steady-state
S-1 SLO-1 Phase transition, types of equilibrium and mass action, heat reaction Chemical Introduction, energy states and
changes, various properties diagram, 1st order thermodynamics,
stability, multi-component and multi-phase equilibrium, Thermodynamic equation for phase energy levels
phasetransition and 2nd order phase transition
systems, equations of state.
Stability of thermodynamic systems, Le
Temperature dependence of the heat of
Chatelier's Principle, Other equation of state: Micro and Macro state, Maxwell- Irreversibility and causes of
S-2 SLO-1 Exergy transfer by heat, work and mass reaction and equilibrium constant, thermal
Vander Waals equation of state, Beattie- Boltzmann statistics irreversibility
ionization of a monatomic gas
Bridgeman equation of state
Exergy destruction, exergy balance in closed Benedict-Webb-Rubin equation of state, Virial Gibbs function change, Fugacity and Activity, Sterling's approximation, Maxwell- Thermodynamics forces and
S-3 SLO-1
and open systems equation of state heat capacity of reacting gases in equilibrium Boltzmann distribution function thermodynamics velocities
Exergy analysis of industrial systems: power Use of generalized charts for enthalphy and Enthalpy of formation, 1st law for reactive Bose-Einstein statistics, Femi-Dirac
S-4 SLO-1 Onsager’s reciprocal relations
system and refrigeration systems entropy departure system statistics
Maxwell relations, Generalized relations for
Fugacity coefficient, lee-kesler generalized three Adiabatic flame temperature, Enthalpy and Distribution of particles over energy Calculation of entropy
S-5 SLO-1 changes in entropy, internal energy and
parameter tables energy of combustion levels, partition function production
enthalpy.

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1652
General thermodynamic consideration an Thermoelectricity: Application
Fundamental property relations for systems of Microscopic interpretation of heat and
S-6 SLO-1 equations of state, Evolution of thermodynamics Entropy change for reactive system of irreversible thermodynamics
variable composition. work
properties from equation of state to a thermocouple
Uncoupled effects in
S-7 SLO-1 Type of equilibrium, local equilibrium condition Partial molar properties, Real gas mixture. Absolute entropy, third law of thermodynamics Statistical interpretation of entropy
thermoelectricity
condition of equilibrium for a heterogeneous Ideal solution of real gases and liquid, activity, Application of statistics to gases- The coupled equations of
S-8 SLO-1 2nd law analysis for reactive system
system, Gibbs phase rule equilibrium in multi-phase systems mono-atomic ideal gas thermoelectricity
Principle of equipartition of energy,
Condition of stability and Third law of chemical exergy, 2nd law efficiency of a reactive Other effects in
S-9 SLO-1 Gibbs phase rule for non-reactive components. thermodynamics properties, specific
thermodynamics system Thermocouples
heat of solids

1. Yunus, A. C., and Boles, A.,” Thermodynamics-An engineering approach, 8th edition”, Tata McGraw Hill-
4. Smith, J. M. etal, “Introduction to chemical engineering thermodynamics” Tata McGrew Hill,
Learning Education New Delhi, 2015.
2005
Resources 2. Nag, P. K., “Engineering Thermodynamics”, 5th edition, Tata McGrew Hill education New Delhi, 2013.
5. Puri, I. K., and Annamalai, K., “Advance Engineering Thermodynamics”, CRC Press, 2001.
3. Bejan, A., “Advance Engineering Thermodynamics, 3rd edition, John Wiley and sons, 2006.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Expert from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institute Internal Experts
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri,r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in 1. Dr. Laltu Chandra Indian Institute of Technology (BHU) 1. Dr. Piyush Sharma, Asst. Prof.
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Dr. Amit Gupta (ABSTC) Aditya Birla Science and Technology Company Dr. Pankaj Kumar Research Asst. Prof.

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1653
Course Course L T P C
Course Code 18MEE443T ADVANCED FLUID MECHANICS E Professional Elective
Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
Fluid Mechanics (18MEC102T) Nil Progressive Courses Nil
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Familiarize with fundamental fluid flow pattern 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Be familiar with the concept of potential flow

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : To attain the knowledge about the exact solution of Navier-Stokes Equations

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Be familiar with laminar boundary layers, turbulent flows, turbulence modeling and equations, Basic discretization method

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : To attain the knowledge of the various types of flow stability theory

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Be familiar with the applications of N-S equation in internal and external flows

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Analyze the different flow patterns, difference in rotational and irrotational flow, Stream and velocity potential function. 1, 2, 3 90 80 H H L H H
CLO-2 : Acquire knowledge on Source and Sink; Vortex flow, Doublet, Superposition of basic plane potential flows 1, 2, 3 90 80 H H L M H
CLO-3 : Understand the basic calculations for force and momentum calculations using N-S equations, understand the Couette flows, Poiseuille flows 1, 2, 3 90 80 H H L M H
Understand the Integral form of boundary layer equations, Turbulent boundary layer equation, major turbulence modeling, finite element
CLO-4 : 1, 2, 3 90 80 H H L M H
method, finite volume method
CLO-5 : Understand the concept of the Linear Stability theory 1, 2, 3 90 80 H H L M H
CLO-6 : Able to apply and solve N-S equation for different flow conditions. 1, 2, 3 90 80 H H L M H

Analyze the different flow patterns, difference Acquire knowledge on Source and Understand the basic calculations for force and Understand the Integral form of boundary Understand the concept of the
in rotational and irrotational flow, Stream and Sink; Vortex flow, Doublet, momentum calculations using N-S equations, layer equations, Turbulent boundary layer Linear Stability theory
velocity potential function Superposition of basic plane potential understand the Couette flows, Poiseuille flows equation, major turbulence modeling,
flows Discretization
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Continuity Equation, Streamlines, and Stream Solutions to the Steady-State Navier-Stokes Concept of small-disturbance
S-1 SLO-1 Uniform flow, source flow, sink flow Boundary layer on a flat plate
Function Equations stability,
Problems based on Steady-State Navier- Similarity solutions, Integral form ofboundary Linear Stability Theory of Fluid
S-2 SLO-1 Vorticity and Circulation Free vortex flow
Stokes Equations layer equations Approximate Methods Flows
Super imposed flow, source and sink General equations of turbulent flow, Turbulent
S-3 SLO-1 Problem based on vorticity and circulation Poiseuille Flow in a Rectangular Conduit Orr-Sommerfeld equation,
pair boundary layer equation
Couette Flow Between Concentric Circular
S-4 SLO-1 Irrotational Flows and the Velocity Potential Doublet Flat plate turbulent boundary layer Boundary layer stability
Cylinders
Problems based on irrotational Flows and the
S-5 SLO-1 Flow past a Rankine oval body Creeping flows Turbulent Models-zero, one and two Thermal Instability
Velocity Potential
Fully developed flows in non- circular cross-
S-6 SLO-1 Lagrangian and Eulerian description doublet in a uniform flow Prandtl mixing hypothesis, Transition to turbulence
sections
Unsteady Flows: Impulsive Motion of a Plate— Basic discretization – Finite difference
S-7 SLO-1 Reynolds transport theorem Flow past a cylinder with circulation Inviscid stability theory
Stokes’s First Problem method

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1654
Problems based on Navier-Stoke’s
Derivation of continuity and momentum Magnus effect; Kutta-Joukowski lift Oscillation of a Plate—Stokes’s Second
S-8 SLO-1 Finite volume method equation for steady
equations using Reynolds transport theorem theorem Problem
incompressible flows
Problem based on Reynolds transport Favorable and adverse pressure
S-9 SLO-1 Concept of lift and drag. Flow in Convergent and Divergent Channels Finite element method
theorem gradients, flow separation

1. Graebel. W.P, “Advanced Fluid Mechancis”, 1st Edition, Academic Press, Elsevier Inc., 2007 4. Kundu P., Cohen I and Dowling D,”Fluid Mechanics” 6th edition,2015
Learning
2. Muralidhar and G. Biswas, “ Advanced Engineering Fluid Mechanics”, 3rd Edition, Narosa Publishers, 2015 5. Schlichting H., K. Gersten, Boundary Layer Theory, 8/e, Springer 2000
Resources
3. Stevan A Jones, “Advanced Methods for Practical Applications in Fluid Mechanics”, InTech Publishers, 2012

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Expert from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institute Internal Experts
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri,r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in Dr. Dhiman Chatterjee, Professor, Dept. of Mechanical Engineering, IIT Madras 1. Dr. Pankaj Kumar
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in 1. Dr Parag Deshpande, senior scientist,NAL Dr. M. Cheralathan, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1655
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE444T DESIGN OF PUMPS AND TURBINES E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
18MEC102T Nil Progressive Courses Nil
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Acquire the knowledge on basic flow concepts in turbines and pumps 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the design principles of simple radial flow pumps

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-3 : Know the design principles of various turbines

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-4 : Understand the phenomenon of cavitation in hydraulic machines

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Know the hydro machine applicability from the cavitation point of view.

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6: Familiarize with the performance and design of turbines and pumps

Research

PSO - 1

PSO - 2

PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Appreciate the basic flow concepts in turbines and pumps. 1&2 90 85 H H H - - - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-2 : Know the design principles of simple radial flow pumps 1 90 85 H H H M - - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-3 : Appreciate the design principles of various turbines 123 90 85 H H H M - - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-4 : Familiarize with the effects of cavitation in hydraulic machines 123 90 85 H H H - - - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-5 : Become familiar with hydro machine applicability from the cavitation point of view. 1&2 90 85 H H H - - - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-6 : To solve practical fluid flow problems in turbines and pumps 123 90 85 H H H - - - - - - - - - - - -

Basic principles of fluid machinery Theory of Pumps Design of pumps Theory and design of turbines Cavitation
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Definition, classification and stages of Introduction to mixed flow centrifugal Theory of turbines , specific speed,
S-1 SLO 1 Design procedure for pumps Introduction to cavitation
turbines and pumps pumps Euler’s turbine equation
Basic equations of energy transfer Calculation of thrust In mixed flow Introduction to Pelton wheel (impulse
S-2 SLO 1 Thermal design of pumps - Cavitation in pumps
between the fluid and the rotor centrifugal pumps turbine) - single jet and multiple jet units
Performance characteristics of various Impellers, Pump casings – volute casing Selection of materials for withstanding Velocity diagrams at the inlet and exit of
S-3 SLO 1 Cavitation in turbines
turbines and pumps and vortex casing high temperature and corrosive fluids the buckets
Velocity diagrams for mixed flow Performance calculations considering the
S-4 SLO 1 Dimensional analysis Hydraulic design of pumps Thomas cavitation factor
centrifugal pumps losses in the nozzle and the buckets
Introduction to reaction turbine (mixed
Dimensionless parameters in turbines and Calculation of work input to mixed flow
S-5 SLO 1 Selection of the impeller for pumps flow and axial flow) and Degree of Net positive suction head (NPSH)
pumps centrifugal pumps
reaction
Head, Losses and efficiency of mixed flow Francis turbine – Velocity diagrams and Effects of cavitation on the performance of
S-6 SLO 1 Specific speed in turbines and pumps Calculation of casing dimension
centrifugal pumps Design procedure turbines and pumps
Specific speed, Power requirement and Introduction to computer programs for Introduction to Kaplan / Propeller Turbine
S-7 SLO 1 Velocity triangles of a stage Cavitation – damage to equipments
operating characteristics iterative and interactive design – axial flow reaction type
Minimum starting speed of centrifugal Velocity diagrams and design procedure
S-8 SLO 1 Calculation of work output of turbine System head, Net positive suction head, Design considerations to avoid cavitation
pump for Kaplan turbine
S-9 SLO 1 Computation of efficiency Multi stage pump Priming of pumps Governing of turbines Cavitation and energy harvesting

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1656
1. Dixon.S.L, “Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Turbomachinery”, 6th Edition, Butterworth 4. Seppo A. Korpela., “Priniciple of Turbomachinery”, John Wiley and Sons Ltd, 2012
Learning
2. Heinemann, U.K.,2010 5. Yahya.S.M, “Turbines, Fans and Compressors”, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill Publications, 2010
Resources
3. Viktor Gelpke, “Hydraulic turbines their design and installation”, Research press, 2010 6. Venkanna. B.K, “Fundamentals of Turbomachinery”, 4th Edition, New Delhi, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd, 2011.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
Dr K KARUNAMURTHY Associate Professor School of Mechanical and Building
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in Mr. S.Bharath Subramaniam, Assistant Professor, SRMIST
Sciences VIT Chennai
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Mr. Udhayakumar Balaji Senior Piping Engineer Petrofac Engineering services India ltd Dr. M. Cheralathan, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1657
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE445T THERMAL ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


18MEC101T-Thermodynamics NIL NIL
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Familiarize with the techniques used for storing various forms of energy 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the sensible thermal energy storage systems and materials

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Understand the latent and thermochemical energy storage systems.

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Understand the properties of storage materials and heat transfer fluids

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Know the various techniques used for storing thermal energy in heating/cooling applications and energy savings

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Be familiar with the Thermal energy storage systems and its applications.

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Familiarize with the techniques used for storing various forms of energy 1 90 80 H L H
CLO-2 : Understand the sensible thermal energy storage, material and methodology 12&3 90 80 H M L H
CLO-3 : Understand the latent and thermochemical energy storage systems. 12&3 90 80 H M M H
CLO-4 : Understand the properties of storage materials and heat transfer fluids 1&2 90 80 H H M H
CLO-5 : Know the various techniques used for storing thermal energy in heating/cooling applications and energy savings 1&2 90 80 H L L H H
CLO-6 : Be familiar with various techniques used for storing thermal energy in heating/cooling applications and energy savings 12&3 90 80 H L M M H

Sensible Thermal Energy Storage Latent Thermal And Thermochemical Thermal Storage Applications And Energy
Energy Storage Thermal Energy Storage Materials
Systems Energy Storage Systems Savings
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Cool Thermal Energy Storage (CTES)
Sensible Thermal Energy Storage (STES) Latent Thermal Energy Storage (LTES) Thermal energy storage materials -
S-1 SLO-1 Basics of Energy storage and its types concept and comparison of storage
system and its types system and its types Classification, thermosphysical properties
technologies
Types and properties of latent heat
Selection of sensible thermal energy Various methods to improve the Cool thermal energy storage in process
S-2 SLO-1 Energy storage by mechanical medium storage materials and cooling/Heating load
storage materials and methodologies thermophysical properties of PCM cooling
calculations
Properties of sensible heat storage Encapsulation techniques of LTES (PCM) selection criteria for thermal energy CTES systems building air conditioning
S-3 SLO-1 Energy storage by chemical medium
materials materials storage materials applications
Low and Medium temperature thermal Sensible cooling and heating load Performance assessment of LTES system Phase Change Materials – classifications Solar energy storage – passive heating
S-4 SLO-1
storage systems calculations in building and properties and cooling, green house heating
STES Technologies, storage tanks using PCM selection for heating and cooling
S-5 SLO-1 High temperature thermal storage systems Passive and active LTES systems Drying and heating for process industries
water and rock bed thermal storage applications
Necessity of TES, types of TES
Solar pond thermal storage and building Thermochemical energy storage principles
S-6 SLO-1 technologies and Comparison of thermal Heat transfer fluids and properties Solar power plant applications.
structure thermal storage and materials
energy storage technologies

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1658
Thermochemical energy storage systems - TES and Energy Savings - utilization of
open adsorption energy storage system Selection of heat transfer fluid for heating waste or surplus energy, reduction of
S-7 SLO-1 Seasonal thermal energy storage Principle Passive solar heating storage
and closed adsorption energy storage and cooling applications demand charges and deferring equipment
system purchases
Closed absorption energy storage system
Seasonal (Source) TES technologies -
solid/gas, thermochemical energy storage Measuring instruments for thermophysical Additional energy savings considerations
S-8 SLO-1 aquifer thermal storage, borehole thermal Active solar heating storage
system and thermochemical accumulator properties for TES
storage and cavern thermal storage
energy storage system
Earth-to-air thermal storage, energy piles Floor heating system using
thermal storage, sea water thermal High temperature Sensible Thermal thermochemical energy storage and Necessity of improving thermophysical
S-9 SLO-1 Case studies for TES energy savings
storage, rock thermal storage and roof Energy Storage system thermochemical energy storage for properties
pond thermal storage building heating applications

1. R. Parameshwaran and S. Kalaiselvam, “Thermal Energy Storage Technologies for Sustainability: Systems
5. R. Velraj"Sensible heat Storage for solar heating and cooling systems" in the book titled
Design, Assessment and Applications”, Academic Press Inc, 23 September 2014.
“Advances in Solar Heating and Cooling - Pages 399 - 428, Elsevier Publication, 2016
2. Ibrahim Dincer and Marc A. Rosen, “Thermal Energy Storage Systems and Applications”, 2nd Edition, John
Learning 6. ASHRAE, “Handbook of Fundamentals”, American Society of Heating Refrigeration and Air
Wiley and Sons Ltd., 2011.
Resources Conditioning Engineers, New York, 1993.
3. Luisa F. Cabeza, “Advances in Thermal Energy Storage Systems: Methods and Applications”, October 31,
7. Alternate fuels for IC Engines: Liquid fuels, Gaseous fuels - properties, advantages and
2014
disadvantages, Emissions from engines – Emission standards – Euro, BS
4. Charles E. Dorgan, James S. Elleson, “Design Guide for Cool Thermal Storage”, ASHRAE, Atlanda, 1993.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
VELRAJ R Professor Institute for Energy Studies, Anna University Chennai Mr. A.Sathishkumar Assistant Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri,r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in
600 025Email: velrajr@annauniv.edu SRM IST Email: sathishkumar.a@ktr.srmuniv.ac.in
Raju Abraham,Sc-F National Institute of Ocean Technology Chennai 600 100 Dr. M. Cheralathan Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering SRM IST
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in
Ph 044-6678 3339 Email: abraham@niot.res.i Email: cheralathan.m@ktr.srmuniv.ac.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1659
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE446T Design of Heat exchangers E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
NIL Heat and mass Transfer Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Gain knowledge on the basics of Heat Exchanger 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Familiarize with Design Aspects of heat exchangers

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


Acquire the basic skills acquired to design the double pipe and shell and tube heat
CLR-3 :

Modern Tool Usage


exchangers

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-4 : Acquire the basic skills acquired to design the compact and plate heat exchangers

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-5 familiarize with the condensers and evaporators
CLR-6 familiarize with the design of heat exchangers

Research

PSO - 1

PSO - 2

PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : understand the fundamentals of heat exchanger 123 90 85 H M
CLO-2 : Understand the various design aspects of heat exchangers 123 90 85 H H M
CLO-3 : Evaluate the design of double pipe and shell and tube heat exchangers 123 90 85 H H H M
CLO-4 : Evaluate the design of compact and plate type heat exchangers 123 90 85 H H H M
CLO-5: Familiarize with design of various types of condensers and evaporators 123 90 85 H H H M
CLO-4: To understand with the design of heat exchangers 123 90 85 H H H M

Double Pipe Heat Exchangers And Shell


Fundamentals Of Heat Exchanger Design Aspects Of Heat Exchangers Compact And Plate Heat Exchanger Condensers And Evaporators
& Tube Heat Exchangers
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Introduction, classification of heat Classification of compact heat
Introduction, Thermal design and
S-1 SLO-1 exchangers, Recuperator and Introduction, effect of turbulence, exchangers, Merits and Demerits of Types of Condensers,
analysis of inner tube and outer tube
Regenerator Compact heat exchangers
Geometry of Construction, Tubular, Plate Effect of friction factor, pressure drop in tube hydraulic design and analysis of inner Design of surface condensers- Down-
S-2 SLO-1 Design of compact heat exchangers
heat exchangers side, tube and outer tube flow
Effect of Extended Surface Heat Design of Double Pipe Heat Exchangers- Factors affecting of compact heat Types of Condensers, Design of surface
S-3 SLO-1 Effect of Pressure drop in tube bundles.
Exchangers Heat transfer Mechanisms, parallel flow & counter flow-problems exchangers condensers- Central-flow
Flow arrangements, Application, Heat Transfer and pumping power Design of Double Pipe Heat Exchangers- Design of evaporative condensers-
S-4 SLO-1 Design of plate heat exchangers
Selection of Heat Exchangers. relationship cross flow heat exchanger- Inverted flow &Regenerative
Overall Heat transfer coefficient, LMTD
Basic components of shell & tube heat Factors affecting Design of plate heat
S-5 SLO-1 method for Heat Exchanger analysis for Pressure Drop in Bends and fittings Design of evaporative condensers
exchangers exchangers
parallel flow heat exchanger
Overall Heat transfer coefficient, LMTD
Effect of fins arrangement ant its geometry on Operational characteristics of plate heat
S-6 SLO-1 method for Heat Exchanger analysis for Design of shell & tube heat exchangers Types of Evaporators,
heat transfer exchanger
COUNTER flow heat exchanger

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1660
Overall Heat transfer coefficient, LMTD
Fouling of Heat exchangers, effect on heat Factors affecting in shell & tube heat flow arrangements in plate heat calculation of Evaporator surface and
S-7 SLO-1 method for Heat Exchanger analysis for
transfer exchangers exchangers multiple evaporator
CROSS heat exchanger
ɛ NTU method for Heat Exchanger Problems in pressure drop and fouling in Heat Heat transfer and pressure drop
S-8 SLO-1 Shell side heat transfer. Pressure drop calculation of Evaporator multiple effect
analysis exchangers calculations
Heat Exchanger design considerations -
Factors affecting performance of Problems on design of shell and tube Applications of compact and plate heat Factors affecting in condensers and
S-9 SLO-1 Material requirement Design codes and
HE/PHE/Condensers/Evaporator heat exchangers and its applications exchanger evaporators of heat changers
its requirement

1. SadikKakac and Hongtan Liu, “Heat Exchangers Selection, Rating and Thermal Design”, CRC 5. Taborek.T, Hewitt.G.F and Afgan.N, “Heat Exchangers, Theory and Practice”, McGraw-Hill Book
Press,2002 Co.2018
Learning
2. Kern D.Q, “Process Heat Transfer”, Tata McGraw Hill , 1997, Reprint 2008 6. Kuppan T, “Heat Exchanger design handbook”, Marcel Dekker INC, 2000.
Resources
3. Ramesh K. Shah, “Fundamentals of Heat Exchanger Design”, John Wiley & Sons,2003 7. Standards of Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association(TEMA), 9th Edition,2007 – www.tema.org
4. Arthur. P Frass, “Heat Exchanger Design”, John Wiley & Sons, 1988. 8. Wolverine Heat Transfer Data book – III by Wolverine Tube Inc.,

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
Dr. K Karuppasamy Assistant Professor Department of Mechanical Engineering Mr. G.Manikandaraja Assistant Professor, Department of Mechanical
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in
Anna University Regional Campus Tirunelveli - 627 007 Engineering SRM IST Email: manikandaraja.g@ktr.srmuniv.ac.in
K.Pasupathi Deputy manager – mechanical- AQUATHERM Engineering Mr. S. Malarmannan Assistant Professor, Department of Mechanical
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in
Consultants(India) Pvt. Ltd., Engineering SRM IST Email: malarmannan.s@ktr.srmuniv.ac.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1661
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE447T COMBUSTION ENGINEERING E Professional elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


18MEC101T Thermodynamics NIL NIL
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Acquire the fundamental knowledge of combustion 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Gain knowledge on thermodynamics of combustion

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Understand the kinetics of combustion

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Understand the types of flames

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Familiarize with combustion aspects in SI and CI engines

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Acquire knowledge on combustion reactions and its stages in internal combustion engines

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Acquire the knowledge of combustion equations for different air fuel ratios 1&2 90 80 H M H
CLO-2 : Analyzecombustions based on first law and second law of thermodynamics in reacting systems 1 90 80 H H H
CLO-3 : Evaluate the kinetic of combustion and reaction order and its theory 1 90 80 H H M H
CLO-4 : Acquire the knowledge of flames characteristics and its types 1&2 90 80 H H M H
CLO-5 : Understand the stages of combustion in SI and CI engines and acquire knowledge with normal and abnormal combustion. 1&2 90 80 H H
CLO-6 : Understand the emission norms and its control method 1 90 80 H H H

Combustion Of Fuels Thermodynamics Of Combustion Kinetics Of Combustion Flames Engine Combustion


Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Combustion engineering and Thermo-chemistry first law analysis of
S-1 SLO-1 Rates of reaction Different types of flames Laminar and turbulent Combustion in SI and CI engines
its importance reacting systems
Combustion behavior with To understand the reacting system and
S-2 SLO-1 Determination of rates of reaction Premixed and diffusion flames Stages of combustion in SI and CI engines,
different air composition calculations on first law of thermodynamics
Combustion equations for Acquire knowledge on Adiabatic combustion Reaction order and molecularity complex Laminar Jet Flame Height – Turbulent flame Lift- Advanced techniques of combustion in IC
S-3 SLO-1
Theoretical air Temperature reactions Off Height and Blowout Limit. engines-learn burn engine –HCCI engine
Combustion equations for Adiabatic combustion Temperature Determination of reaction order and Fuel burning velocity, Determination of Burning
S-4 SLO-1 Normal combustion and abnormal combustion
excess air calculations molecularity complex reactions velocity, Factors affecting burning velocity
Proper Air fuel ratio for Chainreactions - Arrhenius rate equation, Emission norms in Heavy duty and light duty
S-5 SLO-1 Second law analysis of reacting systems Droplet Evaporation and Combustion
combustion collection theory vehicles and its standards BS and Euro norms
Calculation on Chain reactions - Arrhenius
S-6 SLO-1 Equivalence Ratio Criterion for chemical Equilibrium Flame Quenching, flammability Emissions from premixed combustion
rate equation, collection theory
Determination of equilibrium constant for
S-7 SLO-1 Exhaust gas composition Activated complex theory Flame by ignition Emission from non-premixed combustion
gaseous mixtures
Air fuel ratio from exhaust gas Reasons of HC, sulphur , PM, NOxand CO
S-8 SLO-1 Evaluation of equilibrium composition Explosive and general oxidative Flame stabilization in open burners
composition emissions in engines
Characteristics of fuels on Explosive and Control of HC, sulphur , PM, NOx and CO
S-9 SLO-1 Heating value of fuels Chemical availability Methods to stabilize the flame in open burner
general oxidative emissions in engines

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1662
1. Stephen.R.Turns, “An Introduction to Combustion concepts and applications”, 2nd Edition, McGraw 5. Thipse.S.S, “Alternate Fuels”, Jaico Publication House., 2010.
Hill Book Company, Boston, Edition 3,2011. 6. Mathur.M.L, and Sharma.R.P, “A course in Internal Combustion Engines”,Dhanpat Rai & Sons, New
Learning 2. Ganesan.V, “Internal Combustion Engines”, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi,2009. Delhi, 2010.
Resources 3. Ramalingam.K.K, “Internal Combustion Engines - Theory and practice”,SciTech Publications India 7. Heywood.J.B, “Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals”, McGraw Hill International, New York, 2008.
Pvt. Ltd., Chennai, 2010. 8. Domkundwar.V.M, “A course inInternal Combustion Engines”, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, 2010.
4. Thipse.S.S, “Internal Combustion Engines”, Jaico Publication House, 2010.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
Dr. K.KarunamurthyAssociate Professor, Department of Mechanical Engineering Mr. M.Sivashankar Assistant Professor, Department of Mechanical
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in
VIT –Chennai campus Engineering SRM IST –KTR campus
Mr.P.Balaji Manager Product Development HVAC Division Ashok
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Dr. M. Cheralathan, SRMIST
LeylandChennai

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1663
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE448T SUSTAINABLE ENERGY SYSTEMS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


NIL NIL NIL
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : be familiar with the energy scenario 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : be familiar with environmental impactof energy generation

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-3 : understand the various energy conservation options and measures

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-4: be familiar with the energy policies

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5: be familiarwith the sustainable development and life-cycle analysis

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6: be familiar with energy conservation, policies and sustainability of energy systems.

Research

PSO - 1

PSO - 2

PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : acquire knowledge on the energy scenario. 1&2 90 80 H M
CLO-2 : acquire knowledge on environmental impactof energy generation 1,2&3 90 80 H M H
CLO-3 : acquire knowledge on basic the energy conservation measures 1,2&3 90 80 H M H L
CLO-4: understand the basic energy policies 1 90 80 H H L
CLO-5: acquire knowledge on basic the sustainable development and life-cycle analysis 1 90 80 H H L
CLO-6: acquire knowledge on energy conservation, policies and sustainability of energy systems. 1,2&3 90 80 H M H

Environmental impact ofenergy generation Sustainable development and Energy


Energy scenario Energy conservation Life-cycle assessment and Ecology
and utilization policies
Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Basics of sustainability and sustainable
S-1 SLO-1 Global warming and acid precipitation, Energy conservation measures Sustainable energy strategies General description of LCA
energy sources
Improvement Factors of Energy Key expectations from implementation of
S-2 SLO-1 Introduction to conventional energy resources Analysis of modeling of earth’s climate, LCA methodology
Conservation green energy strategies and policies
Introduction to non-conventional energy Interdependence of the factors affecting
S-3 SLO-1 Radiation balance of earth planet Energy conservationcase studies
resources sustainable development
Energetic life-cycle analysis
World energy scenario – Conventional energy Greenhouse gases and radiative forcing Energy management-understanding energy
S-4 SLO-1 Modeling instruments and case studies
sources. Concept costs, Bench marking,Energy performance
World energy scenario – Non-Conventional LCA of solar PV and thermal
S-5 SLO-1 Global warming potentials Energy management policies Sustainable assessment of solar energy
energy sources. systems
Indian energy scenario – Conventional Anthropogenic effect on climate and its
S-6 SLO-1 Energy conversation in thermal systems Sustainable assessment of fossil fuel LCA of hydrogen-fuel cell vehicles
energy sources. control
Indian energy scenario – Non-Conventional
S-7 SLO-1 Impact of energy efficiency Energy conversation in electrical systems fossil fuelcombustion LCA of gasoline vehicles
energy sources.

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1664
Case study, comparative LCA of
other environmental impact aspects and
S-8 SLO-1 Energy forecasting Introduction to energyaudit Assessment of green energy strategies hydrogen-fuel cells vsgasoline
cogeneration
vehicles
Case study, comparative LCA of
S-9 SLO-1 Energy security Problems in cogeneration Case study in energyaudit Green energy–based sustainability ratio conventional and alternative
vehicles

1. Dincer, C. Zamfirescu, “Sustainable Energy Systems and Applications”, Springer, 2012. 4. Demirel, Yaşar, “Energy Production, Conversion, Storage, Conservation, and Coupling”, Springer,
Learning 2. Frank Kreith, Susan Krumdieck , “Principles of Sustainable Energy Systems”, 2nd Edition, Taylor & 2016.
Resources Francis, 2014. 5. https://beeindia.gov.in/sites/default/files/1Ch1.pdf
3. Muthu, Subramanian Senthilkannan, “Social Life Cycle Assessment An Insight”, Springer, 2015. 6. http://www.mospi.nic.in/sites/default/files/publication_reports/Energy_Statistics_2017r.pdf

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr.R.Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri,r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in Dr. R.Velraj, Professor, Institute for Energy Studies,Anna University, Chennai, India - 600025 S. Arul Kumar, SRMIST.
2. Dr.A.Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Dr.Raju Abraham, Scientist –F, National Institute of Ocean Technology Chennai – 600 100 Dr.S. Manikandan, SRMIST.

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1665
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE449T FUEL CELL TECHNOLOGY E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
Nil Nil Progressive Courses Nil
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to learn: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1: The basics of fuel cell technology 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2: The concepts of fuel cell electrochemistry

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge
CLR-3: The major types of fuel cells and their modes of operation

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4: The methods of production, storage and utilization of hydrogen as a fuel

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5: The application of fuel cells in power cogeneration

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6: The Safety issues and cost expectation

Research

PSO - 1

PSO - 2

PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1: Understand the basics of fuel cell and fuel cell thermodynamics 1&2 90 80 H
CLO-2: Understand the fuel cell electrochemistry&Implications and use of fuel cell polarization curve. 1&2 90 80 H H
The major types of fuel cells and their modes of operation such as Polymer electrolyte membrane fuel
CLO-3: 1&2 90 80 H H
cell,Direct methanol fuel cells,Alkaline fuel cell,Molten Carbonate fuel cell&Solid oxide fuel cell
CLO-4: The methods of production, storage and utilization of hydrogen as afuel 1&2 90 80 H
CLO-5: The methods of production, storage and utilization of hydrogen as afuel 1&2 90 80 H
CLO-6: Understand the Fuel Processor &Safety issues and cost expectation 1 90 80 H H

Introduction to Fuel Cells And Fuel Cell Hydrogen Production, Storage And Application Of Fuel Cells In Power
Fuel Cell Electrochemistry Types Of Fuel Cells
Thermodynamics Utilization Cogeneration
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Introduction and overview of fuel cell Hydrogen: Its merit as a fuel, Production
Fuel cell power plant, Balance of
S-1 SLO-1 technology: A simple fuel cell, fuel cell Fuel cell reaction kinetics Classification of fuel cells methods: from fossil fuels, electrolysis,
fuel cell power plant.
advantages and disadvantages thermal decomposition
Basic fuel cell operation, Layout of a Real Fuel
Polymer electrolyte membrane fuel cell
S-2 SLO-1 Cell: The Hydrogen–Oxygen Fuel Cell with Introduction to electrode Kinetics. Production method from photochemical. Fuel cell power plantstructure.
(PEMFC)
Liquid Electrolyte.
Electro Chemical Energy Conversion –
Difference between fuel cell and batteries, fuel Production method from photocatalytic,
S-3 SLO-1 Factors affects Electro Chemical Energy Direct methanol fuel cells (DMFC) Cogeneration
choice. hybrid.
Conversion.
Overview of types of fuel cells (with emphasis Conversion of chemical energy to electricity Hydrogen storage methods: Onboard Benefits and Drawbacks of fuel cell
S-4 SLO-1 Alkaline fuel cell (PAFC)
on PEMFC and DMFC technology) in a fuel cell hydrogen storage. power plant.
Fuel cell thermodynamics: Thermodynamics
S-5 SLO-1 review, Application of first and second law to Reaction rate Molten Carbonate fuel cell (MCFC) Chemical storage & physical storage. Fuel cell electric vehicles.
fuel cells

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1666
Heat Potential of a fuel: Enthalpy of reaction,
S-6 SLO-1 Butler -Volmer equation. Solid oxide fuel cell (SOFC) In metal and alloy hydrides. Motor cycles and bicycles, airplanes
Work potential of a fuel: Gibbs free energy
Predicting reversible voltage of a fuel cell
S-7 SLO-1 Fuel cell charge Comparison of fuel cell, Carbon nanotubes. Fueling stations.
under nonstandard-stateconditions.
Basic Parameters of Fuel Cells. Fuel cell Glass capillary arrays - pipeline storage
S-8 SLO-1 Mass transport. Performance behavior Fuel processor and fuel cell stack.
efficiency. and hydrogenutilization.
Basic Parameters of Fuel Cells. Fuel cell Implications and use of fuel cell polarization Glass capillary arrays - pipeline storage
S-9 SLO-1 Proton Exchange Membrane Fuel Cells. Safety issues and cost expectation.
efficiency., Comparison with Carnot efficiency. curve. and hydrogenutilization.

1. O'Hayre, R. P., S. Cha, W. Colella, F. B. Prinz, “Fuel Cell Fundamentals”, Wiley, NY 2006. 4. DetlefStolten, “Hydrogen and Fuel Cells: Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications”, 2010
Learning 2. Viswanathan. B, AuliceScibioh, M, “Fuel Cells – Principles and Applications”, Universities Press (India) 5. Larminie .J, Dicks A. “Fuel Cell Systems”, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2003.
Resources Pvt., Ltd., 2009. 6. Barclay .F.J. “Fuel Cells, Engines and Hydrogen”, Wiley, 2009.
3. Bagotsky .V.S, “Fuel Cells”,Wiley, 2009.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
Babu C Chief Consultant Conserve Consultant private Limited Hyderabad Dr,Joseph Daniel, Associate Professor, School of Mechanical and Building Sciences, VIT Chennai Mr. S. Rajendra Kumar, SRMIST
C. Anand Raj, Head Green Initiative, Infosys Chennai Dr. Rayapati Subbarao, Associate Professor, NITTR Kolkata Mr. V. Thirunavukkarasu, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1667
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE450T MODELING OF THERMAL SYSTEMS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite
Thermodynamics Fluid Mechanics Heat Transfer NIL Progressive Courses NIL
Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards NIL

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Understand the fundamentals of the thermal system design 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : DevelopMathematical models for the thermal systems

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Apply numerical analysis to solve the mathematical models

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Familiarize with different optimization methods

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Apply optimization methods in problem solving of thermal systems

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Evaluate the economic factors involved in design and application of thermal systems

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand system design and steps involved in the formulation of the design process 1& 2 85 75 H M M M L
CLO-2 : Development of mathematical models from the physical system 1&2 85 75 H H M H M
CLO-3 : Solve the mathematical models using numerical analysis 1&2 85 75 H H M H M
CLO-4 : Explore optimization methods to provide feasible solutions in the design of thermal systems 1&2 85 75 H H M H H
CLO-5 : Evaluate the economic factors in the design and application of thermal systems 1,2& 3 85 75 H H H H H
CLO-6 : familiarize with design and analysis of the thermal systems 12&3 85 75 H H M H H

Numerical Analysis of Thermal Economics and Financial Aspects of


Title of the module Introduction to Thermal System Design Mathematical Modeling of Thermal systems Optimization Methods
Systems thermal system
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Calculation of Interest, Simple Interest,
Engineering design;Design Versus Analysis, Importance of Modeling in Design, Basic Optimization; basic concepts, optimization
S-1 SLO-1 Numerical Model for a System Compound Interest, Effective Interest
Synthesis for Design Features of Modeling methods
Rate
Types of Models; Analog Models, Mathematical
Need for optimization; Thermal system Modeling of Individual Optimization of Thermal Systems, Profitability estimate; Cost of return
S-2 SLO-1 Models, Physical Models, Numerical Models,
design Components Practical Aspects in Optimal Design earnings
Interaction Between Models
System Simulation, Importance
Basic Characteristics of thermal design; Development of Mathematical Modeling, The Lagrange Multiplier Method, Basic Data requirements for calculation of
S-3 SLO-1 of Simulation Methods for
Analysis Types General Procedure, Final Model and Validation Approach, and Physical Interpretation, various cash flow techniques
Numerical analysis
Formulation of the Design Problem, Physical Modeling, Dimensional Analysis, Simulation: Steady& Lumped Significance of the Multipliers, Financial analysis; Discounted & non
S-4 SLO-1
Variables, Constraints and Limitations Modeling and Similitude Systems Optimization of Unconstrained Problems discounted cash flow techniques
Design Types; Conceptual Design, Innovative
Development of a Numerical Model Solution Dynamic Simulation of Lumped Search Methods, Basic Considerations, Pay back period method; Average rate of
S-5 SLO-1 Conceptual Design ; Modifications in the
Procedures Systems Importance of SearchMethods, return (ARR) method
Design of Existing Systems
Distributed systems, simulation Golden Search method and typical
S-6 SLO-1 Steps involved in the Design Process Curve Fitting; Exact Fit, Best Fit Simple problems on pay back and ARR
of large systems exercise problem

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1668
Net present value method (NPV);
Problems on Thermal Resistance and Numerical Simulation Versus
S-7 SLO-1 Problems on exact fit Fibonacci Search method Profitablity Index method (PI) ; Simple
Capacitance Real System,
problems
Internal rate of return method (IRR) &
Problems on Building Heating with variable Design of Systems for Different
S-8 SLO-1 Problems on best fit Problems on Fibonacci Search method Benefit cost method (BCR); Simple
temperatures Application
Problems
Problem on numerical modeling Comparison between NPV and IRR
S-9 SLO-1 Problems on unsteady state heat transfer Problems on nonlinear least squares Steepest Ascent/Descent Method
of fluid flow systems methods

1. Y Jaluria, “Design and optimization of thermal systems”, Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, New Delhi,2007
Learning 4. J S Arora, “Introduction to optimum design”, ElesiverPublication , 3rd Edition, 2012
2. W F Stoecker, “Design of thermal systems”, Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, New Delhi, 1989.
Resources 5. Bender.E.A , “Introduction to Mathematical Modeling”, Dover Publication, 2000
3. C Balaji, “Essentials of Thermal System Design and Optimization,”, Ane Books, New Delhi 2014

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Expert
Dr. VenkataRamanan Professor, Institute of Energy Studies Anna University, Guindy Campus,
R. Mohan Prabhu Senior Engineer, Compression GEA Group, Pune, India Dr. S. Shashi Kumar, SRMIST
Chennai – 600025
Joseph ShekharSanthappan Faculty Mechanical Section, Engg. Dept. Shinas Dr. R. Chandrasekhar Research Scientist Dept. of Electrical and Computer Engineering,
Dr. M. Cheralathan, SRMIST
College of Technology, Al-Agur, Shinas, Sultanate of Oman. Colorado State University Fort Collins, Colorando Area, USA

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1669
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE331J SENSORS AND ACTUATORS FOR AUTOMATION E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 2 0 2 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Expose the basics of various sensors used in automation 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Impart the fundamental concept of electro-mechanical and fluid power systems

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Provide exposure on practical knowledge of sensors and its measurements

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Impart knowledge in mechanical, magnetic and electromechanical sensors

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Provide the knowledge on the working principle of hydraulic, pneumatic, mechanical and electrical actuators

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Impart the fundamental concept of drives and control system

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand the different types of sensors used in automation 1 85 80 H - M - H - - - - - - - L - L
CLO-2 : Identify suitable sensor for the developments of automation processes 2 90 85 H M L L H - - - - - - - M - M
CLO-3 : Develop the automation system by integration of electromechanical sensors and fluid power systems 3 90 80 H H H M H - - - - - - M H - H
CLO-4 : Identify the type of actuators and its associated drivers for different application 2 85 80 H M - - H - - - - - - M M - M
CLO-5 : Demonstrate effective use of actuators, its elements for the generation, control and conversion of energy for the typical automation system 2 90 80 H - - - H - - - - - - M L - L
CLO-6 : Build real time automation system within realistic constraints such as industrial, economic, environmental, ethical, social, health and safety 3 95 85 H M M M H M M L L - - M H - H

Duration (hour) 12 12 12 12 12
Role of sensors in manufacturing: Pneumatic systems – Types,
SLO-1 Resistive sensors: Potentiometer Fiber optic sensors – Temperature sensors Mechanical systems – Types of motion
Importance of estimation in sensing components
S-1
Role of sensors in manufacturing:
SLO-2 Resistive sensors: Strain gauge Fiber optic sensors – Liquid level sensing Pneumatic systems – working principle kinematics chains
Innovative sensor technologies
Physical transduction principles: Inductive sensors: Methods of achieving
SLO-1 Fluid flow level sensing Hydraulic systems – Types, components Cams, gears, ratchet and pawl
Mechanical, Thermal inductance
S-2
Physical transduction principles: Electrical, Ferromagnetic plunger type, Transformer
SLO-2 Micro bend sensing Hydraulic systems – working principle belt and chain drives
Magnetic type
Capacitive sensors: parallel plate Electrical systems – mechanical
SLO-1 Classification of sensors: property based Film sensors – Thick film sensors Directional control of valves
capacitive sensor switches
S-3
Classification of sensors: applications
SLO-2 Serrated plate capacitive sensor Thin film sensors Valve symbols solid state switches
based
Force/stress sensors using Quartz
SLO-1 Characterization: Electrical Nano sensors - Introduction Pressure control valves Solenoids
S-4 Resonators
SLO-2 Characterization: Mechanical Various beam designs Nano structure, operation mechanism Cylinders DC motors
Rotary Actuators (Hydraulic type) Stepper motors – introduction,
SLO-1 Characterization: Thermal, Optical Ultrasonic sensors: introduction Smart sensors –Introduction, properties
components specifications
S-5
Smart sensors – primary sensors,
SLO-2 Characterization: Biological and Chemical Principles, Materials, Applications Working principle Stepper motors – types
Compensation

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1670
Rotary Actuators (Pneumatic type)
SLO-1 Static characteristics of sensors Magnetic sensors: Types Functional integration of sensors Stepper motor – control
components
S-6
Smart sensors – information
SLO-2 Dynamic characteristics of sensors Magnetic sensors: working principles Working principle Stepper motor - characteristics
coding/processing
SLO-1 Lab 1: Measurement of speed and Lab 10: Simulation of single and double Lab 13: Speed and torque
S Lab 4: Temperature measurement using Lab 7: Study on eddy current sensor for
displacement using linear and rotary acting cylinder circuits using different characterization and sequence control
7-8 SLO-2 RTD and thermocouple thickness measurement
sensors directional control valves of stepper motor
SLO-1 Lab 5: Experimentation on voltage,
S Lab 2: Force and Torque measurement Lab 8: Study on ultrasonic sensors for Lab 11: Sequencing of pneumatic Lab 14: Closed loop position and
current, power, and frequency
9-10 SLO-2 using strain gauge material fault diagnosis circuits velocity control of a DC servo motor
measurement
SLO-1 Lab 15: Speed and torque
S Lab 3: Pressure measurement system Lab 6: Experimentation with tactile sensor Lab 9: Simulation of hydraulic circuits in a Lab 12: Simulation of logic and electro-
characterization and control of DC
11-12 SLO-2 using sensors for force and touch detection hydraulic trainer pneumatic circuits
motors

1. Patranabis D., “Sensor and Actuators”, Prentice Hall of India (Pvt) Ltd., 2013. 4. Clarence W de Silva, “Sensors and Actuators – Engineering system instrumentation”, second edition, CRC press, Taylor
Learning 2. Bolton W., “Mechatronics”, Fourth edition, Pearson publishers, 2010. and Francis group, 2016.
Resources 3. Andrzej M. Pawlak., “Sensors and Actuators in Mechatronics – Design and 5. Ian R. Sinclair, “Sensors and Transducers”, third edition, Newnes, 2001.
Applications”, CRC press, Taylor and Francis group, 2007. 6. R.K.Rajput, “A text book of Mechatronics”, S.Chand & Company Limited, Second edition, 2009.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% Weightage) Final Examination
Bloom’s Level
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%) (50% Weightage)
of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 20% 20% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15%
Understand
Apply
Level 2 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20%
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 10% 10% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15%
Create
Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. P.Kartikeyan, Head – Operations Improvement, Nokia India, 1. Dr.K.Senthilkumaran, Assistant professor, IIITDM, Kancheepuram.
1. P.Haja Syeddu Masooth, SRM IST
kartikeyan.p@nokia.com skumaran@iiitdm.ac.in
2. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in 2. Dr.B.Mohan, Professor, Anna University, mohan@mitindia.edu 2. Dr.R.Rajaraman, SRM IST
3. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayutham.a@cvrde.drdo.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1671
Course Course L T P C
Course Code 18MEE332J MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERS E Professional Elective
Name Category 2 0 2 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Expose the basics of microprocessors 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Introduce the need and use of Interrupt structure

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Impart the applications of microprocessor

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Enable to understand the architecture of microcontroller

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Expose the instruction set and register set of microcontroller

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Impart knowledge about different peripheral interfacing devices

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand the basics of microprocessors 1 95 90 H L M L H - - - - - - - M - M
CLO-2 : Use the processors for various applications 3 90 85 H L L M M - - - L - - L M - H
CLO-3 : Develop the assembly language programs 1 85 80 H L L L M - - - M - - L M - L
CLO-4 : Understand the interfacing techniques 3 80 75 H L L M H - - - M - - L M - M
CLO-5 : Understand the internal architecture of microcontroller 2 80 75 H L L M M - - - M - - L M - L
CLO-6 : Use microcontroller with different peripherals 3 90 85 H L M M H - - - H - - L H - M

Duration (hour) 12 12 12 12 12
Microcontroller Interfacing and
Introduction to 8086 microprocessor- Peripherals and Interfacing-Interfacing Application of Microprocessor- Introduction to 8051 Microcontroller-
SLO-1 Applications- System Design -
S-1 Internal Architecture I/O Ports Microprocessor based Aluminium Microcontroller Block Diagram
Traffic Light Control
Smelter Control, Process Description
SLO-2 Physical Memory Organization Interfacing I/O Ports Microcontroller Block Diagram Switching Circuit
SLO-1 8086 Interrupts Microprocessor based Aluminium 8051 Hardware Interface - Operation
S-2 Addressing Modes Instruction Set
SLO-2 Interrupt Responses Smelter Control, Process Description Sequence
System Design - Washing Machine
SLO-1 Direct Memory Access (DMA)
S-3 Instruction Set Lab 7: Program to perform following Register Set Control
SLO-2 I/O Mode conversion : BCD to ASCII BCD to Washing Cycle
SLO-1 Lab 4: Sorting of array in: Ascending hexadecimal
S-4 Lab 13: Fabrication of 8-bit LED
SLO-2 order
Lab1: Basic arithmetic operations Lab 10: A/D and D/A converter interface interfaces for 8085 kit through 8155
SLO-1 Lab 4: Sorting of array in: Descending Design of Microprocessor based Pattern
S-5 and 8255
SLO-2 order Scanner System BCD to hexadecimal
SLO-1 Interfacing Analog to Digital Data Design of Microprocessor based Pattern Memory LCD Interfacing
S-6 I/O Addressing Capability
SLO-2 Converters Scanner SystemBCD to hexadecimal I/O Addressing Keyboard Interfacing
Lab 8: Program to demonstrate decision
SLO-1 General Bus Operation Interfacing Digital to Analog Converters Interrupts Relays and opt Isolators
S-7 making and looping operation
SLO-2 Stepper Motor Interfacing
S-8 SLO-1 Lab2: Basic Logical operations Lab 11: Key board and Display

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1672
SLO-2 Lab 14: Interfacing and
Lab 5: Program to demonstrate string
SLO-1 programming of 8255. (E.g. traffic
S-9 manipulations Design of an Electronic Weighing Bridge
SLO-2 light controller)
SLO-1 Assembler Directives Design of Microcontroller based Length DC motor Interfacing
S-10 Stepper Motor Interfacing Design of an Electronic Weighing Bridge Measurement System for Continuously
SLO-2 Operators PWM
Rolling Paper
SLO-1
S-11
SLO-2 Lab 3: Transfer of block to another Lab 6: Program to demonstrate Lab 9: Program to demonstrate Lab 15: Interfacing DC motor and
Lab 12: Stepper motor interface
SLO-1 location in reverse order Factorial of given numbers parameter passing methods Servo motor
S-12
SLO-2

1. A K Ray and K M Bhurchandi, “Advanced Microprocessor and Peripherals”, McGraw Hill Education private 4. Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Janice Gillispie Mazidi, Rolin D.Mckinlay, “The 8051 Microcontroller
Learning Limited , 2011. and Embedded Systems”, McGraw Hill Education private Limited, 2008.
Resources 2. Krishna Kant, “Microprocessors and Microcontrollers”, Eastern Economy Edition, PHI learning private ltd, 2012. 5. Ramesh S. Gaonkar, Microprocessor Architecture. Programming and Applications with the
3. Douglas V Hall and SSSP Rao, “Microprocessors and Interfacing”, Pearson Education, 2012. 8085, 5th ed., Penram International Publishing (India) Private Limited. 2005

Learning Assessment
Continious Learning Assessment (50% Weightage)
Bloom’s Level of Final Examination (50% Weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)
Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 20% 20% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15%
Understand
Apply
Level 2 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20%
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 10% 10% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15%
Create
Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. P.Kartikeyan, Head – Operations Improvement, Nokia India, 1. Dr.K.Senthilkumaran, Assistant professor, IIITDM, Kancheepuram. 1. Eastus Russel, SRMIST
kartikeyan.p@nokia.com skumaran@iiitdm.ac.in
2. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in 2. Dr.B.Mohan, Professor, Anna University, mohan@mitindia.edu 2. Dr.R.Rajaraman, SRMIST
3. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayutham.a@cvrde.drdo.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1673
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE333T INDUSTRIAL ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Introduce the basics of robotic technology and its applications 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Impart knowledge on robot motion analysis and control

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Explore the application of robot in manufacturing and assembly

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Impart knowledge on automation and control technologies in manufacturing

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Introduce the concept of automated material transport systems

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Impart knowledge on fundamentals and applications of automated production lines

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand the basics of robot anatomy, control and sensing system 1 90 85 M L L L M - L - M L L - H - H
CLO-2 : Gain knowledge on robot manipulator kinematics, path control and dynamics 2 90 85 H M L M M - M - L M L - H - L
CLO-3 : Understand the application of robot in manufacturing and assembly 2 90 85 M M M L M L M - M H L - H - M
CLO-4 : Gain knowledge on various elements of automations in manufacturing 2 90 85 L M L M H - L - L L M - H - H
CLO-5 : Understand the concept of automated guided vehicle system for shop floor application 2 90 85 M L L M H - L - L L M - H - M
CLO-6 : Gain knowledge on automated storage and retrieval system and automated assembly system 2 90 85 M M L M M - L - M H M - H - H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Automated material transport
Introduction to manipulator kinematics –
SLO-1 Introduction to Robotics Robot Applications in Manufacturing: Automation in production systems systems, storage system and
position representation
S-1 assembly system : Introduction
forward and reverse transformation of the General consideration in Robot Material
SLO-2 History of Robots Automated manufacturing system Automated Guided Vehicle system
2 degree of freedom arm Handling
3 degree of freedom arm in two Material Transfer Application – pick and Computerized manufacturing and support
SLO-1 Robot Anatomy AGV types
dimensions place operations systems
S-2
4 degree of freedom manipulator in three
SLO-2 Components Palletizing and related operations Reasons for automating Applications
dimensions
Homogeneous transformations and Robot Automation principles and strategies –
SLO-1 Work Volume Machine Loading and unloading Vehicle Guidance
kinematics, parallel kinematics The USA principle
S-3
Kinematic equations using Homogeneous Strategies for Automation and process
SLO-2 Polar, cylindrical and cartesian Die casting, plastic moulding Routing
transformations improvement
SLO-1 Robot drive systems Solving the kinematic equations Forging and related operations Automation Migration strategy Traffic Control
S-4 Machining operations, Stamping press Manual, automated and automated
SLO-2 Hydraulic drive Examples Safety
operations integrated production
Basic elements of an Automated
S-5 SLO-1 Electric drive A discussion on orientation Robots used in Spot welding System Management
System

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1674
Roll, pitch and yaw for a manipulator Power to accomplish the Automated
SLO-2 Pneumatic drive Application and benefits Autonomous intelligent vehicle
wrist mechanism Process
SLO-1 Control systems Manipulator path control – motion types Robots used in Continuous Arc welding Program of instructions Automated storage Systems
Problems for Robots in Arc welding,
S-6
SLO-2 Dynamic performance joint space schemes applications, features of the welding Control system Retrieval Systems
robot, sensors, advantage and benefits
Precision of Movement, Spatial Robots used in Spray Coating, and
SLO-1 Robot dynamics analysis, Advanced automation functions – Carousel Storage Systems.
S-7 resolution additive manufacturing
SLO-2 Accuracy, Repeatability Static analysis, Application and benefits Safety monitoring,
Other Processing operation using
SLO-1 End Effectors – grippers Compensating for gravity, Maintenance and repair diagnostics, Automated assembly system –
S-8 Robots
SLO-2 tools Robot arm dynamics Drilling, Grinding, Riveting Error detection and recovery system configuration,
Assembly system configurations -
SLO-1 Robotic sensors Configuration of a Robot controller Levels of automation parts delivery at work stations,
Single work station assembly,
S-9
series assembly system, parallel Device, machine, cell or system, plant,
SLO-2 Types of sensors General robot controller elements applications.
assembly system enterprise levels.

1. “Industrial Robotics Technology, Programmming, and Applications” - Mikell P Groover, Mitchell Weiss, Rogen N
4. “Industrial Robotics Technology, Programming, and Applications”- Mikell P Groover,
Nagel, Nicholas G Odrey, AshishDutta, Tata McGraw Hill Special Indian Edition, 2012.
Learning Mitchell Weiss, Roger N Nagel 2008
2. “Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing” - K.Lalit Narayan, K.MallikarjunaRao, Prentice Hall of India, 2008.
Resources 5. “Robotics Technology & Flexible Automation” - S.R.Deb, S.Deb 2012
3. “Automation, Production systems, and Computer intergrated Manufacturing”- Mikell P. Groover, Prentice Hall of
6. “Introduction to Robotics in CIM system” - James A Rehg 2002
India, 2008.

Learning Assessment
Continious Learning Assessment (50% Weightage)
Bloom’s Level of Final Examination (50% Weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)
Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Create
Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. P.Kartikeyan, Head – Operations Improvement, Nokia India, 1. Dr.K.Senthilkumaran, Assistant professor, IIITDM, Kancheepuram. 1. E. Sankar, SRMIST
kartikeyan.p@nokia.com skumaran@iiitdm.ac.in
2. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in 2. Dr.B.Mohan, Professor, Anna University, mohan@mitindia.edu 2. Dr.R.Rajaraman, SRMIST
3. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayutham.a@cvrde.drdo.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1675
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE334T PLC AND ITS APPLICATIONS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Impart PLC principle to reduce the human efforts by means of automation 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Identify the main parts of PLC and hardware components

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Analyze and interpret typical PLC timer ladder logic programs

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Acquire knowledge on HMI remote control monitoring in industrial automation

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Learn PLC process – control design and PID configuration

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Design PLC control system I/O and its applications

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Utilize the parts of machine controller diagram including rungs, branches of PLC 2 85 80 M - - - M - - - - - - - L - L
CLO-2 : Understand the equipment used to program a PLC and mnemonic code 2 90 85 M - - - - - - - - - - - M - L
CLO-3 : Gain knowledge on hardwired and Human Machine Interface communicate with PLC 2 85 80 H - M- M - - - - - - - - L - M
CLO-4 : Learn the functions of PLC process – control design and elements 2 85 80 H - - - - - - - - - - - L - L
CLO-5 : Understand basic knowledge of PLCs concepts and its application in industries 3 90 85 H - M M - - - - - - - - M - H
CLO-6 : Develop complete system of PLC to meet industrial tasks 2 85 80 H M H H M - - - M - M - H - H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Advanced program techniques- Case studies of manufacturing and
SLO-1 Introduction Control system classifications Introduction: level of lontrol & automation
Introduction process automation
S-1
Physical components vs program
SLO-2 History of the PLC Manual and auto control system Components of control system PLC interface to a robot
components
SLO-1 Principles of operation Automated system building block RS Flip Flop, one shot, Control elements of industrial automation Case studies of on - off control
S-2
SLO-2 Benefits of PLC Requirements for industrial control D Flip Flop, T Flip Flop Examples of control requirements Automatic control in manufacturing
SLO-1 Various parts of PLC Motor magnetic starter Forms of counters Selection criteria for control elements Water tank level control
S-3 Irrigation - Canal water level control &
SLO-2 Hardwired system replacement Process control choices Counter application Standardization
logic diagram
SLO-1 Functions of PLC Components of modularized PLC Sequencers Signal conversion
S-4 Filling of bottle - Case study
SLO-2 Need for PLCs and its advantages PLC configuration Sequential functional chart Quantification errors and resolution
SLO-1 Inputs & Outputs of PLC Introduction to human machine interface NAND logic function Process control system
Conveyor System Speed Control -
S-5 Common types of mechanical design
SLO-2 Device and PLC / HMI configuration NOR logic function Control Strategy and types Case Study
for PLCs
Fundamentals of human machine
SLO-1 PLC Architecture and Wiring Diagrams AND ladder Rung PLC Selection factors
S-6 interfacing Coal Handling System- Case Study
SLO-2 Internal structure Architecture of PLC HMI-PLC application OR ladder Rung PLC Families

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1676
Basic components and their symbols of
SLO-1 Network standards Types of timer Feedback control of continuous systems
Ladder diagram Multi-Unit Chemical Process- Case
S-7
Functions & function blocks of Ladder Study
SLO-2 Network systems role in industry On/off cyclic timer PLC systems and safety
diagram
SLO-1 Switches& Its types Number systems Simple and complex branches PID control configuration Commissioning of PLC systems
S-8
SLO-2 Relay systems PLC data standard format program PID control systems Fault Finding Techniques
Logical Actuators: solenoid, valves Design cases: Oven temperature control,
SLO-1 PLC size and Applications PLC in automation technology Power Plant Monitoring and Control
cylinders supervisory control and data acquisition
S-9
Examples of commercial systems Logical Actuators: hydraulics and
SLO-2 PLCs versus other technologies Position measurement Other Applications of PLC
involving PLC pneumatics

1. Khaled Kamel, Eman Kamel, “Programmable Logic Controllers, Industrial C”, Mc Graw Hill private Ltd, 2014.
2. Gar Dunning, “Programmable Logic Controllers, Industrial Control”, Mc Graw Hill private Ltd, 2009. 7. Kelvin T. Erickson, “Programmable Logic Controllers: An Emphasis on Design and
3. John R. Hackworth, Federick D. Hackworth , Jr., “Programmable Logic Controllers : Programming Methods Application” Mc Graw Hill private Ltd 2007.
Learning
and Applications” Prentice Hall Publishing, 2003 8. R. Bliesener, F. Ebel, C. Loffler, “Programmable Logic Controllers”, Festo Dicactic, Ltd, 2002.
Resources
4. W. Bolton, “Programmable Logic Controllers”, Newnes Education private Limited, 2009. 9. Kevin Collins, “PLC Programming for Industrial Automation”, Newnes Education private
5. Frank D, Petruzella, “Programmable Logic Controllers”, Mc Graw Hill private Ltd, 2011. Limited, 2009.
6. Hugh Jack, “Automating Manufacturing Systems with PLCs” Mc Graw Hill private Ltd 2007.

Learning Assessment
Continious Learning Assessment (50% Weightage)
Bloom’s Level of Final Examination (50% Weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)
Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Create
Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. P.Kartikeyan, Head – Operations Improvement, Nokia India, 1. Dr.K.Senthilkumaran, Assistant professor, IIITDM, Kancheepuram. 1. A. Arunnath, SRMIST
kartikeyan.p@nokia.com skumaran@iiitdm.ac.in
2. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in 2. Dr.B.Mohan, Professor, Anna University, mohan@mitindia.edu 2. Dr.R.Rajaraman, SRMIST
3. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayutham.a@cvrde.drdo.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1677
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE335T FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING SYSTEM E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Introduce the concepts that can be flexible to the modern competitive environment. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : To impart knowledge of Group Technology

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : To impart knowledge about flexible manufacturing systems and its concepts

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Introduce the concepts of manufacturing cell and its systems

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Introduce the concepts JIT and KANBAN system

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : To impart knowledge about FMS software structure and description

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand the concepts of FMS in the modern competitive environment 1 90 85 M - H L M - L - M - M - H - H
CLO-2 : Understand the concepts about Group Technology and various coding schemes 2 90 85 H - - L M - M - - M M - H - H
CLO-3 : Understand the need of FMS layout, applications with scheduling concepts 2 90 85 M - M L M - M - M H L - H - H
CLO-4 : Understand the concepts of cell, Unattended machining, JIT in detail 2 90 85 L - L L L - - - L L M - H - H
CLO-5 : Understand the FMS software modules, ideas in data exchanges 2 90 85 M - H L H - - - L - H - H - H
CLO-6 : Ability to perform Planning, Scheduling and control of FMS 2 90 85 M - H L M - - - M H H - H - H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Traditional production planning, Manufacturing Cell, Product flow from cell
SLO-1 Introduction to Group Technology Introduction to FMS FMS software – Introduction
forecasting, process planning to cell
S-1 Estimating, master scheduling, and
SLO-2 various steps involved in planning and Part families Basic components of FMS Classification of Cell General structure and requirements
control
Problems in production planning and Introduction to parts classification and
SLO-1 Application Characteristics of FMS Unattended machining Advantages of FMS software
control coding
S-2 Activities and functions to be
SLO-2 Cycle of activities Coding system architecture Significance of FMS Features and requirement performed by FMS software, within the
system
Computer Integrated production Opitz system structure, classification
SLO-1 Types of FMS Differences between FMS and FMC Types of FMS software modules
S-3 management systems system
SLO-2 Cycle of activities in CIPMS MICLASS system Types of FMS layouts Introduction to JIT, Goals Work-order processing
SLO-1 Cost Planning Code system Factors influencing FMS layout Objectives of JIT, Ingredients Data distribution and collection
S-4
SLO-2 Cost Control Group Technology machine cells Objectives, AIMS of FMS Quality and Quantity Principles of JIT System diagnostics and maintenance
SLO-1 Inventory types Types of GT machine cells Advantages of FMS Primary quantity JIT principles Tool management
S-5
SLO-2 Inventory Management Benefits of Group technology Disadvantages of FMS Benefits of JIT Traffic management and control

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1678
Product design benefits, tooling and
SLO-1 Material Requirements Planning Area of Application of FMS in an Industry JIT implementation Quality control management
setups
S-6
Various equipment and their functions
SLO-2 Basic MRP concepts Material handling KANBAN/CARD system introduction Fixtures and work piece control
required for an FMS
SLO-1 Inputs to MRP Production and inventory control CIM technology Push Vs pull system Planning scheduling and simulation
S-7 Master production schedule, bill of
SLO-2 Employee satisfaction Hierarchy of CIM Dual card KANBAN Computer simulation
materials, Inventory record file
SLO-1 Principles of MRP Process planning procedures Direct Real Time schedule control Dual card KANBAN for milling and drilling General phases of simulation analysis
S-8
SLO-2 MRP output reports System planning-objective, guideline, Major functions of FMS host Single card KANBAN concept Functions
SLO-1 Benefits of MRP System definition and sizing- FMS concepts Single card KANBAN- Example FMS hosts
S-9
SLO-2 MRP-II Human resources Process routings in an FMS Benefits of KANBAN system Data exchanges

1. “CAD/CAM Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing” - M.Groover&E.Zimmers, Pearson Prentice Hall, 4. “CAD/CAM Theory and Practice”- Ibrahim Zyed, Sivasubramaniam Tata McGraw Hill
2012 International 2011
Learning
2. “Flexible Manufacturing System”- H.K.Shivanand, M.M.Benal, V.Koti, New Age International Pvt Limited, 2006 5. “Flexible Manufacturing Cells and Systems” - William .W.LuggenPrentice Hall 1991
Resources
3. “Computer Aided Manufacturing” - P.N RAO, N.K.TIWARI, T.K.KUNDRA, McGraw Hill Education India private 6. “Automation production Systems & Computer Integrated Manufacturing” - MikellP Groover 1989
Ltd, 2014 7. “Handbook of Flexible of Manufacturing Systems” - JHA N.K 1991

Learning Assessment
Continious Learning Assessment (50% Weightage) Final Examination (50%
Bloom’s Level of
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%) Weightage)
Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Create
Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. P.Kartikeyan, Head – Operations Improvement, Nokia India, 1. Dr.K.Senthilkumaran, Assistant professor, IIITDM, Kancheepuram. 1. M.Kamatchi Hariharan SRMIST
kartikeyan.p@nokia.com skumaran@iiitdm.ac.in
2. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in 2. Dr.B.Mohan, Professor, Anna University, mohan@mitindia.edu 2. Dr.R.Rajaraman, SRMIST
3. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayutham.a@cvrde.drdo.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1679
Course Course L T P C
18MEE432T Course Name INTERNET OF THINGS IN AUTOMATION E Professional Elective
Code Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Acquire knowledge on IoT enabling technologies 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Impart knowledge on work logic of IoT in manufacturing system

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Acquire knowledge on prototyping and production

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : To know the role of IoT in laser cutting, 3D printing, CNC milling

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : To know the use of smart objects for smart applications

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Track and trace real time manufacturing information

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand the design principles of connected devices 2 90 80 H M M L L - - - - - - M H - H
CLO-2 : Apply IoT models in manufacturing technologies 2 85 80 H M L L - - - - - - - M H - H
CLO-3 : Understand the importance of standardization in IoT 1 90 85 H L L - M - - - - - - M H - H
CLO-4 : Understand the capabilities and application of IoT 2 90 85 H L - - L - - - - - - M M - M
CLO-5 : Become master of IoT for business model 1 85 80 H L - - - - - - - - M M M - M
CLO-6 : Acquire the real time manufacturing information 2 85 80 H L - - - - - - - - - M M - M

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(Hour)
Existing manufacturing paradigms and Real time status monitoring and Real time
SLO – 1 Introduction to IoT
their limitations production guiding IoT application for industry value
S-1 Configuration of smart shop floor
Agile manufacturing, Networked Real time production data sharing, Real creation and challenges
SLO – 2 Definition and characteristic of IoT
manufacturing time production requeuing
Deployment of multi-sensors, multiple IoT application requirement and
SLO – 1 Physical design of IoT Reconfigurable manufacturing system The logical flow of the prototype system
sensor selection, multiple sensor manager capabilities
S-2
Product service system and industrial Multisource manufacturing information Challenges faced by IoT industries
SLO – 2 Physical design of IoT The framework of the prototype system
product service system, capturing and sharing application
SLO – 1 Logical design of IoT Manufacturing grid Information encapsulation Future factory concepts The framework of the prototype system
S-3 Case study – hardware device, software
SLO – 2 Logical design of IoT Cloud manufacturing Deployment of hardware devices
system The smart factory initiative
SLO – 1 IoT enabling technologies Limitations of agile manufacturing system IoT standardization Workflow of the prototype system
S-4 Applications of IoT in manufacturing Importance of standardization – beginning Task driven manufacturing resource
SLO – 2 IoT enabling technologies
system of everything From technologies to technology configuration model
Key features and limitations of IoT in The need of methods and tools and concept
SLO – 1 IoT levels and deployment models Production scheduling / rescheduling model
manufacturing system corresponding research
S-5 Integration framework of real time Gaps between IoT standardization, IoT
Brownfield IoT : Technologies for
SLO – 2 IoT levels and deployment models manufacturing information – sharing and research, IoT development and IoT The scheduling and rescheduling method
retrofitting
integration innovation

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1680
Design principles for connected
SLO – 1 M2M service layer standardization
devices IoT enabled smart materials handling
S-6
Design principles for connected module
SLO – 2 Prototype and production
devices
Real time manufacturing data processing Smart objects and smart applications
Physical prototypes and mass
SLO – 1 Calm and ambient technology
S-7 personalization IoT enabled smart station
SLO – 2 Calm and ambient technology Sharing and exchange service Open source versus closed source
Four aspects in your business to master
Prototyping embedded devices, sensors,
SLO – 1 Internet principles IoT enabled smart assembly station IoT Operation guidance from the system
actuators
S-8
Overall architecture of IoT enabled smart Embedded computer basics, Arduino,
SLO – 2 Internet Communication – overview Value creation from big data and Real time queuing under exceptions
assembly station Raspberry Pi, sketch, iterate and explore
serialization from pharmaceutical
Overall architecture of IoT Non digital methods, Laser cutting, 3D Real time manufacturing information track
SLO – 1 IoT enabled smart trolley industry
manufacturing system (MS) printing, types of 3D printing and trace
S-9
The work logic of IoT MS, Description IoT enabled materials handling Moving to manufacture, Moving to Real time production performances monitor
SLO – 2 IoT for oil and gas industries
of core technologies of IoT MS manufacture, CNC milling, recycling module

1. ArshdeepBahga, Vijay Madisetti, “Internet of Things – A hands on approach”, ArshdeepBahga& 4. Dr. Ovidiu Vermesan, Dr. Peter Friess, “Internet of Things – Covering technologies for smart environments
Vijay Madisetti 2014 and ecosystem”, River Publishers 2013.
Learning 2. Yingfeng Zhang, Fei Tao, “Optimization of manufacturing using internet of things”, Academic Press 5. Christoph Jan Bartodziej, “The concept of industry 4.0” – An empirical analysis of technologies and
Resources Elsevier 2017. applications in production logistics”, Springer Gabler 2017
3. Adrian McEwen, Hakim Cassimally, “Designing the internet of things”, Springer International 6. Francis daCosta, “Rethinking the internet of things – A scalable approach to connecting everything”,
Publishing 2018. Apress 2013.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% Weightage)
Bloom’s Level of Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA-1 (10%) CLA-2 (15%) CLA-3 (15%) CLA-4 (10%) #
Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Create
Total 100% - 100% - 100% - 100% - 100% -
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from industry Expert from higher technical institution Internal Expert
1. Mr. P.Kartikeyan, Head – Operations Improvement, Nokia India, 1. Dr.K.Senthilkumaran, Assistant professor, IIITDM, Kancheepuram.
1. N. Dinakar, SRMIST
kartikeyan.p@nokia.com skumaran@iiitdm.ac.in
2. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in 2. Dr.B.Mohan, Professor, Anna University, mohan@mitindia.edu 2. Dr.R.Rajaraman, SRMIST
3. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayutham.a@cvrde.drdo.in 2.

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1681
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE433T VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Impart knowledge on virtual instrumentation and differentiate it from conventional instruments 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Learn the basic programming concepts

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Learn different Data Acquisition System

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Impart knowledge on interfacing of virtual instrumentation

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Provide knowledge in process analysis by virtual instrumentation tool.

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Develop real time applications using LabVIEW

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Describe about virtual instrumentation 1 90 85 M - M L H - L - - - - L H - H
CLO-2 : Get adequate knowledge on virtual instrumentation tool sets 2 90 85 H - - L H - L - - - - L H - H
CLO-3 : Describe data acquisition 2 90 85 H - M M H - L - M - - L H - H
CLO-4 : Understand virtual instrumentation programming techniques 2 90 85 H - M L H - - - L - - L- H - H
CLO-5 : Gain knowledge on interfacing and networking of virtual instrumentation 2 90 85 H - M M H - - - L - - - H - H
CLO-6 : Use virtual instrumentation tool for process monitoring 2 90 85 H - M L H - L - M - - - H - H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Historical perspective, advantages of
SLO-1 Modular Programming in Lab-VIEW Introduction to PC based data acquisition Common Instrument Interfaces Use of Analysis tools
S-1 virtual instrumentation
SLO-2 Block diagram of a virtual instrument Building a connector pane Sampling fundamentals Current loop Fourier transforms
SLO-1 Architecture of a virtual instrument VIs and sub-Vis Analog Input/output techniques Serial port Communication Power spectrum
S-2 Conventional instruments versus
SLO-2 Opening and editing sub-Vis Digital Input/output techniques Instrument driver VIs correlation methods
Traditional instruments
SLO-1 Hardware in virtual instrumentation Placing sub-VIs, Saving sub VIs Buses RS 232C/ RS485 Windowing and filtering
S-3 Loops and charts, Terminals inside or
SLO-2 Software in virtual instrumentation ADC, DAC GPIB Distributed I/O modules
outside loops
Layers of virtual instrumentation
SLO-1 Shift Registers Counters and timers Using other interfaces Virtual Laboratory, Simulation of level
software
S-4
Major equipments- Oscilloscope,
SLO-2 Graphical system design model Arrays, creating arrays DMA Bus Interfaces: USB, PCMCIA
Digital Multi-meter
SLO-1 Virtual instrumentation for test Deleting, inserting and replacing elements Software and hardware installation VXI, SCSI Temperature data acquisition system
S-5 Virtual instrumentation for industrial I/O
SLO-2 Clusters and graphs Calibration, resolution PCI, PXI, Fire wire Image acquisition and processing
and control
SLO-1 Virtual instrumentation for design Case and sequence structures Signal conditioning PXI system controllers Image acquisition using line sensor
S-6
SLO-2 Graphical programming in data flow formula nodes, feedback nodes Computer based measurements system Ethernet control of PXI. Image acquisition using a single sensor

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1682
Comparison with conventional Selecting and configuring data acquisition Motion control employing stepper
SLO-1 Control timing Networking basics for office
programming system motor
S-7
Virtual instrumentation in the
SLO-2 Local and global variables Concept of universal data acquisition card Networking basis for industrial applications On-Off controller PID Controller
engineering processes
Virtual instrumentation personal
SLO-1 State machine Data acquisition interface requirements VISA and IVI. PID controller theory
computers
S-8
Graphical programming and textual
SLO-2 String and file I/O Use of timers/counters VISA Programming terminology PID tuning software
programming
Development of Virtual Instrument using Advantages and Limitations of PID
SLO-1 Instrument Drivers Signal sources, measurement system VISA and Serial
Graphical user interface (GUI) controller
S-9
Publishing measurement data in the web, Advantages and Limitations of On-Off
SLO-2 Real-time systems Increasing the measurement quality IVI software technology
cable news network controller

1. Robert H.Bishop, “Learning with LabVIEW 2009”, Pearson Education 2010.


4. N.Mathivanan, “PC-based Instrumentation: Concepts and Practice”, Eastern Economy Edition,
2. Jovitha Jerome, “Virtual Instrumentation Using LabVIEW”, Eastern Economy Edition,PHI learning private
Learning PHI Learning private Ltd, 2007.
ltd, 2010.
Resources 5. Kevin James, “PC Interfacing and Data Acquisition: Techniques for Measurement,
3. Sanjay Gupta and Joseph john, “Virtual Instrumentation Using LabVIEW”,McGraw Hill Education private
Instrumentation and Control”, Newnes, 2000.
Limited, 2013.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% Weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% Weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Create
Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. P.Kartikeyan, Head – Operations Improvement, Nokia India, 1. Dr.K.Senthilkumaran, Assistant professor, IIITDM, Kancheepuram. 1. Dr.R.Rajaraman, SRMIST
kartikeyan.p@nokia.com skumaran@iiitdm.ac.in
2. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in 2. Dr.B.Mohan, Professor, Anna University, mohan@mitindia.edu 2. Dr.I.Suresh Kannan, SRMIST
3. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayutham.a@cvrde.drdo.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1683
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE434T NEURAL NETWORK AND FUZZY SYSTEMS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Acquire knowledge on the fundamental of neural networks 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Apply the neural network recurrence for automation

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Utilize the practical applications of neural networks in automation

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Understand the principles of Clustering approaches to automation

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Understand various applications of fuzzy in automation

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Understand the Neural Network approach to Pattern Recognition

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Acquire basic understanding of the various algorithms involved in Neural Networks & Fuzzy Systems 3 90 80 H H H H - - - - H - - H H - H
CLO-2 : Analyze the neuron model and fundamentals on learning algorithms 3 90 80 M - - - - - - -- - - - H M - M
CLO-3 : Understand various Fuzzy algorithms. 3 90 80 H H L H H - - - M - - H H - M
CLO-4 : Analyze how to apply the concept of fuzzy & neural in automation 3 90 80 H M M H H - - - M - - H H - M
CLO-5 : Application of Neural and Neuro fuzzy concepts 3 90 80 H L L H - - - - M - - H H - M
CLO-6 : Analyze and compare a variety of automation techniques to real-world problems 3 90 80 H H L H - - - M - - H H - M

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
SLO-1 Introduction to ANN Counter propagation Introduction to Fuzzy Sets
Application of neural networks and
S-1 Crispness, Vagueness, Fuzziness, Fuzzy Relations on Sets and Fuzzy Sets
SLO-2 History of neural networks Self-organization Map fuzzy logic
Uncertainty
Biological Neurons and its Artificial
SLO-1 Fuzzy Set Theory
S-2 Models Cognitron and Neocognitron Compositions of Fuzzy Relations Applications of Fuzzy Set Theory
SLO-2 Models of Artificial Neural Networks Fuzzy Sets-Basic Definitions
Basic Set-Theoretic Operations for Fuzzy
SLO-1 Learning and Adaptation Support Logic Programming and Fril
S-3 Hopfield Net- kohonnen Nets Sets Properties of the Min-Max Composition
SLO-2 Neural Network Learning Rules Types of Fuzzy Sets
SLO-1 Hebbian Learning Rule Mathematical foundations of Discrete- Further Operations on Fuzzy Sets
S-4 Fuzzy Graphs Application in Measurement, Control
SLO-2 Perceptron Learning Rule Time hopfield networks Algebraic Operations
SLO-1 Set-Theoretic Operations
Mathematical foundations of gradient type Linguistic Evaluation and Ranking of
S-5 Types of activation Functions Criteria for Selecting Appropriate Fuzzy Functions on Fuzzy Sets
SLO-2 hopfield networks Machine Tools
Aggregation Operators
SLO-1 Multilayer perceptron Application in Flexible Manufacturing
S-6 Grossberg nets Fuzzification and Defuzzification Integration of Fuzzy Functions
SLO-2 Batch Learning and On-Line Learning Systems
SLO-1 Supervised Learning Viewed as an Transient response of continuous-Time Fuzzy Measures and Measures of Performance index – Modification of rule
S-7 Adaptive Neural Controllers
SLO-2 Optimization Problem Networks Fuzziness base

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1684
SLO-1 Back propagation algorithm and its Relaxation Modeling in Single-Layer Genetic algorithms Signal Processing and Image
S-8 The Extension Principle and Applications
SLO-2 variants Feedback Networks Adaptive fuzzy system Processing
SLO -1
S-9 Different types of learning, examples Art-I, Art-II reinforcement learning Algebraic Operations with Fuzzy Numbers Neuro fuzzy systems Case studies
SLO -2

1. Vallum B. R And Hayagriva V.R C++, Neural networks and Fuzzy logic, BPB Publications. 6. Fuzzy sets Fuzzy logic, Klir, G.J anfd Yuan B.B Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,, New Delhi
2. Simon Haykins, “Neural Networks - A comprehensive foundation”, Macmillan College, Proc. Con. Inc. New 7. Neural Networks and Fuzzy systems, Kosko.. Prentice hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,, New Delhi
York, 2005 1994
Learning
3. Zimmermann.H.J, “Fuzzy set theory and its applications”, Allied Publication Ltd.,Chennai, 2001.New Delhi, 8. Introduction to Fuzzy control, Dirankov D. Hellendoorn H, Reinfrank M., Narosa
Resources
1996 Publications House, New Delhi 1996
4. Fuzzy logic &Neural Networks/ Chennakesava R. Alavala/ New Age International, 2008 9. Introduction to Artificial Neural systems, Zurada J. M Jaico Publishing House, New Delhi
5. Neural Networks for control, Millon W. T, Sutton R.S and Werbos P.J, MIT Press 1992 1994

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% Weightage) Final Examination (50%
Bloom’s Level of
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)# Weightage)
Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Create
Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. P.Kartikeyan, Head – Operations Improvement, Nokia India, 1. Dr.K.Senthilkumaran, Assistant professor, IIITDM, Kancheepuram. 1. S.Thamilarasu, SRMIST
kartikeyan.p@nokia.com skumaran@iiitdm.ac.in
2. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in 2. Dr.B.Mohan, Professor, Anna University, mohan@mitindia.edu 2. Dr.R.Rajaraman, SRMIST
3. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayutham.a@cvrde.drdo.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1685
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE435T ELEMENTS OF MECHATRONICS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil
Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Understand the basic key elements of mechatronics systems 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Have cognizance on performance of sensors and transducers.

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Understand different actuation systems, signal processing and Controllers

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Program the PLC

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Design mechatronics system and its applications

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Case studies

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : To discuss mechanical systems used in Mechatronics 1 90 85 H L H H - - L - - - - - H - H
CLO-2 : To integrate mechanical, electronics, control and computer engineering in the design of mechatronics systems 2 85 80 H L H M L - L - - H - - M - M
CLO-3 : Use mathematical methods and tools to analyse and develop electrical and mechanical engineering systems 3 85 80 L M L - L - - - - - - L M - H
CLO-4 : Identify, define, formulate and solve complex mechatronics engineering problems 2 85 80 H M H H H - L - - - M - H - H
CLO-5 : Ability to work in design, implementation and integration of mechatronics engineering applications 2 85 80 H - H - M - L - - L - - M - M
CLO-6 : Conduct feasibility study for using mechatronics systems for solving assistive technology applications 2 85 80 M M - H L - - - - L M L M - H
Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
SLO-1 Mechatronics
S-1 Mathematical models Microprocessor systems Introduction of basic structure Stepper motor
SLO-2 Engineering Design
SLO-1 Classification of Sensors Building Blocks : Mechanical
S-2 Basic elements of control systems Input and output processing Stepper motor - types
SLO-2 Classification of transducers Building Blocks : Electrical
SLO-1 Thermal and electrical sensors Building Blocks : Fluid
S-3 Microcontrollers Programming Servo motor
SLO-2 Optical sensor Building Blocks : thermal system
SLO-1 Acoustic sensor Microprocessor architecture and
S-4 System models Mnemonics Servo motor - types
SLO-2 Pneumatic sensor terminology
SLO-1 Magnetic sensor Case studies of mechatronics system-
S-5 Dynamic response of systems Closed loop controllers Timers
SLO-2 Piezo electric sensor pick and place robot
Proportional, derivative and integral
SLO-1 Transducers: Static characteristics
S-6 first and second order systems controls counters and internal relays automatic car park barrier
SLO-2 Transducers: Dynamic characteristics Derivative and integral controls
SLO-1 Open loop control systems
S-7 Modeling dynamic systems PID controller Data handling Engine management system
SLO-2 Closed loop control systems
SLO-1 Controllers
S-8 System transfer functions Selection of PLC Digital camera
SLO-2 Tuning of controller
Servo mechanism
SLO-1 Development of simple ladder programs A PC based computer numerically
S-9 Frequency response Adaptive control of machine tools
SLO=2 for specific purposes controlled drilling machine

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1686
1. W.Bolton, “Mechatronics electronic control systems in mechanical and electrical 3. Devdas Shetty & Richard A.Kolk, “Mechatronics system design”, Indian Edition, Cenage Learning, 2009.
Learning
engineering”, Pearson Education 2013. 4. Nitaigour Premchand Mahalik, “Mechatronics principles, concepts and applications”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008.
Resources
2. Godfrey C.Onwubolu, “Mechatronics principles and applications”, Elsevier, 2011. 5. R.K.Rajput, “A textbook of Mechatronics”, Revised Edition, S.Chand Company,2009.

Learning Assessment
Continious Learning Assessment (50% Weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% Weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Create
Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. P.Kartikeyan, Head – Operations Improvement, Nokia India, 1. Dr.K.Senthilkumaran, Assistant professor, IIITDM, Kancheepuram. 1. S.Benu Deepsun, SRMIST
kartikeyan.p@nokia.com skumaran@iiitdm.ac.in
2. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in 2. Dr.B.Mohan, Professor, Anna University, mohan@mitindia.edu 2. Dr.R.Rajaraman, SRMIST
3. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayutham.a@cvrde.drdo.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1687
Course Course L T P C
18MEE801J Course Name ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND MACHINE LEARNING E Professional Elective
Code Category 2 0 2 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Learn about Artificial Intelligence and identify the need of AI in Mechanical Engineering 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Learn about different search algorithms

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Learn about Logic controllers, Microprocessors

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Learn about Python Programming

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Apply the concept of Machine Learning for mechanical applications

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Apply Mechanical concepts in AI and build an efficient working environment

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand the concept of Artificial Intelligence 1 90 85 H L M M H - M H M - - M - - -
CLO-2 : Characterize the concepts of Machine Learning 1 90 85 H - M M H - M L M - - M - - -
CLO-3 : Identify the different concepts in Heuristic methods 1 90 85 H - - M L - - H M L - - M L M
CLO-4 : Understand MATLAB and Python programming 2 90 85 H H L M M - L L M L - M M L M
CLO-5 : Solve problems in Genetic programming 2 90 85 H H - M M - - L M L - L M L M
CLO-6 : Apply the basic knowledge of Mechanical in smart manufacturing 2 90 85 H M - M H - L L M L - H M L M

Duration (hour) 12 12 12 12 10
Tutorial 4: Artificial Intelligence in
SLO-1 Artificial Intelligence and its foundations Lab-4: MATLAB- Optimization methods Fuzzy matching techniques Syntax programming for optimization
S-1 Manufacturing Industry
GA, Fuzzy, Neural & PSO
SLO-2 History of AI, LISP and PROLOG Hebb's Rule, McCulloch and Pitts Neurons Tutorial 6: Microcontrollers Reduced environmental impact by ML
Evolutionary Learning: Genetic Algorithm
SLO-1 Blind search, Breadth first Formalized symbolic logics Lab-12: FLEXSIM Software Harnessing useful data using AI and ML
and Problems in GA
S-2 Syntax and semantics for Logics
SLO-2 Lab-1: Python Programming Representing knowledge using rules and Genetic Programming RETE matching algorithm Supply chain Communication
rules-based deduction systems
SLO-1 Heuristic search techniques Reasoning under uncertainty Lab-7: Image Processing, Object and Object-Oriented representations Cutting waste using AI
S-3
SLO-2 Hill climbing technique Bayes’ probabilistic inferences Motion detection Data mining for Mechanical Engineers Integration of man machine system
Markov Chain Monte Carlo (MCMC) Lab-13:Hydraulic and Pneumatic
SLO-1 Best first search technique, A* algorithm, Heuristic methods Improved customer service using AI
methods, Bayesian Networks simulator
S-4
Lab:8- Pick and place operation of ABB
SLO-2 AO* algorithm Fuzzy reasoning Dimensionality Reduction PCA Minimizing Equipment Failures
Robot in Manual Mode
Single Value Decomposition(SVD), t-
Lab-5: Introduction to SIMULINK &
SLO-1 Lab-2: Machine Learning using python Graphical models Markov Random Fields Distributed Stochastic Neighbor Predictive Maintenance
Modelling of problems related to
S-5 Embedding (t-SNE) methods
kinematics and dynamics of robot using
Tutorial:1 Python Programming in Ensemble Techniques Boosting
SLO-2 MATLAB Hidden Markov Models (HMMs) Multi-dimensional optimization
Mechanical applications Bagging

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1688
Expert system, Relationship between
SLO-1 Game trees- Numerical Artificial Intelligence and Mechanical Data visualization in machine learning Artificial Neural network
Lab-9: Pick and place operation of ABB
Engineering
S-6 Robot in Teach Pendent method, PLC
Expert system, Relationship between
Controlled material handling system
SLO-2 Minimax algorithm Artificial Intelligence and Mechanical Text mining Greedy algorithm
Engineering
Diagnosis of rule-based reasoning Case-
SLO-1 Game playing based reasoning and fault-based tree fault Tracking Methods Greedy algorithm problems
diagnosis
S-7 Lab-14:Study on Microcontrollers
Diagnosis of rule-based reasoning Case-
Python- Basics of coding, Writing and
SLO-2 Alpha beta pruning based reasoning and fault-based tree fault Robotic perception
importing code
diagnosis
SLO-1 Case study: Manufacturing scheduling Sensors and effectors
S-8 Lab-3: Basics of MATLAB programming Tutorial 5: PLC controllers Case study on driverless vehicles
SLO-2 Case study: Manufacturing scheduling Types of sensors and acutators
Tutorial 2: Case study in manufacturing
Definition and importance of Knowledge
SLO-1 industry Case study: Intelligent Diagnostic Dynamics and control
Representation of knowledge Lab-10: 8051 Micro controller-
S-9 system for Rotating machinery Lab-15: Study on Driverless Vehicles
Temperature and Traffic control
Organization and Manipulation Logical Case study: Fault diagnosis to Hot Forging
SLO-2 Problems in Dynamics
Agents Press
SLO-1 Problems in Genetic Algorithm Application of AI and ML in Inventory Robotic software architecture
S-10 Lab-6: Sensors and its applications Python coding
SLO-2 Programming GA in MATLAB control Writing Robotic software
Tutorial 3: Image Processing, Object and
SLO-1 Problems in Artificial Neural Network MATLAB and its applications in Fault Reducing time of production with AI Robotic programming language
S-11 Motion detection
detection and Optimization
SLO-2 Programming ANN in MATLAB Basics of Machine Learning Cost reduction of production with AI Case study on Humanoid robot
Programming Particle swarm optimization
SLO-1 Definition & uses of Machine Learning Lab-11: 8051 Micro controller- Automating quality control using AI
S-12 (PSO) Machine Learning in supply chain
Temperature and Traffic control and ML
SLO-2 Problems in PSO Decision Tree & Practical applications

1. Russell, Stuart J., and Peter Norvig. Artificial intelligence: a modern approach. Malaysia; Pearson 4. Luger, George F., and William A. Stubblefield. Artificial intelligence and the design of expert
Learning Education Limited,, 2016. systems. Benjamin-Cummings Publishing Co., Inc., 2009.
Resources 2. Patterson, Dan W. Introduction to artificial intelligence and expert systems. Prentice-hall ofIndia, 2010. 5. Charniak, Eugene. Introduction to artificial intelligence. Pearson Education India, 2000.
3. Marsland, Stephen. Machine learning: an algorithmic perspective. Chapman and Hall/CRC, 2009. 6. Nilsson, Nils J. Principles of artificial intelligence. Morgan Kaufmann, 2014.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% Weightage) Final Examination (50%
Bloom,s
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%) Weightage)
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 20% 20% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15%
Understand
Apply
Level 2 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20%
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 10% 10% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15%
Create
Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1689
Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. P.Kartikeyan, Head – Operations Improvement, Nokia India, kartikeyan.p@nokia.com 1. Dr.K.Senthilkumaran, Assistant professor, IIITDM, Kanchipuram, skumaran@iiitdm.ac.in 1. Mr.S.Vignesh, SRMIST
2. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in 2. Dr.B.Mohan, Professor, Anna University, mohan@mitindia.edu 2. Dr. Suresh Kannan I, SRMIST
3. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayutham.a@cvrde.drdo.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1690
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE802T DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING AND MACHINE VISION E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Study the image fundamentals transforms necessary for image processing. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Study the image enhancement techniques

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Study basic image processing operations

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Overview of image restoration techniques.

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Understand the need for image compression and segmentation

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Understand the rapid advances in Machine vision.

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Review the fundamental concepts of a digital image processing system 2 85 90 M - - M - - - - - - - L L - L
CLO-2 : Analyze images in the frequency domain using various transforms 2 85 80 M L M M - - - - - L - L M - M
CLO-3 : Evaluate the techniques for image enhancement and image restoration 2 80 85 M - M M - - - - - - - L L - L
CLO-4 : Analysis different causes for image degradation 2 90 85 M - - M L - - - - - - L M - M
CLO-5 : Interpret Image compression standards. 2 80 80 M L - M - - M - - - - L M - L
CLO-6 : Interpret image segmentation and representation techniques. 3 85 80 M L L M - - - - M - - L L M

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Image Compression - Measuring image
SLO-1 Origins of digital image processing Light used in Machine Vision Image Enhancement Techniques: Types of task and production
S-1 information
SLO-2 Origins of digital image processing Basic Rules and Laws of Light Distribution Spatial and Frequency domain Spatial and temporal redundancy Types of task and production
Fundamental steps in digital image Image compression models - Huffman System Categories - Common types of
SLO-1 Light Filters Spatial Domain
processing coding systems-sensors-vision sensors-
S-2
Fundamental steps in digital image Image compression models - Huffman
SLO-2 Light Filters Point operation &Maskoperation PC based system
processing coding
Components of image processing Types of Light Filters Image compression models - Arithmetic Mechanical Interfaces - Dimension and
SLO-1 Histogram manipulation
system coding fixation-
S-3
Components of image processing Types of Light Filters Image compression models -Run length Mechanical Interfaces - working
SLO-2 Histogram equalization and procedure
system coding distance-position tolerance
Machine Vision versus Closed Circuit Electrical interface- wiring and
SLO-1 Elements of Visual Perception Linear gray level transformation Digital Image watermarking
Television (CCTV) movement-
S-4
Basics of Image Sensing and Machine Vision versus Closed Circuit Power supply- Internal and External
SLO-2 Linear gray level transformation Digital Image watermarking
Acquisition Television (CCTV) date connections.
Image Segmentation- Point, line and edge
S-5 SLO-1 Image Sampling Imaging Sensors- CCD Nonlinear gray level transformation Discrete Motion Production-
Detection

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1691
Image Segmentation- Point, line and edge Production-Continuous Motion
SLO-2 Image Quantization Imaging Sensors- CCD Nonlinear gray level transformation
Detection Production-Line-Scan Processing
Comparison between smoothing and Industrial Case Study- Glue Check
SLO-1 Basic Relationships between Pixels Imaging Sensors- CMOS Edge linking and Boundary Detection
sharpening spatial filters under UV Light
S-6
Comparison between smoothing and Industrial Case Study- Glue Check
SLO-2 Basic Relationships between Pixels Imaging Sensors-CMOS Edge linking and Boundary Detection
sharpening spatial filters under UV Light
Digital Cameras- B/W Sensor and Smoothing frequency domain filters (Ideal, Thresholding, Basics of Global Industrial Case StudyMultiple Position
SLO-1 Digital image file formats – GIF
Processing Butterworth, Gaussian) thresholding and Completeness Check
S-7
Digital Cameras- B/W Sensor and Smoothing frequency domain filters (Ideal, Industrial Case Study-Multiple Position
SLO-2 Digital image file formats – JPEG Using edge to improve global thresholding
Processing Butterworth, Gaussian) and Completeness Check
Sharpening frequency domain filters (Ideal, Industrial Case Study- Pin Type
SLO-1 Digital image file formats – PNG Color Digital Cameras Multiple and variable thresholding
Butterworth, Gaussian) Verification
S-8
Sharpening frequency domain filters (Ideal, Industrial Case Study- Pin Type
SLO-2 Digital image file formats – TIFF, BMP Camera Noise&Photon Noise. Multiple and variable thresholding
Butterworth, Gaussian) Verification
SLO-1 Applications of Digital Image Processing Introduction to video analytics Homomorphic filtering. Region Based Segmentation Industrial Case Study- Robot Guidance
S-9
SLO-2 Applications of Digital Image Processing Introduction to video analytics Homomorphic filtering. Pattern recognitions Industrial Case Study-Robot Guidance

1. Rafael C Gonzalez and Richard E Woods, Digital Image Processing, Pearson Education, 3rd Edition, 2009.
5. Myler, Harley R. Fundamentals of machine vision. SPIE Optical Engineering Press, 1999.
Learning 2. Jayarman.S, Esakkirajan.S and Veerakumar.T, Digital Image Processing, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
6. MillmanSonka, Vaclav Hlavac, Roger Boyle, and Broos Colic, Image Processing Analysis
Resources 3. Alexander Hornberg , Handbook on Machine Vision , Wiley – VCH , 2008.
and Machine Vision, Thompson learning, 2014.
4. William K Pratt, Digital Image Processing, John Willey, 2007.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% Weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% Weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Create
Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. P.Kartikeyan, Head – Operations Improvement, Nokia India,. 1. Dr.K.Senthilkumaran, Assistant professor, IIITDM, Kancheepuram,
1. Mr. G. Leela Prasad, SRMIST
kartikeyan.p@nokia.com skumaran@iiitdm.ac.in
2. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in 2. Dr.B.Mohan, Professor, Anna University, mohan@mitindia.edu 2. Dr. Suresh Kannan I, SRMIST
3. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayutham.a@cvrde.drdo.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1692
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE803J SENSORS FOR INTELLIGENT MANUFACTURING E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 2 0 2 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Expose the basics and working principle of sensors and Transducers 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Impart knowledge on motion sensors

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Learn the Packaging techniques of sensors

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Provide knowledge on sensors used in Robotics

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Provide insights on advanced sensors

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Impart knowledge onsensor based control

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Describe about sensors and transducers 1 90 85 H - L L M - - - M - - - M - M
CLO-2 : Familiarize to use motion sensors for various applications 2 90 85 H - L L H - - - M - - - M - M
CLO-3 : Develop packaging of various sensors 2 90 85 H - M M M - - - M - - M M - H
CLO-4 : Understand the use of sensors in Robotic application 2 90 85 H - M M H - - - M - - M M - M
CLO-5 : Gain knowledge on advanced sensors 2 90 85 H - L M H - - - M - - M M - M
CLO-6 : Develop a control scheme based on sensor feedback. 2 90 85 H - L M M - - - H - - L M - M

Duration
12 12 12 12 12
(hour)
Role of sensors in manufacturing
SLO-1 Motion Sensors Classification, characteristics Semiconductor sensors Types of controllers
S-1 automation
SLO-2 Active and passive sensors Resistive strain gauge Internal sensors – position Hall elements Electrical, pneumatic
Operating principles of different sensors Hydraulic prime movers and
SLO-1 LVDT, RVDT Velocity sensors Silicon sensors for sensing radiation
electrical, associated control hardware
S-2
Closed loop control of microcomputer
SLO-2 Operating principles of optical sensors Capacitive, piezo Acceleration sensors Mechanical signals
based drives
SLO-1 Operating principles of acoustic sensors Seismic pickups, Force sensors Magnetic signals Relay control systems
S-3 Operating principles of pneumatic
SLO-2 Vibrometers and accelerometers External sensors Chemical and other signals PLC systems and programming,
sensors
SLO-1
S-4 Lab 1:Study of the characteristics of a Lab7: Study of the characteristics of a
SLO-2 Lab 10: Study of PLC system and
Piezo resistive Sensor for Pressure Lab 4: Characteristics study of LVDT Photo reflective sensor for Speed Lab 13: Study of Level sensors
SLO-1 Programming
S-5 Measurement Measurement
SLO-2
Operating principles of magnetic
SLO-1 Sensors for CNC machine tools. Proximity, touch Slip sensors. Catalytic devices Control including sequence control
sensors
S-6
Operating principles of electro-optical Packaging techniques of mechanical Sensor based control of various
SLO-2 Robotic vision. Gas sensors
sensors sensors actuators.

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1693
Vision sensors, Active transducers, Process of imaging, architecture of robotic
SLO-1 Electrical interconnection Acoustic sensors Mechatronic devices
passive transducers vision systems
S-7 Classification of transducers, Sensors
Image acquisition, components of vision Uses of mechatronic devices in for
SLO-2 and Transducers for: flow, temperature, Packaging processes Applications of sensors in Robotics
system Intelligent Manufacturing
pressure and torque,
SLO-1
S-8 Lab2: Characteristics study of
SLO-2 Lab:8 Characteristics study of Reflective Lab 14: Study of Smart material
Resistance Temperature Detector Lab 5: Characteristics study of RVDT Lab 11: Study of Force and torque sensors
SLO-1 Beam Sensor sensors
S-9 (RTD)
SLO-2
SLO-1 Current and torque and speed Tactile sensors Autonomous mobile robots
Image representation, image processing in
S-10 measurements using digital Mechanical transduction techniques Applications of autonomous mobile
SLO-2 robotic vision systems Future Inertial Micro machined Sensors
measurement techniques robots
SLO-1
S-11
SLO-2 Lab 3: Experiment on the Calibration of Lab 6: Characteristics study of an Lab:9 Experiment on image acquisition Lab 15: Study of Micro and Nano
Lab 12: Study of Acceleration sensors
SLO-1 a Thermocouple Electromagnetic Flow meter and processing sensors
S-12
SLO-2

1. Stephen Beeby, Graham Ensell, Michael Kraft, Neil White, MEMS Mechanical Sensors, Artech House, Inc. 5. Doebelin, Measurement systems: Applications and Design, 5th edition, McGraw Hill Book, 2004.
London, 2004. 6. I. R. Sinclair, Sensors and Transducers, Elsevier, 2001.
Learning 2. J. Vetelino and A. Reghu, Introduction to sensors, CRC Press, 2010. 7. J. S. Wilson, Sensor Technology Handbook, Newnes, 2004.
Resources 3. J. Fraden, Handbook of Modern Sensors: Physics, Designs and Applications, 4th edition, Springer, 2010. 8. B. K. Ghosh, T. J. Tarn and N. Xi, Control in Robotics and Automation: Sensor-Based Integration,
4. T. G. Beckwith, R. D. Marangoni and J. H. Lienhard V., Mechanical Measurements, Pearson Prentice Hall, Academic Press, 1999.
2009. Doebelin, Measurement systems: Applications and Design, 5th edition, McGraw Hill Book, 2004. 9. C.W. de Silava, Sensors and Actuators, 2nd edition, CRC Press, 2016.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% Weightage) Final Examination (50%
Bloom,s Level
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%) Weightage)
of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 20% 20% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15%
Understand
Apply
Level 2 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20%
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 10% 10% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15%
Create
Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. P.Kartikeyan, Head – Operations Improvement, Nokia India, 1. Dr.K.Senthilkumaran, Assistant professor, IIITDM, Kancheepuram,
1. Mr.ArulRaja . R A, SRMIST
kartikeyan.p@nokia.com skumaran@iiitdm.ac.in
2. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in 2. Dr.B.Mohan, Professor, Anna University, mohan@mitindia.edu 2. Dr Suresh Kannan I, SRMIST
3. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayutham.a@cvrde.drdo.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1694
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE804T INDUSTRY 4.0 E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Acquire knowledge on principles of industry 4.0 and building blocks of industry 4.0 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Acquire knowledge on IoT enabled manufacturing systems

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Understand cloud based cyber physical systems in manufacturing

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Apply data analytics in manufacturing

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Understand and apply additive manufacturing technologies

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Acquire knowledge on technologies and application of industry 4.0

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Explain the evolution of industry 4.0 2 90 80 H - M - - - - - - - - M H --- H
CLO-2 : Explain the concept of IoT 1 85 80 H - M L H - - - - - - H H --- H
CLO-3 : Understand the application areas of IoT in manufacturing 2 85 80 H L M L L - - - - - - M M --- M
CLO-4 : Explain the concept of cloud manufacturing 2 90 85 H - H L L - - - - - - M M --- M
CLO-5 : Explain the advances in robotics in the era of industry 4.0 1 90 85 H - H L L - - - M L - L M --- M
CLO-6 : Identify advances in virtual factory research and application 1 85 80 H - H M L - - - L - L M M --- M

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(Hour)
Advances of robotics in the era of
SLO – 1 Industry 4.0 – Definition The concept of IoT Concept of cloud manufacturing Power consumption in manufacturing
industry 4.0
S-1
Existing manufacturing paradigms and Recent technological components of
SLO – 2 Why industry 4.0 and why now? Real time production information Anomaly detection in air conditioner
their limitations – agile manufacturing robots
SLO – 1 Phases of industrial developments Networked manufacturing Cloud service selection and composition Anomaly detection in air conditioner Artificial intelligence
S-2 Overall architecture of manufacturing Smart remote machinery maintenance
SLO – 2 Central features of the concept Reconfigurable manufacturing system Internet of robot things, Cloud robotics
resources configuration method system
Product service system / industrial Smart remote machinery maintenance Cognitive approach of cyber physical
SLO – 1 Principles of industry 4.0 Cloud machine model
S-3 product service system system robotics
SLO – 2 Main characteristics of industry 4.0 Manufacturing grid Cloud manufacturing Cloud machine model Quality perdition in steel manufacturing Industrial robotic application
Quality perdition in steel manufacturing Advances in virtual factory research and
SLO – 1 Building blocks of Industry 4.0 Limitations of agile manufacturing system Cloud machine model
application
S-4
Applications of IoT in Manufacturing
SLO – 2 The value chain Application of cyber physical system &IoT Predicting drilling efficiency Virtual factory software
system
Key features and limitations of IoT in Additive manufacturing technologies and
SLO – 1 Creating the value chain Cloud manufacturing framework Techniques used for predictive analytics
Manufacturing System application
S-5
Manufacturing capability and Advantages and disadvantages of
SLO – 2 Benefits of industry 4.0 Architecture of IoT – MS Techniques used for predictive analytics
manufacturing resource additive manufacturing

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1695
Integration framework of real time Forecast accuracy calculation
Application areas of additive
SLO – 1 Challenges of industry 4.0 manufacturing information – sharing and Cloud architecture
manufacturing
S-6 integration
Real time manufacturing data processing, Approaches to achieve product Forecast accuracy calculation Impact of additive manufacturing
SLO – 2 Smart manufacturing
sharing and exchange service information sharing techniques on society
The work logic of IoT MS, Description of Impact on manufacturing and supply
SLO – 1 Industrial internet of things Standardization for cloud manufacturing Real world case study – definition
core technologies of IoT MS chain
S-7
Digital traceability through production
SLO – 2 Gateways IoT enabled smart assembly station Standardization for cloud manufacturing Data gathering and cleaning
value chain
Overall architecture of IoT enabled smart Overview of cyber security in industry 4.0 Automation based lean production
SLO – 1 Wireless Communication technologies Digital traceability technologies
assembly station era
S-8 Automation based lean production Architectural framework of the digital
Overview of cyber security in industry 4.0
SLO – 2 Industry 4.0 – the way forward IoT enabled smart trolley traceability system, Application of digital
era
traceability
Project management in digital traceability,
SLO – 1 Technology road map for industry 4.0 IoT enabled materials handling Security threat and vulnerabilities of IoT Model application Examples for IoT in value creation in
different industries
S-9
smart manufacturing – maturity model,
Real time information enabled material
SLO – 2 Technology road map for industry 4.0 Cases – cyber security Model application Smart agriculture, Smart city Smart life
handling strategy
and smart health

1. ArshdeepBahga, Vijay Madisetti, Internet of Things – A hands on approach, ArshdeepBahga& Vijay Madisetti, 2014 4. Christoph Jan Bartodziej, The concept of industry 4.0 – An empirical analysis of technologies
Learning 2. Yingfeng Zhang, Fei Tao, Optimization of manufacturing using internet of things, Academic Press Elsevier, 2017. and applications in production logistics, Springer Gabler, 2017
Resources 3. Lihui Wang, Xi Vincent Wang, Cloud based cyber physical systems in manufacturing, Springer International 5. Alp Ustundag, EmriChevikcan, Industry 4.0 - Managing the digital transformation, Springer
Publishing, 2018. International Publishing, 2018.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% Weightage)
Bloom’s Level of Final Examination (50% Weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)
Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Create
Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from industry Expert from higher technical institution Internal Expert
1. Mr. P.Kartikeyan, Head – Operations Improvement, Nokia India, 1. Dr.K.Senthilkumaran, Assistant professor, IIITDM, Kancheepuram,
1. Mr. Dinakar. N, SRMIST
kartikeyan.p@nokia.com skumaran@iiitdm.ac.in
2. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in 2. Dr.B.Mohan, Professor, Anna University, mohan@mitindia.edu 2. Dr. Suresh Kannan I, SRMIST
3. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayutham.a@cvrde.drdo.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1696
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE805T MANUFACTURING EXECUTION SYSTEMS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Identify the fundamental concepts of MES. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Utilize the core functions of MES.

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Apply technical aspects of MES.

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Identify the requirementsof the factory of the future.

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Evaluation of Cost Effectiveness in MES.

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Implementation in Production and its significance.

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Apply the fundamental concepts and core function of MES 3 90 80 H H H H - - - - M M M H H - H
CLO-2 : Understand what and why MES in modern production systems 3 90 80 H H H M - - - - H L M H H - H
CLO-3 : Setup, analysis, and giving possible application of MES 3 90 80 H H H H - - - - H H M H H - H
CLO-4 : Know the connection of function within production systems to MES 3 90 80 H M M M - - - - H M H H H - H
CLO-5 : Identify the requirements of the factory of the future 3 90 80 H H M H - - - - M H M H H - H
CLO-6 : Evaluate the Cost Effectiveness in MES 3 90 80 H H L M - - - - L H M H H - H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Historical Development of MES, Core Function—Production Flow- Software Architecture, Fundamental
SLO-1 Integration within the Overall Process Implementing IT Systems in General
Standards of MES OrientedDesign Variants
S-1
Development of Business Data Cross-System Cohesiveness,
SLO-2 Order Data Management Overview of Central Components Problems duringImplementation
Processing Classification in the Overall System
Definitions of Terms - Classification of General and Complete Data Model, Supply Management within the MES, Preparation of the Implementation
SLO-1 Platform Independence, Scalability
Terms Origins of Master Data Demand Planning Project
S-2
Data Model for Product Definition, Interaction between the ERP Systemand Flexible Adjustment versus Suitability for
SLO-2 Company Management Level Analysis of the Actual Situation
Relevant Concepts the MES, Material Warehousing Costs Updates
The Planning Process and Planning Suitable Key Figures for
SLO-1 Production Management Level The Operation, Work Plan, Parts List MES and Service-Oriented Architecture
Objectives SuccessMonitoring
S-3
Forward Planning/Reverse
SLO-2 Control/Automation Level Change Management and Product History Database, Resource Monitoring Creation of a Project Plan
Planning/Bottleneck Planning
Shortfalls of ExistingArchitectures Collision-Free Planning of a Time
SLO-1 Data Model for Resource Management. Scaling the Database System Selection of a Suitable System
andSolutions Container
S-4
Patchwork, No Common Database, Data Management and Archiving, Running Implementation Process, Project
SLO-2 Description of ProductionEnvironment The Importance of the Control Station
Excessive Response Times Maintenance Management
Training Management, Operating
S-5 SLO-1 High Operating and ManagementOutlay Description of ProductionEnvironment Personnel Planning and Release of Orders Interfaces with Other IT Systems
Concept

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1697
Demands of Future Production General Information on Order Processing Usage and Visualization, Reporting,
SLO-2 Description of ProductionEnvironment Sensient Technologies: Emulsions
ManagementSystems and Classification Automated Information Distribution
Target Management, Integration of Value-Benefit Analysis,General Information Basic Quantity Units and Production
SLO-1 Production Personnel Order Preparation and Setup
Applications and Data on CostEffectiveness Units
S-6
Order Control,Managing the Production
SLO-2 Real-Time Data Management Operating Resources Performance Measurement Realization and Implementation
Bin, Material Flow Control
Order Processing and Operating Basic Quantity Units and
SLO-1 Lean Sigma and MES Materials and Preliminary Products General Information on Evaluation
DataRecording ProductionUnits
S-7
Commonalities between Existing
SLO-2 Information and Documents Process and Quality Assurance The Benefits of an MES Tasks of the MES, Challenges,
Approachesand MES
Norms and Guidelines, Integrated Data Transparency, Reducing
SLO-1 System and Auxiliary Data Performance Data Realization and Implementation
Recommendations Time Usage
S-8
Adjacent Areas, Product Lifecycle Reducing Administration The MES as a Medium of Product-
SLO-2 Order Fulfillment Data and Orders Maintenance Management
Management Expenses,Improved Customer Service Development Management
Production Data, Operating Data, Early Warning System, Real-Time
SLO -1 Implementation Strategies Preventive Maintenance and Repair Standardization of Function Modules
andMachine Data CostControl
S-9
Merging Consultancy Activities andIT
SLO -2 Points of Contact with MES Derived Performance Data and Figures Alarm Management The Costs of an MES
Systems

1. Heiko Meyer, Franz Fuchs, Klaus Thiel, Manufacturing Execution Systems, McGraw-Hill, 2009.
Learning
2. Jürgen Kletti, Manufacturing Execution System – Springer, 2010. 4. Michael McClellan, Applying Manufacturing Execution Systems, CRC Press, 2007.
Resources
3. Bianca Scholten, MES Guide for Executives – International society of Automation, 2009.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% Weightage)
Bloom’s Level of Final Examination (50% Weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Create
Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. P.Kartikeyan, Head – Operations Improvement, Nokia India, 1. Dr.K.Senthilkumaran, Assistant professor, IIITDM, Kancheepuram,
1. Mr.S.Thamilarasu, SRM IST
kartikeyan.p@nokia.com skumaran@iiitdm.ac.in
2. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in 2. Dr.B.Mohan, Professor, Anna University, mohan@mitindia.edu 2. Dr. Suresh Kannan I, SRMIST
3. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayutham.a@cvrde.drdo.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1698
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE806T ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil
Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Learn about Sustainable and Green Manufacturing Techniques 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Aspects of Green supply chain and clean energy in manufacturing

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Understanding the principle of green manufacturing

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Learn about green in Manufacturing Processes

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Introduce the concept of life cycle analysis (LCA)

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Sustainability aspects in modern manufacturing enterprises

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand the need for green and sustainable manufacturing 1 80 70 M - M - - - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-2 : Identification of clean energy and green supply chain in manufacturing 2 85 75 H - - - M - - - - - - - H -
CLO-3 : Apply the concepts green principles and industrial ecology tools 2 75 70 H M H H - - - - - - - M H - -
CLO-4 : Identification the strategies for green manufacturing 2 80 75 H - M - M - - - - - - - H - M
CLO-5 : Analyze the technologies enabling green manufacturing 1 75 70 H - - M - - - - - - - M M - H
CLO-6 : Apply the concepts of sustainability in modern manufacturing enterprises 2 80 70 M - - M M - L - - - - M - - H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Stereo lithography (SLA) : Selective Laser Sintering (SLS): Materials for AM: Metals, Biomaterials for
SLO-1 History and Need of AM Preparation of CAD Model:
Introduction to SLA Introduction to SLS AM
S-1
Basic concepts and Working Basic concepts and Working Principle
SLO-2 Evolution of AM Interfacing of CAD and AM , File formats used in AM Polymers for AM
Principle of SLA of SLS
Basic concepts and working principle
SLO-1 Introduction to STL File format Constructional details for SLA Constructional details for SLS Ceramics for AM
of AM
S-2
Additive Manufacturing vs
SLO-2 Problems (Errors) with STL file Advantages of SLA Advantages of SLS Composites for AM
Subtractive manufacturing
Reverse engineering: Need for Reverse engineering, Applications of AM in Manufacturing and
SLO-1 AM Process chain Limitations of SLA Limitations of SLS
Introduction to Co-ordinate Measuring machine (CMM).. tooling
S-3 Reverse engineering: CMM measurement process – Data
SLO-2 AM Process chain collection, Digitization from surface, Preprocessing, Applications of SLA Applications of SLS Applications of AM in Space
Surface fitting.
Rapid prototyping on product Fused deposition modelling (FDM) Laser Engineered Net Shaping (LENS):
SLO-1 Rapid tooling Applications of AM in Automotive industry
development : Introduction to FDM Introduction to LENS
S-4
Rapid prototyping on product Basic concepts and Working Basic concepts and Working Principle
SLO-2 Rapid tooling Applications of AM in Aerospace industry
development Principle of FDM of LENS
SLO-1 Classification of AM processes Design for AM: Part orientation Constructional details for FDM Constructional details for LENS Applications of AM in Biomedical industry
S-5
SLO-2 Classification of AM processes Removal of supports Advantages of FDM Advantages of LENS Applications of AM in Biomedical industry

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1699
Other Related technologies:
SLO-1 Overview about other technologies Hollowing out parts Limitations of FDM Limitations of LENS Applications of AM in Jewellery industry
S-6 related to AM
Computer Aided Engineering Inclusion of Undercuts and other manufacturing
SLO-2 Applications of FDM Applications of LENS Applications of AM in Various other fields.
(CAE) constraints
Laminated Object Manufacturing Electron Beam Melting (EBM): Introduction to Direct digital manufacturing
SLO-1 Haptic based CAD Interlocking features, Reduction of part count in assembly
(LOM) : Introduction to LOM Introduction to EBM (DDM)
S-7
Basic concepts and Working Basic concepts and Working Principle
SLO-2 Haptic based CAD Identification markings / numbers Rapid prototyping vs DDM
Principle of LOM of EBM
AM unique capabilities: Shape Engineering design rules for AM: Tolerances – Digital to
SLO-1 Constructional details for LOM Constructional details for EBM Future directions of AM
complexity, Hierarchical complexity Object
S-8
AM unique capabilities: Functional
SLO-2 Design freedom, Relative fit Advantages of LOM Advantages of EBM Future directions of AM
complexity, Material complexity
SLO-1 Benefits of AM. Flexures, Hinges, Snap fits Limitations of LOM Limitations of EBM Digiproneurship
S-9
SLO-2 Limitations of AM. Orientation and Clamping Applications of LOM Applications of EBM Digiproneurship

1. Li Yang, Keng Hsu, Brian Baughman, Donald Godfrey, Francisco Medina, MamballykalathilMenon, Soeren 4. Andreas Gebhardt, Understanding Additive Manufacturing. Rapid Prototyping - Rapid Tooling -
Wiener, Additive Manufacturing of Metals Rapid manufacturing, Hanser publications 2011.
Learning
2. The Technology, Materials, Design and Production”, Springer 2017. 5. T. S. Srivatsan and T. S. Sudarshan,”Additive Manufacturing Innovations, Advances, and
Resources
3. Ian Gibson, David Rosen, Brent Stucker, Additive Manufacturing Technologies_ 3D Printing, Rapid Applications, Taylor & Francis group 2016.
Prototyping, and Direct Digital Manufacturing”, Springer 2015. 6. Ali K Kamrani, EmadAbouel Nasr, Rapid prototyping - Theory and Practice”, Springer 2005.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% Weightage) Final Examination (50%
Bloom’s Level
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)# Weightage)
of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Create
Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. P.Kartikeyan, Head – Operations Improvement, Nokia India, 1. Dr.K.Senthilkumaran, Assistant professor, IIITDM, Kancheepuram,
1. Mr.T.Gopi, SRMIST
kartikeyan.p@nokia.com skumaran@iiitdm.ac.in
2. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in 2. Dr.B.Mohan, Professor, Anna University, mohan@mitindia.edu 2. Dr. Suresh Kannan I, SRMIST
3. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayutham.a@cvrde.drdo.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1700
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE807T INDUSTRIAL ROBOTICS AND MATERIAL HANDLING SYSTEMS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Introduce the basic concepts, parts of robots and types of robots 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Familiar with the various drive systems for robot, sensors and theirapplications in robots and programming of robots

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Select the robots according to its usage

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Know about the various applications of robots, justification and implementation of robot

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Know about material handling in a system

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Acquire knowledge on various material handling equipment used both in automated andnon-automated systems

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand the fundamentals of robot technology, sensors, drives and systems 2 90 85 H - H L M - - - - - H - H - H
CLO-2 : Recognize the ideas about robot cell design, work cell control 2 90 85 H - H L M - - - - - H - H - H
CLO-3 : Have knowledge about various applications of robots in material handling 1 90 85 M - M L M - - - - - L - H - H
CLO-4 : Understand the concepts of automated material handling and its types 2 90 85 L - L L M - - - - - M - H - H
CLO-5 : Identify the application of automated guided vehicles in material handling 1 90 85 M - H L M - - - - - M - H - H
CLO-6 : Recognize about vehicle guidance and routing in material handling 2 90 85 H - H L M - - - - - M - H - H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
General consideration in Robot Material Automated Guided Vehicle Systems -
SLO-1 Automation and Robotics Robot cell layouts- Robot centered cell Automated material handling
S-1 Handling Introduction
SLO-2 History of Robots In line Robot cell Material Transfer Application Hand trucks, Powered trucks Introduction to Drones
SLO-1 Robot Anatomy Mobile robot cell Pick and place operations Cranes monorails and Hoists Driverless Trains
S-2
SLO-2 Robot configurations Multiple robots and machine Interface Palletizing and related operations Conveyors systems AGVs Pallet Trucks
SLO-1 Robot motions, Joint Notation Scheme MR- MI Example Machine loading and unloading Selection of material handling equipment AGVs Unit load carriers
S-3
SLO-2 Work volume Other considerations in work cell design Die casting, plastic molding Principles of material handling Driverless train operation
SLO-1 Polar, Cylindrical, Cartesian Work cell control Forging, Machining operations Roller, stake wheel conveyor Storage/ Distribution system
S-4
SLO-2 Robot drive systems Sequence control Stamping press operations Belt, chain conveyors Assembly line operation
SLO-1 Speed of motion operation interface Robots in spot welding Overhead trolley conveyor Miscellaneous operation
S-5
SLO-2 Load carrying capacity Safety monitoring Robots in arc welding slat conveyors Functions of AGV
SLO-1 4 types of robot control system Interlocks Problems for Robots in arc welding In floor towline conveyor Vehicle guidance and routing
S-6
SLO-2 Precision of movement Error detection and recovery Features of the welding robot Cart on track conveyor Operation of on board sensor system
Other handling equipment, Dial Indexing Frequency select, path switch select
SLO-1 End effectors- types of grippers Work cell controller Sensors in arc welding robot
S-7 tables method
SLO-2 Gripper selection and design Robot controller Vision based systems, Benefits Elevators, Pipelines Traffic control and safety
Electro mechanical Relays, Programmable On board vehicle sensing, zone
S-8 SLO-1 Transducers and sensors Robots in Spray coating Containers, Highway Tractor trailers
controllers blocking

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1701
Immersion and flow coating, Spray coating Railway trains, Cargo aircraft, Ship, System management, On board control
SLO-2 Tactile sensors A computer as the work cell controller
methods barges. panel
Remote call stations, Central computer
SLO-1 Proximity and Range sensors Robot cycle time analysis Benefits of robot spray coating Types of AS / RS
control
S-9
Advanced ware housing robots,
SLO-2 Uses of sensors in robotics Elements in RTM Other Processing operations using robots Automotive Intelligent vehicles
Applications.

1. Mikell P Groover, Mitchell Weiss, Rogen N Nagel, Nicholas G Odrey, Ashish Dutta, Industrial Robotics
Technology,Programmming, and Applications, Tata McGraw Hill Special Indian Edition, 2012. 4. S.R.Deb, S.Deb, Robotics Technology & Flexible Automation, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2012.
Learning
2. K.Lalit Narayan, K.Mallikarjuna Rao, Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing, Prentice Hall of India, 2008. 5. James A Rehg, Introduction to Robotics in CIM system, Prentice Hall, 2002.
Resources
3. Mikell P Groover, Mitchell Weiss, Roger N Nagel, Industrial Robotics Technology, Programming, and 6. S.K.Saha, Introduction to Robotics, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, 2014.
Applications, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, 2008.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% Weightage) Final Examination (50%
Bloom’s
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)# Weightage)
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Create
Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. P.Kartikeyan, Head – Operations Improvement, Nokia India, 1. Dr.K.Senthilkumaran, Assistant professor, IIITDM, Kancheepuram,
1. Mr.M.KamatchiHariharan, SRMIST
kartikeyan.p@nokia.com skumaran@iiitdm.ac.in
2. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in 2. Dr.B.Mohan, Professor, Anna University, mohan@mitindia.edu 2. Dr. Suresh Kannan I, SRMIST
3. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayutham.a@cvrde.drdo.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1702
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE808T SUSTAINABLE GREEN MANUFACTURING E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Learn about Sustainable and Green Manufacturing Techniques 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Aspects of Green supply chain and clean energy in manufacturing

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Understanding the principle of green manufacturing

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Learn about green in Manufacturing Processes

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Introduce the concept of life cycle analysis (LCA)

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Sustainability aspects in modern manufacturing enterprises

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand the need for green and sustainable manufacturing 2 90 90 H H - - - H H - - - - H - - H
CLO-2 : Identification of clean energy and green supply chain in manufacturing 2 85 80 H - H H - H H - - - - H - - H
CLO-3 : Apply the concepts green principles and industrial ecology tools 2 85 80 H - M L - H H - - - - - - - H
CLO-4 : Identification the strategies for green manufacturing 2 85 85 M L - - - H H - - - H - - M
CLO-5 : Analyze the technologies enabling green manufacturing 2 90 85 M L H H M H H - H - - H - - M
CLO-6 : Apply the concepts of sustainability in modern manufacturing enterprises 2 85 70 H H H H M H H - H - - H - - M

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Introduction to thermodynamics analysis
SLO-1 Concept of Sustainability Principle of Green Manufacturing Functions and types of cutting fluids Introduction to Green supply chain
in manufacturing processes
S-1
Thermodynamic framework of
SLO-2 Introduction to green Manufacturing Cleaner Production , Dematerialization Problems related to cutting fluids Green Supply Chain
manufacturing processes
Closed Loop Production systems
Motivations for sustainable Estimation of minimum work for materials
SLO-1 Economic and Ecological Benefits of Dry machining Issues in Green supply Chain Techniques
development transformations
S-2 Closed‐Loop Systems
Motivations for sustainable Estimation of minimum work for materials Design for Disassembly, Industrial
SLO-2 Advantages and Limitations Green packaging
Manufacturing transformations Metabolism
Estimation of minimum work for materials
SLO-1 Productivity and sustainability Adoption of low carbon technologies Near dry machining The Packaging supply chain
transformations
S-3
Temperature and Pressure Changes for Need to reduce the carbon footprint of
SLO-2 Metrics for green manufacturing Advantages, Disadvantages Future of Green Supply Chain
Open Materials-Processing Systems manufacturing operations
Energy use for elastic – plastic
SLO-1 Societal metrics Life Cycle assessment Minimum Quantity Lubrication systems Lean Production
deformation
S-4
Electric energy used in manufacturing Economics of Environmentally Friendly
SLO-2 Economic Metrics Life cycle assessment elements Types of wastes
processes Machining

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1703
Development of Environmentally Friendly
SLO-1 Environmental metrics Resource accounting Life cycle assessment procedure cutting fluids, cutting tools and machine Lean Manufacturing Techniques
S-5 tools
Introduction to Clean Energy Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) of Machine Enabling Technologies for Green
SLO-2 Barriers to Green Manufacturing Agile Manufacturing
Technologies tools Manufacturing
Advantages and Limitations of Green Components of the agile manufacturing
SLO-1 Solar Photovoltaic Design for Environment Sustainable solutions
manufacturing system/enterprise
S-6
Product life extension and the service Comparison between agile and traditional
SLO-2 Environmental Impact of Manufacturing Wind Energy Adoptrontics in Machine tools
economy manufacturing enterprises
SLO-1 Standards for green manufacturing Fuel cells Eco Labelling, Industrial Ecology tools Reconfigurable Machine tools Analysis of Manufacturing Firms for Agility
S-7
SLO-2 ISO 14000 Comparison of lean Energy Technologies Case studies in Industrial Ecology Process Monitoring System Remanufacturing
Application Potentials of clean energy
SLO-1 OHSAS 18000 Case studies in Industrial Ecology Smart building blocks Recycling
supply in green manufacturing
S-8
Cost benefit of environmental emission How is Industrial Ecology Viewed by
SLO-2 Sustainability rating schemes Add-ons for machine tool upgrade Materials for sustainability and recycling
mitigation through clean energy supply Industry
Applying Sensor Flows in Decision
Technological Performance of clean Awareness of Industrial Ecology and its Sustainability Assessments of Competitive
SLO-1 Strategies for Green Manufacturing Making (Automated Manufacturing)
Energy Supply. components Manufacturing Strategies
Manufacturing Complexity
S-9
Environmental implications of nano
Case studies of product improvement and Sustainability Assessment for Industrial
SLO-2 Strategies for Green Manufacturing Energy efficient manufacturing processes manufacturing and Semiconductor
redesign Estates
manufacturing

1. Dornfeld, David A., ed. Green manufacturing: fundamentals and applications. Springer Science & Business Media, 2012. 6. Garbie, Ibrahim. Sustainability in manufacturing enterprises: Concepts, analyses
2. Gouge, Michael, and Pan Michaleris, eds. Thermo-mechanical modeling of additive manufacturing. Butterworth- and assessments for industry 4.0. Springer, 2016.
Heinemann, 2017. 7. Madu, Christian N., ed. Handbook of environmentally conscious manufacturing.
Learning
3. Davim, J. Paulo, ed. Sustainable Manufacturing. John Wiley & Sons, 2013. Springer Science & Business Media, 2012.
Resources
4. Dixit, Uday S., D. K. Sarma, and J. Paulo Davim. Environmentally friendly machining. Springer Science & Business 8. Fiksel, Joseph. Design for environment: a guide to sustainable product
Media, 2012. development: eco-efficient product development. McGraw Hill Professional,
5. Stark, Rainer, GüntherSeliger, and JérémyBonvoisin. Sustainable Manufacturing. Springer, 2017. Boston, 2009.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% Weightage)
Bloom’s Level Final Examination (50% Weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)
of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20% - 30% - 30% - 30% - 30% -
Create
Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1704
Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. P.Kartikeyan, Head – Operations Improvement, Nokia India, 1. Dr.K.Senthilkumaran, Assistant professor, IIITDM, Kancheepuram,
1. Dr. Suresh Kannan I, SRMIST
kartikeyan.p@nokia.com skumaran@iiitdm.ac.in
2. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in 2. Dr.B.Mohan, Professor, Anna University, mohan@mitindia.edu 2. Dr. R. Rajaraman, SRMIST
3. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayutham.a@cvrde.drdo.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1705
Course Course Course L T P C
18MEE809J DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 2 0 2 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechanical Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil
Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : To impart an introduction to the theory and practice of database systems 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : To learn various database models and query language.

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : To understand effective manipulation of memory space for database files.

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : To understand the normalization in building effective database table

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : To protect the data and database from foreign access

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Develop the terminology and features in database 2 90 85 H M - M - - - - M H - M - - -
CLO-2 : Analyze the information of storage details 2 90 85 H L - - - - - - - H - L - - -
CLO-3 : Transform an information into relational database 2 90 85 H M M M - - - - M H - H - - -
CLO-4 : Ability to work in data manipulation 2 90 85 H L - - - - - - M L - L - - -
CLO-5 : Analyze the Client/Server and Internet Database Environment 2 90 85 H M - L - - - - - H - M - - -
CLO-6 : Write queries for design and manipulation of database table using MySQL or Oracle 2 90 85 H H M M M - - - M H - H - - -

Duration
12 12 12 12 12
(hour)
SLO-1 Introduction to database Systems Entity types Relational Model Structured Query Language (SQL) Introduction to parallel database
S-1
SLO-2 History of DBMS applications Entity sets Structural of database SQL Data definition I/O Parallelism
SLO-1 File System versus a DBMS Attributes and Keys Structure of relational Databases Queries on Single Relation Lab 13: Simple PL/SQL Programs, Use
S-2 of Exceptions, Cursor, Procedure,
SLO-2 Database Language Basic building blocks Keys, Schema Diagram Queries on multiple Relations
Function, Trigger, Sequence
Security :Database security –
SLO-1 Levels of data abstraction Relational Algebra Overview of SQL
Granting,Removing
S-3 Lab 1: Creating database table
Relational Algebra - Set Operation,
SLO-2 Physical Schemas and Conceptual Schemas Basic structure of SQL Queries Type of Security
Renaming,
SLO-1 Overview ofEntity-Relationship (E-R) Model Relational Algebra - Joins Control measures
S-4 Lab 2: DDL Commands Lab 9:Simple queries
SLO-2 Relationship set, Entity set Relational Algebra - Division Database Recovery
Database design and Entity-Relationship(ER)
SLO-1 Database Interface Storage, Data access
Model, Design alternatives
S-5 Lab 7: Joining tables Lab 10: Nested queries
Form based Interface, Graphical based Constraints, Entity-Relationship (ER)-Diagrams,
SLO-2 Buffer Management
Interface Roles and Structural Constraints
Data definition commands, DML
SLO-1 Database Environment Relational Algebra - Division Database – Backup
Commands, Set operations
S-6 Lab 4: Basic SELECT statements
Extended Relational Algebra
SLO-2 Database Component Modules Aggregate functions Recovery Algorithm
Operations

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1706
SLO-1 Database System utilities Views Lab 11:Creation, Insertion, Updating, Lab 14: DBMS for CAD software
S-7 Lab 5: Advanced SELECT statements
SLO-2 Database System Architecture Functional Dependency Deletion ofViews operation design
Various process in designing a Emerging Database technology -
SLO-1 Entity-Relationship(ER) Design Issues Aggregate functions - Basic aggregation
Database Mobile database
S-8 Lab 3: Data Manipulation Commands
E-R Model and Enhanced entity-relationship Aggregate functions- Aggregation with Emerging Database technology -
SLO-2
(EER) Model Lab 8: Basic SQL functions Grouping Multimedia database
SLO-1 Data Independence Enhanced entity-relationship (EER) Model Access controls
S-9 Enhanced entity-relationship(EER)- Normalization using functional Lab 12: Basics of PL/SQL
SLO-2 Data Mappings Security for internet applications
Specialization dependencies
Enhanced entity-relationship(EER)- Web Technology in Smart
SLO-1 Structure of DBMS Decomposition Null values, Joins, Nested queries
Generalization Manufacturing
S-10
Enhanced entity-relationship(EER)-Attribute Web Technology in Smart
SLO-2 Security and Authorization, Boyce-Codd Normal Form Client/Server Database Environment
Inheritance Manufacturing
DBMS application in Computer Basics of Ontology Language and its DBMS for computer integrated
SLO-1 Database Turning Constrain on Generalization
Integrated manufacturing applications. manufacturing
S-11
3NF, Correctness of the 3NF
SLO-2 Data Models Aggregation Design Challenges in SPARQL, Material Handling System Design
Algorithm
SLO-1 Types of DBMS Comparison of BCNF and 3NF SPARQL Query Forms,
Lab 15:Report Generation for Material
S12 Objective data model and Hierarchical Lab 6: Constraints in Tables Normalization using multivalued
SLO-2 SPARQL Graph Patterns Handling System Design
data model dependencies

1. RamezElmasri, Shanmkant B., Fundamentals of Database System, 5th Edition, Pearson, 2011.
4. Hansen, Gary W., and James V. Hansen. Database management and design. 1996.
Learning 2. Silberschatz, Abraham, Henry F. Korth, and ShashankSudarshan. Database system concepts. Vol. 4. New
5. Peter rob, Carlos Coronel, Database Systems – Design, Implementation, and Management , 9th
Resources York: McGraw-Hill, 1997.
Edition, 2009, Thomson Learning System Software Needed: Oracle 8, MySQL
3. Ramakrishnan, Raghu, and Johannes Gehrke. Database management systems. McGraw Hill, 2000.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% Weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% Weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 20% 20% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15%
Understand
Apply
Level 2 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20%
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 10% 10% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15% 15%
Create
Total 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,
Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. P.Kartikeyan, Head – Operations Improvement, Nokia India, 1. Dr.K.Senthilkumaran, Assistant professor, IIITDM, Kancheepuram,
1. Mr. Joseph Abraham Chacko, SRMIST
kartikeyan.p@nokia.com skumaran@iiitdm.ac.in
2. Dr. R. Kalimuthu, ISRO, Mahendragiri, r_kalimuthu@vssc.gov.in 2. Dr.B.Mohan, Professor, Anna University, mohan@mitindia.edu 2. Dr. Suresh Kannan I, SRMIST
3. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayutham.a@cvrde.drdo.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1707
ACADEMIC CURRICULA

Professional Elective Courses

MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING

Regulations - 2018

SRM INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY


(Deemed to be University u/s 3 of UGC Act, 1956)
K a t t a nk u la t h u r , Ka nc h e e p u r a m, T a m il Na d u , I n di a

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1708
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE401T ELEMENTS OF MECHATRONICS SYSTEMS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Identify the key elements of mechatronics system and the design issues 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Identify the different types of sensors used in mechatronics system

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


CLR-3 : Identify the different types of actuators used in mechatronics system

Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Identify the different types of controllers used in mechatronics system

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-5 : Identify the mechatronics system applied for different applications

Analysis, Design,

Communication
Environment &
CLR-6 : Utilize the elements of mechatronics systemsfor different applications

Sustainability
Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Analyze the various elements of mechatronics system 1 85 80 H L - H M - L L M - - - M - -
CLO-2 : Analyze the different types of sensor for developing a mechatronics system 2 85 80 H H - H M - L L M - - - - - -
CLO-3 : Analyze the different types of actuators for developing a mechatronics system 2 85 80 H H - H M - L L M - - - - - -
CLO-4 : Analyze the different types of controllers for developing a mechatronics system 2 85 80 H H - H M - L L M - - - - - -
CLO-5 : Apply the mechatronics elements in to various applications 2 85 80 H H - H M - L L M - - - - - -
CLO-6 : Apply the sensors and actuators for developing a mechatronics system 2 85 80 H H - H M - L L M - - - - - -

Introduction to Mechatronics
Sensors Actuation System Controllers Applications of Mechatronics Systems
Systems
Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Introduction to electrical ,mechanical,
SLO-1 Introduction to mechatronics system Sensor characteristics Proportional, Integral controller Car park barriers using PLC.
hydraulic and pneumatic actuation system
S-1 Definition of mechatronics:
SLO-2 Concurrent and sequential Signal conditioning system Solid state switches Derivative and PID controller Bar code reader
integration
SLO-1 The Design process Resistive sensors Construction and operation of solenoids Example: Boiler control using PID Coin counting machine
S-2 Relay Construction, working principle, Types
SLO-2 Mechatronics design elements Types and working principle Introduction to Micro controller Conveyor based material handling system
and applications.
DC motor: Construction and principle of
SLO-1 Measurement system Capacitive sensors Architecture of M68HC11 microcontroller Computer controlled CNC drilling machine
operation
S-3
AC motor: construction and principle of Architecture of ATMEGA328
SLO-2 Actuation system Types and working principle Computer controlled CNC drilling machine
operation microcontroller
Stepper motors: Construction and principle Signal processing, Multiplexer and
S-4 SLO-1 Control system Inductive transducers Electronic car engine management system
of operation Demultiplexer

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1709
Solenoid operated fuel injector: construction
SLO-2 Control system Types and working principle Types of stepper motor Dataacquisition system
and operation
Introduction to microprocessor based Servo motors: Construction, principle of
SLO-1 Temperature sensors Types: A/D converters Electronic control of steering system
S-5 controllers operation
SLO-2 Intelligent control Types and working principle Types of servo motor Types: D/A converters Autonomous guided vehicle (AGV)
Construction and operation of Synchronous Basic structure, Programming units and
SLO-1 System integration Pressure sensors Automatic vehicle transmission system
motor Memory ofProgrammable logic controller
S-6
Integrated design issues in Input and Output Modules, Mnemonics Wind screen wiper using stepper motor
SLO-2 Types and working principle Construction and operation of BLDC motor
mechatronics for programming control
Nano sensor Parameters and
Pneumatic controlled three axis Pick and
SLO-1 Hardware in loop simulation characteristics. Necessity of Nano scale Construction and operation of PMDC motor Timers
place robot
S-7 measurements
Magneto resistance Nano sensor, Hall effect
SLO-2 Shaft speed control Pressure control valve Counters and Shift Registers Obstacle avoidance robot
Nano sensor
SLO-1 Water level controller NEMS accelerometer Rotary actuators and cylinders Latching and Internal relays Self-balancing robot
S-8 Open loop and closed loop Hydraulic and pneumatic systems with
SLO-2 Silicon nanowire accelerometer Master relay and Jump Controls Actuation of robotic gripper using SMA wire
temperature control system example
Optical displacement Nano sensor, Magneto Mechanical actuation system :Types of Programming the PLC using Ladder Nano mechanical cantilever based
SLO-1 Washing machine control
motive displacement Nano sensor motion diagram for Simpleapplications manipulation for sensing and imaging.
S-9
Piezoresistive and Piezoelectric Kinematic chains, Cams actuation with Programming the PLC using Ladder
SLO-2 Digital camera control Swam of self-organized nano Robots.
displacement Nano sensor example, Gear trains with example diagram for Simpleapplications

1. Bolton, W., “Mechatronics”, Addison Wesley, 2nd edition, New Delhi, 1999. 4. ConstantinosMavroidis, Antoine Ferreira., “Nanorobotics: Current Approaches and Techniques”, Springer 2013.
2. Vinod Kumar Khanna., “Nanosensors: Physical, Chemical and Biological”, CRC press, 5. Bradley.D.A, Dawson.DBurdN.C.and Loader A.J, “Mechatronics”, Chapman and Hall Publications,New York, 1993.
Learning
2012 6. Rohner.P, “Automation with Programmable Logic Controllers”, Macmillan / McGraw Hill, New York,1996.
Resources
3. Gabor L. Hornyak., John J. Moore., H.F. Tibbals, JoydeepDutta., “Fundamentals of 7. Jacob Fraden, “Handbook of Modern Sensors Physics, Designs, and Applications”, Third Edition,Springer-Verlag
Nanotechnology”, CRC Press, 2009. New York, 2004.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. C. Purushothaman, ABB India Ltd, Chennai, purushothaman.c@in.abb.com 1. Dr.G.Sakthivel, VIT University, Chennai, sakthivel.g@vit.ac.in. 1. Mr.R.Gangadevi, SRMIST
2. Mr.J. Srinivasan, KONE Elevator India Private Limited,Chennai, srinikone@gmail.com 2. Dr.R.AmuthaKannan, National University, Muscat,amuthakkannan@nu.edu.om. 2. Mr.A. JosinHippolitous, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1710
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE402T FUNDAMENTALS OF ROBOTICS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Introduce the various architecture of industrial robot 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Introduce the vector transformation applied to robotics

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)
CLR-3 : Introduce the forward and inverse kinematics applied to serial manipulator robot

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


Emphasize on the various actuators and transmission element used in robot. Also to define various control strategy used in

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-4 :

Life Long Learning


manipulator robotics

Society & Culture


Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,

Communication
Environment &
CLR-5 : Introduce the formulation of various trajectories

Sustainability
Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand the architecture and basic technical terms used in robotics 2 80 70 H M M H M - - - - - - H H - -
CLO-2 : Learn the application of vector transformation in robotics 2 80 70 H H M H M - - - - - - H H - -
CLO-3 : Learn to compute the forward and inverse kinematics model for various configuration of serial manipulator 2 80 70 H H M H M - - - H - - H H - -
Understand the various actuators and transmission elements used in robot. Also will learn the various control and trajectory
CLO-4 : 2 80 70 H H H H M - - - M - - H H - -
planning algorithm
CLO-5 : Understand the trajectory planning techniques and various industrial workcell 2 80 70 H H M H M - - - M - - H H - -

Introduction to Robotics Transformations Manipulator Kinematics Introduction to sensors and actuators in robotics Trajectory planning and work cell
Duration (hour) 7 12 8 9 9
SLO-1 Definition of Robot, Laws of Robotics, Description of point in space Introduction to Manipulator Kinematics Basic actuators and transmission elements Introduction-Trajectory Planning.
S-1 Approach and importance of trajectory
SLO-2 Basic terminologies used in robotics Description of body in space Forward Kinematics Mathematical model of DC motor
planning
Forward Kinematics of RR planar
SLO-1 Classification based on application Review of Vectors Harmonic Drives Joint space and Cartesian space planning
manipulator- geometric approach
S-2
Computation of reduction ratio of harmonic drive
SLO-2 Classification based on work volume Vector representation of points and bodies Numerical Difference with an example
and its advantage
Definition – precision, repeatability and
SLO-1 Translation- Numerical DH formulation Force sensor and its uses Cubic Polynomial trajectory planning
accuracy
S-3 Difference between modified and
Co-ordinate systems used in robotics, Problem on Cubic Polynomial trajectory
SLO-2 Rotation-Numerical standard DH convention with example Maltese cross configuration
Degree of freedom with examples planning
of RR planar manipulator
Forward kinematics of 3R spatial Case study on trajectory planning for
SLO-1 Links and various joints in robotics Representing Rotation- Rotation Matrix Importance of force control using force sensor
articulated arm manipulator robot
S-4
Derivation of final DH matrix for 3R Case study on trajectory planning for
SLO-2 Anatomy of Robot Properties of Rotation matrix Case study – Application of force sensor
spatial articulated arm manipulator robot
S-5 SLO-1 RPY wrist Numerical on rotation matrix Forward kinematics of RPY wrist Tactile sensor Robot work cell layout

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1711
Configuration space and operational Derivation of final DH matrix for RPY
SLO-2 Numerical on rotation matrix Various Tactile sensors- principle and working Classification of robot work cell
space wrist
Forward kinematics of 4 DOF SCARA
SLO-1 Robot data sheet interpretation Representing Rotation- Euler angles Slip Sensor Multiple robot
robot
S-6
Important terms and finding in datasheet Derivation of final DH matrix for 4 DOF
SLO-2 Numerical Slip Sensor Work cell control
of manufacturer SCARA robot
Representing Rotation- Equivalent axis
SLO-1 Robot End effector Introduction to Inverse kinematics Application of tactile and slip sensor Safety monitoring
representation
S-7
Inverse Kinematics of RR planar
SLO-2 Types of gripper Numerical Case Study Error detection and recovery
manipulator- Geometric approach
Difference between Current axis and fixed
SLO-1 Issues in Inverse Kinematics Vision system for robot Robot Cycle time analysis
S-8 axis representation
SLO-2 Numerical Issues in Inverse Kinematics Vision architecture block diagram Economic analysis of robot
SLO-1 Homogenous Transformation Case study on Vision based control Criteria for selection of robot work cell
S-9 Case Study- Selection of robot based on
SLO-2 Numerical Case study on Vision based control
application
SLO-1 Operators and Mapping Concept
S-10
SLO-2 Case Study- Numerical
SLO-1 Compound Transformation
S-11
SLO-2 Case Study
SLO-1 Case study of transformations in robotics
S-12
SLO-2 Case study of transformations in robotics

1. Mikell P. Groover, "Industrial Robotics", McGraw Hill, 2nd edition, 2012. 3. ArthorCritchlow, “Introduction to Robotics”, Macmillan, 2009.
Learning 2. John J. Craig, “Introduction to Robotics”, Addison Wesley, ISE 2008. 4. Mohsen Shahinpoor, “A Robot Engineering Text Book”, Harper and Row, 2004
Resources 2. 3. Deb S.R., “Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation”, Tata McGraw - Hill Publishing Company Limited, 5. 6. Mittal R.K., and Nagrath I.J., “Robotics and Control”, 1st edition, Tata McGraw Hill,
2012... 2007.
Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,
Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1.Mr.Ganesh Ram, Intel Labs ,Bangalore, ganeshram.nandakumar.@intel.com 1. Dr., R. Thiyagarajan, Visiting faculty, IIT Madras, thiyaguiitm@gmail.com 1. Dr. G. Murali, SRMIST
2. Mr. Mohammed Sagheer ,Wabco Technology Center ,India,
2. Dr., P Karthikeyan, MIT,Anna University, pkarthikeyan@annauniv.edu 2. Ranjith Pillai R, SRMIST
mohammedsagheer.musthafa@wabco-auto.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1712
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE403T INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Gain the knowledge of industrial automation 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Identify the need for process control

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)
CLR-3 : Build the various concepts of PID tuning

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Utilize the control algorithm for actuators

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


CLR-5 : Gain knowledge of programmable logic controllers

Society & Culture


Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,

Communication
Environment &
CLR-6 : Introduce the knowledge of distributed control systems

Sustainability
Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Knowledge of industrial automation 2 75 70 H H M H M - - - - - - H H H H
CLO-2 : Knowledge of process control 3 75 70 H H M H M - - - - - - H M M M
CLO-3 : Design of PID based control tuning methods 3 75 70 H H M H M - - - - - - H M M M
CLO-4 : Application of control algorithm for actuators 3 75 70 H H M H M - - - - - - H M M M
CLO-5 : knowledge of programmable logic controllers 3 75 70 H H M H M - - - - - - H M M M
CLO-6 : Interpret the knowledge of distributed control systems 3 75 70 H H M H H - - - - - - H H H H

Industrial Automation Process Control Controlling of Actuators Programmable Logic Controllers Distributed Control Systems
Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
SLO-1 Evolution of instrumentation and control. Introduction of Process control Need of Machine tools control Introduction of sequence Control Introduction to Distributed Control Systems
S-1
SLO-2 Need of instrumentation and control. Need of Process control Need of Machine tools control Need of sequence Control Need of Distributed Control Systems
SLO-1 Need of automation in industry Basics of P I D control Need of CNC Machines Need of Programmable Logic Controllers Concept of Distributed Control Systems
S-2 Components of Distributed Control
SLO-2 Role of automation in industry Implementation of PID controllers Components of CNC Machines Need of Programmable Logic Controllers
Systems
Components of industrial automation
SLO-1 Need for controller tuning Analysis of a control loop Concepts of Relay Ladder Logic Functions of DCS
systems
S-3
Architecture of industrial automation
SLO-2 Steps in controller tuning Analysis of a control loop Need of Relay Ladder Logic Advantages and limitations of DCS
systems
SLO-1 Need for sensors Need of digital controllers Adjustable field drives Scan cycle DCS as an automation tool
S-4
SLO-2 Need for measurement systems Significance of digital controllers DC motor drive RLL Syntax Enterprise Resource Planning by DCS
SLO-1 Pressure measurement Principles of predictive control Need of variable frequency control Analog control using PLC Schematic block diagram of DCS
S-5 Variable frequency control of induction
SLO-2 Force measurement Principles of predictive control Analog control using PLC Schematic block diagram of DCS
motor drive
SLO-1 Need of temperature measurement Control of systems with inverse response Need of closed loop control Advanced RLL programming Need of date acquisition
S-6
SLO-2 Thermocouple and Thermistor Control of systems with inverse response Closed loop synchronous motor drive Advanced RLL programming Concepts of data acquisition

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1713
Need of proportional valve in fluid power PLC interfacing to SCADA/DCS using
SLO-1 Displacement measurement Special control structures Specifications involved in DCS
systems Communications links
S-7
Implementation of proportional valve in PLC interfacing to SCADA/DCS using
SLO-2 Speed measurement Concepts of cascade control Specifications involved in DCS
fluid power systems Communications links
Need of proportional valve in fluid power
SLO-1 Measurement of level Introduction of automation tools Need for industrial Ethernet Latest trends in DCS
systems
S-8
Implementation of proportional valve in
SLO-2 Measurement of humidity and pH PLC and DCS Implementation of industrial Ethernet Latest developments in DCS
fluid power systems
PID based pneumatic controllers for SCADA specifications for different real
SLO-1 Need for Signal Conditioning SCADA Advanced applications of PLC
positioning time applications
S-9
PID based pneumatic controllers for SCADA specifications for different real
SLO-2 Need for Signal processing Hybrid DCS/PLC Advanced applications of PLC
positioning time applications

1. William .C. Dunn., “Fundamentals of industrial instrumentation and process control”, McGraw-Hill 4. Groover. M.P., “Automation, production systems and computer integrated manufacturing”, 3rd edition,
Learning Publications, 2005. Prentice Hall of India, 2007.
Resources 2. Patranabis. D., “Principles of industrial instrumentation”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 3rd edition, 2010. 5. Stuart A Boyer., “SCADA supervisory control and data acquisition”, International society of automation
3. Bolton. W., “Programmable logic controllers”, Newnes Publications, 4th edition, 2006. (ISA) Publications, 4th edition, 2010.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. K.P.Srinivasan, Visteon Automotive Electronics Limited, Chennai, psriniv1@visteon.com 1. Dr. B. Mohan, Anna University, Chennai, mohan@mitindia.edu 1. Dr. T. Muthuramalingam, SRMIST
2. Dr. D. Saravanakumar, Vellore Institute of Technology, Chennai,
2. Mr. S. EllanChezhiyan, Keyence Microscope Limited, Chennai, ellanchezhian@gmail.com 2. Dr. M. Mohamed Rabik, SRMIST
saravanakumar.d@vit.ac.in.

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1714
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE404T INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Identify potential areas for automation and justify need for automation. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Select suitable major control components required to automate a process.

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-3 : Translate and simulate a real time activity using modern tools

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-4 : Discuss the benefits of automation.

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Identify the suitable automation hardware for the given application.

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Model and simulate tool for the given manufacturing operation.

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Identify potential areas for automation and justify need of it. 2 75 70 H M M H M L M L M M - H H H H
CLO-2 : Analyze suitable major control components required to automate a process. 3 75 70 H M M H M L M - M M L H H H H
CLO-3 : Able to Translate and simulate a real time activity using modern tools 3 75 70 H M M M L L M L M M L H - - -
CLO-4 : Analyze discuss the benefits of automation. 3 75 70 H M M - L L M L - M L H H H H
CLO-5 : Analyze suitable automation hardware for the given application. 3 75 70 H M M H L - M L M M L H - - -
CLO-6 : Apply Model and simulate tool for the given manufacturing operation. 3 75 70 H M - H M L M L M M L H H H H

Duration Automation in production system Automated manufacturing systems Industrial control systems. Computer based industrial control Modeling and simulation for plant automation:
(hour) 9 9 9 9 9
SLO-1 Automation in production system, Automated manufacturing systems: Industrial control systems. Computer based industrial control Modeling and simulation for plant automation:
S-1
SLO-2 principles and strategies of automation, Components, classification and Process industries Need for the system Introduction and process.
overview of manufacturing
SLO-1 Basic elements of an automated system. Discrete manufacturing industries. Automatic process control. Need for system modeling.
systems,
S-2
Process industries versus discrete
SLO-2 Functions of automation Manufacturing cells. Building blocks of automation systems: Building model of a plant.
manufacturing industries.
SLO-1 levels of automations Group technology Control systems LAN Cement plant
S-3
SLO-2 Advanced automation Cellular manufacturing. Basic elements of control system Interface. Thermal plant
SLO-1 flow lines Flexible manufacturing system Continuous control Computer Networks water treatment plant
S-4
SLO-2 transfer mechanisms planning for FMS Discrete control. Topology. Steel plant
SLO-1 fundamentals of transfer lines Implementation of FMS Continuous versus discrete control. Analog I/O Modules, Modern tools
S-5
SLO-2 Material handling systems: Introduction Quality control systems, Regulatory control Digital I/O Modules, Future perspective.
traditional and modern quality
SLO-1 principles and design considerations Feed forward control. SCADA systems Industrial control applications: Cement plant
S-6 control methods
SLO-2 Material transport systems – out bound SPC tools. Automated control Real-time user interface. Design and implementation
SLO-1 Introduction, conveyors. inspection principles Adaptive control Distributed control system, thermal plant
S-7
SLO-2 Industrial robots practices Definition, Types Functional requirements. Design and implementation

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1715
Industrial control applications: Water treatment
SLO-1 Automated guided vehicles. Inspection technologies. Comparisons Elements of DCS
plant
S-8
overview of automatic identification
SLO-2 Storage systems: online strategies Configurations of DCS. Design and implementation
methods
SLO-1 Automatic storage and retrieval systems. Barcode readers Computer process Popular distributed control systems. Industrial control applications: steel plant
S-9
SLO-2 Realtime Application Machine vision systems. Forms of computer process Realtime Application Design and implementation

1. P.Groover, “Automation, Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing”, Pearson Education, 5th edition, 2009. 4. Viswanandham, “Performance Modeling of Automated Manufacturing Systems”,
Learning 2. Krishna Kant, “Computer Based Process Control”, Prentice Hall of India, 2nd edition, 2010. Prentice Hall of India, 1st edition, 2009.
Resources 3. Tiess Chiu Chang and Richard A. Wysk, “An Introduction to Automated Process Planning Systems”, Prentice Hall of India, 5. S.K.Singh, “Computer Aided Process Control”, Prentice Hall of India, 1st edition,
1985. 2004.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Dr.R.Sivaramakrishnan, MIT, Anna University, Chennai 1. Dr. B K Vinayagam, SRMIST
2. Mr. ElayarajSivaraj, Tesla,California, elayaraj@hotmail.com Dr. R.ArockiaRajan, IIT-Madras, Chennai 2. Mr. S,Vigneshwaran, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1716
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE405T MANUFACTURING INFORMATION SYSTEMS P Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Understand the Concepts of information 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Identify the information generated in manufacturing industry

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)


CLR-3 : Understandthe concepts of database systems in manufacturing industry

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Understand the database design and architecture

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


CLR-5 : Comprehend the computerized manufacturing information systems

Society & Culture


Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,

Communication
Environment &
CLR-6 : Understand computerized production planning and scheduling systems

Sustainability
Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Identify the various concepts of information with respect to products and processes in manufacturing industry 2 90 85 H L - M - - - - L - - - - L L
CLO-2 : Identify the orderly arrangement of information flow in the manufacturing processes 2 90 85 H H - M - - - - L - - - - L L
CLO-3 : Compare the different types of database systems and utilize the most appropriate one for a given manufacturing industry 2 90 85 H M - H - - - - L - - - - L L
CLO-4 : Identify the suitable database design and architecture for a given manufacturing industry 2 90 85 H M - H - - - - L - - - - L L
CLO-5 : Select the rational computerized manufacturing system for the products 2 90 85 H H - H - - - - L - - - - L L
Chose the rational computer based production management system for production data control, customer order servicing and
CLO-6 :
plant control 2 90 85 H H - H - - - - L - - - - L L

Duration INTRODUCTION DATA PROCESSING DATA HANDLING DATA FORM NEED OF COMPUTER IN MANUFACTURING
(hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Parts oriented production information system
SLO-1 Need for manufacturing Introduction to data base system Introduction to relational database. Basic QBE and multiple relations
concept
S-1
Parts oriented production information system
SLO-2 Need for manufacturing Need for database system Introduction to relational database. Basic QBE and multiple relations
concept
Macroscopic view of manufacturing Aggregates, condition box, data base Parts oriented production information system
SLO-1 Need for database system Integrity constraints over relations
organization design: Schema refinement structure
S-2
Macroscopic view of manufacturing Aggregates, condition box, data base Parts oriented production information system
SLO-2 Benefits of database approach Integrity constraints over relations
organization design: Schema refinement structure
Principal properties of manufacturing
SLO-1 Data and data models Enforcing integrity constraint Functional dependencies and reasoning Computerized production scheduling
information: MRP I
S-3
Principal properties of manufacturing
SLO-2 Data and data models Enforcing integrity constraint Functional dependencies and reasoning Computerized production scheduling
information: MRP II
Principal properties of manufacturing
SLO-1 Entity and relationship diagram Querying relational data Trivial and non-trivial dependencies. Online production control system
information: SFC
S-4
Principal properties of manufacturing Diagram, database design with E/R
SLO-2 Logical database design. Trivial and non-trivial dependencies. Online production control system
information: MPS model

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1717
Closure of a set of dependencies and Computer based production management system:
SLO-1 Information principles of manufacturing Data independence and stored fields Translating ER model to relational model.
attributes. Engineering and production data control
S-5
Closure of a set of dependencies and Computer based production management system:
SLO-2 Information principles of manufacturing Records and files. Translating ER model to relational model
attributes. Engineering and production data control
Measurement of manufacturing Normal forms and normalization: First Computer based production management system:
SLO-1 Three levels of architecture: External Relational algebra and queries
information form Customer order servicing
S-6
Information physics, Communication Three levels of architecture: Internal Normal forms and normalization: Computer based production management system:
SLO-2 Syntax and semantics
approach and conceptual. Second form Customer order servicing
Normal forms and normalization: Third Computer based production management system:
SLO-1 Synthesis of manufacturing information Mappings Form of basic SQL query
form Forecasting
S-7
Normal forms and normalization: Third Computer based production management system:
SLO-2 Information intensity and value matrices DBMS functions and components Form of basic SQL query
normal form Plant maintenance and control
Multi valued dependency and fourth Computerized manufacturing information system,
SLO-1 Dual nature of manufacturing information Data Communication Union, intersect and except
normal form case study
S-8
Multi valued dependency and fourth Computerized manufacturing information system,
SLO-2 Performance maximization rules Data Communication Nested queries
normal form case study
Materialization of manufacturing Computerized manufacturing information system,
SLO-1 Distributed processing Aggregate queries and null values Join dependencies and fifth normal form
information case study
S-9
Materialization of manufacturing Computerized manufacturing information system,
SLO-2 Distributed processing Triggers and active databases Join dependencies and fifth normal form
information case study

1. Date.C.J., “An Introduction to Database Systems”, Addison Wesley, 8th edition 2003. 4. FranjoCecelja, “Manufacturing Information and Data systems – Analysis, Design and Practice”,
2. Raghu Ramakrishnan and Johannes Gehrke, “Data Base Management Systems”, McGraw- Hill Higher Education, ISBN: 978-1-85718-031-2, Elsevier, 2002.
Learning
3rd edition 2002. 5. John A. Schey, Introduction to manufacturing processes, 3rd ed., McGraw-Hill, 2000
Resources
3. Luca G.Sartori, “Manufacturing Information Systems”, Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1988. Reference 6. Zude Zhou, Shane (Shengquan) XieDejun Chen, “Fundamentals of Digital Manufacturing
Books/Other Reading Materials Science”, ISBN 978-0-85729-563-7, Springer-Verlag London Limited, 2012.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. A. Velayutham, DRDO, Avadi, velayudham.a@cvrde.drdo.in Dr.R.Sivaramakrishnan, MIT, Anna University, Chennai 1. Dr. B K Vinayagam, SRMIST
2. Mr. ElayarajSivaraj, Tesla,California, elayaraj@hotmail.com Dr. R.ArockiaRajan, IIT-Madras, Chennai 2. Mr. J.Arivarasan, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1718
Course Course L T P C
18MHE406T Course Name INDUSTRIAL ELECTRONICS E Professional Elective
Code Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


18MHC103T, 18MHC204T Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Identify different Regulators and utilize them in different Regulated Power supply circuits 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Recognizes the concept of heating and welding.

Analysis, Design, Research


Level of Thinking (Bloom)
Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)
CLR-3 : Identify working principle of different speed control methods for DC and AC motor.

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Apply Power semiconductor switching devices concept in industrial applications.

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


CLR-5 : Identify the principle of chopper to drive servo motors

Society & Culture


Problem Analysis

Communication
Gain knowledge on regulators for regulated power supplies, Power Semiconductor devices for industrial applications, operate DC

Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 :
and AC drives using converters.

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Analyze various regulators used in Power supplies 3 75 70 H L M H M - L L M M - H - - -
Interpret the working principle of heating and welding in order to apply the advanced controls to improve their knowledge in
CLO-2 : 3 75 70 H M M H H - M L H M - H - - -
understanding the concept of heating and welding.
CLO-3 : Explore themselves familiar with functions of several industrial motor controls. 3 75 70 H L M H M - L L M M - H - - -
CLO-4 : Operate various industrial appliances using Power semiconductor switching devices 3 75 70 H - L H M - H L M M - H - - -
CLO-5 : Operate UPS and servo motors using Choppers 3 75 70 H - L H M - M L M M - H - - -
Identify power semiconductor devices, regulators, choppers, heating and welding, speed control methods for operating electric
CLO-6 : 3 75 70 H L M H M - L L M M - H - - -
drives.

Introduction to Regulators and Power Industrial Application of Power


Heating and Welding Control Industrial Motor Control AC Power Conditioner
Supplies Switching Devices
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Concept of regulation, block diagram of a Electronic control of heating: Introduction, Principle of operation of automatic
SLO-1 Method of controlling speed of DC motor Power supply noise
regulated power supply Types battery charger using SCR
S-1
Electronic control of heating: Resistance Working of automatic battery
SLO-2 Significance of regulated power supply. Basic control circuit: DC motor control Different forms of noise.
heating principle, Induction heating charger using SCR
Performance parameters: Major
specifications of a regulated power supply, Principle of operation of emergency Servo system: Fundamentals of
SLO-1 Induction heating: Principle of operation Speed control of DC motors: Types
line and load regulation, output ripple and light using SCR. Servo motor
S-2 transients.
Electronic control of heating: effects of
Concepts of fold back limiting, short circuit Speed control of small DC motors-operating Working of emergency light using Servo system: Principle of Servo
SLO-2 supply frequency and source voltage, choice
and overload protection. principle SCR. motor
of frequency,

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1719
Electronic control of heating: advantages Solid state motor control: Speed control of DC Principle of operation of Time delay Principle of buck-boost control of a
SLO-1 Principle of series regulators
and applications shunt motor using thyristor technology. relay circuit servo controlled voltage stabilizer
S-3
High frequency induction heating: Speed control of DC shunt motor using thyristor Working of buck-boost control of a
SLO-2 Types of Series regulators Working of Time delay relay circuit
Fundamentals, Operation technology. servo controlled voltage stabilizer
Principles of shunt regulators: Types Automatic temperature control Servo-controlled voltage stabilizer,
SLO-1 High frequency induction heating: Types PLL control of a DC motor control
circuit. Constructional features
S-4
Types of shunt regulators Electronic heaters employed for induction Over-voltage and Over load protection of DC Automatic temperature control Servo-controlled voltage stabilizer:
SLO-2
heating. motors. circuit: types. Principle of operation
Three terminal voltage regulator ICs:
Operation of Electronic heaters employed for Battery operated inverter circuit Ferro-resonant AC regulator-
SLO-1 Positive, negative and variable AC motor control: Methods
induction heating. using power transistor Synchro: Constructional features
S-5 applications.
Three terminal voltage regulator ICs: Thyristorised supplies used in induction Ferro-resonant AC regulator-
SLO-2 Speed control of three phase induction motor Illumination control using SCR
negative and variable applications. furnaces Synchro: Principle of operation
Switched Mode Power Supply: Basic
SLO-1 Dielectric heating: Working principle Speed control of single phase induction motor. Illumination control using DIAC. UPS- Introduction, Types
working principles
S-6 Switched Mode Power Supply:
Dielectric heating: Advantages and UPS - Principle of operation Online
SLO-2 applications, advantages and Speed control of single phase induction motor. Illumination control using TRIAC.
disadvantages, Applications UPS
disadvantages.
Concept of floating and grounded power TRIAC as a starter for single phase induction UPS - Principle of operation Offline
SLO-1 Electronic control of welding, electric welding Electronic timers: Introduction
supplies motors and universal series motor. UPS
S-7 Concept of floating and grounded power
Operation of TRIAC as a starter for single phase Advantages and Applications of UPS,
SLO-2 supplies: interconnections to obtain Classification of resistance welding. Advantages of Electronic timers
induction motors and universal series motor. Comparison of different types of UPS
multiple output supplies.
Switch Mode Power Supply: Fly back Principle of operation of choppers:
SLO-1 Control circuit for resistance welding Applications of AC line voltage controllers circuit. Electronic timers: Sequential timer.
converter. Types
S-8
Switch Mode Power Supply: forward/buck Operation of Control circuit for resistance Principle of operation of step up
SLO-2 Zero voltage switching circuit. Digital timer
converter welding chopper.
Switch Mode Power Supply: Boost Principle of operation of step down
SLO-1 AC resistance heating. Synchronous tap changer circuit. Electronic time delay circuits.
converter and buck-boost converter chopper.
S-9
Operation and circuit of AC resistance Electronic time delay circuits: Principle of operation of reversible
SLO-2 Switch Mode Power Supply: cuk converter. AC power control of a lamp dimmer circuit.
heating Advantages, Applications. chopper.

4. Chitode .J.S, “Industrial Electronics”, Technical Publications, 2009.


1. S. Bhattacharya, S. Chatterjee, “Industrial Electronics And Control”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2006.
5. G. K. Mithal, “Industrial and Power Electronics”, Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2000.
Learning 2. Dubey, G.K., Doradia. S.R., Joshi.A. andSingh.R.M., “Thyristorised Power Controllers”, Wiley
6. M. H. Rashid, “Power Electronics Circuits, Devices and Application”, Prentice Hall of India, 3rdedition, 2004.
Resources Eastern Limited, 2008.
7. Terry Baltelt, "Industrial electronics, devices, systems and applications", Delmar publishers, 2006.
3. Biswanath Paul, “Industrial Electronics and Control", Prentice Hall India publisher , 2004.
8. Stephan L.Herman, Walter N.Alerich, "Industrial Motor Control", 4th edition, Delmar publishers, 2010.

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1720
Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1.Mr.S.AnandaKumar, Deputy Chief Engineer, Control & Instrumentation, NLC India 1. Dr.M.Jagadeeshkumar,SriSaiRam Institute of Technology,
1.Dr.M.SanthoshRani,SRMIST
Ltd.,sith.anandkumar@gmail.com jagadeeshkumar.eee@sairamit.edu.in
2. Mrs.T.Priya,Sr.Design Engineer, Electrical & Instrumentation, KavinEngg and Services Pvt. 2. Dr.S.S. Dash,Government College of Engineering Kednhhar,Odisha,
2. Mrs.V.Krithika, SRMIST
Ltd, priya@kavinengg.com munu_dash_2k@yahoo.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1721
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE407T GEOMETRIC MODELLING C Professional Core
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Gain the knowledge in fundamentals of Graphics and transformations. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Impart the Knowledge in modeling of CAD system.

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-3 : Learn the various algorithm used in geometric modelling

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-4 : Understand the mathematical concept of Model assembly for a machine elements

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Distinguish data exchange standards and common file types in CAD

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:

Ethics
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Gain knowledge in fundamentals of Graphics and transformations. 1 85 80 H H - H - -
CLO-2 : Impart Knowledge in modelling of CAD system. 1 85 80 H H H - H -
CLO-3 : Learn the various algorithm used in geometric modelling 1 85 80 H H H H H
CLO-4 : Understand the mathematical concept of Model assembly for a machine elements 2 85 80 H H H H H
CLO-5 : Distinguish data exchange standards and common file types in CAD 2 85 80 H H H

Duration Fundamentals of Computer Graphics Geometric Modelling Visual Realism Assembly and Tolerance Graphics Standards
(hour) 10 10 08 09 08
Design as a process, sequential and Hidden line removal: Visibility of object Assembly modelling: Introduction, Part
SLO-1 Introduction to geometric modelling Computer graphics: Introduction
concurrent engineering. views modelling.
S-1 Assembly modeling: Representation
Computer Aided Design (CAD) and its Computer graphics: software and
SLO-2 Wire frame modelling: Introduction Visibility of object techniques Hierarchical relationship & Mating
architecture. Database CAD Graphics
Condition.
Visibility of object techniques: Sorting &
SLO-1 Computer graphics, co-ordinate system Model, entities of wire frame modelling. Assembly modeling: Types of Approach Translator: Types
Coherence
S-2
Transformation types: Two and three Representation of synthetic curves: Visibility of object technique: Priority and Software standards: Graphical Kernel
SLO-2 Interferences of positions
dimensional. Hermite curve area orientation System (GKS)
Transformation in 2D and 3D: Hidden surface removal: Back face, Scan Tolerance: Introduction, need& concept of
SLO-1 Bezier curve. Exchange Database : IGES
S-3 Translational, scaling. line Algorithm conventional.
SLO-2 Problems in translational scaling. Problems on Bezier Curve Hidden surface removal: Z-buffer Algorithm Fits and Limits: MMC , LMC Exchange Database :STEP
Transformation in 2D and 3D: Rotation, Tolerance: Modelling Accumulation,
SLO-1 B-spline curves Warnock’s algorithm Drawing Exchange Format & ACIS
reflection Drafting and Manufacturing
S-4
Hidden solid removal: Ray-tracing Geometric tolerance: Representation and
SLO-2 Problems in Rotation, reflection Problems on B – Spline curve Graphics Functions: Output Primitives
algorithm. Types
Two dimensional transformations: Tolerance analysis: Worst- case arithmetic
S-5 SLO-1 rational curves Shading: Model, surface Line attributes: types width , color
Problems on rotation, method

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1722
Tolerance analysis: Worst- case statistical Curve attributes :Color , table & Grayscale
SLO-2 2D Problems on scaling Surface modelling: Introduction, model. Shading: Enhancement, solid.
method levels
Parametric representation of analytic Tolerance analysis: Worst- case arithmetic
SLO-1 2D Problems on translation, Shading: solid Area Fill Attributes : Style, pattern, soft
surface. method problems
S-6
Tolerance analysis: Worst- case statistical
SLO-2 2D Problems on, reflection. Plane surface Coloring: Models Character Attributes: Text ,Marker
method problems
Three dimensional transformations:
SLO-1 ruled surface Coloring: Types Monte Carlo simulation method Processors : Design and Implementation
Problems on rotation,
S-7
Parametric representation of synthetic Animation: Conventional, Computer & Mass property calculations: First and Processors :Error handling , testing and
SLO-2 3D Problems on scaling,
surface: Coons and Engineering second Moment of inertia verification,
Parametric representation of Synthetic Mass property calculations: second Open Graphics Library (OpenGL):
SLO-1 3D problems on translation Animation Types and Techniques
curve : Bicubic Moment of inertia Introduction
S-8
Geometrical property: Curve Length,
SLO-2 3D problems on reflection Parametric representation of Bezier curve Morphing: Types and model Open Graphics Library (OpenGL) : Types
Surface Area
Parametric representation of B Spline Geometrical property: Volume: & Cross Communication standards for CAD
SLO-1 Homogeneous co-ordinates.
curve section Area systems
S-9
Solid modelling: Introduction, models, Properties of composites, mass property
SLO-2 Algorithms: Line, circle
entities calculation by using CAD systems
Solid modelling representation: Boundary
SLO-1 Clipping algorithm.
S-10 representation.
SLO-2 Windowing and viewing. constructive solid geometry.
4. William M Neumann and Robert F.Sproul, “Principles of Computer Graphics”, McGraw-Hill Book
1. Ibrahim Zeid, “Mastering CAD CAM”, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co, 2007. Co.Singapore, 1989.
Learning
2. Chris McMahon and Jimmie Browne, “CAD/CAM Principles”, Practice and Manufacturing Management 5. Donald Hearn and M. Pauline Baker, “Computer Graphics”, Prentice Hall, Inc, 1992.
Resources
2nd edition, Pearson Education, 1999. 6. Foley, Wan Dam, Feiner and Hughes, “Computer Graphics Principles and Practice”, Pearson
Education, 2003.
Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%) #
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mrs.A.Priya ,Principal Engg, TechnipFMC,apriya@technipfmc.com,Chennai 1. Dr.S.NeelavathyPari, Asst. Professor (Senior Grade), MIT,neela@annauniv.edu, Chennai. 1. D.Gayathiri, SRMIST
2. Mr. Ak. Lakshminaraimhan, Senior Principal Engineer,Technip FMCAK 2. Dr. R.sarala, Alagappa Chettiar college of Engineering and Technology,
2. Mr.J.Arivarasan, SRMIST
lakshminaraimhan@technipfmc.com, Chennai r.sarala@accetedu.in, karaikudi.

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1723
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE408T MICRO ELECTRO MECHANICAL SYSTEMS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Provide necessary fundamental knowledge in manufacturing and packaging of micro systems 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Impart knowledge of behavior of mechanical and electrical elements at micro level

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge
CLR-3 : Emphasis on electrical and Thermal actuation in microsystems

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Emphasis on Piezoelectric and Magnetic actuation in microsystems

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Expose on MEMS applications in Automotive sector and Space exploration

Communication
Environment &
CLR-6 : Introduce computer aided simulation of microsystems

Sustainability
Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand the operation and manufacturing of microsystems 1 85 80 H L - L L M L M - - - M - -
CLO-2 : Analyze the behavior of MEMS systems 2 85 80 H H - H L - L M - - - - - -
CLO-3 : Design micro sensors and actuators actuated by electrical and Thermal actuation 2 85 80 H H H H L - H L M - - - - - -
CLO-4 : Design micro sensors and actuators actuated by Piezoelectric and Magnetic actuation 2 85 80 H H H H L - H L M - - - - - -
CLO-5 : Gain knowledge on different applications of MEMS devices 2 85 80 H H - L L M L M - - - - - -
CLO-6 : Simulate simple Microsystems 2 85 80 H H - L H - L M - - - - - -

Introduction to MEMS & Microsystem Sensing and Actuation-I ( Electrical and Sensing and Actuation-II (Piezoelectric and
Mechanical and Electrical Conceptions Mems Case studies
Fabrication Processes Thermal) Magnetic)
Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
MEMS inertial sensor in automobile airbag
SLO-1 Overview of MEMS, Review of Semiconductor Electrostatic sensors and actuators Piezoresistivity gauge factor
deployment
S-1
Carrier concentration in Silicon
SLO-2 Elements of MEMS, Applications Parallel plate capacitors Piezoresistive materials MEMS vibratory gyroscope
semiconductors
Intrinsic characteristics of MEMS, Calculation of Conductivity and resistivity
Equilibrium position of parallel plate
SLO-1 Multidisciplinary nature of microsystem of semiconductor Electron mobility in Applications of piezoresistive sensor Optical MEMS
actuators
S-2 design and Manufacture Silicon
Inertia sensors, pressure sensors based
SLO-2 Scaling Law of Miniaturization Sheet resistivity Numerical Problems Pull-in effect of parallel plate actuators Digital Micro Mirror Devices
on piezoresistivity
Crystal planes and Orientations, General
Simple problems related to Applications of Parallel plate capacitors,
SLO-1 scalar relationship between stress and Tactile sensor MEMS devices in Biotechnology
miniaturization Inertia sensor
S-3 strain
Materials for MEMS: Silicon, Silicon Study of Flexural beams bending under
SLO-2 Pressure sensors Flow sensor Scanning Tunnelling Microscope
Compounds and Polymers simple loading conditions
Microsystem Fabrication Processes: Mechanical deformation of cantilever beam
S-4 SLO-1 Flow sensors Piezoelectric sensing and actuation Polymerase Chain reaction
Photolithography spring

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1724
SLO-2 Ion Implantation Deformation of torsional bars Tactile sensors, Parallel plate actuators Piezoelectric materials Microsystems for DNA amplification
Discussing the Simple problems related to
SLO-1 Diffusion Interdigitated Finger capacitors Piezoelectric Accelerometer Fluidic MEMS, Micro channels
force constant
S-5
Origin of intrinsic stress, Methods for Polymer MEMS, Liquid crystal Polymer,
SLO-2 Oxidation Comb drive accelerometer Acoustic sensors
characterization PDMS,PMMA
SLO-1 Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD) Thermal Sensing and Actuation Tactile sensors MEMS devices in space exploration
S-6
SLO-2 Physical Vapor Deposition (PVD) Thermal resistance Flow sensors Micro power sources, micro turbines
SLO-1 Surface micromachining Control and compensation of bending Thermal bimorph principle Magnetic actuation Introduction to NEMS
S-7 Analysis of essential elements of MEMS
SLO-2 LIGA Process Thermal bimorph actuator Essential concepts and principles Nano fabrication
system dynamics
Bulk micromachining; Dry etching, Wet Accelerometer based on thermal transfer
SLO-1 Discussion Deposition of Magnetic materials Nano devices
etching principle
S-8
Damping & Quality factor, Resonant Thermal accelerometer with no moving
SLO-2 Plasma etching, DRIE Fabrication of Magnetic coil Nano manipulation
Frequency mass
Computer aided simulation and design of
Flow sensors based on thermal transfer
SLO-1 MEMS process integration strategies Magnetic motors MEMS devices Background to Finite
principle
S-9 element method
Active Tuning of spring constant and Exposure to commercial software
SLO-2 Microsystem Packaging Infrared sensor Magnetic beam actuation
resonant frequency packages

1. Tai- Ran Hsu, “MEMS and Microsystem Design and Manufacture” McGraw Hill Education (India) Private 4. NadimMaluf, “An Introduction to Microelectromechanical Systems Engineering” 2nd Edition, Artech
Limited, New Delhi, 2002. House, 2004.
Learning
2. Chang Liu, “Foundations of MEMS” 2nd edition, Dorling Kindersley India Pvt Ltd, 2012. 5. Reza Ghodssi, Pinyen, “MEMS Materials and Processes Handbook”, Springer Science Business
Resources
3. Rai-Choudhury.P., “MEMS and MOEMS Technology and Applications” Prentice Hall of Indian Indian Media, 2011.
Learning Private Limited, 2009. 6. Sergey Edward Lyshevski, “MEMS and NEMS: Systems, Devices and Structures” CRC Press, 2002.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. C. Purushothaman, ABB India Ltd, Chennai, purushothaman.c@in.abb.com 1. Dr.G.Sakthivel, VIT University, Chennai, sakthivel.g@vit.ac.in. 1. Dr.G.Murali, SRMIST
2. Mr.J. Srinivasan, KONE Elevator India Private Limited,Chennai, srinikone@gmail.com 2. Dr.R.AmuthaKannan, National University, Muscat,amuthakkannan@nu.edu.om. 2. Mr.N.Pradeep, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1725
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE409T AUTOMATION AND INTELLIGENT SYSTEMS C Professional Core
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): To impart the basics of automation and intelligent systems. Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Explain the fundamentals of automated systems. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Identify the elements of CIM and its construction.

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-3 : Discuss about the knowledge based systems.

Expected Proficiency

Expected Attainment

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


CLR-4 : Apply the artificial intelligent and expert systems in manufacturing.

Society & Culture


Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
Level of Thinking

Communication
Environment &
CLR-5 : Develop the Artificial neural network system for manufacturing

Sustainability
Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
(Bloom)

Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:

(%)

(%)
CLO-1 : Understand the basics of automation system and designing of simple automated system 2 75 75 H L H L M H L L M M H H L M -
CLO-2 : Explain the modeling tools of Petri Nets and Quenching model 2 75 80 H L M - H M - - - - L L - - L
CLO-3 : Analysis the Intelligent manufacturing system components and IMS architecture 3 80 85 H - M L H L - M L M M M - - -
CLO-4 : Prescribe the structure of knowledge based systems and approaches in KBS 2 80 75 H L L M - - - - L - L L L - -
CLO-5 : Learn the organizational platform in Janus system to implement the Holon control for Manufacturing. 3 85 80 H - L M H M L L - L L L - - H
CLO-6: Understand the concept of Artificial Intelligence and Neural Network systems in Manufacturing 3 85 80 H L H - L L - - L - - H - - L

Machine Learning, Artificial Intelligence


Duration Automation Systems Modelling of Automation Systems Computer Integrated Manufacturing Systems Knowledge Based Systems
and Expert Systems
(hour)
09 09 09 09 09
Introduction of Modeling tools-Markov chain Introduction of basic Knowledge
SLO-1 Introduction: Automation systems Introduction of CIMS Systems, CIM Definitions Introduction of Machine Learning
models Based Systems (KBS).
S-1
Configuration of Markov model, Basic four plan Concept, Components, Basic components of Knowledge
SLO-2 Basic elements of automation system Objectives of Machine Learning
Assumptions, application Benefits of CIMS Based Systems (KBS).
Advantages, evolution of automation Introduction of Quenching models, types of Structural and functional areas of CIMS Designing of Knowledge Based
SLO-1 Concepts of Machine Learning
systems Quenching models Systems System(KBS)
S-2
Various techniques of quenching models Advantages and disadvantages of Types of Machine Learning and its
SLO-2 applications of automation systems Features of CIM Wheel, CIM Evolution
and applications Knowledge Based System(KBS) algorithm with examples
Introduction of Petri Nets models, classes of Introduction of Manufacturing Communication Application and limitation of
SLO-1 Automation systems in Services Uses of Machine Learning
PN Models for manufacturing systems, Systems Knowledge Based System(KBS)
S-3
Types, layout of Manufacturing Introduction to Knowledge Merits and Demerits of Machine
SLO-2 Packaging and storage services Basics of Petri Nets ,Examples
Communication Systems, Applications. representation structure Learning
Types of Petri Nets models ,Properties of Definition of Data redundancy, types ,
SLO-1 Office automation systems Approaches in KBS. Fundamental of Artificial Intelligence
PN models, advantages of Data redundancy
S-4 Stages of Growth, Basic activities ,
Basic Definition of top-down and bottom-up Introduction to Engineering design for Concept and objective of Artificial
SLO-2 advantages and disadvantages of office Basics architecture of PN Models
approach volume of information, knowledge based reasoning Intelligence
Automation

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1726
Structural properties of Petri Nets models, Objectives, comparison of top- down and Engineering design knowledge based
SLO-1 Types of functions integrated by OAS Architecture of Artificial Intelligence
applications bottom up approaches reasoning in manufacturing
S-5
Important roles of top- down and bottom up
Introduction to Multi- agent Various types of design pattern in
SLO-2 Documentation and Communication Discussion
approaches manufacturing system Artificial Intelligence
Introduction of intelligent manufacturingDesigning of Multi- agent Application and advantages of Artificial
SLO-1 Designing of simple automation systems Various modeling of Petri Nets,
system, basic definition manufacturing system Intelligence
S-6
Advantages and disadvantages of
SLO-2 Components of simple automated design Analysis methods of PN models Basic concept of IMS, Components of IMS,. Conceptual learning Expert Systems
Multi- agent manufacturing system
Interlocking between feed and opening of Differences between simple Petri Nets and Basic Principles of IMS, IMS overview, tools Application and limitation of Multi- Basics Function of learning Expert
SLO-1
the door high level Petri Nets. used for IMS agent manufacturing system Systems
S-7
Various design steps and implementation Types of simple Petri Nets, functions, Introduction to Holonic manufacturing
SLO-2 IMS architecture, applications of IMS Fundamental of Neural Networks
of simple Automation examples systems
Designing of multi level automation Designing Holonic manufacturing
SLO-1 Types of high level Petri nets , Introduction of IMS data flow, definitions Types of Neural Networks
systems systems
S-8
Design steps and process of Multi level Functions of High level Petri Nets , Process modeling of data flow diagram, Control of Holonic manufacturing Application and limitation of Neural
SLO-2
automation examples Identify the object of DFD(Data Flow Diagram) systems Networks in manufacturing
Monitoring the temperature on the basis Introduction of PRQN – ESP models, types Advantages and disadvantages of Introduction of Artificial Neural Networks
SLO-1 Fundamental of IMS Operation,
of supply of fuels, of PRQN – ESP models Holonic manufacturing systems and Fuzzy Logics
S-9
Application and limitation of Holonic Introduction and Concepts of Fuzzy set ,
SLO-2 pressure, velocity and calorific value Integrated PRQN – ESP models Tutorial
manufacturing systems Biological neuron , Artificial neuron

1. Mikel P. Groover , “Automation, Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing”, Prentice 4. Hamid R. Parsaei and Mohammad Jamshidi, “Design and Implementation of Intelligent
Learning Hall of India, 2014.Text / Audio / Video Manufacturing Systems”, Prentice Hall of India, 2009.
Resources 2. T YagnaNarayana, “Artificial Neural Networks”, Prentice Hall of India, 2009ext / Audio / Video 5. Z. Zhou, Zude, Xie, Shane Shengquam, Chen, Dejun “Fundamentals of Digital Manufacturing
3. Andre Kusaic, “Intelligent Manufacturing Systems”, Prentice Hall of India, 1989. Science”, Springer Series in Advanced Manufacturing, Springer Verlag London Limited, 2012.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%) #
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mrs..A.Priya ,Principal Engg, Technip FMC,apriya@technipfmc.com 1. Dr. B.Mohan, Professor,CEG,bmohan@annauniv.edu, Chennai 1. Ms.D.Gayathiri, SRMIST
2. Mr. Ak. Lakshminaraimhan, Senior Principal Engineer,Technip FMCAK
2. Dr. Dr.S.NeelavathyPari, Asst. Professor (Senior Grade), MIT,neela@annauniv.edu, Chennai. 2. Mr. K.Saravanan, SRMIST
Lakshminaraimhan@technipfmc.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1727
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE410T VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Introduce the importance of virtual instrumentation and its benefit 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Discuss about the various data acquisition devices and techniques

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Discuss about the various interfacing techniques

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Introduce the concepts of programming and VI

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Learn simulation of various process using virtual instrumentation

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Understand the importance and benefits of virtual instrumentation and its application 2 80 70 H L H H L L - - M - - L M - -
CLO-2 : Understand various data acquisition methods 2 80 70 H H H H H L - - L - - L M - -
CLO-3 : Understand standard interfaces to connect external device to PC 2 80 70 H H H H H L - - L - - L M - -
CLO-4 : Program and develop VI for various system 2 80 70 H H H H H L - - M - - L M - -
CLO-5 : Understand the application of virtual instrumentation in the industry process 3 80 70 H H H H H L - - M - - L M - -

Introduction to virtual Instrumentation Data Acquisition Techniques Interfaces Concept of Programming Case Study
Duration
8 10 9 13 5
(hour)
Simulation of system using virtual
SLO-1 Concept of virtual instrumentation Introduction to Data Acquisition methods Introduction to various Interfaces Concept of programming
S-1 instrumentation- Introduction
SLO-2 Example PC based data Acquisition Interfacing External instrument to a PC Various tools and software available Simple temperature indicator
Historical perspective of virtual
SLO-1 Board DAQ card RS 232 Interface Concept of VI and Sub VI ON/OFF control
S-2 instrumentation
SLO-2 Development of virtual instrumentation Resolution and sampling Frequency RS422,RS485 Interfaces Example Case study-Any industrial process
Block diagram of basic virtual
SLO-1 I/O techniques and buses, USB standard Display Types PID control
instrumentation
S-3
Analog to digital converter, digital to analog
SLO-2 Architecture of virtual instrumentation Example Digital ,Analog Case study-Any industrial process
converter
Advantages over other conventional
SLO-1 Multiplexing of Analog Input IEEE 488 standard Display Types CRO Emulation
S-4 programming
SLO-2 Example for comparison Single ended and differential ended Example Chart , Oscilloscope type Case study
Application of VI in mechatronics Case Study- Data acquisition using DAQ
SLO-1 Serial Bus Programming constructs: Loops. Simulation of simple second order system
engineering card
S-5
Concept of sampling, resolution, single and
SLO-2 Case Study Example Programming constructs: Charts. Case Study
differential ended

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1728
Strategies for sampling multichannel
SLO-1 Review of Digital Instrumentation Introduction to Bus protocol Programming constructs: Arrays.
analog input
S-6
Representing Analog Signal in digital
SLO-2 Example Various Example Example
domain
SLO-1 Quantization Concept of Universal DAQ card MOD Bus Programming constructs: Clusters
S-7
SLO-2 Sample and hold Example Example Example
SLO-1 Sampling Theorem Use of Timers CAN Bus Programming constructs: graphs.
S-8
SLO-2 ADC and DAC Example Example Example
Case Study (Communication protocols
SLO-1 Use of Counter Programming constructs: Case structure
S-9 I2C,SPI,Serial)
SLO-2 Example Interfacing sensor to the controller Example
SLO-1 Case Study Programming constructs: sequence
S-10
SLO-2 Real time data acquisition process Example
SLO-1 Formula nodes
S-11
SLO-2 Local and global variables
SLO-1 State machine
S-12
SLO-2 State machine
SLO-1 Rtring and file input/output
S-13
SLO-2 Review of programming

1. Wells Lisa K and Travis Jeffrey, “LabVIEW for everyone”, Prentice Hall, 1997. 3. Mahesh L Chgani and Abhay R. Samant, “ Labview Signal Processing”, Prentice Hall of India, 1998.
Learning
2. Gary Johnson,“LabVIEW Graphical Programming”, 4th edition, McGraw Hill, Newyork, 4. James K, “PC Interfacing and Data Acquisition”, Elsevier, 2002.6. Robert H. Bishop, “Learning with Labview”,
Resources
1997. Prentice Hall of India, 2003.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1.Mr.Ganesh Ram, Intel Labs ,Bangalore, ganeshram.nandakumar.@intel.com 1. Dr., R. Thiyagarajan, Visiting faculty, IIT Madras, thiyaguiitm@gmail.com 1. R Ranjith Pillai , SRMIST
2. Mr. Mohammed Sagheer ,Wabco Technology Center ,India,
2. Dr., P Karthikeyan, MIT,Anna University, pkarthikeyan@annauniv.edu 2. G. Madhumitha ,SRMIST
mohammedsagheer.musthafa@wabco-auto.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1729
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE411T MACHINE VISION AND IMAGE PROCESSING E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Impart knowledge on the machine vision technology as a tool for industrial automation. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand specifications of vision hardware

Analysis, Design, Research


Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)


CLR-3 : Understand the fundamental algorithms and implement them.

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Enable reading of current image processing research literature.

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


CLR-5 : Gain the experience in applying image processing algorithms to industrial problems.

Society & Culture


Problem Analysis

Communication
&Sustainability
CLR-6 : Get an introductory information related to 3-D vision and deep learning techniques

Environment

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Abstract the physics of light which defines the possibilities and limitations of a vision system. 2 80 80 L H - H L - - - L L - L H M -
CLO-2 : Interpret the various specifications of a imaging system and select the right hardware based on understanding of scene constraints 3 85 75 M H L M L - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-3 : Develop the algorithms to enhance images. 3 75 70 M H M H H - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-4 : Develop the algorithms that extract various types of attributes from digital images. 3 85 80 M H M H H - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-5 : Appreciate the relevance of machine vision to mechatronics systems 3 85 75 H H M H H - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-6 : Apply the concepts of machine vision and image processing in various industrial applications 3 80 70 H H M H L - - - L L - L H M -

Introductory concepts Image acquisition Image processing Image analysis 3-d vision & deep learning
Duration (hour) 7 10 10 8 10
SLO-1 Introduction to course Scene constraints Introduction to machine vision software Feature Extraction Classification of 3-D Vision Techniques
S-1
SLO-2 Related fields and Industries using vision Performance requirement Software selection criteria Region Features Active Vision - LIDAR
SLO-1 Physics of light Fundamentals of lighting Basics of digital image Template Matching Computational Stereo Vision
S-2
SLO-2 Imaging modalities with light Why Lighting is important? Sampling and quantization effects Issues to be addressed Steps in stereo vision
SLO-1 Interactions of light Light sources Gray scale histogram Methods of Template Matching Introduction to Neural Neteorks
S-3
SLO-2 Reflection and Refraction Light sources - types and selection Image processing Linear Classification Types of nueral networks
Introduction to machine vision system
SLO-1 lighting techniques Thresholding Corner Detection Back propogation learning
S-4 building
SLO-2 Task Specification lighting techniques - types and selection Contrast stretching Harris Corner Detector Numerical problem
SLO-1 Design of the system Machine vision lenses Image smoothing in spatial domain Keypoint matching Concepts in machine learning learning
S-5
SLO-2 Cost calculation Filters Image sharpening in spatial domain Matching methods The Deep Learning Idea
Application of deep learning in computer
SLO-1 Development, Testing and commissioning Image sensor specifications Edge detection in spatial domain Texture Analysis
S-6 vision
SLO-2 Human visual system Terminologies Derivative operators Approaches and methods Concepts in deep learning
Two dimensional discrete Fourier
S-7 SLO-1 Structure of human eye Sensor types based on sensing element Co-occurrence Matrix Convolutional layer of neural network
transform

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1730
Frequency domain processing for image
SLO-2 Comparison with a machine vision system Selection criteria Properties of Co-occurrence Matrix Numerical problem
smoothing
Frequency domain processing for image Convolutional neural network (CNN) for
SLO-1 Camera computer interfaces Decision making considerations
S-8 sharpening image classification
SLO-2 Types and selection Low and high pass filters For various machine vision applications Architecture details
Camera parameters governing geometrical
SLO-1 Binary morphology Object detection using CNN
S-9 image formation
SLO-2 Camera modeling Basic Morphological operations Single shot learning for object detection
SLO-1 Camera calibration Non Linear filters Improving deep learning algorithms
S-10
SLO-2 Distortions Color image processing Optimizers

1. Rafael C. Gonzales, Richard.E.Woods, “Digital Image Processing”, 2008 Edition, Pearson Education 4. EmanueleTrucco, Alessandro Verri, “Introductory Techniques For 3D Computer Vision”, 1998
Learning
2. Eugene Hecht, A.R. Ganesan “Optics”, 2001 Edition, Pearson India. Edition, Prentice Hall.
Resources
3. Alexander Hornberg, “Handbook of Machine Vision”, 2006 Edition, Wiley . 5. Ian Goodfellow, YoshuoBengio and Aaron Courvile, “Deep Learning”, 2015 Edition, MIT Press.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 20 % - 40% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 30 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 30% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 40 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. N. Ganesh Ram, Intel Labs ganeshram.nandakumar@intel.com 1. Dr. R. Thiyagarajan, IIT Madras, thiyaguiitm@gmail.com 1. Dr. R. Senthilnathan, SRMIST
2. Mr. Mohammed Sagheer ,Wabco Technology Center,
2. Dr. P. Karthikeyan, MIT Campus, Anna University, pkarthikeyan@annauniv.edu 2. Ms. M. Nandhini, SRMIST
mohammedsagheer.musthafa@wabco-auto.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1731
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE412T ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEMS P Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


18MHC201J Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Gain understanding of nonlinear dynamics 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Utilize the concepts pertaining to optimal and robust control systems

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge
CLR-3 : Develop an understanding of model based predictive control.

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Gain knowledge on the implementation of optimal state estimators.

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Gain knowledge on the implementation of adaptive control schemes for systems

Communication
Environment &
CLR-6 : Impart knowledge of design and implementation of advanced control systems

Sustainability
Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Demonstrate an understanding of nonlinear dynamics 1 85 80 H H H H M H M - M M H M M H M
CLO-2 : Identify the concepts pertaining to optimal and robust control systems 1 85 80 H H H H M H M - M M H M M H M
CLO-3 : Demonstrate an understanding of model based predictive control. 1 85 80 H H H H M H M - M M H M M H M
CLO-4 : Familiarize on the implementation of optimal state estimators. 2 85 80 H H H H M H M - M M H M M H M
CLO-5 : Familiarize on the implementation of adaptive control schemes for systems 2 85 80 H H H H M H M - M M H M M H M
CLO-6 : Demonstrate an understanding on the implementation of the design of advanced control systems 2 85 80 H H H H M H M - M M H M M H M

Non-linear systems Robust control Optimal control Optimal estimation Adaptive control
Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
SLO-1 Nonlinear Dynamics Robustness Principle Of Optimality Overview Of Stochastic Processes Need For Adaptive Control
S-1
SLO-2 Common Physical Nonlinearities. Sensitivity Dynamic Programming Probability And Random Variables Adaptive Control Schemes
Analysis Of Robustness In System
SLO-1 Concept Of Phase Plane Analysis Hamilton-Jacobi-Bellman Equation. Spectral Analysis Of Stochastic Process, Gain Scheduling
Parameters
S-2
Analysis Of Uncertainty In System Special Cases: Multivariate Normal
SLO-2 Phase Portraits Hamilton-Jacobi-Bellman Equation. Gain Scheduling
Parameters Distribution.
SLO-1 Singular Points Robust Control Systems. Calculus Of Variations Linear Quadratic Regulator Principle And Design
S-3
SLO-2 Symmetry In Phase Plane Portraits Design Of Robust Control Systems. Pontryagin’s Minimum Principle Continuous And Discrete Form Principle And Design
SLO-1 Non Linear Systems PID Controlled Systems Bang-Bang Control Kalman Filters Model Reference Adaptive Systems
S-4
SLO-2 Equilibrium Points Robust PID Controlled Systems. Bang-Bang Control Variants Of Kalman Filter Principle And Approaches
Design Of Robust PID Controlled Systems.
SLO-1 Stability Analysis Nonlinear Programming Methods Extended Kalman Filter The MIT Rule
S-5
Lyapunov’s Stability Criterion For Linear
SLO-2 Design Of Robust PID Controlled Systems Direct Method Unscented Kalman Filter Determination Of Adaptation Gain.
Systems.
Kalman Filters :
S-6 SLO-1 Stability Analysis Internal Model Control System. Linear Quadratic Regulator Design Model Reference Adaptive Systems
Continuous Time Versions.

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1732
Lyapunov’s Stability Criterion For Non- The Robust Internal Model Control Kalman Filters :
SLO-2 Continuous Riccati Equation Forms. Design Of MRAS Using Lyapunov Theory.
Linear Systems. System. Continuous Time Versions.
Kalman Filters :
SLO-1 Phase Plane Trajectories Pseudo-Quantitative Feedback Systems. Discrete Riccati Equation Forms. Self-Tuning Regulators
Discrete Time Versions
S-7
Construction Of Phase Plane Design Of Pseudo-Quantitative Feedback Kalman Filters :
SLO-2 Linear Quadratic Regulator Design Pole Placement Design.
Trajectories. Systems. Discrete Time Versions
Overview Of Model Predictive Control
SLO-1 Describing Function Fundamentals H2 And H-Infinity Optimal Control. Linear–Quadratic–Gaussian Direct Self-Tuning Regulators.
Key Elements Of MPC.
S-8
Describing Function Of Common Overview Of Model Predictive Control Linear–Quadratic–Gaussian
SLO-2 H2 And H-Infinity Optimal Control. Direct Self-Tuning Regulators.
Nonlinearities Key Elements Of MPC. (LQG) Control Problem
Describing Function Analysis Of LQG Controller Design And
SLO-1 Optimal Control Basics Of Convex Optimization Indirect Self-Tuning Regulators.
Nonlinear Systems Implementation.
S-9
Stability Analysis By Describing Function LQG Controller Design And
SLO-2 Overview Of Methods In Optimal Control. Receding Horizon Principle. Indirect Self-Tuning Regulators.
Method. Implementation.

1. Richard C Dorf and Robert H Bishop, “Modern Control Systems”, 13th edition, Pearson Education, 4. Karl J Åström, BjörnWittenmark, “Adaptive Control”, 2nd edition, Dover Publication, 2008.
Learning 2016 5. Roland S Burns, “Advanced Control Engineering”, Butterworth Heinemann, 2005.
Resources 2. I J Nagrath, M Gopal, “Control Systems Engineering”, 6th edition, New Age International, 2018. 6. Jean-Jacques E Slotine, Weiping Li, "Applied Nonlinear Control", Prentice Hall of India-New Jersey,
3. DesineniSubbaram Naidu, “Optimal Control Systems”, 1st edition, CRC Press, 2003. 1991.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (20%) CLA – 2 (30%) CLA – 3 (30%) CLA – 4 (20%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Theory Theory Theory Theory
Remember
Level 1 40 % 30 % 30 % 20 % 30 %
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % 40 % 40 % 40 % 40 %
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % 30 % 30 % 40 % 30 %
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % -
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr.JeganAmrithalingam, Asst Manager, RNTBCI,ecejegan@gmail.com 1. Dr.K.Rahimunnisa, EashwariEngineering College, Chennai, krahimunnisa@gmail.com 1. Mrs.T.S.Rajalakshmi, SRMIST
2. Mr. Reuben Fernandes, ATOM 360, India, wenisch@atom360.io 2. Dr.SrideviSathyaPriya, KarunyaInstituteofTechology and Science,s.d.s.priya@gmail.com 2. Mrs.G.Madhumitha, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1733
Course Course L T P C
18MHE413T Course Name INDUSTRIAL PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLERS E Professional Elective
Code Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Understand the architecture, parts and operation of PLC, Industrial PC and PAC 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Equip with the knowledge of various controllers specifications

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-3 : Familiarize with the Ladder Programming/other programming constructs

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-4 : Analyze and select the appropriate controller for given applications

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
Level of Thinking
CLR-5 : Apply the knowledge of PLC, IPC and PAC for solving typical industrial automation problems

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
(Bloom)
Course Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:

Ethics
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Describe the architecture, parts and operation of PLC, Industrial PC and PAC 2 75 70 H H M H M - - - - - - H H H H
CLO-2 : Recognize various controllers specifications 3 75 70 H H M H M - - - - - - H M M M
CLO-3 : Develop the Ladder Programming/other programming for given applications 3 75 70 H H M H M - - - - - - H M M M
CLO-4 : Analyze and select the appropriate controller for given applications 3 75 70 H H M H M - - - - - - H M M M
CLO-5 : Apply the knowledge of PLC, IPC and PAC for solving typical industrial automation problems 3 75 70 H H M H H - - - - - - H M M M

Programmable Automation Controllers


Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC) Programming of PLC Application of PLC-Case studies Industrial PC
(PAC)
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Introduction to Industrial automation,-
SLO-1 Hardwired Logic vs Programmable Logic Filling/Draining Control Industrial PC-Introduction and evolution Introduction to PACs
S-1 Overview of syllabus
SLO-2 Evolution of PLC , Features Hardwired Logic vs Programmable Logic Filling/Draining Control Industrial PC-Introduction and evolution FPGA based PACs
SLO-1 A short history of Industrial robots Ladder programming Car Park Control Architecture of Generic Industrial PC Compact RIO architecture
S-2
SLO-2 Architecture/parts of PLC Logic functions Car Park Control Architecture of Generic Industrial PC Compact RIO architecture
Interlocks, Priority determinism and
SLO-1 Principles of operation Latching Features of IPC RT Processor
example
S-3
Interlocks, Priority determinism and
SLO-2 Modifying the operation Internal relay Types of industrial PCs Reconfigurable I/O FPGA
example
Timers: On-delay - Off-delay - retentive
SLO-1 Comparison with PC Part sorting Types of industrial PCs I/O modules-system configuration
timers
S-4
Timers: On-delay - Off-delay - retentive
SLO-2 PLC selection criteria Part sorting Comparison of Various types I/O modules-system configuration
timers
The I/O section-Discrete I/O modules- Counters: Up-counter - down-counter -
SLO-1 Automatic control of warehouse door Industrial control networks-Introduction Software architecture-Programming modes
Analog I/O modules cascading counters and timers
S-5
Counters: Up-counter - down-counter -
SLO-2 Special I/O modules- specifications Automatic control of warehouse door Industrial control networks-Introduction Scan interface and FPGA Interface modes
cascading counters and timers
S-6 SLO-1 The CPU of PLC Shift registers Air-conditioning system Architecture of Industrial control networks Key considerations for using PAC

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1734
SLO-2 Memory design Shift registers Air-conditioning system Architecture of Industrial control networks Key considerations for using PAC
Requirements of Industrial control
SLO-1 Programming terminal device Handling analog inputs Applications in Fluid power automation Motion control with PAC-case study
S-7 networks
SLO-2 Programming terminal device Handling analog inputs Applications in Fluid power automation Industrial Field bus and Industrial Ethernet Motion control with PAC-case study
Vision based system using PAC- Case
SLO-1 Recording and retrieving data Introduction to IL&SFC PID Control in PLC Industrial Field bus and Industrial Ethernet
study
S-8
Security issues and threats in industrial Vision based system using PAC- Case
SLO-2 Recording and retrieving data Introduction to IL & SFC PID Control in PLC
networks study
SLO-1 HMI Introduction to FBD and ST PLC based servo system Practical modern SCADA Protocols Comparison between PLC, IPC and PAC
S-9
SLO-2 HMI Introduction to FBD and ST PLC based servo system Practical modern SCADA Protocols Concluding Remarks

1. Frank D. Petruzella, “Programmable Logic Controllers”, 4th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2011.


Learning 4. www.pacontrol.com/download/OMRON-PLC-Programming.pdf
2. William Bolton, "Programmable Logic Controllers", 6th Edition, Elsevier Ltd, 2015
Resources 5. http://www.ni.com/pdf/products/us/fullcriodevguide.pdf
3. Dong Seong Kim, Hoa Tran DangPetruzella, “Industrial sensors and Controls in Communication Networks”, Springer, 2019.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. ElayarajSivaraj, Tesla,California, elayaraj@hotmail.com 1. Dr. Manivannan P V, Indian Institute of Techonology, Chennai, pvm@iitm.ac.in 1. Mr.K.Sivanathan, SRMIST
2. Mr. VisweswaranJagadeesan , National Instruments, Bangalore
2. Dr.D.Sathia Narayanan, National Institute of Ocean Technology, Chennai, sathianarayanan@niot.res.in. 2. Dr.R.Senthilnathan, SRMIST
visweswaran.jagadeesan@ni.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1735
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE414T SPECIAL ELECTRICAL MACHINES E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


18MHC102T 18MHC204T Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Understand the construction and principle of operation of Synchronous Reluctance Motors 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Analyse the Performance ofStepping Motors

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-3 : Understand the controllers applied in the operation of Switched Reluctance Motors

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-4 : Analyse the Magnetic circuit andcharacteristics of Permanent Magnet Brushless D.C. Motors

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Analyse the Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motorsfor suitable applications

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Apply the Control circuits for different applications

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Operate different types of Synchronous Reluctance Motors 1 85 80 H L - H M - L L M - - - M - -
CLO-2 : Operate different types of Stepping Motors 2 85 80 H H - H M - L L M - - - - - -
CLO-3 : Operate different types of Special machines 2 85 80 H H - H M - L L M - - - - - -
CLO-4 : Analyze the control circuits for suitable actuation 2 85 80 H H - H M - L L M - - - - - -
CLO-5 : Apply the different machines for suitable Application 2 85 80 H H - H M - L L M - - - - - -
CLO-6 : Operate, Analyze and apply different machines and control circuits for suitable applications 2 85 80 H H - H M - L L M - - - - - -

Synchronous reluctance motors Stepping motors Switched reluctance motors Permanent magnet brushless d.c. Motors Permanent magnet synchronous motors
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
SLO-1 Constructional features Constructional features Constructional features Constructional features Constructional features
S-1
SLO-2 Constructional features Constructional features Constructional features Constructional features Constructional features
SLO-1 Types Principle of operation Principle of operation Principle of operation Principle of operation
S-2
SLO-2 Types Principle of operation Principle of operation Principle of operation Principle of operation
SLO-1 Axial and radial air gap motors Variable reluctance motor Torque prediction Types EMF and torque equations
S-3
SLO-2 Axial and radial air gap motors Variable reluctance motor Torque prediction Types EMF and torque equations
SLO-1 Operating principle Hybrid motor Power controllers Magnetic circuit analysis Reactance
S-4
SLO-2 Operating principle Hybrid motor Power controllers Magnetic circuit analysis Reactance
SLO-1 Reluctance Single and multi stack configurations Non-linear analysis EMF and torque equations Phasor diagram
S-5
SLO-2 Reluctance Single and multi stack configurations Non-linear analysis EMF and torque equations Phasor diagram
SLO-1 Phasor diagram Theory of torque predictions Microprocessor based control Power controllers Power controllers - Converters
S-6
SLO-2 Phasor diagram Theory of torque predictions Microprocessor based control Power controllers Power controllers - Converters
SLO-1 Characteristics Linear and non-linear analysis Characteristics Motor characteristics Volt-ampere requirements
S-7
SLO-2 Characteristics Linear and non-linear analysis Characteristics Motor characteristics Volt-ampere requirements
SLO-1 Vernier motor Characteristics Computer control controllers Torque speed characteristics
S-8
SLO-2 Vernier motor Characteristics Computer control controllers Torque speed characteristics
SLO-1 Applications Drive circuits Applications Applications Microprocessor based control
S-9
SLO-2 Applications Drive circuits Applications Applications Microprocessor based control

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1736
1. T.J.E. Miller, „Brushless Permanent Magnet and Reluctance Motor Drives‟, Clarendon Press, Oxford,
4. T. Kenjo, „Stepping Motors and Their Microprocessor Controls‟, Clarendon Press London, 1984.
Learning 1989.
5. T. Kenjo and S. Nagamori, „Permanent Magnet and Brushless DC Motors‟,Clarendon Press,
Resources 2. P.P. Aearnley, „Stepping Motors – A Guide to Motor Theory and P
London, 1988.
3. ractice‟, Peter Perengrinus, London, 1982.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1.Mr. D.Gokulakrishnan, Planning Engineer, Trade links & Services, Oman,
1. Dr.S.SDash,Government College of Engineering Kednhhar, Orisha,munu_dash_2k@yahoo.com 1. Dr.M.Santhosh Rani, SRMIST
gokul@tlsoman.com
2. Mrs.T.Priya,Sr.Design Engineer, Electrical & Instrumentation,KavinEngg& Services Pvt
2. Dr.M.Jagadeeshkumar,SriSaiRam Institute of Technology, jagadeeshkumar.eee@sairamit.edu.in 2. Ms.R.Gangadevi,SRMIST
Ltd,priya@kavinengg.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1737
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE415T DIGITAL MANUFACTURING C Professional Core
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : To learn about CAE, PLM and numerical control machining integration technology. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : To be familiar in interfacing and Communication with industrial machinery.

Analysis, Design, Research


Level of Thinking (Bloom)
Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)
CLR-3 : To know to formulate manufacturing computational model.

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : To gain knowledge about intelligent controls used in various machinery environment.

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


CLR-5 : To know about future development in digital manufacturing.

Society & Culture


Problem Analysis

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:

Ethics
CLO-1 : Gain knowledge in fundamentals of Digital Manufacturing 1 85 80 H H - H - -
CLO-2 : Impart Knowledge in industrial machinery 1 85 80 H H H - H -
CLO-3 : Learn the information characteristics of manufacturing 1 85 80 H H H H H
CLO-4 : Understand the concept ofintelligent control in digital manufacturing. 2 85 80 H H H H H
CLO-5 : To impart future development and application of digital manufacturing. 2 85 80 H H H

Introduction Modeling Manufacturing Information System Intelligent control Future developments


Duration (hour)
9 9 9 9 9
information characteristics of Introduction to intelligent control in digital Future development and application of
SLO-1 concepts of digital manufacturing manufacturing computational model
manufacturing manufacturing digital manufacturing
S-1
Introduction to CIM and digital Various digital technologies in product
SLO-2 Modeling theory of digital manufacturing, Information activities Intelligent multi information sensing.
manufacturing. lifecycle
basic concepts of computing
SLO-1 Product life cycle management (PLM). Manufacturing informatics. Concept of multi information sensing. Cax technology integration.
S-2 manufacturing methodology,
SLO-2 Applications of PLM Application of C space Measurement of manufacturing information Application of sensor in processing Digital equipment
Basic concept of measurement of
SLO-1 Product data management (PDM). Application of screw space. Tool condition monitoring. Digital processing technology.
S-3 Manufacturing information
SLO-2 Applications of PDM Virtual Prototyping synthesis of manufacturing information Mechanism of tool condition monitoring Introduction to MEMS
Virtual environment for digital Mechanism of synthesizing manufacturing Basic concept and application of MEMS in
SLO-1 Basic theory of virtual prototyping Intelligent multi information fusing
manufacturing. information. Digital manufacturing
S-4
Materialization of manufacturing Basic concept and application of NEMS in
SLO-2 Application of virtual environment (DM) Application of virtual prototyping Elements of multi information fusing
information Digital manufacturing
Operation mode of digital manufacturing Basic layout of Materialization of
S-5 SLO-1 Reverse Engineering Multi sensor fusion in tool state monitoring. micro nanoequipement
system. manufacturing information

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1738
Basic theory and application of Reverse Integration model for manufacturing Basic concepts of micro nanoequipement
SLO-2 Mechanism of operation mode Self learning
Engineering. information. systems.
Architecture of digital manufacturing Discrete model of manufacturing Block diagram of integration model for
SLO-1 Autonomy Extremalization of digital manufacturing
system. computing. manufacturing information.
S-6
Discrete model of controlled process in
SLO-2 Introduction to CAE Mechanism of integration model Compatibility Complex mechanical system modeling.
manufacturing
Information model of manufacturing Introduction to sharing manufacturing Openness of sensor fusion in tool state
SLO-1 CAE:engineering products Complex electrical system modeling.
computing. resources. monitoring.
S-7
Principle of sharing manufacturing Tool condition monitoring based on fuzzy Digital manufacturing Technology in Micro
SLO-2 Design representation Geometric modeling
resources. theory Nano Manufacturing
theoretical foundation for geometric .mechanism of sharing manufacturing Tool condition monitoring based on neural
SLO-1 design process Bionic Machinery
modeling resources network.
S-8
Application of Sharing manufacturing Data mining applied to digital Application of bionic Machinery in digital
SLO-2 Role of cad. Geometric modeling forms.
resources. manufacturing manufacturing
Geometric reasoning in manufacturing Introduction to manufacturing information Application of data mining in digital
SLO-1 Introduction to caX technology Bio-Robot
computing. security manufacturing
S-9
Application of geometric modelling in Basic theory of manufacturing information Application of bio robot in digital
SLO-2 Basic concepts of caX technology Knowledge based manufacturing system.
manufacturing computing security. manufacturing

1. Zudezhou, Shanexie, Dejunchen, “fundamentals of digital manufacturing science”. Springer, 2012. 7. Stark, J., “Product Lifecycle Management - 21st Century Paradigm for Product Realisation”, Springer,
Learning 2. Lihui, Wang, Andrew, Y C Nee, “Collaborative Design and Planning for Digital Manufacturing”, 2005.
Resources springer, 2009. 8. Vukicajovanovic, Michealdebevee. “Applications of digital manufacturing in manufacturing process
3. Saaksvuori, Antti, Anselmi, Immonen, ‘Product Lifecycle Management’, Springer New York, 2008. support” proceedings of IAJC/ ISAM, 2014.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%) #
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr.K.Balaguru, Deputy manager, Hindustan Aeronautics limited, Structural
1. Dr.v. Senthilkumar , NIT Tiruchirappalli, Production department, vskumar@nitt.edu 1. Mr. J. Arivarasan, SRMIST
Design, gurubala07@gmail.com
2.Mr.V.G. Balaji, Design Engineer, Rotork control, India private limited, 2. Dr. R.sarala,AlagappaChettiar college of Engineering and Technology, Manufacturing
2. Dr. B. K. Vinayagam, SRMIST
balaji.govindan@rotork.com , Ambattur, department, r.sarala@accetedu.in, karaikudi.

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1739
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE416T PROCESS CONTROL ENGINEERING E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Identify the need for process control 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Gain the knowledge on different controller modes

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


CLR-3 : Build the various concepts of auto tuning

Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Utilize the control algorithm in pneumatic

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-5 : Gain knowledge of multi loop control system

Analysis, Design,

Communication
Environment &
CLR-6 : Introduce the knowledge of non-linear control algorithms

Sustainability
Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Knowledge of process control 2 75 70 H M M H M - - - M M - H H H H
CLO-2 : Knowledge about the different controller modes 3 75 70 H M M H M - - - M M - H M M M
CLO-3 : Design various control tuning methods 3 75 70 H M M M M - - - M M - H L L L
CLO-4 : Application of control algorithm in pneumatic 3 75 70 H M M - M - - - - M - H M M M
CLO-5 : Evaluate about the multi loop control system 3 75 70 H M M H M - - - M M - H L L L
CLO-6 : Interpret the knowledge of non-linear control algorithms 3 75 70 H M - H H - - - M M - H H H H

Nonlinear Systems and Intelligent


Introduction to Process Control Controller Modes and Tuning Final Control Elements Multi Loop System
Controllers
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
SLO-1 Process control: Introduction, First order system, Basic of I/P converter. Need, types of feed-forward controller Non-linear elements in loop: Limiters
S-1
SLO-2 Need for process control, terminologies. second order system Description about I/P converter. Introduction to steady state and dynamic, Non-linear elements in loop: dead zones
Definition of Multi position action and Introduction of Pneumatic and electric Mathematical equation for steady state
SLO-1 Characteristics of process. Non-linear elements in loop :backlash
floating action actuators and dynamic feed-forward control
S-2
Description about Pneumatic and electric Mathematical equation for dynamic feed- Non-linear elements in loop: dead band
SLO-2 Liquid level control system Introduction Need of Multi position action and floating.
actuators forward control velocity.
Block diagram of Liquid level control Diagram of Multi position action and
SLO-1 Control algorithm for Servo motor Definition of ratio control Introduction of Limiter, negative resistance.
system floating action:
S-3
Description of control elements used in Application of Multi position action, floating Block diagram of ratio control, uses of ratio
SLO-2 Control algorithm for Stepper motor Description of Limiter, negative resistance
liquid level control action: control.
Definition and need of Valve positioner Definition of cascade controller for heat
SLO-1 Introduction of temperature control system Introduction of PI, PD, PID controllers Introduction of optimal controller
control valves exchanger
S-4
Block diagram of temperature control Block diagram and mathematical model of
SLO-2 Types and configuration of valve position. Advantages of cascade control Definition of optimal controller
system PI Controller

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1740
Description of control elements used in Block diagram and mathematical model of Adaptive control: Definition, objective,
SLO-1 Introduction of control valves. Need for an optimal controller
temperature control. PD Controller types, gain schedule adaptive controller.
S-5
Block diagram and mathematical model of Block diagram description of adaptive
SLO-2 Explanation about temperature control Characteristics of control valves. Structure of an optimal controller.
PID Controller control
Inferential control: Need, inferential Introduction of Dynamic matrix controller
SLO-1 Introduction of process dynamics Basic Selection criteria for controllers. Inherent characteristics of control valves.
controller for distillated column (DMC)
S-6
Description Selection criteria for block diagram description of Inferential
SLO-2 Elements of process dynamics Installed characteristics of control valves. Definition of Dynamic matrix controller
controllers. control
Introduction of Mathematical modeling of Split-range control, objective of split range
SLO-1 Interacting systems Need of controller tuning, Structure of Dynamic matrix controller
pneumatic control valve. control
S-7
Description of Mathematical modeling of tuning parameters required to implement
SLO-2 Non interacting systems Criteria for good control. Block diagram for split range control.
pneumatic control valve. Dynamic matrix controller
Tuning methods: Basic of Choen-Coon
SLO-1 Degrees of freedom: Definition Valve body Introduction of Internal mode control Introduction of self-tuning controller
method.
S-8
Principle and structure of Internal mode
SLO-2 Determination of degrees of freedom. Description of Choen-Coon method. Commercial valve` bodies Need for self-tuning controller
control
Introduction of Continuous and batch Introduction of Process identification for
SLO-1 Control valve sizing Principle of Model predictive control Structure of self- tuning controller.
process. controller tuning.
S-9
Description about Continuous and batch Description of Process identification for Theory of model predictive control, Case study: Process control in chemical
SLO-2 Cavitation and flashing
process. controller tuning. applications. plant.

1. David A Bell., “Electronic devices and circuits”, Oxford Publication., 2008. 3. D.Roy Choudhury, ShailB.Jain. “Linear integrated circuits”, New Age International publishers, 2010.
Learning
2. Robert Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky., “Electronic devices and circuit theory”, Prentice Hall., 7th 4. J.B. Gupta., “Electronic devices and Circuits”, Sanjay Kumar Kattaria Publication, 2010.
Resources
edition, 2005. 5. Milman and Halkias.C. “Electronic devices and circuits”, Tata McGraw Hill publications, 2001.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. K.P.Srinivasan, Visteon Automotive Electronics Limited, Chennai, psriniv1@visteon.com 1. Dr. P.Karthikeyan, Anna University, Chennai, pkarthikeyan@mitindia.edu 1. Dr. T. Muthuramalingam, SRMIST
2. Mr. S. EllanChezhiyan, Keyence Microscope Limited, Chennai, ellanchezhian@gmail.com 2. Dr. D. Saravanakumar, VIT University, Chennai, saravanakumar.d@vit.ac.in. 2. Dr. M. Mohamed Rabik, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1741
Course Course L T P C
18MHE417T Course Name APPLIED MECHATRONICS SYSTEMS E Professional Elective
Code Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Understand the design process and integrated design issues in mechatronics system 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Apply the concept of robots used in different applications

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge
CLR-3 : Apply the concept of mechatronics system in medical application.

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Apply the concept of mechatronics system in automobile application.

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Apply the concept of mechatronics system in various industrial applications.

Communication
Environment &
CLR-6 : Utilize the concept of mechatronics system design into robotics, automobile and other industrial applications.

Sustainability
Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Analyze the mechatronics system process into various applications. 1 85 80 H L - H M - L L M - - - M - -
CLO-2 : Build parallel manipulator ,wall climbing, firefighting robot and obstacle avoidance robot 2 85 80 H H M H M - L L M - - - - - -
Build a robot for Neuro rehabilitation, mechatronic assistant for laparoscopic solo surgery, Exoskeleton and powered
CLO-3 : 2 85 80 H H M H M - L L M - - - - - -
wheelchair
Build a system for cruise control, ABS, suspension, unmanned ground vehicle and measurement system in automobile
CLO-4 : 2 85 80 H H M H M - L L M - - - - - -
applications.
Build a system for thermal cycle fatigue failure, PH level neutralization system and CNC controlled drilling machine in to
CLO-5 : 2 85 80 H H M H M - L L M - - - - - -
industrial applications
CLO-6 : Build the mechatronics system into various applications 2 85 80 H H M H M - L L M - - - - - -

Introduction Robotic Applications Medical Applications Automobile Applications Other applications


Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Mechatronics design concept and Case study 1: Parallel manipulators: state Application of robotics and mechatronic Electronics car engine management Case study 1:Thermal cycle fatigue of a
SLO-1
framework. of art and perspectives systems to neuro rehabilitation: Overview. system ceramic plate
S-1
Theoretical aspects of parallel Robotic systems for upper limbs Stepper motor and vacuum operated Case study 2:Strain gauge weighing
SLO-2 Overview of mechatronics key elements.
manipulators and Practical applications rehabilitation. throttle actuator system
Definition of mechatronics: Sequential Robotic systems for lower limbs
SLO-1 Development of parallel manipulator Adaptive cruise control system Case study 3:pH control system
integration and concurrent integration. rehabilitation.
S-2
Material and methods of
SLO-2 Integrated design issues in mechatronics. Direct and inverse kinematics Adaptive cruise control system Case study 3:pH control system
neurorehabilitation system.
Bio parallel mechanism of mastication Mechatronic systems for the functional
SLO-1 Introduction to real time interfacing Antilock braking system Case study 4: Skip control of a CD player
robot assessment and the movement analysis.
S-3
Elements of Data acquisition and control Mandibular movement and its parallel
SLO-2 Open issues. Antilock braking system Case study 4: Skip control of a CD player
system mechanism

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1742
Case study 2: Overview of a bio-inspired Overview of postural mechatronic assistant Case study 5: Position control of
SLO-1 Transducer and signal conditioning Electronics suspension control system
small sized wall climbing caterpillar Robot. for laparoscopic solo surgery. permanent magnet dc gear motor
S-4
System architecture and Control methods Overview of postural mechatronic assistant Case study 5: Position control of
SLO-2 Transducer and signal conditioning Electronics suspension control system
of a bio-inspired Robot. for laparoscopic solo surgery. permanent magnet dc gear motor
Electronic steering control for 4WS Case study 6: Testing of transportation
SLO-1 Devices for data conversion Climbing mechanism of the caterpillars. Exoskeleton development and control
configuration bridge surface materials.
S-5 Mechanical module design and inchworm
Case study 6: Testing of transportation
SLO-2 Data conversion process configuration realization, control Human robot interface Low tire pressure warning system
bridge surface materials.
realization.
Wearable exoskeletal rehabilitation robot PC based computer numerically controlled
SLO-1 Linking HMI design and system design Locomotion control. Automatic car parking system
for interactive therapy (CNC) drilling machine
S-6
Case study 3: Firefighting Robot, Multiple Fuel quantity, coolant temperature PC based computer numerically controlled
SLO-2 Human machine interface design process. Robot controller and therapy modes
interfaces based firefighting Robot. measurement system (CNC) drilling machine
Case study 4: Torque cancelling system Oil pressure and vehicle speed Auto control system for green house
SLO-1 HMI design method Force sensing in medical robotics
for quick-motion robots measurement system temperature
S-7
Case study 4: Torque cancelling system
SLO-2 Designing human-automation interaction Haptic feedback using robotics surgery Onboard diagnosis system Mechatronics design of coin counter
for quick-motion robots
Case study 5: Recognition of finger
Human error, interaction and the Model based fault detection and isolation
SLO-1 motions for bio electric prosthetic hand via Series hybrid electric vehicle Magnetic levitation system
development of safety -critical systems for a powered wheelchair
surface EMG
S-8
Case study 5: Recognition of finger
Human error, interaction and the Model based fault detection and isolation
SLO-2 motions for bio electric prosthetic hand via Parallel hybrid electric vehicle Washing machine control.
development of safety -critical systems for a powered wheelchair
surface EMG
Mechatronics design of an unmanned
Cognitive function analysis in the design of Case study 6: Swimming Mechanism for Accurate positioning for intervention on a ground vehicle for military applications:
SLO-1 Electronic control of a balancing robot.
human and machine multi agent system robotic fish beating heart using crawling robot Historical perspective, Current military
S-9 systems
Design considerations, hardware
Cognitive function analysis in the design of Case study 6: Swimming Mechanism for Accurate positioning for intervention on a Pneumatic controlled car park barrier
SLO-2 implementation of unmanned ground
human and machine multi agent system robotic fish beating heart using crawling robot system.
vehicle, Vehicle software architecture.

1. Robort H Bishop,“Mechatronics an introduction” ,Taylor and Francis, 2nd edition, 2003 4. Devdasshetty, Richard A. Kolkm, “Mechatronics System Design”, PWS Publishing company, 2nd
2. Annalisa Melilla, Donato Di Paola and GraziaCicirelli, “Mechatronic Systems, Applications”, InTech edition, 2010.
Learning
publisher, 2010 5. M. D. Singh, J. G. Joshi, “Mechatronics”, Prentice Hall of India private limited, 2006.
Resources
3. Bolton, “Mechatronics - Electronic Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical Engineering”, 2nd 6. William B. Ribbens, Norman P. Mansour”,Understanding Automotive Electronics”, 6thedition,Elsevier
edition, Addison Wesly Longman Ltd., 2007. science,2013.

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1743
Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. C. Purushothaman, ABB India Ltd, Chennai, purushothaman.c@in.abb.com 1. Dr.G.Sakthivel, VIT University, Chennai, sakthivel.g@vit.ac.in. 1. Ms.R.Gangadevi. SRMIST
2. Dr.V.Santhanam, Rajalakshmi Engineering College,Chennai,
2. Mr.J. Srinivasan, KONE Elevator India Private Limited,Chennai.srinikone@gmail.com 2. Dr. S. Senthilraja, SRMIST
santhanam.v@rajalakshmi.edu.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1744
Course Course Course L T P C
15MHE418T REAL TIME EMBEDDED SYSTEMS C Professional Core
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


18MHC205J Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Learn the basics of Embedded System 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Perceive the concept of interrupts,memory and I/O management

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


CLR-3 : Study the functions and scheduling of real –time operating systems

Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Learn the concept of semaphore,Queue and pipes

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-5 : Know the different approach of a Real Time characteristics

Analysis, Design,

Communication
Environment &
CLR-6 : Implement the concept of interrupts with an interfacing applications

Sustainability
Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Explain the fundamentals of embedded system design with real time system 2 90 85 H L H L M - H - - - - L M - M
CLO-2 : Analyze the fundamental concepts and can control with OS 2 90 80 H L M L M L M - - H - H M M L-
CLO-3 : Evaluate the feasible algorithm and interrupts with interface applications 2 90 85 H L H L M L M - - H - M M H M
CLO-4 : Implement the concept of RTOS and interrupts with interface 2 95 90 H L H L M - M - - M - M M H M
CLO-5 : Analyse real time systems with regard to keeping time and resource restrictions 2 90 85 H L M L H L M - - M - M H H H
CLO-6 : Know the concepts of interfacing applications 2 85 85 H L H M M - - - - M - M M H M

Introduction to Embedded System Interrupts in Embeddded Systems Overview of RTOS Real-Time Characteristics Communication Interfacing
Duration (hour) 09 09 09 09 09
SLO-1 Introduction to the course and Discussion Terminologies of an Embedded System. Introduction Introduction to Real time Characteristics Introduction to converters and its types
Embedded computers,Characteristics of
S-1 Multiple task and Multiple processes:Task
SLO-2 embedded computing,challenegs in Gates and timing diagram Algorithm:Clock driven approach Types od ADCs and its working principle
and Processess,Multirate Systems
embedded computing system design
Embedded System Design Timing requirements on process,CPU
SLO-1 Memory and its types Weighted round robin approach Types of DACs and its working principle
process:Requirements,Specification metrics
S-2
Process stateandscheduling,some
SLO-2 Architecture Design Memory and its types Weighted round robin approach Types of DACs and its working principle
scheduling policies
Running periodic process,RTOS task and Priority Driven Approach:Introduction and Introduction to programmable Interface
SLO-1 Designing of hardware components Microprocessor buses
task state Concepts with A/D and its working principle
S-3
Programming the Input and Output Preemptive Real Time Operating Priority Driven Approach:Introduction and Introduction to programmable Interface
SLO-2 Designing of software components
Devices Systems,Multithread preemptive schedule Concepts with A/D and its working principle
Introduction to programmable Interface
Priority Based Scheduling:Introduction and
S-4 SLO-1 System Integration Direct Memory Access Example of Priority Driven Approach with D/A and its working principle and
its types
Digital Voltmete

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1745
Introduction to programmable Interface
SLO-2 System Integration Direct Memory Access Rate-Monoitic Scheduling Example of Priority Driven Approach with D/A and its working principle and
Digital Voltmete
Formalism for System Design:Structural Introduction and working principle of
SLO-1 Interrupts: Built interrupts Earliest Deadline First scheduling. Dynamic versus Static systems
Description Control robot system
S-5
Formalism for System Design:Structural Interrupts basis: Supervisemode, Evaluation of operating systems Introduction and working principle of
SLO-2 Dynamic versus Static systems
Description Exceptions and Traps performance Control robot system
Formalism for System Design:Behavioral Introduction and working principle of Pulse
SLO-1 Shared Data problem Design of Telephone Answering Machine Effective release Times and deadline
Description Width Modulation
S-6
Formalism for System Design:Behavioral Introduction and working principle of Motor
SLO-2 Disadvantage and interrupt latency Design of Telephone Answering Machine Effective release Times and deadline
Description Speed Controller
Process synchronizationand Message Optimality of the Earliest Deadline Serial Communication and parallel
SLO-1 Design Example: Data Compressor Embedded System evolution trends
queues. First(EDF) algorithm:Introduction Communication
S-7
Optimality of the Earliest Deadline
SLO-2 Design Example: Data Compressor Embedded System evolution trends Mailboxes,Pipes,critical selection Wireless Communication
First(EDF) algorithm:Introduction
Semaphores: Classical synchronization
SLO-1 Design Example: Data Compressor Interrupt routines in an RTOS environment Real Time concepts of EDF Serial Protocols:I2C,CAN and USB
problem, deadlocks.
S-8
Semaphores: Classical synchronization
SLO-2 Design Example: Data Compressor Interrupt routines in an RTOS environment Real Time concepts of EDF Serial Protocols:I2C,CAN and USB
problem, deadlocks.
Basic Design using a Real-Time Operating Challenges in validating timing constraints
SLO-1 Design Example:Alarm Clock Real time clock Parallel Protocols:PCI and ARM Bus
System:Principle in priority driven systems
S-9 Encapsulating semaphores and
Wireless Protocols:IrDA,Bluetoothand
SLO-2 Design Example:Alarm Clock System Clock Queues,Hard Real –Time Scheduling Off-line versus online scheduling
IEEE 802.11
Considerstions

1. Wayne Wolf,”Computers as Components:Principles of Embedded Computing System Design”, Morgan


3. David E.Simon, “An Embedded Software Primer”, Pearson Education Asia, 2001.
Learning Kauffman Publishers,2011
4. RajKamal, “Embedded Systems”,Tata McGraw Hill,2009
Resources 2. Frank Vahid and Tony Givargis,”Embedded SystmeDesign: AUnifiefd Hardware/Software Introduction”,
5. NPTEL Engineering Mechanics Lectures by IIT Guwahati ‘https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112103109/’
John Wiley and Sons, 2002.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 45 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1746
Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr.K.Kathikeyan,R&DSpecialist,ABB India Ltd., Bangalore,India, sayalkarthik@yahoo.co.in 1. Dr. K..Balasubdra,RMD Engineering College,Kavaraipettai,Thiruvallurdistrict,hodit@rmd.ac.in 1. Ms.D.Sasikala, SRMIST
2.Mrs.A.Priya,Principal Engineer,TechnipFMC,Chennai,apriya@technipfmc.com 2.Dr.Albert Rajan,Karunya Institute of Technology and Sciences,Coimbatore,albert@karunya.edu 2.Dr.M.Mohamed Rabik, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1747
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE419T INTELLIGENT CONTROL SYSTEMS P Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil 18MHE412T Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Understand the basics of fuzzy logic 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Impart knowledge on the learning in neural network systems

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge
CLR-3 : Gain knowledge on the Hybrid Intelligent Systems

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Impart knowledge on controllers based on fuzzy logic.

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Design control systems based on artificial neural networks.

Communication
Environment &
CLR-6 : Impart the knowledge of advanced control systems for implementation.

Sustainability
Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Comprehend the basics of fuzzy logic 1 85 80 H H M M M L M L L L L M H H H
CLO-2 : Understand the learning in neural network systems 1 85 80 H H M M M L M L L L L M H H H
CLO-3 : Familiarize with the controllers based on fuzzy logic. 1 85 80 H H M M M L M L L L L M H H H
CLO-4 : Demonstrate synthesis of controllers based on fuzzy logic. 2 85 80 H H M M M L M L L L L M H H H
CLO-5 : Implement control systems based on artificial neural networks. 2 85 80 H H M M M L M L L L L M H H H
CLO-6 : Implement control system based on fuzzy or neural network 2 85 80 H H M M M L M L L L L M H H H

Fuzzy logic Artificial neural networks Hybrid intelligent systems Fuzzy control Neural control
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
SLO-1 Intelligent Systems Artificial Neural Networks Neuro-Fuzzy Systems Knowledge-Based Fuzzy Control Overview Of Supervisory Control.
S-1
SLO-2 Intelligence In Machines Operation Of A Single Artificial Neuron. Fuzzy Basis Function Networks Fuzzy PID Control Direct Inverse Control
Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference System -
SLO-1 Intelligent Control System Structure Network Architectures Knowledge-Based Fuzzy Control Direct Learning Schemes.
ANFIS
S-2
Soft Computing Techniques For Intelligent Adaptive Neuro-Fuzzy Inference System -
SLO-2 Feed Forward Networks Model Reference Based Fuzzy Control Indirect Learning Schemes.
Control ANFIS
Model Reference Neural Adaptive Control -
SLO-1 Fuzzy Logic Systems Radial Basis Function Networks Training Algorithm -Supervised Algorithm Fuzzy Control.
Direct Control
S-3
Model Reference Neural Adaptive Control -
SLO-2 Fuzzy Set Theory Definition And Types Of RBF Training Algorithm -Supervised Algorithm Hybrid Fuzzy Control
Direct Control
Training Algorithm -Unsupervised Adaptive Fuzzy Control -Direct Adaptive Model Reference Neural Adaptive Control -
SLO-1 Fuzzy Operations Recurrent Networks
Algorithm. Control. Indirect Control
S-4
Training Algorithm -Unsupervised Adaptive Fuzzy Control -Direct Adaptive Model Reference Neural Adaptive Control -
SLO-2 Fuzzy Relations Recurrent Network Architecture
Algorithm. Control. Direct Control
Adaptive Fuzzy Control -Indirect Adaptive
S-5 SLO-1 Fuzzy Implications Learning In Neural Networks Back Propagation Algorithm Fundamentals Of Internal Model Control
Control

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1748
Adaptive Fuzzy Control -Indirect Adaptive
SLO-2 Theory Of Approximate Reasoning Supervised Learning Back Propagation Algorithm Model Predictive Control
Control
SLO-1 Fuzzy Inference System Learning In Neural Networks Dynamic Back Propagation Self-Organizing Fuzzy Control MPC With NN
S-6 SOFC Based On The Direct Lyapunov
SLO-2 Fuzzifier Unsupervised Learning Dynamic Back Propagation MPC Vs Conventional Control
Method.
SLO-1 Fuzzy Rule Base Activation Function, Adding A Bias Orthogonal Least Squares Algorithm SOFC Based Hurwitz Stability Criteria. MPC Features
S-7
SLO-2 Fuzzy Inference Engine Perceptron Learning Rule OLS Learning SOFC Based On Sensitivity Functions MPC Control Law And Convergence
Orthogonal Least Squares And Genetic
SLO-1 Defuzzifier Back Propagation Algorithm Model Based Fuzzy Control Pros And Cons Of MPC
Algorithm
S-8
Orthogonal Least Squares And Genetic
SLO-2 Defuzzification Methods Back Propagation Algorithm Fuzzy Inverse Control. Feed Forward Control.
Algorithm
Adaptive Least Squares Learning Using
SLO-1 Fuzzy Logic Controllers Neural Network Controller Fuzzy Model Based Predictive Control. FFC With NN
Genetic Algorithm.
S-9
Application Of Neural Networks In Adaptive Least Squares Learning Using
SLO-2 General Case Study Fuzzy Internal Model Control FFC Vs Conventional Control
Modeling, Estimation And Control Genetic Algorithm.

4. George William Irwin, K Warwick, Kenneth J Hunt, “Neural Network Applications in Control”, The Institution of
1. Yung C. Shin and ChengyingXu, “Intelligent Systems: Modeling, Optimization and Control”, Electrical Engineers, 1995.
Learning CRC Press, 2009. 5. Ali Zilouchian, Mo Jamshidi, “Intelligent Control Systems using Soft Computing Methodologies”, CRC Press,
Resources 2. Roland S Burns, “Advanced Control Engineering”, Butterworth Heinemann, 2005. 2001.
3. René Jager, “Fuzzy Logic in Control”, TU Delft Institutional Repository, 1995. 6. Hung T Nguyen, Nadipuram R Prasad, Carol L Walker, Elbert A Walker, “A First Course in Fuzzy and Neural
Control”, Chapman and Hall, CRC, 2003.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (20%) CLA – 2 (30%) CLA – 3 (30%) CLA – 4 (20%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Theory Theory Theory Theory
Remember
Level 1 40 % 30 % 30 % 20 % 30 %
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % 40 % 40 % 40 % 40 %
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % 30 % 30 % 40 % 30 %
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % -
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr.JeganAmrithalingam, Asst Manager, RNTBCI,ecejegan@gmail.com 1. Dr.K.Rahimunnisa, EashwariEngineering College, Chennai, krahimunnisa@gmail.com 1. Mrs.T.S.Rajalakshmi, SRMIST
2. Mr. SafeerUsman, Founder, TetherBox Technologies, safeerk@gmail.com 2. Dr.SrideviSathyaPriya, KarunyaInstituteofTechology and Science,s.d.s.priya@gmail.com 2. Mrs.G.Madhumitha, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1749
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE420T INTELLIGENT MECHATRONICS SYSTEMS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Understand the different types intelligent mechatronics 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Analyze the biological foundation used in intelligent systems

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Identify the modeling technique of intelligent mechatronics system using bond graph

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge
CLR-4 : Identify the intelligent system applied into robots

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-5 : Identify the intelligent system applied to automobiles

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
Utilize the knowledge of artificial intelligence, neural network, bond graph modeling into developing and controlling of
CLR-6 :

Communication
mechatronics system.

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Identify the different types of intelligent mechatronics system 1 85 80 H L - H M - L L M - - - M - -
CLO-2 : Apply the knowledge of artificial intelligent, neural network and genetic algorithm in to mechatronics system 2 85 80 H H - H M - L L M - - - - - -
CLO-3 : Apply the bond graph modeling technique for intelligent mechatronics system 2 85 80 H H - H M - L L M - - - - - -
CLO-4 : Apply the intelligent control into robotics application 2 85 80 H H - H M - L L M - - - - - -
CLO-5 : Apply the intelligent control into automobile application 2 85 80 H H - H M - L L M - - - - - -
CLO-6 : Apply the artificial intelligence, neural network, bond graph modeling into developing and controlling of mechatronics system. 2 85 80 H H - H M - L L M - - - - - -

Introduction to Intelligent Mechatronics Biological Foundations to Intelligent Bond graph modeling of Mechatronics Case Studies - I Case Studies - II
Systems Systems
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Bond graph for modeling, control and Introduction: Automatically evaluating the Introduction: Rail bound mechatronics
SLO-1 Design of a mechatronics system Artificial Neural Networks: Introduction
diagnostic training of the laparoscopic surgeon systems.
S-1
AI programming vs conventional Development of three-dimensional
SLO-2 Autonomous supervisory control Power variable, energy variable Hybrid planning for self-optimization
programming registration system, user interface
Knowledge acquisition and knowledge Pseudo bond graph, analogy of energy Calibration of the mechatronics evaluation
SLO-1 Intelligent mechatronics device Active suspension system
representation variable system
S-2
Bond graph elements: passive, active and Automatic evaluation of laparoscopic
SLO-2 Hierarchical architecture Back - propagation networks Air Gap Adjustment System (AGAS)
junctions, two port elements training, discussion.
System structure of intelligent Causality: sequential causality assignment Artificial intelligence for an automatic Overview of the hybrid planning
SLO-1 Radial basis function networks
mechatronics procedure(SCAP), Bicasual bond graph robotic excavator architecture.
S-3 Development of low cost
Introduction to Network intelligent Modeling and optimization of the
SLO-2 Implementation of neural network Casual path: Types electromyographyhy(EMG)prosthetic hand:
mechatronics suspension system
background
Structure of Network intelligent Fuzzy logic: Fuzzy set and membership State space equation, state equation, Modeling for air gap adjustment and
S-4 SLO-1 Mechanical design and modeling
mechatronics functions. properties of sate variable prediction.

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1750
Introduction to Cognitive intelligent Knowledge representation and inference State space equation of an electrical Modeling for air gap adjustment and
SLO-2 Electronic design ,control and actuators
mechatronics mechanism. system prediction.
Structure of Cognitive intelligent Robust monitoring of an omnidirectional
SLO-1 Fuzzy reasoning and control Bond graph for electrical system Automatic transmission system
mechatronics. mobile robot: introduction
S-5
Introduction to Communicative intelligent Bond graph modeling, fault detection and
SLO-2 Developing a fuzzy system Bond graph for mechanical system Concept of Hybrid electric vehicles
mechatronics isolation using bond graph
Structure and operation of Communicative Fuzzy neural systems: Feed forward Residual evaluation, application and
SLO-1 Bond graph for milti energy domain system Concept of High speed tilting trains
intelligent mechatronics network conclusion
S-6
Introduction to Biological intelligent Dynamic modeling and control of an
SLO-2 Feedback neural networks Multi-port field element: RS element Concept of Path planning robot
mechatronics hexapod robot: Introduction
Introduction to Intelligent autonomous
Structure and operation of Biological Genetic algorithm and traditional search Geometric modeling, hexapod dynamic
SLO-1 C field, I field, IC field vehicle ,definition and problem
intelligent mechatronics. methods model, force distribution problem
S-7 formulation
Introduction to Human assistive intelligent Genetic algorithm: Data analysis and Model based fault detection and isolation
SLO-2 R field and vector junction Quadratic problem formulation and solution
mechatronics prediction for electric vehicle
Structure and operation of Human Results of the co-simulations and
SLO-1 Implementation of genetic algorithm Vector bond graph for rigid body dynamics Computed torque control and conclusion
assistive intelligent mechatronics. conclusion
S-8 Control of free and constrained motion of a
SLO-2 Fault ,failure, safety and fault tolerance Implementation of genetic algorithm Bond graph modeling of uncertain systems C5 parallel robot, adaptive position and Vehicle braking ,brake system model
force controller design
Hybrid genetic algorithm: Lamarckian Bond graph for modeling, control and Regenerative braking,4 wheel vehicle
SLO-1 Signal conditioning and interfacing Mode control for unmanned aerial vehicle
evaluation, memetic algorithm diagnostic model and conclusion
S-9
Hybrid genetic algorithm: Lamarckian Regenerative braking,4 wheel vehicle
SLO-2 Signal conditioning and interfacing Power variable, energy variable Mode control for unmanned aerial vehicle
evaluation, memetic algorithm model and conclusion

1. BodganWilamowski, J. David Irwin, “Control and Mechatronics”, 2nd edition, CRC press, 2008. 4. Kevin M. Passino and Stephen Yurkovich, “Fuzzy Control”, Addison Wesley Longman publication, 2001
Learning
2. Stanislaw H. Zak, “Systems and Control”, Oxford University Press, 2003 5. Timothy J.Ross, “Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications”, 2nd edition, John Wiley and sons, 2008
Resources
3. Ganesh Naik, “Intelligent Mechatronics”, Intech publication, 2016 6. RochdiMerzouki” Mechatronic & Innovative Applications”Bentham books,2004

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. C. Purushothaman, ABB India Ltd, Chennai, purushothaman.c@in.abb.com 1. Dr.G.Sakthivel, VIT University, Chennai, sakthivel.g@vit.ac.in. 1. Mr.R.Gangadevi, SRMIST
2. Mr.J. Srinivasan, KONE Elevator India Private Limited,Chennai.srinikone@gmail.com 2. Dr.R.AmuthaKannan, National University, Muscat,amuthakkannan@nu.edu.om. 2. Mr.A. JosinHippolittous, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1751
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE421T AUTONOMOUS MOBILE ROBOTICS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Formulate the challenges in developing autonomous mobile robots 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Abstract kinematic control of wheeled mobile robots

Analysis, Design, Research


Level of Thinking (Bloom)
CLR-3 : Understand the challenges involved in sensory perception for mobile robots

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Understand the localization and path planning algorithms

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-5 : Comprehend the challenges and configurations of aerial and underwater mobile robots

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Communication
CLR-6 : Build the foundations of mobile robots in various modalities

Environment &
Sustainability

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Formulate the challenges in developing autonomous mobile robots 3 80 75 H H M L L - - - L L - L H M -
CLO-2 : Abstract kinematic control of wheeled mobile robots 3 85 80 H H M M L - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-3 : Understand the challenges involved in sensory perception for mobile robots 2 70 65 H M L M L - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-4 : Develop localization and path planning algorithm for mobile robot navigation 2 75 70 H M M M M - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-5 : Comprehend the challenges and configurations of legged, aerial and underwater mobile robots. 2 85 80 H M M M M - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-6 : Build the required foundation for developing autonomous mobile robots. 2 80 75 H M- M M M - - - L L - L H M -

Introduction Kinematics and Control of Mobile Robots Sensors for Mobile Robots Localization and Path Planning Aerial and Underwater Robots
Duration
6 10 9 10 10
(hour)
Kinematic constraints of a fixed standard
SLO-1 Mobile Robots vs. Manipulators Sensors for mobile robots Introduction to localization Non-ground modality
S-1 wheel
SLO-2 Introduction to autonomous mobile robots Derivation Definitions, classification Localization challenges Case studies
Kinematic constraints of a omni-directional
SLO-1 Locomotion aspects of mobile robots Characteristics applicable to mobile robots Belief representations Aerial robots
wheel
S-2
Relating the characteristics to performance
SLO-2 Locomotion aspects of mobile robots Derivation Considerations in Belief representations Types and comparison
attributes of mobile robot
Forward kinematic models of three Physical and computational attributes of
SLO-1 Introduction to wheeled mobile robots Map representations Multi-rotor aerial robot
S-3 wheeled differential drive robot sensors applicable to mobile robots
SLO-2 wheel types Derivation sensor noise and sensor aliasing Types Types and applications
Forward kinematics of a three wheeled
SLO-1 Wheeled Configurations GPS and heading sensors Probabilistic localization Quadrotor aerial robot
S-4 omni-directional robot
SLO-2 Various wheeled configurations Derivation Principles, challenges and interpretation Markov localization Modelling of dynamics
Degree of freedom, differential degrees of
SLO-1 Maneuverability, controllability Light and sound based ranging Introduction to Kalman filtering Modelling of flight controller
S-5 freedom
SLO-2 stability of mobile robots Degree of Maneuverability Principles, challenges and interpretation Derivation of Kalman gain Derivation

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1752
Mobility analysis of various wheeled
SLO-1 Wheeled Locomotion Wheel Odometry Kalman filter for localization Commercial flight controllers
configurations
S-6
Two, three, four, five and six wheeled Implementation algorithm for wheel
SLO-2 Case studies Example case study and derivation Specifications and selection criteria
configurations odomoetry
SLO-1 Workspace and trajectory considerations Wheel Odometry Critical Analysis Sensor fusion using Kalman filter Underwater vehicles
S-7 Comparison of manuerability and
SLO-2 Wheel Odometry error reduction Derivation Foundations topics and challenges
controllability
State space modelling of three wheeled
SLO-1 Vision for mobile robots Introduction to path planning, Types of underwater vehicles
differential drive robot
S-8
Introduction to Visual Odometry and V-
SLO-2 Derivation Types, Challenges and Algorithms Comparison
SLAM
SLO-1 Go-goal controller Multi-sensor combinations D* Lite Modelling of underwater dynamics
S-9
SLO-2 Block diagram level understanding Need and types Numerical case study Derivation
SLO-1 Cruise Controllers Bug algorithms Modelling of underwater vehicle
S-10
SLO-2 Block diagram level understanding Vector field histogram Derivation

1. Siegwart, Nourbakhsh, “Introduction to Autonomous Mobile Robots”, 2nd Edition, MIT Press, 2011.
Learning
2. Bruno Siciliano, OussamaKhatib, “Handbook of Robotics”, 2nd Edition, Springer, 2016.
Resources
3. PerterCorke, “Robotics, Vision and Control”, 2nd Edition, Springer, 2017.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 20 % - 40% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 30% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 40 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. N. Ganesh Ram, Intel Labs, ganeshram.nandakumar@intel.com 1. Dr. R. Thiyagarajan, IIT Madras, thiyaguiitm@gmail.com 1. Dr. R. Senthilnathan, SRMIST
2. Mr. Mohammed Sagheer , Wabco Technology Center,
2. Dr. P. Karthikeyan, MIT Campus, Anna University, pkarthikeyan@annauniv.edu 2. Mr. K. Sivanathan, SRMIST
mohammedsagheer.musthafa@wabco-auto.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1753
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE422T CONDITION MONITORING TECHNIQUES P Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive
Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Understand the basics of failures of equipments 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Impart the knowledge on the learning in fault diagnosis

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge
CLR-3 : Gain knowledge on the condition monitoring techniques

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Impart the knowledge on condition monitoring of rotating electrical machines

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Impart the knowledge on condition monitoring of machine tools

Communication
Environment &
CLR-6 : Study the basic knowledge of failures of equipments and knowledge on condition monitoring of different machine tools

Sustainability
Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Comprehend the basics of failures of equipments 1 85 80 H L - M - - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-2 : Understand the learning in fault diagnosis 1 85 80 H L - M - - - - - - - - - - -
CLO-3 : Familiarize with the condition monitoring techniques 1 85 80 H L - M L - - - - - - - M H H
CLO-4 : Implement the condition monitoring techniques on rotating electrical machines 2 85 80 H L - M L - - - - - - - M H H
CLO-5 : Implement the condition monitoring techniques on machine tools 2 85 80 H L - M L - - - - - - - M H H
CLO-6 : To understand the diagnostics techniques of different machine tools 2 85 80 H L - M L - - - - - - - M H H

Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Case study 1: Fault detection on
Condition monitoring of electrical machines Condition monitoring in machine tool - Condition monitoring techniques for
SLO-1 Introduction to condition monitoring gearboxes operating under fluctuating load
S-1 - Introduction Introduction hydraulic system – introduction
con
SLO-2 Theory of condition monitoring Construction of electrical machines Types of cutting tool in lathe Elements in hydraulic systems Bearing Fault diagnosis in gear box
Case study 2: Detection of rotor – Stator
Tool wear measurement techniques – Pump supervision methods and fault
SLO-1 Stages of condition monitoring Structure of electrical machines and types rubbing in rotating machinery using
Direct method detection techniques
S-2 acoustic emissions
Data used for condition monitoring – Time, Types of insulation ageing mechanism – Tool wear measurement techniques – Fault detection of centrifugal pumps with Condition monitoring of very slowly rotating
SLO-2
model and frequency domain Thermal and electrical ageing Indirect method vibration sensors machinery using AE techniques
Data processing techniques for condition Types of insulation ageing mechanism – Case study 3: Condition monitoring for a
SLO-1 Types of machine tool failures Types failures in reciprocating pump
monitoring Mechanical and environmental ageing car engine
S-3
Data acquisition system – filter, data Condition monitoring techniques: Visual Fault detection and diagnosis of machine Application of vibration diagnostics and
SLO-2 Fault diagnosis in reciprocating pumps
logging system monitoring. tool suppression in automobile
Condition monitoring methods – vibration Failure modes in electrical machines – Vision based tool condition monitoring Leak detection methods in fluid power pipe Case study 4; Condition monitoring of a
SLO-1
analysis, Thermography Stator core and rotor winding failure system line hydraulic system using neural networks
S-4
Condition monitoring methods – Oil Failure modes in electrical machines – Decision making for sensor based tool Leak detection with mass balance for liquid Multi-layer neural networks and pattern
SLO-2
Analysis, Performance analysis Electrical connection and bearing failures condition monitoring system pipe line recognition for pump fault diagnosis
Case study 5: Non-destructive fault
Instruments for condition monitoring – Electrical machines temperature Types of failures in fluid power linear
S-5 SLO-1 Online tool vibration monitoring system induction in an electro-hydraulic servo
Displacement and velocity measurement monitoring actuators
system

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1754
Instruments for condition monitoring – Failure analysis and fault simulation of an
SLO-2 Electrical machines wear debris monitoring Online tool wear monitoring system Fault detection and diagnosis of cylinder
Force and noise measurement electro hydraulic servo valve
Instruments for condition monitoring – Electrical machines lubrication oil Introduction to grinding process and its Types of failures in pneumatic and Case study 6; Monitoring exhaust valve
SLO-1
Temperature measurement monitoring types hydraulic Directional control valves leaks in diesel engines
S-6 Instruments for condition monitoring –
Fault detection and diagnosis of pneumatic
SLO-2 current and Chemical composition Electrical machines vibration monitoring Introduction to milling process and its types Monitoring vibration in diesel engines
and hydraulic Directional control valves
measurement
Fault detection and diagnosis of flow Case study 7: Development of an
Laser based measurement systems for Fault detection in electrical machines – Acoustic Emission based Monitoring of
SLO-1 control valves with pneumatic position automated fluorescent dye penetrant
condition monitoring stator winding fault detection Grinding Wheel Dressing
controller inspection system
S-7
Fault detection and diagnosis of flow
Ultrasonic sound based measurement Fault detection in electrical machines – Acoustic Emission based Monitoring of Application of vibration analysis to monitor
SLO-2 control valves with electronic position
systems for condition monitoring Brush gear fault detection Face milling wear in spur gear
controller
Types of Maintenance – Preventive, Fault detection in electrical machines – Diagnostics techniques for bearing Types of failures in electro pneumatic Case study 8: On-line acoustic viscometry
SLO-1
operative and shutdown maintenance rotor online fault detection condition monitoring in machine tool actuator in oil condition monitoring
S-8
Fault detection in electrical machines – Sensors and signal processing techniques Fault detection and diagnosis of electro On-line vibration monitoring for detecting
SLO-2 Condition based maintenance
rotor offline fault detection for bearing condition monitoring system pneumatic actuator fan blade damage
Case study 9: A case study of bearing
Discharge monitoring techniques – RF Condition monitoring techniques for sheet
SLO-1 Diagnostics process and Techniques Real time oil oxidation monitoring system condition monitoring using Shock pulse
coupling method metal process
S-9 method
Discharge monitoring techniques – Remote online condition monitoring for
SLO-2 Diagnostics process and Techniques Remote CNC machine control Oil viscosity monitoring system
capacitive coupling method wear measurement in bearing

1. Peter Tavner, Li Ran, Jim Penman, Howard Sedding, Condition monitoring of rotating electrical 3. Rolf Isermann, Sensors, and Fault-tolerant Systems, 1st ed., Springer Heidelberg Dordrecht London
Learning machines, 1st ed., The Institution of Engineering and Technology, London, 2008 New York, 2011
Resources 2. LihuiWang and Robert X. Gao., Condition Monitoring and Control for Intelligent Manufacturing,1st ed., 4. Andrew C Starr and Raj B K N Rao., Condition monitoring and diagnostic engineering management,
Springer-Verlag London Limited, 2006 Proceedings of the 14'" international Congress, 4 - 6 September Manchester, UK, 2001

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,
Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. S. Anand, Mahendra Research valley, s.anand@mahindra.com 1. Dr. P.S.sampath,KSR College of Technology, sampathps@ksrct.ac.in 1. Dr. S.Senthil Raja, SRMIST
2. Dr. T.R.Chinnusamy,A.K.T memorial college of engineering technology, email :
2.Bharathiraja Ramaraj, L and T Technology Services, bharathiraja.r@ltts.com 2. Mr. M.Thirugnanam, SRMIST
chinnu_samy80@yahoo.co.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1755
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE423T FPGA BASED SYSTEM DESIGN E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


18MHC108J Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Introduce types of PLDs and their differing architectures 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Discuss different software and hardware programming language, simulation tools

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Gain knowledge about VHDL, its design flow and various description languages for Digital Logic Design

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Design combinational logic, sequential logic and state machine using VHDL

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-5 : Gain knowledge of VHDL design at system level and transformation of design developed in Matlab to VHDL

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6 : Introduce about PLDs and developing digital logic design using VHDL code for electronic system design

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Acquire knowledge about various Programmable Logic Devices to design an electronic system 1 75 70 H M M M M L L L M M M H H H M
CLO-2 : Understand programming languages to develop digital design for implementation either in processors or in PLDs 2 75 70 H M M H H L L L M M M H H H L
CLO-3 : Utilize the various description languages for developing various digital logic design 2 75 70 H M M H H L L L M M M H H M L
CLO-4 : Develop VHDL code for Combinational logic, sequential logic and state machine design 3 75 70 H H M H H L L L M M M H H H L
CLO-5 : Translate algorithms and models developed in MATLAB Simulink into VHDL for implementing in PLD 3 75 70 H H M H H L L L M M M H H M L
CLO-6 : Design and develop VHDL code for implementation of digital logic in PLDs 3 75 70 H H M H H L L L M M H H H H H

Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Introduction to various software Designing with Hardware description
SLO-1 Introduction to PLD’s Introduction to combinational logic design Digital to Analogue Conversion (DAC)
programming languages: C language
S-1
Technology choices for digital circuit
SLO-2 C++, Java Various levels of design description VHDL design for half adder Digital to Analogue Conversion (DAC)
design
Introduction to various software
SLO-1 Electronic circuits: Analogue versus Digital Typical design flow using HDLs Concept of multiplexer VHDL Design for DAC
S-2 programming languages: Visual Basics
SLO-2 Digital logic and its types Scripting Languages, PHP Typical design flow using HDLs VHDL design for multiplexer VHDL Design for DAC
Introduction to hardware programming
SLO-1 Programmable Logic versus Digital Logic Design Entry Methods, HDL Design Entry Concept of Encoder Concept of Thyristor Gate Control
languages
S-3
Types of hardware programming
SLO-2 Programmable Logic versus Processors Logic Synthesis with an example VHDL design for Encoder Concept of Thyristor Gate Control
languages
Types of PLD: Simple Programmable Entities, architectures, packages and
SLO-1 VHDL hardware programming language Introduction to Sequential Logic Design VHDL Design for Thyristor Gate Control
Logic Device (SPLD) configurations
S-4
Complex Programmable Logic Device
SLO-2 VHDL description for two input AND gate Two input AND gate example VHDL design for D-Latch VHDL Design for Thyristor Gate Control
(CPLD)
Verilog HDL hardware programming
S-5 SLO-1 Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA) Key libraries and packages in HDL Design of binary counter using VHDL Model of DC Motor Control System
language

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1756
FPGA design techniques and design
SLO-2 Verilog HDL description for full adder Various operators in VHDL Design of binary counter using VHDL Model of DC Motor Control System
constraints
Translation of DC motor Control system
SLO-1 PLD configuration technologies Verilog-A hardware programming language Dataflow description with example Introduction to State Machine Design
Design to VHDL
S-6
Translation of DC motor Control system
SLO-2 PLD vendors Verilog-A description for voltage amplifier Dataflow description with example Introduction to State Machine Design
Design to VHDL
SLO-1 PLD design tools System Verilog Behavioral description with example VHDL Design for Sequence Detector Overview of Digital Filter Design
S-7 Simulation Program with Integrated Circuit
SLO-2 Common basic features of design tools Behavioral description with example VHDL Design for Sequence Detector Overview of Digital Filter Design
Emphasis (SPICE)
SLO-1 Introduction to PLD design Introduction to mathematical modeling Structural description with example VHDL design for UART receiver Translation of Digital Filter Design to VHDL
S-8 Various toolboxes for modeling different
SLO-2 Typical PLD design flow Structural description with example VHDL design for UART receiver Translation of Digital Filter Design to VHDL
applications
SLO-1 Technology Trends Concept of Motor control system Coding styles for VHDL Testing of VHDL Design Automation of Design translation to VHDL
S-9 Modeling of motor control system using
SLO-2 Technology Trends Coding styles for VHDL Testing of VHDL Design Automation of Design translation to VHDL
Simulink

Learning 1. Ian Grout, “Digital System Design with FPGA and CPLD”, Newnes publishers, 2nd edition, 2008.
3. Wayne Wolf, “FPGA based system design”, Prentice Hall, 1st edition, 2004.
Resources 2. Peter Wilson, “Design Recipes for FPGAs”, Newnes publishers, 3rd edition, 2007.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr.A.Jegan, KPIT, Banglore, a.jegan@kpit.com 1.Dr.D.Saravanakumar, VIT, saravanakumar.d@vit.ac.in 1. Mr. A. Lakshmi Srinivas, SRMIST
2.Mr. N.Srikanth, Lekha Wireless Solutions, Banglore, srikanth05.mit@gmail.com 2.Dr.M.Devanathan, REVA University, devanathan.m@reva.edu.in 2. Mr. K.Sivanathan, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1757
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE424T DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Understand and apply algorithm analysis technique 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Describe computational solution to well known problems like searching, sorting etc.

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Understand various approaches to solve greedy and dynamic algorithms

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Utilize back tracking and branch and bound paradigms to solve exponential time problems

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-5 : Analyze various algorithm design techniques to solve real time problems in polynomial time

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6 : Understand the limitations of Algorithmic power

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Design algorithms for various computing problems 3 80 70 L H - H L - - - L L - H - - -
CLO-2 : Estimate the computational complexity of different algorithms 3 85 75 M H L M L - - - M L - H - - -
CLO-3 : Critically analyze the different algorithm design techniques for a given problem 3 75 70 M H M H L - - - M L - H - - -
CLO-4 : Modify existing algorithm to improve efficiency 3 85 80 M H M H L - - - M L - H - - -
CLO-5 : Develop an algorithm using appropriate design strategies for problem solving 3 85 75 H H M H L - - - M L - H - - -
CLO-6 : Create algorithms that are efficient in space and time complexities by using divide conquer, greedy, backtracking techniques 3 80 70 L H M H L - - - L L - H - - -

Introduction Divide and conquer Greedy Method Dynamic Programming Backtracking


Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
SLO-1 Introduction: What is an Algorithm? Divide and Conquer: General method Greedy Method: General method Dynamic Programming: General method Backtracking: General method
S-1
SLO-2 Algorithm Specification Binary Search Examples Examples N-Queens problem
SLO-1 Analysis Framework Complexity of Binary search Coin Change Problem Multistage Graphs Sum of subsets problem
S-2 Recurrence equation for divide and
SLO-2 Performance Analysis: Space complexity Knapsack Problem using Greedy method Graph algorithms Graph coloring
conquer
SLO-1 Performance Analysis: Time complexity Finding the maximum and minimum Job sequencing with deadlines Transitive Closure: All Pairs Hamiltonian cycles
S-3 Dynamic programming-Longest ascending
SLO-2 Asymptotic Notations: Big-Oh notation (O) Time complexity analysis-Examples Minimum cost spanning trees Branch and Bound: Assignment Problem
subsequence
Travelling Sales Person problem-
SLO-1 Asymptotic Notations: Omega notation (Ω) Algorithm for finding closest pair problem Prim’s Algorithm with example Dynamic programming-Memorization
Backtracking
S-4
Dynamic programming-Matrix
SLO-2 Asymptotic Notations: Theta notation (Θ) Merge sort algorithm Kruskal’s Algorithm 0/1Knapsack problem-Backtracking
Multiplication
Mathematical analysis of Non-Recursive
SLO-1 Complexity Analysis of Merge sort Example problem Transitive Closure: Warshall’s Algorithm LC Branch and Bound solution
Algorithms
S-5
Single source shortest paths: Dijkstra's
SLO-2 Examples Quick sort algorithm Shortest Paths: Floyd’s Algorithm FIFO Branch and Bound solution
Algorithm

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1758
Mathematical analysis of recursive NP-Complete and NP-Hard problems:
SLO-1 Complexity Analysis of Quick sort Example problem Floyd-Warshall Introduction
Algorithms Basic concepts
S-6
Best case, Worst case and Average case
SLO-2 Examples Optimal Tree problem: Huffman Trees Floyd-Warshall with sample graph On-deterministic algorithms
analysis
SLO-1 Important Problem Types: Sorting Strassen’s matrix multiplication Optimal Tree problem: Huffman Codes Floyd-Warshall complexity P type problems
S-7
SLO-2 Searching, String processing Recurrence Relation Transform and Conquer Approach: Heaps Optimal Binary Search Trees NP type problems
Transform and Conquer Approach: Heap
SLO-1 Graph Problems, Combinatorial Problems Advantages of divide and conquer Knapsack problem using Dynamic method NP-Complete Problems-Introduction
Sort
S-8
Fundamental Data Structures: Stacks,
SLO-2 Disadvantages of divide and conquer Binomial Heaps Bellman-Ford Algorithm Satisfiability Problem
Queues
Travelling Sales Person problem-Dynamic
SLO-1 Graphs, Trees Decrease and Conquer Approach Fibonacci Heaps NP-Hard classes
S-9 approach
SLO-2 Sets and Dictionaries. Topological Sort Examples of heaps and heap sort Reliability design Examples

3. Thomas H .Cormen, Charles E.Leiserson, Ronal L.Rivest,Clifford Stein., Introduction to Algorithms ,


Learning 1. AnanyLevitin, Intoduction to Design and Analysis of Algorithms, 3rd ed., Pearson, 2009
3rded.,PHI
Resources 2. Ellis Horowitz, SatrajSahini and Rajasekaran, Computer Algorithms/C++, 2nded, Universities Press,2014
4. S Sridhar, Design and Analysis of Algorithms, Oxford(Higher Education)

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 30 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1.Mr.Sribharanidharan Subramanian, ITA , IT-Analyst,sribharanidharan.s@tcs.com 1.Dr.Rinesh.S, SVCE,Chennai, rin.iimmba@gmail.com Mrs.M.Nandhini, SRMIST
2. Ms.Tharani .N, Senior Software Engineer, Freshworks, Chennai,
2.Dr.A.Kumaresan, Professor, SKP Engineering College,hodcse@skpec.in Ms.D.Sasikala, SRMIST
tharani.nanjundeswaran@freshworksl.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1759
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE425T ADVANCED MICROCONTROLLERS AND SIGNAL PROCESSORS P Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


18MHC205J Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Perceive the fundamental knowledge of Digital signal processing 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Learn the working principle of Digital signal processor TMS320C5X

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Apply the Knowledge in the applications of Digital signal processing

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Know the working principle of ARM cortex processor

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-5 : Work with the processor by using their standard Instruction sets

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6 : Perceive the fundamental knowledge of Digital signal processing

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Acquire the fundamental knowledge of Digital signal processing 1 90 85 H L L L L L L L L L L L M L L
CLO-2 : Learn the working principle of Digital signal processor TMS320C5X 1 90 80 H L L L L L L L L L L L M M L
CLO-3 : Apply the Knowledge in the applications of Digital signal processing 2 85 80 H M M M M L L L M L M M M H M
CLO-4 : Learn the working principle of ARM cortex processor 2 90 85 H L L L L L L L L L L L M M M
CLO-5 : Have knowledge to Work with the processor by using their standard Instruction set 3 85 80 H M M M M L L L L L L L H H H
CLO-6 : Gain knowledge about different applications using ARM and DSP controllers 3 85 80 H H H H H L L L M L L M M H H

Introduction DFT and its applications DSP Processor ARM Cortex Processor System Design – Case Study
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Introduction to Micro- controller based Discrete Fourier Transform(DFT) and its
SLO-1 Introduction to DSP processors Introduction to ARM processors Comparison chart of various controllers
S-1 system design properties
SLO-2 Issues and challenges. Signal conditioning system Types of DSP processors Types of ARM processor Parameter selection of Controllers
Fast Fourier Transform(FFT) and its Architecture: Block diagram of DSP
SLO-1 Van-New-Mann architecture Block diagram of ARM architecture Analog to Digital conversion: Flash ADC
properties processor TMS320C5X
S-2
Fast Fourier Transform(FFT) and its Analog to Digital conversion: Successive
SLO-2 Mechatronics design elements Architecture DSP processor TMS320C5X Block diagram of ARM architecture
properties approximation
Instruction set of DSP processor Digital to Analog conversion working
SLO-1 Harvard architecture DIT-FFT ARM organization : 3 stage
S-3 TMS320C5X principle
SLO-2 Modified Harvard architecture Problems based on DIT-FFT Arithmetic Instructions ARM organization : 5 stage Types of DAC
SLO-1 RISC, CISC DIF-FF Logical instructions ARM instruction set Power convertors
S-4 Data processing & Data transfer
SLO-2 ASIP, Superscalar, VLIW Problems based on DIF-FF Load instructions Power convertor applications
instructions
SLO-1 Superscalar architecture of Pentium FIR Digital filter design Multiply/Accumulate (MAC) operation Multiply instruction Power inverters
S-5 Superscalar architecture of Pentium
SLO-2 Problems based on FIR Digital filter design Branching Instructions Co processor instructions Power inverter application
multicore processors
S-6 SLO-1 Types of Discrete time signals IIR digital filter design Compare, Select, and Store Unit (CSSU) Addressing modes of ARM processor Temperature sensors and its types

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1760
Input and Output Modules, Mnemonics for
SLO-2 Properties of Discrete time signals Problems based on IIR digital filter design Construction and operation of BLDC motor Temperature sensor applications
programming
Principles of Digital Signal Processing Direct form-I structure for FIR and IIR Addressing modes of DSP processor Stepper motor control using DSP
SLO-1 Thumb instruction set
(DSP) systems TMS320C5X processor
S-7
Comparison of Thump and ARM Stepper motor control using ARM
SLO-2 Sampling Problems Pressure control valve
instruction set processor
Direct form-II structure for FIR and IIR
SLO-1 Convolution of discrete-time samples Writing optimized DSP codes Writing optimized ARM codes DC machine control using DSP processor
S-8 systems
SLO-2 Properties of Convolution Problems Writing optimized DSP codes Writing optimized ARM codes DC machine control using ARM processor
SLO-1 Correlation of discrete-time samples Cascade structure for FIR and IIR systems Simple programs using DSP codes Basic ARM assembly language programs AC machine control using DSP processor
S-9 Kinematic chains, Cams actuation with
SLO-2 Properties of Correlation Problems Basic ARM assembly language programs AC machine control using ARM processor
example, Gear trains with example

3. John G Proakis and Dimitris G Manolakis, “Digital Signal Processing- Principles, Algorithms and Applications”, 4th
1. Steve Furber, “ARM System-on-chip Architecture”, Pearson Education, India, 2000.
Learning edition, Prentice Hall of India Limited, 2007.
2. Joseph Yiu, “The Definitive Guide to ARM Cortex Processors”, 3rd edition, Newnes
Resources 4. M Bhaskar and B Venkataramani, “Digital Signal Processors: Architecture, Programming and Application”, 2nd
Publication, 2013
Edition, Mcgraw Higher Ed, 2010

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. Ragavendrarao, Hardware Architect,, Intel technology Pvt. Ltd, Bangalore, 1. Dr. Priestly Shan, Dean, School of Electrical, Electronics and Communication Engineering,
1. Ms. Cross T. Asha Wise, SRMIST
ragavendra.r.r@intel.com Galgotias University, New Delhi, dean.seece@galgotiasuniversity.edu.in.
2. Dr. DivyaC.,Professor, Centre for Information Technology and Engineering,
2. Dr.K.Kathikeyan,R&DSpecialist,ABB India Ltd., Bangalore, India, sayalkarthik@yahoo.co.in 2. Ms. Sasikala D., SRMIST
ManonmaniamSundaranar university, Thirunelveli, cdivya@msuniv.ac.in

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1761
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE426T ROBOT KINEMATICS AND DYNAMICS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Understand the complexity and method of solving inverse kinematics for an manipulator robot 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the concept of jacobian and singularity for manipulator

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Understand and solve dynamics problem for the manipulator

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Understand the various position and force control scheme and architecture

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-5 : Understand the parallel configuration of robot

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Solve the inverse kinematics problem for the various configuration of serial manipulator 2 80 70 H H L L - - - - - - L H H M -
CLO-2 : Compute the Jacobian matrix and singularity points for a manipulator robot 2 80 70 H H L M - - - - M L - H H M -
CLO-3 : Compute the dynamic model of a serial manipulator 2 80 70 H H L M - - - - M - - H H M -
CLO-4 : Understand the mathematical concept of various control schemes used for manipulator robots 2 80 70 H H L M - - - - M - - H H M -
CLO-5 : Understand the parallel configuration of robot 2 80 70 H H L M - - - - M - - H H M -

Forward and Inverse Kinematics Manipulator Jacobian and Singularity Dynamics Position and force control Parallel Manipulator
Duration (hour) 8 10 10 10 7
Forward Kinematics of 6 DOF articulated Description/Notation for time varying
SLO-1 Introduction to dynamics Review of position control Introduction to Parallel Manipulators
arm position and orientation
S-1
Forward Kinematics of 6 DOF articulated Comparison with serial and parallel
SLO-2 Example Inertia, Centrifugal force, coriolis force etc Control of Mass- spring damper system
arm manipulator
Forward Kinematics of a Stanford Understanding dynamics of a simple Various configuration of Parallel
SLO-1 Linear velocity vector for rigid bodies Modelling of 1 DOF manipulator Joint
Manipulator system- mass spring damper system manipulator
S-2
Forward Kinematics of a Stanford Degree of freedom computation of parallel
SLO-2 Angular velocity vector for rigid bodies Inverse and forward dynamics Deriving the mathematical model
Manipulator manipulator
Forward and Inverse kinamtics of a parallel
SLO-1 Inverse Kinematics Introduction Manipulator Jacobian Lagrangian Formulation Partitioned PD (PPD)control scheme
manipulator
S-3
Computing generalized torque/force Architecture and difference from PD
SLO-2 Issues in Inverse Kinematics Importance of Jacobain matrix Difficulty in forward kinematics
through Lagrangian Euler method control
Algebraic and geometric method for RRR Dynamic model of a 2 R Planar Inverse Kinematics of a planar parallel
SLO-1 Linear Velocity Jacobian Introduction to force control
manipulator manipulator using LE method manipulator
S-4
Algebraic and geometric method for RRR Dynamic model of a 2 R Planar Inverse Kinematics of a planar parallel
SLO-2 Derivation for RR planar manipulator Application of force control
manipulator manipulator using LE method manipulator

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1762
Inverse Kinematics Computation- Closed Linear and angular velocity Jacobian Frame work for force /position control Inverse Kinematics of a spatial parallel
SLO-1 Newton Euler Formulation
loop solution Computation scheme manipulator
S-5
Linear and angular velocity Jacobian Computing generalized torque/force Inverse Kinematics of a spatial parallel
SLO-2 Case study- spherical wrist Define- Artificial and natural constraints
Computation through Newton Euler method manipulator
Inverse kinematics of articulated arm (3 Dynamic model of a 2 R Planar Case study to define artificial and natural
SLO-1 Concept of Singularity Velocity analysis
DOF) manipulator using LE method constraint
S-6
Inverse kinematics of articulated arm (3 Dynamic model of a 2 R Planar Case study to define artificial and natural
SLO-2 Types and Consequences Jacobian computation
DOF) manipulator using LE method constraint
SLO-1 Inverse kinematics of Stanford manipulator Singularity Computation using Jacobian Dynamic model of a inverted pendulum Description of force control task Workspace analysis
S-7
SLO-2 Inverse kinematics of Stanford manipulator Example using RR Manipulator Dynamic model of a inverted pendulum Example- Peg in hole assembly Example
Computation consideration for inverse
SLO-1 Jacobian Computation for RPY wrist Dynamic model of a SCARA robot Force control of mass spring system
S-8 kinematics
SLO-2 Example Singularity Computation for RPY wrist Dynamic model of a SCARA robot Force control of mass spring system
SLO-1 Jacobian Computation for articulated arm Static Forces in manipulator Dynamics based control
S-9
SLO-2 Singularity Computation for articulated arm Static Forces in manipulator- Example General dynamics representation
SLO-1 Work space Analysis Jacobian in force domain Computed torque control
S-10 Derivation- Static force computation of a
SLO-2 Work space Analysis Architecture
planar RR manipulator

1. John J. Craig, “Introduction to Robotics Mechanics and Control”, 3rd edition, Pearson, 2008. 5. Robert J. Schilling, “Fundamentals of Robotics Analysis and Control”, 5th edition, Prentice Hall of India Learning,
2. Mark W. Spong and M. Vidyasagar, “Robot Dynamics and Control”, 2nd edition, Wiley India, 2009.
Learning 2008. 6. Mittal R.K., and Nagrath I.J., “Robotics and Control”, 1st edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.
Resources 3. J.P. Merlet, “Parallel Robots”, 2nd edition, Springer, 2006. 7. Fu K., Gonzalez R., and Lee C. S. G., “Robotics: Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence”, 1st edition McGraw Hill,
4. Saeed B.Niku, “Introduction to Robotics Analysis, Systems and Applications”, 2nd edition, 2008.
Prentice Hall of India, 2009. 8. Tsuneo Yohikwa, “Foundations of Robotics Analysis and Control”, 2nd edition, MIT Press, 2003

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1.Mr.Ganesh Ram, Intel Labs ,Bangalore, ganeshram.nandakumar.@intel.com 1. Dr., R. Thiyagarajan, Visiting faculty, IIT Madras, thiyaguiitm@gmail.com 1. Mr. Ranjith Pillai R, SRMIST
2. Mr. Mohammed Sagheer ,Wabco Technology Center ,India,
2. Dr., P Karthikeyan, MIT,Anna University, pkarthikeyan@annauniv.edu 2. Dr.rSenthilnathan, SRMIST
mohammedsagheer.musthafa@wabco-auto.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1763
Course Course L T P C
18MHE427T Course Name SYSTEMS ENGINEERING E Professional Elective
Code Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Gain the knowledge of systems engineering 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Identify the need for complex systems

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Utilize the management skills in systems engineering

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Gain knowledge of systems analysis

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-5 : Introduce the analysis concepts in systems engineering

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6 : Gain knowledge of Engineering design

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Knowledge of systems engineering 2 75 70 H H M H M - - - - - - H H H H
CLO-2 : Knowledge of systems complexity 3 75 70 H H M H M - - - - - - H M M M
CLO-3 : Application of the management skills in systems engineering 3 75 70 H H M H M - - - - - - H M M M
CLO-4 : Knowledge of systems analysis 3 75 70 H H M H M - - - - - - H M M M
CLO-5 : knowledge of analysis concepts 3 75 70 H H M H M - - - - - - H M M M
CLO-6 : Interpret the knowledge of Engineering Design 3 75 70 H H M H H - - - - - - H H H H

Introduction to Systems Engineering Complex Systems Systems Engineering Management Systems Analysis Engineering Design
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
SLO-1 Origin of Systems Engineering Complex System Structure Managing Systems Development Need Analysis Prototype Development
S-1
SLO-2 Origin of Systems Engineering Complex System Structure Managing Systems Development Need Analysis Prototype Development
SLO-1 Examples of Systems Engineering Building Blocks Risks of Systems Engineering Functional Analysis and Allocation Development Testing and Risk Reduction
S-2
SLO-2 Examples of Systems Engineering Building Blocks Risks of Systems Engineering Functional Analysis and Allocation Development Testing and Risk Reduction
SLO-1 Systems Engineering Field Hierarchy and Interfaces Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) Model-Based Systems Engineering (MBSE) Probability of data analysis
S-3
SLO-2 Systems Engineering Field Hierarchy and Interfaces Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) Model-Based Systems Engineering (MBSE) Hypothesis testing
Systems Engineering Management Plan
SLO-1 Requirement Analysis Implementing system building blocks
Systems Engineering View point Complex System Interactions (SEMP)
S-4
Systems Engineering Management Plan
SLO-2 Systems Engineering View point Complex System Interactions Requirement Analysis Implementing system building blocks
(SEMP)
SLO-1 Domain of Systems Engineering System Complexity Systems Risk Management Decision Making Reliability and Redundancy
S-5
SLO-2 Domain of Systems Engineering System Complexity Systems Risk Management Decision Making Reliability and Redundancy
Concepts of Maintainability, Availability
SLO-1 Approaches of Systems Engineering Complex System Environment Systems Architecture Modeling for Decisions
and Producibility
S-6
Concepts of Maintainability, Availability
SLO-2 Approaches of Systems Engineering Complex System Environment Systems Architecture Modeling for Decisions
and Producibility
S-7 SLO-1 Activities of Systems Engineering Systems Engineering methods Performance Requirements Simulation Analysis Systems Integration

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1764
SLO-2 Activities of Systems Engineering Systems Engineering methods Performance Requirements Simulation Analysis Systems Integration
SLO-1 Perspectives of Systems Engineering Life cycle and Evolutionary characteristics System Requirements Development System Modeling Languages Testing and evaluating total system
S-8
SLO-2 Perspectives of Systems Engineering Life cycle and Evolutionary characteristics System Requirements Development System Modeling Languages Testing and evaluating total system
SLO-1 Systems Engineering Products Systems testing throughout development Systems Validating Requirements Trade-off Analysis Development to Production
S-9
SLO-2 Systems Engineering Products Systems testing throughout development Systems Validating Requirements Trade-off Analysis Development to Production

1. Kossiakoff, A. Sweet, Seymour, S., W.N., Biemer, S.M., “Systems Engineering Principles and Practice”, John 4. Groover. M.P., “Automation, production systems and computer integrated manufacturing”, 3rd
Learning Wiley & Sons, 2nd Edition, 2011. edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2007.
Resources 2. Blanchard, B.S. and Fabrycky, W.J., “Systems Engineering and Analysis”, Prentice Hall,4th Edition, 2005. 5. Gharajedaghi, J., “Systems Thinking, Managing Chaos and Complexity: A Platform for Design
3. Zeigler, B.P., H. Praehofer, T.G. Kim., “Theory of Modeling and Simulation”, Academic Press,2nd Edition, 2000. Business Architecture”, Butterworth Heinemann, 2nd Edition, , 2005.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. K.P.Srinivasan, Visteon Automotive Electronics Limited, Chennai, psriniv1@visteon.com 1. Dr. P. Karthikeyan, Anna University, Chennai, pkarthikeyan@mitindia.edu 1. Dr. T. Muthuramalingam, SRMIST
2. Mr. S. EllanChezhiyan, Keyence Microscope Limited, Chennai, ellanchezhian@gmail.com 2. Dr. D. Saravanakumar, VIT University, Chennai, saravanakumar.d@vit.ac.in. 2. Dr. M. Mohamed Rabik, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1765
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE451T ROBOTICS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Introduce the various architecture of Industrial robot 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the concept of vectors and transformation used in robotics

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Formulate the forward kinematics of manipulators

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Introduce the various actuators, transmission elements and sensors used in robot

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-5 : Introduce the various control strategy and work cell layout

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6 : Understand the terminologies and various mathematical concepts in manipulator robotics

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand various terminologies and configuration of an industrial robot 2 80 70 H M M H M - - - - - - H H - -
CLO-2 : Understand the application of vectors and transformation applied to robotics 2 80 70 H H M H M - - - - - - H H - -
CLO-3 : Solve the forward kinematic model of the manipulators 2 80 70 H H M H M - - - H - - H H - -
CLO-4 : Understand the various actuators, sensors and transmission used in robot 2 80 70 H H H H M - - - M - - H H - -
CLO-5 : Understand the various types of control used in robot 2 80 70 H H M H M - - - M - - H H - -
CLO-6 : Get conversant with fundamental terminologies and mathematical concepts to solve kinematics problem 2 80 70 H H M H M - - - M - - H H - -
Introduction to sensors and actuators in
Introduction to Robotics Transformations Manipulator Kinematics Trajectory planning and work cell
robotics
Duration (hour) 9 12 11 8 8
Introduction to Robotics- History, laws of
SLO-1 Review of Vectors Introduction to kinematics Basic Actuators Types of Robot control
robotics
S-1
Cartesian and joint space scheme
SLO-2 Classification based on application Vector representation of points and bodies Forward and inverse kinematics Selection of actuators
trajectory planning
SLO-1 Definition of work volume Translation-numerical problem Geometric and algebraic approach Transmission elements Force control
S-2 Forward kinematics of RR,RRR planar
SLO-2 Classification based on work volume Rotation-numerical problem solving Selection Case study- Mass Spring system
manipulator using geometric approach
Precision, repeatability, accuracy in terms Geometric approach for RRP spatial
SLO-1 Representing rotation- rotation matrix Harmonic drives Position Control
of robotics manipulator
S-3
Co ordinate systems and Degree of Comparison of geometric and algebraic Advantage of harmonic drives over other
SLO-2 Numerical problem solving Case Study- 1 DOF joint model
freedom approach transmission elements
Force sensors – Importance and types,
SLO-1 Various joints in robot, links Representing Rotation- Euler angles D-H formulation for manipulator kinematics Hybrid force position control
S-4 working Principle
SLO-2 Configuration and operational space Numerical problem solving D-H formulation for manipulator kinematics Maltese Cross Configuration Case study
Representing Rotation- Equivalent axis Difference between standard and modified
SLO-1 Anatomy of robot and wrist configuration Tactile sensor- Importance and use Robot Cell Layout
representation DH convention
S-5
Example – kinematics of RR planar Tactile sensor- Various type and its
SLO-2 Example Numerical problem solving Robot Cell Layout
manipulator using both convention working

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1766
Difference between current axis and fixed Forward kinematics of 3 DOF RRP
SLO-1 Robot end effectors Slip sensor- Importance and use Safety Monitoring
axis representation manipulator
S-6
Forward kinematics of 3 DOF RRP
SLO-2 Various Types Numerical problem solving Slip sensor- Various type and its working Error Detection and Recovery
manipulator
Forward kinematics of 3 DOF RRR spatial
SLO-1 Gripper type Homogeneous transformation Vision system for robot Robot cycle time analysis
manipulator
S-7
Forward kinematics of 3 DOF RRR spatial
SLO-2 Design of mechanical gripper and grasping Numerical problem solving Architecture Robot cycle time analysis
manipulator
SLO-1 Various gripper in robot Operators and mapping concept Forward Kinematics of RPY wrist Case study on vision system Economic analysis of robot
S-8
SLO-2 Selection criteria Case study- numerical problem solving Forward Kinematics of RPY wrist Case study on vision system Economic analysis of robot
Interpreting various data in the the robot
SLO-1 Compound Transformation Forward kinematics of 4DOF SCARA robot
data sheet
S-9
Interpreting various data in the the robot
SLO-2 Case Study Forward kinematics of 4DOF SCARA robot
data sheet
SLO-1 Operators and mapping concept Introduction to inverse kinematics
S-10 Inverse kinematics of RR planar
SLO-2 Case study- numerical
manipulator- geometric approach
SLO-1 Compound transformation Issues in inverse kinematics
S-11
SLO-2 Case study Issues in inverse kinematics
SLO-1 Case study of transformations in robotics
S-12
SLO-2 Case study of transformations in robotics
1. Mikell P. Groover, "Industrial Robotics", McGraw Hill, 2nd edition, 2012. 4. Arthor Critchlow, “Introduction to Robotics”,1st edition, Macmillan, 2009.
Learning 2. John J. Craig, “Introduction to Robotics”, 3rd Edition, Addison Wesley, ISE 2008. 5. Mohsen Shahinpoor, “A Robot Engineering Text Book”, 1st edition, Harper and Row, 2004
Resources 3. Deb S.R., “Robotics Technology and Flexible Automation”, 2nd edition, Tata McGraw - Hill Publishing Company 6. Sterling Kinney J, “Indeterminate Structural Analysis”, 1st edition, Narosa Publishing House, 1987.
Limited, 2012.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Level of Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1.Mr.Ganesh Ram, Intel Labs ,Bangalore, ganeshram.nandakumar.@intel.com 1. Dr., R. Thiyagarajan, IIT Madras, thiyaguiitm@gmail.com 1. Ranjith Pillai R, SRMIST
2. Mr. Mohammed Sagheer ,Wabco Technology Center ,India,
2. Dr., P Karthikeyan, MIT, Anna University, pkarthikeyan@annauniv.edu 2. Dr. R Senthilnathan, SRMIST
mohammedsagheer.musthafa@wabco-auto.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1767
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE452T MECHANICS OF MANIPULATION E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


18MHE501T-Robotics Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Understand the complexity and method of solving inverse kinematics for an manipulator robot 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the concept of Jacobian and static forces applied to manipulator

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-3 : Learn the importance of singularity and workspace in manipulator robot

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-4 : Understand and solve dynamics problem for the manipulator

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
Level of Thinking
CLR-5 : Understand the parallel configuration of robot

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : To get an overview of challenges involved in manipulator robotics

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
(Bloom)

Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Solve the inverse kinematics problem for serial manipulators 2 80 70 H M M H M - - - - - - H H - -
CLO-2 : Compute the Jacobian matrix and static forces in manipulator 2 80 70 H H M H M - - - - - - H H - -
CLO-3 : Understand the important concept of singularity and its computation 2 80 70 H H M H M - - - H - - H H - -
CLO-4 : Compute the dynamic model of a serial manipulator 2 80 70 H H H H M - - - M - - H H - -
CLO-5 : Understand the parallel configuration of robot 2 80 70 H H M H M - - - M - - H H - -
CLO-6 : Get conversant with overall challenges involved in manipulators 2 80 70 H H M H M - - - M - - H H - -
Manipulator Kinematics Velocity Analysis Singularity and Workspace analysis Dynamic Modelling Parallel Manipulator
Duration (hour) 9 11 10 8 7
Forward kinematics of 6 DOF articulated Description/Notation for time varying
SLO-1 Concept of Singularity Introduction to dynamics Introduction to parallel manipulators
arm position and orientation
S-1
Forward kinematics of 6 DOF articulated Comparison with serial and parallel
SLO-2 Example Types and consequences Inertia, centrifugal force, coriolis force etc
arm manipulator
Forward kinematics of a Stanford Understanding dynamics of a simple Various configuration of parallel
SLO-1 Linear velocity vector for rigid bodies Singularity computation using Jacobian
Manipulator system- mass spring damper system manipulator
S-2
Forward kinematics of a Stanford Degree of freedom computation of parallel
SLO-2 Angular velocity vector for rigid bodies Example using RR Manipulator Inverse and forward dynamics
Manipulator manipulator
Forward and inverse kinematics of a
SLO-1 Inverse kinematics Introduction Manipulator Jacobian Singularity computation of RPY wrist Lagrangian formulation
parallel manipulator
S-3
Computing generalized torque/force
SLO-2 Issues in inverse kinematics Importance of Jacobain matrix Singularity computation of RPY wrist Challenges in forward kinematics
through Lagrangian-Euler (LE) method
Algebraic and geometric method for RRR Singularity computation of 6 DOF Dynamic model of a RR Planar Inverse Kinematics of a planar parallel
SLO-1 Linear velocity Jacobian
manipulator articulated arm manipulator using LE method manipulator
S-4
Algebraic and geometric method for RRR Singularity computation of 6 DOF Dynamic model of a RR Planar Inverse Kinematics of a planar parallel
SLO-2 Derivation for RR planar manipulator
manipulator articulated arm manipulator using LE method manipulator
Inverse kinematics Computation- Closed Linear and angular velocity Jacobian Inverse Kinematics of a spatial parallel
S-5 SLO-1 Work space analysis Newton-Euler Formulation
loop solution computation manipulator

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1768
Linear and angular velocity Jacobian Computing generalized torque/force Inverse Kinematics of a spatial parallel
SLO-2 Case study- spherical wrist Work space analysis
computation through Newton Euler method manipulator
Inverse kinematics of articulated arm (6 Dynamic model of a RR Planar
SLO-1 Jacobian Computation for RPY wrist Introduction to Trajectory Planning Velocity analysis
DOF) manipulator using LE method
S-6
Inverse kinematics of articulated arm (6 Dynamic model of a RR Planar
SLO-2 Jacobian computation for RPY wrist Joint space and Cartesian space Jacobian computation
DOF) manipulator using LE method
SLO-1 Inverse kinematics of Stanford manipulator Jacobian computation for articulated arm Joint space trajectory planning Dynamic model of a inverted pendulum Workspace analysis
S-7
SLO-2 Inverse kinematics of Stanford manipulator Jacobian computation for articulated arm Example of cubic polynomial Dynamic model of a inverted pendulum Example
Computation consideration for inverse
SLO-1 Static forces in manipulator Joint space trajectory planning via points Dynamic model of a SCARA robot
S-8 kinematics
SLO-2 Example Static forces in manipulator- Example Cubic polynomial via points Dynamic model of a SCARA robot
Forward and Inverse Kinematics in robot
SLO-1 Jacobian in force domain Cartesian space trajectory planning
S-9 control
SLO-2 Example Derivation Case study
Static force computation of a planar RR
SLO-1 Problem in Cartesian space planning
manipulator
S-10
Static force computation of a planar RR
SLO-2 Example
manipulator
Cartesian transformation of velocities and
SLO-1
S-11 forces
SLO-2 Example
5. Robert J. Schilling, “Fundamentals of Robotics Analysis and Control”, 5th edition, Prentice Hall of India
1. John J. Craig, “Introduction to Robotics Mechanics and Control”, 3rd edition, Pearson, 2008.
Learning, 2009.
2. Mark W. Spong and M. Vidyasagar, “Robot Dynamics and Control”, 2nd edition, Wiley India, 2008.
Learning 6. Mittal R.K., and Nagrath I.J., “Robotics and Control”, 1st edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.
3. J.P. Merlet, “Parallel Robots”, 2nd edition, Springer, 2006.
Resources 7. Fu K., Gonzalez R., and Lee C. S. G., “Robotics: Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence”, 1st edition
4. Saeed B.Niku, “Introduction to Robotics Analysis, Systems and Applications”, 2nd edition, Prentice
8. McGraw Hill, 2008.8. Tsuneo Yohikwa, “Foundations of Robotics Analysis and Control”, 2nd edition, MIT Press,
Hall of India, 2009.
2003.
Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,
Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1.Mr.Ganesh Ram, Intel Labs ,Bangalore, ganeshram.nandakumar.@intel.com 1. Dr., R. Thiyagarajan, Visiting faculty, IIT Madras, thiyaguiitm@gmail.com 1. Dr. G. Murali, SRMIST
2. Mr. Mohammed Sagheer ,Wabco Technology Center ,India,
2. Dr., P Karthikeyan, MIT,Anna University, pkarthikeyan@annauniv.edu 2. Ranjith Pillai R, SRMIST
mohammedsagheer.musthafa@wabco-auto.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1769
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE453T MOBILE ROBOTICS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Formulate the challenges in developing autonomous mobile robots 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Abstract kinematic control of wheeled mobile robots

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-3 : Understand the challenges involved in sensory perception for mobile robots

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-4 : Understand the mechanics of legged robots for locomotion

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Comprehend the challenges and configurations of aerial and underwater mobile robots

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Build the foundations of mobile robots in various modalities

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Appreciate the various problems to be addressed in autonomous mobile robots 3 80 75 H H M L L - - - L L - L H M -
CLO-2 : Understand the various types and configurations of wheeled and legged mobile robots 3 80 75 H H M M L - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-3 : Formulate the kinematics of wheeled and legged mobile robots of popular configurations 2 70 65 H M L M L - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-4 : Build the dynamic model of multi-rotor aerial and underwater robots 2 75 70 H M M M M - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-5 : Understand the issues in interpreting proprioceptive and exteroceptive sensory data on-board mobile robots 2 85 80 H M M M M - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-6 : Build the required foundation for developing autonomous mobile robots. 2 80 75 H M- M M M - - - L L - L H M -

Introduction Kinematics and Control of Mobile Robots Sensors for Mobile Robots Legged Robots Aerial and Underwater Robots
Duration
6 10 10 9 10
(hour)
Kinematic constraints of a fixed standard
SLO-1 Mobile robots vs. manipulators Sensors for mobile robots Introduction to limbed systems Non-ground modality
S-1 wheel
SLO-2 Introduction to autonomous mobile robots Derivation Definitions, classification Comparison with wheeled systems Case studies
Kinematic constraints of a omni-directional
SLO-1 Locomotion aspects of mobile robots Characteristics applicable to mobile robots Configurations of limbed systems Aerial robots
S-2 wheel
SLO-2 Locomotion aspects of mobile robots Derivation Characteristics applicable to mobile robots Case studies Types and comparison
Forward kinematic of three wheeled Physical and computational attributes of
SLO-1 Introduction to wheeled mobile robots Conceptual design of limbed systems Multi-rotor aerial robot
S-3 differential drive robot sensors applicable to mobile robots
SLO-2 Wheel types Derivation Sensor noise and sensor aliasing Design issues Types and applications
Forward kinematics of a three wheeled
SLO-1 Wheeled configurations GPS and heading sensors Kinematics of quad-limbed configuration Quadrotor aerial robot
S-4 omni-directional robot
SLO-2 Two, three, four, five and six wheeled Derivation Principles, challenges and interpretation Derivation Modelling of dynamics
Degree of freedom, differential degrees of
SLO-1 Maneuverability, controllability Light and sound based ranging Control strategy Modelling of flight controller
freedom,
S-5
Holonomic and non-holonomic constraints,
SLO-2 Stability of mobile robots Principles, challenges and interpretation Model of control algorithm for legged robot Derivation
degree of maneuverability

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1770
Mobility analysis of various wheeled
SLO-1 Wheeled locomotion Wheel odometry Design of biped configuration Commercial flight controllers
configurations
S-6
Mobility analysis of various wheeled
SLO-2 Case studies Algorithm Kinematics of a biped configuration Specifications and selection criteria
configurations
Design case study of a complete
SLO-1 Workspace and trajectory considerations Wheel odometry critical analysis Underwater vehicles
S-7 humanoid
SLO-2 Comparison Wheel odometry error reduction Considerations and challenges Foundations topics and challenges
State space modelling of three wheeled
SLO-1 Vision for mobile robots Mechanical system design Types of underwater vehicles
S-8 differential drive robot
SLO-2 Derivation Techniques and purpose Case study Comparison
SLO-1 Go-goal controller Multi-sensor combinations Electrical system design Modelling of underwater dynamics
S-9
SLO-2 Block diagram level model Need and types Case study Derivation
SLO-1 Cruise controllers Sensor fusion algorithms Modelling of underwater vehicle
S- 10
SLO-2 Block diagram level model Types and selection Derivation

Learning 1. Siegwart, Nourbakhsh, “Introduction to Autonomous Mobile Robots”, 2nd Edition, MIT Press, 2011.
3. Perter Corke, “Robotics, Vision and Control”, 2nd Edition, Springer, 2017.
Resources 2. Bruno Siciliano, Oussama Khatib, “Handbook of Robotics”, 2nd Edition, Springer, 2016.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. N. Ganesh Ram, Intel Labs ganeshram.nandakumar@intel.com 1. Dr. R. Thiyagarajan, IIT Madras, thiyaguiitm@gmail.com 1. Dr. R. Senthilnathan, SRMIST
2. Mr. Mohammed Sagheer ,Wabco Technology Center,
2. Dr. P. Karthikeyan, MIT Campus, Anna University, pkarthikeyan@annauniv.edu 2. Mr. K. Sivanathan, SRMIST
mohammedsagheer.musthafa@wabco-auto.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1771
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE454T ROBOT CONTROL E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


18MHE501T - Robotics Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Understand the position control schemes in robot 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Define the importance of force control in robot application

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Learn the force/position control and trajectory control schemes in robotics

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Get familiar with the nonlinear systems and its control strategy

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Learn the various programming methods in robot

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : To get an insight of the role of kinematics and dynamics in control

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand various position control schemes and its implementation 2 80 70 H M M H M - - - - - - H H - -
CLO-2 : Apply various force control schemes 2 80 70 H H M H M - - - - - - H H - -
CLO-3 : Derive the force/position and trajectory control schemes for manipulators 2 80 70 H H M H M - - - H - - H H - -
CLO-4 : Learn the complexities of nonlinear systems and various control schemes 2 80 70 H H H H M - - - M - - H H - -
CLO-5 : Understand the various programming methods in robotics 2 80 70 H H M H M - - - M - - H H - -
CLO-6 : Learn various position control schemes and its implementation 2 80 70 H H M H M - - - M - - H H - -

Introduction to Position control Introduction to Force control Force/Position Control Introduction to non linear control Introduction to ROS
Duration (hour) 10 11 12 6 6
Introduction to hybrid force position control Introduction to nonlinear and time varying
SLO-1 Review of position control Introduction to force control Robot language classification
problem systems
S-1
Programming methods: Lead through
SLO-2 Mass- spring damper system Application of force control Example General representation
method, teach pendent method
Syntax features and applications of various
SLO-1 Various linear control schemes Frame work for force control scheme Hybrid force/position control architecture Control problem for manipulator
S-2 programming languages
SLO-2 Characteristics of linear control Define- Artificial and natural constraints Example Practical considerations Examples
Case study to define artificial and natural
SLO-1 Position control of second order system Selection matrices Ulyanovsk stability analysis Inter locking commands
constraint
S-3
Case study to define artificial and natural
SLO-2 PI implementation Case study to describe selection matrices Example Safety features
constraint
Case study for hybrid force position control Introduction to Robot Operating System
SLO-1 Position control of second order system Description of force control task Introduction to nonlinear controllers
scheme (ROS)
S-4
Case study for hybrid force position control
SLO-2 PD implementation Example- Peg in hole assembly Description of fuzzy based control ROS examples
scheme
Introduction to programming using ROS
S-5 SLO-1 Position control of second order system Force control of mass spring system Trajectory control Case study for fuzzy based control
Industrial ROS

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1772
Use of Lyapunov criteria to understand
SLO-2 PID implementation Force control of mass spring system Cartesian and joint space control ROS examples
stability
Programming for point to point /continuous
SLO-1 Modelling of 1 DOF manipulator Joint Dynamics based control Cubic polynomial trajectories Introduction to sliding mode control
S-6 Operations
SLO-2 Deriving the mathematical model General dynamics representation Derivation Example Case Study
SLO-1 Partitioned PD (PPD)control scheme Computed torque control Point o point motion without via points
S-7 Architecture and difference from PD
SLO-2 Architecture Derivation
control
Application of partitioned PD control
SLO-1 Impedance force/toque control Point to point motion with via points
S-8 scheme to 1 DOF manipulator joint
SLO-2 Analysis Example Derivation
Modeling the PPD with external Force tracking characteristics of
SLO-1 Linear function with parabolic blend
disturbance impedance control
S-9
Example of manipulator interaction with Linear function with parabolic blend -
SLO-2 Architecture with external disturbance
environment example
SLO-1 Partitioned PID control scheme Passive compliance Cartesian space techniques
S-10
SLO-2 Architecture Example Description of path - example
SLO-1 Active compliance Defining straight line path
S-11 Compliance through softening position
SLO-2 Derivation
gain
SLO-1 Implementation method
S-12
SLO-2 Implementation example

3. S.K Saha,“Introduction to Robotics” , 2nd edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.


Learning 1. John J. Craig, “Introduction to Robotics”, 3rd edition, Addison Wesley, ISE 2008.
4. Mikell P. Groover, "Industrial Robotics", McGraw Hill, 2nd edition, 2012.
Resources 2. R.K Mittal and I J Nagrath , “Robotics and control Tata McGraw”, 5th edition, Hill, 2003.
5. Aaron Martinez,”Learning ROS for robotics programming”, 1st edition, PACKT Publishing, 2013.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1.Mr.Ganesh Ram, Intel Labs ,Bangalore, ganeshram.nandakumar.@intel.com 1. Dr., R. Thiyagarajan, Visiting faculty, IIT Madras, thiyaguiitm@gmail.com 1. Dr. G. Murali, SRMIST
2. Mr. Mohammed Sagheer ,Wabco Technology Center ,India,
2. Dr., P Karthikeyan, MIT,Anna University, pkarthikeyan@annauniv.edu 2. Ranjith Pillai R, SRMIST
mohammedsagheer.musthafa@wabco-auto.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1773
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE455T COMPUTER VISION AND ITS APPLICATIONS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil 18MHE506T - Advanced Computer Vision
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Obtain motivation for approaching vision technology from a biological inspiration 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Appreciate the mathematics of projection based system

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Understand the various specifications of vision hardware

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


Understand basics of image data and develop some basic image processing algorithms for enhancement and
CLR-4 :

Modern Tool Usage


analysis

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-5 : Get introduced about computer vision applied for 3-D scene reconstruction.

Communication
CLR-6 : Understand the foundations of the vision as a potential technology for automata

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Formulate the mathematical expressions of geometric camera modelling and calibration 3 80 75 H H M L L - - - L L - L H M -
CLO-2 : Interpret the specifications of vision hardware 3 85 80 H H M M L - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-3 : Develop of basic image processing algorithms 2 70 65 H M L M L - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-4 : Apply some algorithms for feature extraction 2 75 70 H M M M M - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-5 : Understand the foundations of stereo vision technique 2 85 80 H M M M M - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-6 : Handle applications involving image data for automata 2 80 75 H M- M M M - - - L L - L H M -

Introduction Vision Hardware Image Processing Image Analysis 3-D Vision


Duration
8 9 10 9 9
(hour)
SLO-1 Introduction to Vision Scene constraints Vision software basics Feature extraction Introduction to the multi-view geometry
S-1 Scene reconstruction and motion
SLO-2 Terminologies of fields Fundamentals of lighting Types and selection Region features and classification - types
estimation problem
Comparison of biological and computer
SLO-1 Light sources Basics of digital image Key point features Geometry of a stereo vision system
S-2 vision
SLO-2 Specifications and limitations Types, selection criteria Sampling, quantization effects Applications Correspondence problem
SLO-1 Projective geometry Lighting techniques Point operations Corner detection Epipolar geometry
S-3 Estimation of fundamental and essential
SLO-2 Basics Types and selection criteria 2-D convolution Harris corner detection
matrix
SLO-1 Modelling of geometric image formation Lenses, specifications Image smoothing in spatial domain Critical analysis of Harris corner detection Epipolar constraint
S-4 Image sharpening and edge detection in Limitations and motivation for going
SLO-2 Derivation Optical filters, specifications Applications of epipolar constraint
spatial domain beyond corner detection
Modelling of camera distortion and Application of epipolar constraint in image
SLO-1 Image sensors Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) Key point descriptors
S-5 artifacts stitching
SLO-2 Derivation Specifications Frequency domain filtering basics Motivation and applications Implementation details

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1774
Scale Invariant Feature Transform (SIFT)
SLO-1 Camera calibration CCD sensor specifications Smoothing sharpening in frequency domain Epipolar rectification
key point descriptor
S-6
Scale space construction and difference of
SLO-2 Methods of camera calibration CMOS sensor specifications Smoothing sharpening in frequency domain Metric reconstruction
Gaussian
SLO-1 Estimation of projection matrix Comparison of CCD and CMOS Morphological image processing Filtering of low contrast features Non-metrical reconstruction types
S-7
SLO-2 Derivation Advanced sensor technologies Erosion, dilation, opening and closing SIFT descriptor Multi-view stereo vision
Experimental performance assessment in
SLO-1 Camera computer interfaces Color image processing motivation Matching algorithms Issues and challenges
S-8 computer vision
SLO-2 Metrics and example usage Types and selection HSI space color image processing Gray-level and correlation based matching Applications of stereo vision
SLO-1 Application case studies Application case studies Descriptor based matching Visual odometry case study
S-9
SLO-2 Hardware selection exercise Image smoothing and sharpening Implementation details Application in driverless cars
SLO-1 Application case studies
S-10
SLO-2 Morphology and colour processing

1. Rafael C. Gonzales, Richard.E.Woods, “Digital Image Processing, 4th Edition, Pearson Education”, 2018.
Learning 3. Alexander Hornberg, “Handbook of Machine Vision”, 2nd Edition, Wiley, 2006.
2. Emanuele Trucco, Alessandro Verri, “Introductory Techniques For 3D Computer Vision”, 1st Edition, Prentice Hall,
Resources 4. WileyForsyth and Ponce, Computer Vision: A Modern Approach, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2015.
1998.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 20 % - 40% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 30% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 40 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. N. Ganesh Ram, Intel Labs, ganeshram.nandakumar@intel.com 1. Dr. R. Thiyagarajan, IIT Madras, thiyaguiitm@gmail.com 1. Dr. R. Senthilnathan, SRMIST
2. Mr. Mohammed Sagheer , Wabco Technology Center,
2. Dr. P. Karthikeyan, MIT Campus, Anna University, pkarthikeyan@annauniv.edu 2. Mr. K. Sivanathan, SRMIST
mohammedsagheer.musthafa@wabco-auto.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1775
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE456T ADVANCED COMPUTER VISION E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


18MHE505T - Computer Vision and Its Applications Nil 18MHE507T - Vision Guided Robotics
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : To understand the various active methods of reconstruction techniques 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : To comprehend various segmentation techniques used in computer vision tasks

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : The understand various recognition

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : To get introduced to classical neural networks and machine learning basics

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-5 : To understand deep learning techniques for computer vision tasks

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6 : Application specific deep learning networks

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : To be able to appreciate the mathematics of basic computer vision principles 3 80 75 H H M L L - - - L L - L H M -
CLO-2 : To be able to understand the active computer vision techniques and shape from focus 3 85 80 H H M M L - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-3 : To be able to comprehend clustering and segmentation methods 2 70 65 H M L M L - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-4 : To be able to understand recognition principles and basic mathematics of the same 2 75 70 H M M M M - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-5 : To appreciate neural networks and deep neural networks based learning for computer vision tasks 2 85 80 H M M M M - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-6 : To implement deep learning for common computer vision tasks 2 80 75 H M M M M - - - L L - L H M -

Shape From Focus and Active Methods Segmentation Recognition Deep Learning Augmented Reality and Mixed Reality
Duration
8 10 7 10 10
(hour)
SLO-1 Modelling image focus Introduction to segmentation Introduction to recognition Convolutional neural networks The Reality–Virtuality continuum
S-1
SLO-2 Modelling image focus Types Challenges and approaches Convolution, pooling The Reality–Virtuality continuum
Virtual, augmented and mixed reality, an
SLO-1 Shape from focus Introduction to clustering K-nearest neighbor algorithm Activation functions, initialization
historical perspective
S-2
Industrial applicability of virtual, augmented
SLO-2 Principle and hardware required Methods relevant to computer vision Principle and underlying mathematics Dropout, batch normalization
and mixed reality
Numerical problem solving for a sample Design and implementation of an
SLO-1 Focus measures Agglomerative clustering Deep learning hardware
recognition using K-nearest immersive user experience
S-3
Numerical problem solving for a sample Design and implementation of an
SLO-2 Scene reconstruction Principle and underlying mathematics CPU, GPU, TPU
recognition using K-nearest immersive user experience
Numerical problem on agglomerative
SLO-1 Active methods Principal Component Analysis (PCA) Tuning neural networks The VR-AR-MR system architecture
clustering
S-4
Numerical problem on agglomerative
SLO-2 Comparison with passive techniques Principle and underlying mathematics Best practices The VR-AR-MR system architecture
clustering
Numerical problem solving for a sample
S-5 SLO-1 Laser triangulation K-means clustering Training neural networks Tracking system
recognition using PCA

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1776
Numerical problem solving for a sample
SLO-2 Principle, working and specifications Principle and underlying mathematics Update rules, ensembles Tracking system
recognition using PCA
Numerical problem on agglomerative
SLO-1 Structured light reconstruction Linear Discriminant Analysis (LDA) Data augmentation Visual, aural, and haptic display
clustering
S-6
Numerical problem on agglomerative
SLO-2 Principle, working and specifications Principle and underlying mathematics Transfer learning Design principles
clustering
Numerical problem solving for a sample Popular CNN architectures For image
SLO-1 LIDAR Mean-shift clustering Usability guidelines
recognition using LDA classification
S-7
Numerical problem solving for a sample
SLO-2 Principle, working and specifications Principle and underlying mathematics Challenges addressed and novelty Usability guidelines
recognition using LDA
Numerical problem on agglomerative Popular CNN architectures for object Common Interaction Techniques for Mixed
SLO-1 Application case studies of active methods
clustering detection Reality
S-8
Numerical problem on agglomerative
SLO-2 Application case studies of active methods Challenges addressed and novelty Common Navigation Techniques
clustering
Applications of deep learning - semantic
SLO-1 Introduction to classification Interaction design process
segmentation
S-9
Applications of deep learning or instance
SLO-2 Types, applications Interaction design process
segmentation
Applications of deep learning - activity
SLO-1 Linear classifiers Future of computer computer vision
S-10 understanding
SLO-2 Implementation details Types Open problems

1. WileyForsyth and Ponce, Computer Vision: A Modern Approach, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 2015. 4. Emanuele Trucco, Alessandro Verri, “Introductory Techniques For 3D Computer Vision”, 1st
Learning
2. Ian Goodfellow and Yoshua Bengio and Aaron Courville, Deep Learning, 1st Edition, MIT Press, 2016. Edition, Prentice Hall, 1998.
Resources
3. Rafael C. Gonzales, Richard.E.Woods, “Digital Image Processing, 4th Edition, Pearson Education”, 2018. 5. Kharis O'Connell, “Designing Mixed Reality”, 1st Edition, O’ Reilly, 2016.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 20 % - 40% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 30% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 40 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. N. Ganesh Ram, Intel Labs, ganeshram.nandakumar@intel.com 1. Dr. R. Thiyagarajan, IIT Madras, thiyaguiitm@gmail.com 1. Dr. R. Senthilnathan, SRMIST
2. Mr. Mohammed Sagheer , Wabco Technology Center,
2. Dr. P. Karthikeyan, MIT Campus, Anna University, pkarthikeyan@annauniv.edu 2. Mr. K. Sivanathan, SRMIST
mohammedsagheer.musthafa@wabco-auto.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1777
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE457T VISION GUIDED ROBOTICS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


18MHE505T - Computer Vision and Its Applications Nil Nil
Course Course Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book/Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : To understand how computer vision aids in manipulator’s guidance 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : To understand how computer vision aids in mobile robot’s guidance

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : To get awareness about visual servoing techniques

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : To get awareness about visual slam and visual odometry

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-5 : To gain knowledge about optical flow methods and their applications

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6 : To get to knwo about the advanced approaches in visual servoing

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : To be able to appreciate the various roles of computer vision in manipulator and mobile robotics 3 80 75 H H M L L - - - L L - L H M -
CLO-2 : To be able to comprehend the basics mathematics of visual servoing architectures 3 85 80 H H M M L - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-3 : To be able to appreciate the applications of computer vision for mobile robotics 2 70 65 H M L M L - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-4 : To be able to implement optical flow methods to understand motion related features from images 2 75 70 H M M M M - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-5 : To have the competency in developing tracking algorithms based on vision data 2 85 80 H M M M M - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-6 : To be conversant in the futuristic approaches in visual servoing 2 80 75 H M- M M M - - - L L - L H M -

Introduction Visual Servoing Vision for Mobile Robots Optical Flow and Tracking Advanced Topics
Duration
8 10 10 10 7
(hour)
Mathematical formulation of visual servo Introduction to simultaneous localization Hybrid visual servoing, partitioned visual
SLO-1 Introduction to vision for Robotics Formulation of the motion analysis
problem and mapping servoing
S-1
Significance of vision as a external state
SLO-2 Derivation Visual SLAM (VSLAM) Formulation of the motion analysis Switching schemes in visual servoing
sensing technology
Classification of visual servoing
SLO-1 Vision for manipulators VSLAM Basics Motion field of rigid objects Joint space control of eye-in-hand
architectures
S-2
Classification of visual servoing
SLO-2 Vision for mobile robots VSLAM Basics Aperture problem Joint space control of eye-in-hand
architectures
SLO-1 Modelling velocity of a rigid object Image based visual servoing (IBVS) VSLAM approaches Optical flow Joint space control of eye-to-hand systems
S-3
SLO-2 Derivation Interaction matrix derivation VSLAM approaches Motion field Joint space control of eye-to-hand systems
Camera configurations in vision guided
SLO-1 Geometrical interpretation of IBVS Introduction to visual odometry (VO) Brightness constancy equation Motion based segmentation
robots
S-4
Camera configurations in vision guided
SLO-2 Derivation Introduction to visual odometry (VO) Validity Motion based segmentation
robots
VO - motion from image feature Estimating motion field - differential
S-5 SLO-1 Triangulation Stability analysis Structure from motion (SFM)
correspondences techniques

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1778
VO - motion from image feature Estimating motion field - differential
SLO-2 Derivation Stability analysis Multi-view SFM
correspondences techniques
IBVS with stereo vision system – a case Estimating motion field - feature based
SLO-1 Basic equation of triangulation VO – motion from 3-D structure Retrieving 3-D structure
study techniques
S-6
IBVS with stereo vision system – a case Estimating motion field - feature based
SLO-2 Derivation VO – motion from 3-D structure Retrieving 3-D structure
study techniques
SLO-1 Vision based pose estimation IBVS with other geometrical features Comparison between VSLAM techniques Target tracking Motion from motion field
S-7
SLO-2 Detailed description of any one approach Direct estimation VO calibration techniques Challenges and solutions Motion from motion field
SLO-1 Position based visual servoing Application case study on VSLAM Kalman filtering basics
S-8
SLO-2 Point feature based motion Application case study on VSLAM Kalman filtering basics
SLO-1 Pose based motion Application case study on VSLAM Kalman tracking
S-9
SLO-2 Pose based motion Application case study on VSLAM Kalman tracking
SLO-1 Calibration for visual servoing systems Application case study on VO Application case study on visual tracking
S-10
SLO-2 Calibration for visual servoing systems Application case study on VO Application case study on visual tracking

1. WileyForsyth and Ponce, Computer Vision: A Modern Approach, 2nd Edition, Pearson, 3. D. Scaramuzza and F. Fraundorfer, "Visual Odometry [Tutorial]," in IEEE Robotics & Automation Magazine, vol.
Learning 2015. 18, no. 4, pp. 80-92, Dec. 2011.
Resources 2. Bruno Siciliano, Oussama Khatib, Springer Handbook of Robotics, 2nd Edition, Springer, 4. F. Fraundorfer and D. Scaramuzza, "Visual Odometry : Part II: Matching, Robustness, Optimization, and
2016. Applications," in IEEE Robotics & Automation Magazine, vol. 19, no. 2, pp. 78-90, June 2012.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 20 % - 40% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 30% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 40 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. N. Ganesh Ram, Intel Labs, ganeshram.nandakumar@intel.com 1. Dr. R. Thiyagarajan, IIT Madras, thiyaguiitm@gmail.com 1. Dr. R. Senthilnathan, SRMIST
2. Mr. Mohammed Sagheer , Wabco Technology Center,
2. Dr. P. Karthikeyan, MIT Campus, Anna University, pkarthikeyan@annauniv.edu 2. Mr. K. Sivanathan, SRMIST
mohammedsagheer.musthafa@wabco-auto.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1779
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE458T ADVANCED ROBOTICS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


15MHE501T - Robotics Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Learn the concepts of singularity, statics and to compute dynamics of complex configuration 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the concepts and challenges involved in multirobot systems

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Understand modeling of flexible robots

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Learn the complexities of wheeled mobile robot in uneven terrain

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-5 : Introduce the advanced concepts of robotics like coorperative robot, haptics and telerobotic systems

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6 : get an understanding about the current state of the art research topics in robotics

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Understand the approaches to solve for singularity and dynamics of manipulator 2 80 70 H M M H M - - - - - - H H - -
CLO-2 : Learn the concept of multirobot systems and its research challenges 2 80 70 H H M H M - - - - - - H H - -
CLO-3 : Understand the modeling and control of flexible robots 2 80 70 H H M H M - - - H - - H H - -
CLO-4 : Understand mathematical concepts of defining the wheeled mobile robot in uneven terrain 2 80 70 H H H H M - - - M - - H H - -
CLO-5 : Learn the importance and complexities of coorperative robot, haptics and telerobotic systems 2 80 70 H H M H M - - - M - - H H - -
CLO-6 : Ability to address current advanced topics of research in the field of robotics 2 80 70 H H M H M - - - M - - H H - -

Manipulator Robots Multi Robot Systems Modelling and control of flexible robots Wheeled Mobile Robot Advanced Topics
Duration (hour) 8 7 10 8 12
Introduction to wheeled mobile robot
SLO-1 Jacobian for serial manipulator Architecture of multirobot systems Introduction to flexible robots Introduction to cooperative manipulators
(WMR)
S-1
Two and three wheeled WMR on flat
SLO-2 Numerical History and application Application Historical overview
surfaces
SLO-1 Jacobian for parallel Manipulators Communication Models of flexible Links Concepts of slip Introduction to kinematics and statics
S-2
SLO-2 Numerical Example Numerical Slip Modelling Example
World and terrain models for natural
SLO-1 Singularity analysis Introduction to swarm robots Models of flexible Joints Dynamics and load distribution
S-3 environment
SLO-2 Loss and gain of degree of freedom Example Numerical Model Example
Statics and force transformation matrix for Kinematic Modelling of multilink flexible
SLO-1 Heterogeneity Dynamic environments Control of cooperative manipulator
S-4 Stewart Gough platform robots
SLO-2 Derivation Heterogeneity Numerical Example Example
Singularity analysis of Stewart Gough Kinematic modelling of multilink flexible
SLO-1 Task allocation and learning WMR on uneven terrain Overview of haptics
S-5 platform robots
SLO-2 Numerical Analysis Case study Numerical Example Importance
Introduction to dynamics of flexible link Design of slip free motion on uneven
S-6 SLO-1 Introduction to recursive dynamics Control challenges Haptic device design
manipulator terrain

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1780
Communication for control of networked
SLO-2 Numerical procedure Notations and terms Design Example
robots
Dynamics and static stability of three
SLO-1 Dynamics of Stewart Gough platform Communication for perception Dynamic computation Haptic rendering
S-7 wheeled WMR on uneven terrain
SLO-2 Numerical Control for perception Numerical Numerical analysis
Simulation and experimental case study on Case study of wheeled mobile robot on
SLO-1 Control of flexible link manipulator Control and stability of haptic interfaces
S-8 control of parallel manipulator uneven terrain
SLO-2 Case Study Control equation Case Study Example
Numerical simulation for planar 2 link
SLO-1 Introduction to tele robotic systems
S-9 flexible manipulator
SLO-2 Simulation Application
Simulation for planar 2 link flexible
SLO-1 Control architecture
S-10 manipulator
SLO-2 Simulation Example
SLO-1 Bilateral control and force feedback
S-11
SLO-2 Example
SLO-1 Communication and networking
S-12
SLO-2 Example

5. Robert J. Schilling, “Fundamentals of Robotics Analysis and Control”, 5th edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2009.
1. John J. Craig, “Introduction to Robotics Mechanics and Control”, 3rd edition, Pearson, 2008.
6. Mittal R.K., and Nagrath I.J., “Robotics and Control”, 1st edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2007.
Learning 2. Mark W. Spong and M. Vidyasagar, “Robot Dynamics and Control”, 2nd edition, Wiley India, 2008.
7. Fu K., Gonzalez R., and Lee C. S. G., “Robotics: Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence”, 1st edition,
Resources 3. J.P. Merlet, “Parallel Robots”, 2nd edition, Springer, 2006.
McGraw Hill, 2008.
4. Siciliano, B., and Khatib, O. (Editors), Handbook ofRobotics, 2nd edition, Springer, 2016.
8. Tsuneo Yohikwa, “Foundations of Robotics Analysis and Control”, 2nd edition, MIT Press, 2003.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1.Mr.Ganesh Ram, Intel Labs,Bangalore, ganeshram.nandakumar.@intel.com 1. Dr., R. Thiyagarajan, Visiting faculty, IIT Madras,thiyaguiitm@gmail.com 1. Ranjith Pillai R, SRMIST
2. Mr. Mohammed Sagheer,Wabco Technology Center ,India,
2. Dr., P Karthikeyan, MIT,Anna University, pkarthikeyan@annauniv.edu 2. Dr.R. Senthilnathan, SRMIST
mohammedsagheer.musthafa@wabco-auto.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1781
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE459T APPLIED ROBOTICS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Understand the various types of industrial, field and service robots and their characteristics and capabilities 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Equip with the knowledge of mathematical modeling of specialized robots

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
Level of Thinking (Bloom)
CLR-3 : Familiarize with the operation of robots and processes involved

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Select the right robot with required configurations and specifications for given applications

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-5 : Familiarize with the applications of various field and service robots

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:

CLO-1 : Recognize the various types of industrial, field and service robots and their characteristics and capabilities 2 75 70 H H L H L - - - - - - H H H H
CLO-2 : Develop mathematical modeling of specialized robots 3 75 70 H H M H H - - - - - - H M M M
CLO-3 : Familiarize with the operation of robots and processes involved 3 75 70 H H M H M - - - - - - H M M M
CLO-4 : Decide the right robot with required configurations and specifications for given applications 3 75 70 H H M H M - - - - - - H M M M
CLO-5 : Utilize the field and service robots for various applications 3 75 70 H H M H M - - - - - - H M M M

Applications of Robots in Industries Underwater and Aerial Robots Field robots Robots in Surgery and Rehabilitation Entertainment and Personal Robots
Duration (hour) 9 10 9 9 8
Introduction to Robotics- Overview of
SLO-1 Autonomous Underwater vehicles (AUV) Forestry- Robot locomotion Medical robotics- Introduction Cleaning robots
S-1 syllabus
SLO-2 A short history of Industrial robots Autonomous Surface Vehicles (ASV) Forestry automation core concepts- technology Cleaning robots
SLO-1 Typical applications & robot configurations Modeling of AUV SLAM in forestry Medical robotic systems Lawn moving robots
S-2 Autonomous robots for silviculture and
SLO-2 Typical applications & robot configurations Modeling of AUV Medical robotic systems Lawn moving robots
treatment
Medical robotic systems-research areas
SLO-1 Robots in welding Modeling of ASV Broad acre Applications Smart appliances and smart homes
and applications
S-3
Automatic guidance- sowing weeding- Medical robotic systems-research areas
SLO-2 Robots in welding Modeling of ASV Smart appliances and smart homes
spraying and applications
Automatic guidance- sowing weeding- Rehabilitation and health care robotics-
SLO-1 Car body assembly & Painting Sensor systems and actuation systems The role of robots in education
spraying overview-
S-4
Motion control system -guidance and Rehabilitation and health care robotics-
SLO-2 Car body assembly & Painting Broad-acre harvesting Educational robotic platforms
control overview-
SLO-1 Material transfer and automation Challenges in Localization of AUV & ASV Horticulture: picking of fruits Physical therapy and training robots Robots and informal learning venues
S-5
SLO-2 Machining Remotely operated vehicles (ROVs) Horticulture: picking of fruits Physical therapy and training robots Robots and informal learning venues
Remotely operated vehicles, types and
S-6 SLO-1 Kinematics and mechanisms review Robot milking-sheep shearing Aids for people with disabilities Social robots that interact with people
applications

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1782
SLO-2 Kinematics and mechanisms review Gliders slaughtering-livestock inspection Aids for people with disabilities Social robot embodiment
Tasks descriptions- teaching and
SLO-1 History of Unmanned aerial vehicles (UAV) Robots in construction Smart prostheses and orthoses Multimodal Communication
programming
S-7
Tasks descriptions- teaching and Different configurations of fixed and rotary Unsolved problems in construction- future
SLO-2 Smart prostheses and orthoses Expressive emotion-based interaction
programming wing aerial vehicles directions
Robots for hazardous applications-
SLO-1 End-effectors Kinematics and dynamics of quadcopter Diagnosis and monitoring Socio-cognitive skills
S-8 enabling technologies
SLO-2 End-effectors and System integration Modeling of Quad rotor aerial vehicle Search and rescue robots Diagnosis and monitoring Promising robots- open issues
Disaster characteristics and impact on Open challenges in using robots in medical
SLO-1 Challenges in system integration Overall Control system for UAVs
S-9 robots applications
SLO-2 Approaches to system integration Guidance and Navigation of UAV Robots actually used at disaster Future directions
S-10 SLO-1 Applications of UAVs
SLO-2 Applications of UAVs

1. Bruno Siciliano, Oussama Khatib, “Handbook of Robotics”, 2nd Edition, Springer, 2016. 4. Gregory Dudek, Michael Jenkin, "Computational Principles of Mobile Robotics", 2nd Edition, Oxford
Learning 2. Yangsheng Xu Huihuan Qian Xinyu Wu, "Household and service robots", 1st edition, Elsevier Ltd, 2015 University Press, 2010
Resources 3. Aleksandar Lazinica, "Mobile Robots Towards new applications", 1st edition, Advanced Robotic 5. L Marques,A de Almeida,M o Tokhi,G SVirk,"Advances in Mobile Robotics", 1st edition, World Scientific
Systems International, 2006 Publishing Co. Pte. Ltd. 2008

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. Guna Surendra, Gossamsetti, Hitachi, Japan.
1. Dr. R. Thiyagarajan, IIT Madras, thiyaguiitm@gmail.com 1. Mr. K. Sivanathan, SRMIST
surendra.gossamsetti.bu@hitachi.com
2. Mr. Visweswaran Jagadeesan , National Instruments.
2. Dr. P. Karthikeyan, MIT Campus, Anna University, pkarthikeyan@annauniv.edu 2. Mr. Ranjit Pillai, SRMIST
visweswaran.jagadeesan@ni.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1783
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE460T PLANNING AND DECISION MAKING IN ROBOTICS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : To understand the mathematical foundations of planning algorithms 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : To get awareness of various algorithms used in localization of mobile robots

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : To get exposed to common algorithmic strategies for path planning of mobile robots

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)
Level of Thinking (Bloom

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : To get an understanding of motion control algorithms required for autonomous vehicles

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-5 : To get awareness of strategies to simultaneously localize and map the environment

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:

Ethics
CLO-1 : Comprehend the mathematical foundations of localization and path planning algorithms 3 80 75 H H M L L - - - L L - L H M -
CLO-2 : Implement localization algorithms based on probabilistic and optimal state estimation 3 85 80 H H M M L - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-3 : Appreciate practical aspects of implementation of motion control algorithms for autonomous vehicles 2 70 65 H M L M L - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-4 : Develop path planning algorithms for local and global path planning 2 75 70 H M M M M - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-5 : Implement algorithms for simultaneous localization and mapping 2 85 80 H M M M M - - - M L - L H M -

Introduction Localization Control Optical Flow and Tracking Advanced Topics


Duration
8 10 10 10 7
(hour)
SLO-1 Review of probability theory Markov localization Robot Motion Motion planning Introduction to SLAM
S-1
SLO-2 Uniform distribution Formulation, advantages and limitation Smoothing Algorithm Global and local path planning Problem definition and Mathematical basis
SLO-1 Probability after sense Numerical problem for Markov localization Path Smoothing Motivation and challenges Taxonomy of SLAM problem
S-2
SLO-2 Normalize distribution Numerical problem for Markov localization Zero Data Weight Approaches SLAM Paradigms
Introduction to optimal state estimation
SLO-1 Phit and Pmiss PID control A* star search Extended Kalman Filter (EKF) SLAM
problem
S-3
Implementation aspects of proportional
SLO-2 Sum of probabilities State estimator for localization Numerical example Mathematical basics
control
SLO-1 Sense function Gaussian introduction Implementation aspects of integral control D* lite search Numerical example for EKF
S-4 Implementation aspects of derivative
SLO-2 Exact motion Variance comparison Numerical example Numerical example for EKF
control
SLO-1 Move function Maximize Gaussian Systematic Bias Expansion grid Introduction to particle filters
S-5
SLO-2 Bayes rule Measurement and motion Systematic Bias Numerical example Introduction to particle filters
Mathematical formulation of particle filter in
S-6 SLO-1 Theorem of total probability Parameter update PID Tuning for autonomous mobile systems Dynamic programming
the context of SLAM

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1784
Mathematical formulation of particle filter in
SLO-2 Numerical problems New mean variance PID Tuning for autonomous mobile systems Numerical example
the context of SLAM
SLO-1 Introduction to localization Gaussian motion Parameter optimization Vector field histogram Fast SLAM
S-7
SLO-2 Types and Challenges Kalman filter pseudocode Parameter optimization Numerical example Fast SLAM for point landmark example
Selection of global and local path planning
SLO-1 Belief Representation Kalman prediction Derivation
S-8 algorithms
SLO-2 Types and comparison Kalman prediction Application case study Real world challenges and examples
Application case study for EKF based
SLO-1 Map representation Kalman filter design
SLAM
S-9
Application case study for EKF based
SLO-2 Types Kalman filter design
SLAM
Types and comparison of map Application case study for Particle Filter
SLO-1 Kalman matrices
representation strategies based SLAM
S-10
Types and comparison of map Application case study for Particle Filter
SLO-2 Sensor fusion using Kalman filter
representation strategies based SLAM

Learning 1. Bruno Siciliano, Oussama Khatib, Springer Handbook of Robotics, 2nd Edition, Springer, 2016.
3. Perter Corke, “Robotics, Vision and Control”, 2nd Edition, Springer, 2017.
Resources 2. Siegwart, Nourbakhsh, “Introduction to Autonomous Mobile Robots”, 2nd Edition, MIT Press, 2011.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 20 % - 40% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 30% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 40 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. N. Ganesh Ram, Intel Labs, ganeshram.nandakumar@intel.com 1. Dr. R. Thiyagarajan, IIT Madras, thiyaguiitm@gmail.com 1. Dr. R. Senthilnathan, SRMIST
2. Mr. Mohammed Sagheer , Wabco Technology Center,
2. Dr. P. Karthikeyan, MIT Campus, Anna University, pkarthikeyan@annauniv.edu 2. Mr. K. Sivanathan, SRMIST
mohammedsagheer.musthafa@wabco-auto.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1785
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE461T ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE FOR ROBOTICS AND VISION E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Obtain motivation for artificial intelligence and machine learning in robotics and vision 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Appreciate the mathematics behind artificial intelligence

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Understand the idea behind fuzzy logic for decision making

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Understand the basics neural networks and deep learning philosophy

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-5 : Get exposed to convolutional neural networks and its applications to vision guided robotics tasks

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6 : get awareness of deep neural networks for sequence modelling and reinforcement learning

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Formulate the mathematical basics of fuzzy and neural networks 3 80 75 H H M L L - - - L L - L H M -
CLO-2 : Apply fuzzy logic problems to robotics applications 3 85 80 H H M M L - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-3 : Develop neural networks for simple classification tasks 2 70 65 H M L M L - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-4 : Exhibit conversant skill and knowledge with deep learning philosophy and training concepts 2 75 70 H M M M M - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-5 : Implement convolutional neural networks for simple computer vision tasks 2 85 80 H M M M M - - - M L - L H M -
CLO-6 : Implement deep recurrent neural networks and reinforcement network for simple robot guidance tasks 2 80 75 H M- M M M - - - L L - L H M -

Introduction Fuzzy Logic Classical Neural Networks CNN RNN and Reinforcement Learning
Duration
8 10 10 8 10
(hour)
Conventional neural networks vs. Deep
SLO-1 Introduction to artificial intelligence (AI) Introduction to Fuzzy sets Overview of biological neuro-system Unfolding computational graphs
S-1 learning in the context of computer vision
SLO-2 Intelligent agent Classical and Fuzzy sets Mathematical models of neurons Support vector machine Unfolding computational graphs
SLO-1 Categorization of AI Overview of classical sets ANN architecture Numerical example Recurrent neural networks
S-2
SLO-2 Overview of different forms of learning Membership function Learning rules Softmax Deep recurrent networks
SLO-1 Overview of different forms of learning Fuzzy rule generation Learning paradigms Numerical example Long Short Term Memory (LSTM)
S-3 Supervised, unsupervised semi-supervised
SLO-2 Statistical decision theory Fuzzy rule generation Numerical example Long Short Term Memory
and reinforcement Learning
SLO-1 Regression Operations on fuzzy sets Multi-layer perceptrons Convolutional neural networks Autoencoders
S-4
SLO-2 Regression Numerical examples Multi-layer perceptrons Convolution, pooling Applications of autoencoders
SLO-1 Numerical problems Fuzzy Arithmetic Numerical problems based on perceptron Activation functions Reinforcement learning numerical example
S-5
SLO-2 Numerical problems Numerical examples Numerical problems based on perceptron Initialization Reinforcement learning numerical example
Evaluation of learning algorithms and
SLO-1 Fuzzy Logic Backpropagation Deep learning hardware Deep reinformcement learning, Motivation
cross-validation
S-6
Evaluation of learning algorithms and
SLO-2 Fuzzification Backpropagation CPU, GPU, TPU Examples for reinforcement learning
cross-validation

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1786
SLO-1 Applications of AI in robotics Fuzzy sets Numerical problems for back propagation Best practices in training Markov decision process
S-7
SLO-2 Applications of AI in robotics Defuzzification Numerical problems for back propagation Training neural networks Major components of RL
Application case study for manipulator
SLO-1 Introduction of neuro-fuzzy systems Data augmentation Q-learning
robotics application
S-8
Application case study for manipulator
SLO-2 Introduction of neuro-fuzzy Systems Transfer learning Numerical example
robotics application
Application case study for mobile robotics
SLO-1 Architecture of neuro-fuzzy Networks Deep Q-learning (DQN)
application
S-9
Application case study for mobile robotics
SLO-2 Architecture of neuro-fuzzy Networks DQN training, best practices
application
Application case study for deep
SLO-1 Numerical example for neuro-fuzzy system
reinforcement learning
S-10
Application case study for deep
SLO-2 Numerical example for neuro-fuzzy system
reinforcement learning

1. Bruno Siciliano, Oussama Khatib, “Handbook of Robotics”, 2nd Edition, Springer, 2016 3. Simon Haykin, “Neural Networks and Learning Machines: A Comprehensive Foundation”, 3rd Edition,
Learning
2. Ian Goodfellow and Yoshua Bengio and Aaron Courville, “Deep Learning”, 1st Edition, MIT Press, Pearson, 2011.
Resources
2016. 4. Timothy J Ross, “Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications”, 3rd Edition, Wiley, 2011.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 20 % - 40% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 30% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 40 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. N. Ganesh Ram, Intel Labs, ganeshram.nandakumar@intel.com 1. Dr. R. Thiyagarajan, IIT Madras, thiyaguiitm@gmail.com 1. Dr. R. Senthilnathan, SRMIST
2. Mr. Mohammed Sagheer , Wabco Technology Center,
2. Dr. P. Karthikeyan, MIT Campus, Anna University, pkarthikeyan@annauniv.edu 2. Mr. K. Sivanathan, SRMIST
mohammedsagheer.musthafa@wabco-auto.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1787
Course Course Course L T P C
18MHE462T SYSTEMS ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT FOR ROBOTICS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Mechatronics Engineering Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Understand the foundations of systems engineering 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Recognize the conflicting requirements of modern engineering systems like robots and their life cycle stages through

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-2 :
some relevant case studies and appreciate the need for system engineering

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


Gain sound knowledge on technical ,management, organizational and tailoring processes involved in system
CLR-3 :

Modern Tool Usage


engineering and their analysis

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-4 : Comprehend the cross-cutting system engineering methods and activities

Communication
CLR-5 : Apply the knowledge of system engineering to solve the problems associated with complex engineering systems

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Familiarize the foundations of systems engineering 2 75 70 H H M H M - - - - - - H H H H
CLO-2 : Identify the conflicting requirements of modern engineering systems and their life cycle stages 3 75 70 H H M H M - M - - - - H M M M
CLO-3 : Acquire knowledge on technical ,management, organizational and tailoring processes involved in system engineering 3 75 70 H H M H M - M M - - M H M M M
CLO-4 : Realize the cross-cutting system engineering methods and activities 3 75 70 H H M H M - M M - - M H M M M
CLO-5 : Apply the knowledge of system engineering to solve the problems in robotics and other complex engineering systems 3 75 70 H H M H H - M M - - M H M M M

Foundations of Systems Engineering (SE) Management Process of Systems Organizational and Tailoring Processes
Technical Process of Systems Engineering Cross-cutting SE Methods and Activities
and Life Cycle Stages Engineering and Applications of System Engineering
Duration (hour) 9 9 9 9 9
Introduction, definition and concepts of
SLO-1 Business or Mission Analysis Process Project planning process Life cycle model management process Modeling and simulation
S-1 systems
SLO-2 The hierarchy within a system Stakeholder needs and requirements Project assessment and control process Infrastructure management process Modeling and simulation
SLO-1 Definition of systems of systems System requirements Definition Process Decision management process Portfolio management process Model based system engineering
S-2 Enabling systems and definition of
SLO-2 System requirements Definition Process Decision management process Human resource management process Model based system engineering
Systems Engineering(SE)
Origins and Evolution of system
SLO-1 Architecture definition process Risk management process Quality management process Function-based system engineering
S-3 engineering
SLO-2 Use and value of system engineering Architecture definition process Risk management process Knowledge management process Object-oriented system engineering
SLO-1 System science and system thinking Design definition process Configuration management process Tailoring process Prototyping, Interface management
S-4 System engineering leadership and Integrated product and process
SLO-2 Design definition process Configuration management process Tailoring process
professional development development
Introduction to Life cycle and its Tailoring for Automotive systems, Integrated product and process
SLO-1 System analysis process Information management process
characteristics Biomedical and healthcare systems development
S-5
Tailoring for defense and aerospace
SLO-2 Life cycle stages Implementation process Information management process Lean and agile system engineering
systems
S-6 SLO-1 Life cycle approaches Integration process Measurement Process Tailoring for infrastructure systems Affordability analysis

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1788
Tailoring for space systems and ground
SLO-2 Life cycle approaches Verification process Measurement Process Electromagnetic compatibility
transportation systems
Deciding what is best for organization, Application of SE for product line Environmental /impact analysis,
SLO-1 Transition process Quality assurance process
project or team management interoperability analysis
S-7
Case study-1 Design for safety-Radiation Application of SE for product line Logistics, manufacturing and producibility
SLO-2 Validation process Quality assurance process
therapy management analysis
Case study-2 Need for prototyping system-
SLO-1 Operation process Agreement process-introduction Application of SE for services Reliability and maintainability
Super high speed train in China
S-8
Case study -3 Cyber security
SLO-2 Maintenance process Acquisition process Application of SE for services Resilience engineering
considerations-The stuxnet attack
Case study-4 Design for maintainability-
SLO-1 Disposal process Acquisition process Application of SE for Enterprises System safety and security engineering
Incubators
S-9
Concluding remarks on necessity of SE by Application of SE for small and micro
SLO-2 Concluding remarks on technical process Supply process Value engineering
relating to the above case studies enterprises

1. David D.Walden, Garry J.Roelder, Kevin J.Forsberg, R.Douglas Hamelin, Thomas M.Shortell., "INCOSE 3. Charles S.Wassen., "System Engineering Analysis, Design and Development" Wiley, 2016.
Systems Engineering Handbook- A Guide for System Life Cycle Processes and Activities", 4th Edition, 4. Blanchard, B.S. and Fabrycky, W.J., “Systems Engineering and Analysis”, 4th Edition, Prentice Hall,
Learning
Wiley, 2015 2005.
Resources
2. Kossiakoff, A. Sweet, Seymour, S., W.N., Biemer, S.M., “Systems Engineering Principles and Practice”, 5. Zeigler, B.P., H. Praehofer, T.G. Kim., “Theory of Modeling and Simulation”, 2nd Edition, Academic
2nd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2011. Press, 2000.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. Elayaraj Sivaraj, Tesla, California, elayaraj@hotmail.com 1. Dr. Manivannan P V, Indian Institute of Techonology, Chennai, pvm@iitm.ac.in 1. Mr. K.Sivanathan, SRMIST
2. Mr. Visweswaran Jagadeesan , National Instruments, Bangalore 2. Dr. D. Sathia Narayanan, National Institute of Ocean Technology, Chennai,
2. Dr.R.Senthilnathan, SRMIST
visweswaran.jagadeesan@ni.com sathianarayanan@niot.res.in.

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1789
ACADEMIC CURRICULA

Professional Elective Courses

NANOTECHNOLOGY

Regulations - 2018

SRM INSTITUTE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY


(Deemed to be University u/s 3 of UGC Act, 1956)
K a t t a nk u la t h u r , Ka nc h e e p u r a m, T a m il Na d u , I n di a

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1790
Course L T P C
18NTE301T Course Name CARBON NANOTECHNOLOGY Course Category E Professional Elective
Code 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Acquire knowledge various forms of carbon 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understands the use of carbon forms in applications

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge
CLR-3 : Understands the physical and chemical properties of fullerenes

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Understands the physical and chemical properties of graphene

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Understands the physical and chemical properties of carbon nanotubes

Communication
Environment &
CLR-6 : Acquire knowledge about various synthesis forms

Sustainability
Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Analyze the geometry of various carbon nanostructures 2 80 75 H H H H M M M H H H M H H H H
CLO-2 : Differentiate the structure and properties of different carbon nanostructure 2 80 70 H H M H M M M H M H M H M M M
CLO-3 : Elucidate the uses of Fullerenes, Carbon nanotubes and Graphene in different applications 2 75 70 H M H H M H H M H H H H H H H
CLO-4 : Analyze the geometry of various carbon nano tubes 2 80 75 M H H M H H H H H H M H H H H
CLO-5 : Analyze the various synthesis and characterization techniques of carbon nanostructures 2 80 70 H H H H H M M H M H M H H H H
CLO-6 : Demonstrate the applications of carbon nanostructures 2 80 75 H M M H M M M H H H M H H M H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
SLO-1 Introduction Fullerenes Carbon Nanotubes Graphene Introduction to thin films
S-1
SLO-2 Carbon molecules Structure of fullerenes Structure of Carbon Nanotubes Structure of Graphene Carbon thin films
SLO-1 Nature of carbon bond Bonding of fullerenes Nomenclature of Carbon Nanotubes Synthesis of Graphene Amorphous nature
S-2 Electronic properties of Carbon Nanotubes
SLO-2 New carbon structures Nomenclature Characterization of Graphene Crystalline nature
(CNTs)
Chemical vapor deposition (CVD):
SLO-1 Discovery of C60 C60 and higher fullerenes Synthesis of Single Wall CNTs (SWCNTs) Properties of Graphene
S-3 Diamond
SLO-2 Structure of C60 Growth mechanisms Production of SWCNTs Electrical properties of Graphene Structure of CVD diamond
SLO-1 C60 crystal Production Synthesis of Multi Wall CNTs (SWCNTs) Magnetic properties of Graphene Synthesis of CVD diamond
S-4
SLO-2 From graphene sheet to a nanotube Purification Production of MWCNTs Band structure of Graphene Physical properties of CVD diamond
Fullerene preparation by pyrolysis of
SLO-1 Single wall and multi walled nanotubes Growth mechanism of CNTs Phonon modes in Graphene Chemical properties of CVD diamond
hydrocarbons
S-5
Analysis of Carbon Nanotubes by X-ray
SLO-2 Zigzag nanotubes Partial combustion of hydrocarbons Raman modes in Graphene CVD diamond as wear resistant coating
diffraction
Analysis of carbon nanotubes by Raman
S-6 SLO-1 Armchair nanotubes Physical properties Layer dependence of Raman spectra CVD diamond as bio-chemical sensors
Spectroscopy

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1791
Raman spectroscopy of Graphene under Optical applications: infrared windows,
SLO-2 Chirality in nanotubes Chemical properties Carbon nanotubes as Transistors
strain lenses, X-ray Windows
Carbon nanotubes as Field Effect
SLO-1 Structure of defective nanotubes Hydrogenation Infrared spectroscopy of Graphene Amorphous carbon thin films
S-7 Transistors (FET)
SLO-2 Bonding of defective nanotubes Applications of fullerenes Carbon nanotubes as sensors X-Ray diffraction of Graphene Amorphous carbon films (a:C)
SLO-1 Cylindrical nanotubes Fullerenes in solar cell Carbon nanotubes as bio-sensors EELS of Graphene Hydrogen amorphous carbon films (a:C-H)
S-8 Physical properties of amorphous carbon
SLO-2 Euler’s theorem Fullerenes as donor systems Carbon nanotubes as gas sensors Graphene in solar cell applications
film
Chemical properties of amorphous carbon
SLO-1 Euler’s theorem in cylindrical nanotubes Fullerenes as acceptor systems Carbon nanotubes in dye degradation Graphene as gas sensors
film
S-9
Carbon nanotubes in photo-catalytic Graphene in dye degradation (photo- Amorphous carbon film as anti-reflection
SLO-2 Euler’s theorem in defective nanotubes Fullerenes as chemical sensors
activities catalytic activities) and anti-corrosive coatings

1. Anke Krueger, “Carbon Materials and Nanotechnology”, Wiley-VCH , 2010


Learning 4. Wonbong Choi, Jo-won Lee, “Graphene: Synthesis and Applications” CRC Press, Taylor
2. Yury Gogotsi, “Carbon Nanomaterials”, Taylor and Francis, Second edition, 2014
Resources and Francis, 2012
3. C. N. R. Rao, Ajay K. Sood, “Graphene: Synthesis, Properties, and Phenomena”- Wiley- VCH, 2013

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. D.K. Aswal, National Physical Laboratory, dkaswal@nplindia.org 1. Dr. V. Subramaniyam, IIT Madras, manianvs@iitm.ac.in 1. Dr. M.Navaneethan, SRMIST
2. Dr. S. Sudhakar, CSIR-CECRI, sudhakar@cecri.res.in 2. Dr. S. Balakumar, University of Madras, balakumar@iunom.ac.in 2. Dr. E. Senthil Kumar, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1792
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE302T PHYSICS OF SOLID STATE DEVICES E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Get knowledge in the design and working principle of solid state devices 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the physics of p-n junction

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Familiarize with the concept of metal/semiconductor junctions and semiconductor heterojunctions

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Describe the operation of basic semiconductor diodes

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-5 : Understand the theory of various types of transistors

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
Acquire knowledge on the materials and working of solid-state optoelectronic devices like LEDs, Solar

Communication
CLR-6:
cells, Photodetectors, Lasers, etc

PSO - 1

PSO - 2

PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Realize importance of semiconducting materials and p-n junction for development of solid state devices 2 80 75 H H H H H H H H H H M H H H H
CLO-2 : Use knowledge of physics to understand the workingof semiconductor devices 2 80 70 H H H H M M M H H H L H M M M
CLO-3 : Develop analytical approaches to understand semiconductor devices 2 75 70 H L H H H H H H H H M H H H H
CLO-4 : Develop in depth understanding on the principle of working of different solid state devices 2 80 75 H H H H M M H H H H M H H H H
CLO-5 : Distinguish the design principles of various solid state devices 2 80 70 H M H H M M H H H H L H H H H
CLO6: Design two-terminal and three-terminal electronic devices 2 80 70 H H H H M M M H H H L H M M M

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Understand what a metal-semiconductor Principle and types of field-effect Understand optical generation of carriers
SLO-1 Concept of p-n junction Study fundamentals of BJT operation
contact is. transistors in a p-n junction
S-1
Qualitative characteristics of energy band
SLO-2 Physics of the p-n junction formation Operation modes of a BJT Principle of operation of JFET Types of Photodiodes
formation
Understand the structure and working of Solar radiation and ideal conversion
SLO-1 Energy band diagram of a p-n junction Understand the ideal junction properties Concept of pinch-off and saturation
p-n-p and n-p-n transistors efficiency of a solar cell
S-2
SLO-2 Estimation of the electric field, electric Theoretical considerations in estimating
Band diagram and static characteristics Derive I-V characteristics of JFET Physics of solar cell
potential, and built-in potential the barrier height
Depletion approximation and estimation GaAs epitaxial layers for MESFET – Device configuration and technology
SLO-1 Nonideal effects on the barrier height Factors involved in transistor amplification
of space charge width Principle of working roadmap, solar cell materials
S-3
SLO-2 Depletion layer capacitance and its Qualitative explanation of image-force- Concept of high-electron mobility Familiarize with the solar cell parameters
BJT fabrication
estimation induced lowering of the potential barrier transistors - III-V semiconductor materials and efficiency calculation
Linearly graded junction in thermal Current transport processes in metal-
SLO-1 Analysis of minority carrier distribution Basic working and fabrication of MOSFET Design principle of photodetector
equilibrium semiconductor contacts
S-4 Arbitrary doping profile and
Comparison of the Schottky barrier diode Solution of the diffusion equation in the Knowledge on modes of operation and Types of photodetectors and
SLO-2 understanding the doping profile from
and the p-n junction diode base region short channel MOSFET characteristics
1/C2-V plot

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1793
Qualitative description of charge flow in
SLO-1 Metal-semiconductor Ohmic contacts Evaluation of the terminal currents Short channel effects in MOSFET How light-emitting diodes work?
a p-n junction
S-5
Ideal current-voltage characteristics of Concept of ideal nonrectifying and Basic device structure and the concept of
SLO-2 Non ideal effects in BJT Advanced MOSFET structures
a p-n junction tunneling barriers radiative recombination
Deviations from the basic theory and Metal Gate-High-k and Enhanced
Derivation of Shockley equation (ideal- Methods to experimentally measure the Materials of choice and technology
SLO-1 indicate situations in which each effect is Channel Mobility Materials and Strained
diode equation) barrier height roadmap
S-6 important Si FETs
Generation-recombination process and Current-voltage and capacitance-voltage The physical mechanisms of the current Complementary MOS structure and its Specifications used in denoting the
SLO-2
its effect measurements gain limiting factors formation practical LED bulbs
Reverse bias breakdown mechanisms The voltage breakdown mechanisms in
SLO-1 Photoelectric measurements CMOS process integration Physics of laser action
in a pn junction abipolar transistor
S-7 Figure of merit of ohmic contacts and its
The current-limiting factors from the Gain knowledge of stimulated emission
SLO-2 Zener and Avalanche breakdown determination, the concept of specific Concept of modulation doping in HEMT
current components in the transistor and population inversion
contact resistance
Isotype and anisotype semiconductor Basic device structure of AlGaAs/GaAs
SLO-1 Transient behavior of a p-n junction Frequency limitations of transistors Fabrication of p-n junction laser
heterojunctions - energy band diagrams HEMT and I-V characteristics
S-8
Concept of Noise in semiconductor Current density equations and physical The voltage breakdown mechanisms in a Output characteristics and channel
SLO-2 Emission spectra
devices interpretation bipolar transistor related phenomenon
Terminal functions of a p-n junction Introduction to two-dimensional electron Dynamic effects in MOS capacitors – The Familiarize with the structure and need of
SLO-1 Heterojunction BJT
diode, The concept of tunnel diode gas Charge-coupled device heterojunction lasers
S-9
p-n junction as rectifier, Zener diode, Concept of quantum well and superlattice Materials for semiconductor lasers and
SLO-2 Schottky and Photo transistors Basic CCD structure and its applications
Varistor, and Varactor structures quantum cascade lasers

Learning 1. S M Sze, Kwok k. Ng, “Physics of semiconductor devices” – John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2007 3. Donald A. Neamen, “Semiconductor Physics and Devices: Basic Principles” – McGraw
Resources 2. Ben G. Streetman, Sanjay Kumar Banerjee, “Solid State Electronic Devices”, Pearson Education Ltd, 2016 Hill, Fourth Edition, 2011.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. D.K. Aswal, National Physical Laboratory, dkaswal@nplindia.org 1. Prof. M.S. Ramachandra Rao, IITM Chennai, msrrao@iitm.ac.in 1. Dr. S. Chandramohan, SRMIST
2. Dr. S. Sudhakar, CSIR-CECRI, sudhakar@cecri.res.in 2. Prof. T. Som, Institute of Physics, tsom@iopb.res.in 2. Dr. E. Senthil Kumar, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1794
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE303T MOLECULAR SPECTROSCOPY AND ITS APPLICATIONS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Acquire the knowledge in the basic concepts of interaction of radiation with matter and rotational spectroscopy 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Comprehend the principles of vibrational spectroscopy

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Understand the principles and techniques involved in of Raman scattering

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Emphasize the significance of various techniques in electronic spectroscopy

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Expose to concepts and applications of magnetic resonance

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Focus on relevant theory, concepts, and techniques for understanding the spectrum of molecules

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Interpret the processes of absorption and radiation and analyse the rotational motion in molecules 2 80 75 H M H H H M M H H H M H H H H
CLO-2 : Analyze the vibrational spectra of diatomic and polyatomic molecules 2 80 70 H M M H M M M H M H M H M M M
CLO-3 : Analyze the Raman spectra and various non-linear Raman techniques 2 75 70 H M M H H M M M M H H H H H H
CLO-4 : Elucidate the various optical processes involved in the electronic spectra. 2 80 75 M H M M H H H H H H M H H H H
CLO-5 : Apply the concept magnetic resonance in chemical analysis and structure determination. 2 80 70 H M M H H M M H M H M H H H H
CLO-6 : Critique the applicability of a spectroscopic approach in the analysis of a molecular structure 2 80 75 H M M H H M M H H H M H H M H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Electromagnetic spectrum, spectral
SLO-1 Vibrational energy of a diatomic molecule Born oppenheimer approximation Quantum theory of Raman scattering Magnetic moments
S-1 regions
SLO-2 Types of molecular energies Classical approach Vibrational coarse structure Classical theory of Raman scattering Quantization
SLO-1 Interaction of light with matter Wave mechanical approach Band system and vibrational transitions Rotational Raman spectra Larmor precession
S-2 Methods of obtaining a spectrum, Morse curve and energy levels of a Resonance condition in Nuclear magnetic
SLO-2 Progressions and sequences Vibrational Raman spectra
components of a spectrometer diatomic molecule resonance (NMR)
Spectral line width and broadening of
SLO-1 Selection rules for vibration Franck condon principle Mutual exclusion principle Spin –spin relaxation
spectral lines
S-3
Fundamental overtones and hotbands in
SLO-2 Intensity of spectral lines Intensity of vibrational electronic spectra Polarization of Raman scattered light Spin-lattice relaxation
the vibrational spectrum
SLO-1 Absorption and emission of radiation Accidental degeneracy Rotational fine structure Raman spectrometer NMR spectrometer
S-4
SLO-2 Spontaneous and stimulated processes Diatomic vibrating rotator Assignment of bands in a fine structure Analysis of Raman spectra Chemical shift
Dissociation energy and dissociation Structure determination using Raman
SLO-1 Einstein’s co-efficients and its derivation Selection rules for vibration-rotation Factors contributing to screening
S-5 products spectroscopy
SLO-2 Laser as a spectroscopic light source Vibrations of polyatomic molecules Predissociation Raman investigation of phase transitions Double resonance technique
Classification of molecules based on Normal vibrations of CO2 and H2O
S-6 SLO-1 Electronic absorption spectra Resonance Raman scattering NMR imaging
moment of inertia molecules

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1795
Rotational spectra of rigid diatomic Electronic angular momentum in diatomic
SLO-2 Interpretation of IR spectra Surface enhanced Raman scattering Fourier transform NMR techniques
molecules molecules
Group frequencies and various regions in Non-linear Raman phenomena-
SLO-1 Rigid rotator Dissipation of energy by excited molecule 13C NMR
IR spectrum preliminaries
S-7
Isotope effect in rotational spectra, Perturbation of group frequencies: mass
SLO-2 Jablonski diagram Hyper Raman effect Electron spin resonance
Intensity of rotational lines effects
Perturbation of group frequencies: Resonance condition in Electron spin
SLO-1 Non-rigid rotator Phosphorescene Stimulated Raman scattering
inductive effects resonance (ESR)
S-8
Vibrational excitation effect and Λ Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy:
SLO-2 Fluorescence Inverse Raman effect ESR spectrometer
doubling principle and interferometer arrangement
Elucidation of molecular structure using IR
SLO-1 Microwave spectrometer Photoelectron spectroscopy: principle Coherent Antistokes Raman scattering Nuclear- electron spin coupling
spectroscopy
S-9
Identification of molecular constituents Photoelectron spectroscopy:
SLO-2 Applications of rotational spectroscopy Photo acoustic Raman scattering Applications of ESR spectroscopy
using IR spectroscopy instrumentation

1 Peter Atkins, Julio de Paula Atkins, “Physical Chemistry”, W. H. Freeman and Company, New York,
Learning 2. G.Aruldhas,”Molecular structure and spectroscopy” ,Prentice Hall, 2001
2010
Resources 3. P.S.Sindhu, “Fundamentals of molecular spectroscopy” New age international publishers,2006
1. Collin Banwell, Mc Cash, “Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy”, McGraw Hill publishing, 2001

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. D.K. Aswal, National Physical Laboratory, dkaswal@nplindia.org 1. Dr.G.Aravind, IIT Madras, garavind@iitm.ac.in 1. Dr. R.Annie Sujatha, SRMIST
2. Dr. Krishna Surendra Muvvala, Saint Gobain Research India, India, Krishna.muvvala@saintgobain.com 2. Dr. M. S. Ramachandra Rao, IIT Madras, msrrao@iitm.ac.in 2. Dr. E.SenthilKumar, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1796
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE304T NANOTRIBOLOGY E Professional Elective Course
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Acquire knowledge on nanotribology 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand lubrication and related theories

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Gain insight on surfaces forces and its measurement techniques

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Know about mechanisms involved in tribology related mechanical properties

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Enhance the knowledge on friction and wear and their importance

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Attain knowledge on tribological applications in day to day life

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Strong knowledge in the basic tribological concepts required for nanotechnology 2 80 75 H M H H H M M H H H M H H H H
CLO-2 : Identify, formulate, and solve engineering problem of interacting surfaces in relative motion 2 80 70 H M M H M M M H M M M H M M M
CLO-3 : Emphasize the knowledge of scientific disciplines in understanding tribological phenomenon 2 75 70 H M H H H H H M H H H M H H H
CLO-4 : Realize the significance of lubrication, friction and wear 2 80 75 H H M M M H H H H M M H H H M
CLO-5 : Familiar in the importance of modifying surface properties 2 80 70 H M H H H M M H M H M H M M H
CLO-6 : Utilize nanotribological principles for any applications 2 80 75 H M M H H M M H H H M M H M H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
SLO-1 History of tribology-origin Surface Forces Lubrication Scale Effects in Mechanical Properties Applications of Tribology
S-1 Introduction to various tribological
SLO-2 Significance of micro/nanotribology Methods used to study surface forces Lubricant States Nomenclature
phenomenon
Tribology in design-Methods of solution
SLO-1 Force laws Viscosity of lubricant Yield strength and Hardness Bio-Tribology
S-2 of tribological problems
SLO-2 Purpose of lubrication Surface force apparatus (SFA) Fluid film lubrication Shear strength at the interface Tribology in the human body
Scale dependence on surface roughness
SLO-1 Modes of lubrication- hydrodynamic Force between dry surface Theories of hydrodynamics lubrication Tribology in the artificial organs
and contact parameters
S-3
Lubrication design of typical mechanical Dependence of contact parameters on
SLO-2 Hydrostaticlubrication Force between surfaces in liquid Tribology in medical devices
elements load
SLO-1 Boundary lubrication Adhesion Transformation Scale effects in friction Natural human synovial joints
S-4
SLO-2 Elastohydrodynamic lubrication Capillary forces Parameter of surface topography Adhesion Friction Total joint replacements
SLO-1 Extreme pressure lubrication Modes of deformation Friction- Basic laws of friction Two body deformation Wind turbine Tribology
S-5
SLO-2 Lubricants - types and lubricating oils Description of AFM/FFM Static and kinetic friction Three body deformation Biorefining
Lubricant properties-effect of temperature
SLO-1 Other measurement techniques Friction of materials Ratchet mechanism Coating applications- sliding bearings
S-6 and pressure
SLO-2 Oxidation stability Surface roughness Solid – solid contact Meniscus Analysis Rolling contact
S-7 SLO-1 Thermal conductivity Friction force Liquid mediated contact Total value of coefficient of friction Bearings

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1797
Transformation from elastic to plastic
SLO-2 Type of additives Scratching Interfacing temperature of sliding Surfaces Gears
regime
Bearings- classification based on mode
SLO-1 Wear and machining Wear-Laws of wear Tribological properties of SAMs Erosion and scratch resistant
of lubrication
S-8
Bearing-Classification based on relative
SLO-2 Surface potential measurements Mild and Severe wear Tailoring surfaces Magnetic recording devices
motion between contact surfaces
Comparison of sliding and rolling contact Modifying surface composition for
SLO-1 Nanoindentation measurement Identification of wear mechanism, Micro components
bearing application in Tribology
S-9
Solving numerical problems on above Modifying Structurefor application in
SLO-2 Boundary lubrication Typical test geometries MEMS/NEMS
topics Tribology

1. G. Phakatkar and R.R. Ghorpade, “Tribology”, Nirali publication, 2009 4. S. M. Sze, “Semiconductor Sensors”, Wiley-Interscience,1994
Learning
2. Bharat Bhushan, “Nanotribology and Nanomechanics”, Springer Publication, Second edition,2011 5. C. Mathew Mate, “Tribology on the Small Scale” Oxford University Press, 2008
Resources
3. Bharat Bhushan,” Principles and Applications to Tribology”, Wiley Publication, 2013 6. Nicholas D. Spencer, “Tailoring surfaces”, World Scientific IISC Press, 2011

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. Shinji Yamada, Kao Corporation, Tokyo, Japan, Yamada.s@kao.co.jp 1. Dr. M. Balasubramanian, IIT Madras, mbala@iitm.ac.in 1. Dr. S. Yuvaraj, SRMIST
2. Dr.Sridhar M. R, Senior Engineer, GE Global Research, Bangalore, India. 2. Dr. M. S. Ramachandra Rao, IIT Madras, msrrao@iitm.ac.in 2. Dr. Kiran Mangalampalli, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1798
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE305T NANOTECHNOLOGY LEGAL ASPECTS E Professional Elective Course
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Familiarize with the concept of patent and copyright laws 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the concept of trade mark, trade secret and IP infringement

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Understand the government policies and rules related to nanotechnology

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Gain knowledge on environmental degradation and current regulations

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Learn the social and ethical impact of nanotechnology

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Understand the concept of taxation, trade, security, privacy, export import of nanomaterials

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2

PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Acquire the concepts of patent and copyright laws 2 80 75 H M H M H M M H H H M H H H H
CLO-2 : Apply the knowledge of trade mark, trade secret and IP infringement 2 75 70 M M M M M M M H M H M H M M M
CLO-3 : Get familiarize with the government policies and rules related to nanotechnology 2 75 70 M M H H H H H M H H H H M H H
CLO-4 : Acquire the knowledge on environmental degradation and current regulations 2 80 75 M H M M H H H H H H M H M M H
CLO-5 : Get familiarize with the current social and ethical impact of nanotechnology 2 80 75 M M M M H M M H M H M H H M H
CLO-6 : Apply the knowledgeof taxation, trade, security, privacy, export import of nanomaterials 2 80 75 H M M H H M M H H H M H H M H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
SLO-1 Introduction Government policies and rules Environmental degradation Social impact of nanotechnology Trade and business in nanotechnology
S-1
SLO-2 Patents Quality of information Current environmental regulations Economic impact of nanotechnology Trade restrictions
Patentability requirements – structure of
SLO-1 Food and drugs evaluation method Classification Implications of nanotechnology Taxation system
S-2 patent
SLO-2 Utility patent Food and drugs research Sources of pollutants Effect on the quality of life Taxation of goods too small to be seen
SLO-1 Design patent, monopoly powers Classification of medical products Pollution – air Short term implications Laws for genetic research
S-3
SLO-2 licensing strategies and arrangements Safe workplace Pollution – water Long term implications Rights of new life form
SLO-1 Classification of patent applications Self-regulation Industrial waste water Ethical issues in nanotechnology Government surveillance
S-4 Social and environmental issues in Privacy violations
SLO-2 Willful infringement issues, claim scope Liability – responsibility of a scientist Control and quality check
nanotechnology
SLO-1 Reexamination of patents Civil laws Dispersion methods Artificial intellects Security and monitoring
S-5
SLO-2 Patent treaties Criminal laws in nanotechnology Monitoring Ethics for artificial intellects Eavesdropping
Negligence to nanotechnology – breach of
SLO-1 Copyright laws – fixation Solid waste – homes Nanotechnology and life extension R&D in Nanotechnology
duty causation
S-6
Negligence to nanotechnology – damage
SLO-2 Originality, creativity Solid waste – industrial Nanotechnology for national security R&D regulation
and defense
S-7 SLO-1 Integrated circuit topographies Risk associated with nanoparticles Hospital waste Nanotechnology for space exploration Current industrial design laws

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1799
Industrial designs, artistic work –
SLO-2 Nanoparticles use and effects on health Hazardous chemical waste Nanotechnology for medical applications Change in industrial design laws
arrangement of atoms
Moral issues of Nanotechnology
SLO-1 Technology transfer Liability for nanoparticles side effects Toxicity, health issues Export – import regulations
applications
S-8
Public perception of Nano-technological
SLO-2 Trademarks Role and responsibilities Safety issues Crimes using Nanoparticles
risk
SLO-1 Trade secrets Class action Risk assessment and analysis Education of public about Nanotechnology Corporate criminal liability,
S-9
SLO-2 Ownership of IP Certification Responsibility and rules Training of public about Nanomaterials prevention and detention

1. Patrick M. Boucher, “Nanotechnology: Legal aspects” CRC press, 2008


Learning 3. Louis Theodore, Robert G. Kunz, “Nanotechnology: Environmental implications and solutions”
2. Fritz Allhoff, Patrick Lin, James Moor, John Weckert, “NanoEthics: The ethical and social implications of
Resources Wiley Publication, 2005
nanotechnology” Wiley publication, 2007

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. Narayanasvamy Vijayan, National Physical Laboratory, nvijayan@nplindia.org 1. Prof. V. Subramaniam, IITM, Chennai, manianvs@iitm.ac.in 1. Dr. Malay Adhikari, SRMIST
2. Dr. Krishna Surendra Muvvala, Saint Gobain Research India, India,
2. Prof. D. Arivuoli, Anna University, arivuoli@annauniv.edu 2. Dr. A. Karthigeyan, SRMIST
Krishna.muvvala@saintgobain.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1800
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE306T LITHOGRAPHIC TECHNIQUES AND FABRICATION E Professional Elective Course
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Micro and Nanofabrication Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Understand the physical significance of lithography tools in micro/nano structures creation 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Acquire knowledge on masked lithography, uv and deep uv lithography, its merits and demerits

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Understand the concept of direct lithography, its advantages; electron beam for lithography and their applications

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Acquiring comparative knowledge of different lithography tools

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Acquire knowledge on the replication tools such as nano imprint lithography, injection molding and others.

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Make aware of VLSI technology

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Make use of top-down approach for micro/nano fabrication 2 80 75 H M H H H M M H H H M M H H H
CLO-2 : Analyze the limitation of masked lithography with respect to incident radiation 2 80 70 H M M H M M M H M H M H M M M
CLO-3 : Using electron beams for the creation of nano structures 2 75 70 H M H H H H H M H H H M H H H
CLO-4 : Know the other techniques of nano fabrication using light and heavy ion beams 2 80 75 M H H M H H H H H H M M H H H
CLO-5 : Apply knowledge of mass production replication tools 2 80 70 H M H H H M M H M H M M H H H
CLO-6 : Imagine importance of nanoscale devices 2 80 75 H M M H H M M H H H M H H M H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Optical(photo) lithography Introduction-maskless/direct lithography
SLO-1 Micro/nano fabrication Ion beam lithography (IBL) types Micro/ Nano replication tools
tools
S-1
Process steps Difference between masked and maskless
SLO-2 Top-down & bottom-up approach Heavy and light ions for lithography Necessity for replication
lithography
Necessity for clean room, types of clean Optical lithography mask Advantages and disadvantages of Application areas-MEMS/NEMS,
SLO-1 Focused ion beam properties
room maskless lithography micro/nanofluidics
S-2
Construction and maintenance of clean Mask definition, and different materials Principles of electron beam lithography
SLO-2 Beam scanning Soft lithography
room, (EBL) system
SLO-1 Clean room standards, protocols Different light sources Electron properties for lithography Resists for ion beam lithography PDMS Casting
S-3 Contact and proximity exposures Design of electron beam lithography
SLO-2 Lithography- process steps Electron lithography process flow Mold fabrication for soft lithography
system
Photo resists materials, types and Diffraction limit and resolutions Operation of electron beam lithography Focused ion beam lithography- Incident
SLO-1 Micro injection molding
S-4 characteristics enhancement methods system ion properties
SLO-2 Spin coating methods Projection lithography E-beam resists Principle, design and operation Hot embossing
Extreme UV (EUV) lithography Masked ion beam structuring: Broad beam
SLO-1 Exposure dose E-beam resist properties Nano imprint lithography NIL principles
S-5 patterning
SLO-2 chemical development, optimization EUV: Scope and demerits Comparison with optical lithography resists Atom lithography Mold fabrication for hot embossing and NIL

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1801
Etching methods, resist and other Interferometric and holographic tools
SLO-1 Dose calculation Proton beam lithography Mold fabrication for injection molding
materials
S-6
Lithography masks Comparison of electron, proton and gallium
SLO-2 Dry and wet methods Significance of beam blanking Process flow and requirements
for resist patterning
Laser writer: near UV and Deep UV masks Patterning resolution comparison with Limitation and suitability of each technique
SLO-1 Wet etching chemicals, Si etching Polymers for imprinting
other methods in comparison with one another
S-7
Synchrotron radiation for lithography IBL resists, dose calculation and process
SLO-2 Wet etching examples EBL for mask preparation Polymer characteristics and performance
processes optimization
X-ray lithography mask Master mold preparation for replication
SLO-1 Reactive ion etching Nanofabrication with EBL – MEMS Nanofabrication with IBL – MEMS
S-8 tools, comparison
SLO-2 Isotropic and non isotropic etching X-ray lithography, merits and demerits Nanofabrication with EBL – NEMS Nanofabrication with IBL – NEMS Application-microfluidics
Comparison of all masked lithography tools Nanofabrication with EBL –microfluidics Nanofabrication with IBL –microfluidics
SLO-1 Types of lithography : classification Application-nano fluidics
applications applications
S-9
Introduction to next generation Specific applications of different Nanofabrication with EBL – Nanofluidics Nanofabrication with IBL – Nanofluidics
SLO-2 Industrial applications
lithography tools lithography tools. applications applications

Learning 1. Chris A. Mack, Fundamental Principles of Optical Lithography: The Science of Microfabrication, John Wiley &
2. Stefan Landis, “Lithography and nanolithography”, Published by Wiley - ISTE, 2010
Resources Sons, London 2007

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. Hemant Dixit, Global Foundaries, USA, aplahemant@gmail.com 1. Dr. A. Subrahmanyam, IIT Madras, manu@iitm.ac.in 1. Dr. Abhay Sagade, SRMIST
2. Dr. Krishna Surendra Muvvala, Saint Gobain Research India, India, Krishna.muvvala@saintgobain.com 2. Dr.N. N. Murthy, IIT Tirupati, nnmurty@iittp.ac.in 2. Dr. P. Malar, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1802
Course Course L T P C
18NTE307T SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS Course Category E Professional Elective Course
Code Name 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Understand basic principles and characteristics of sensors and transducers 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Gain knowledge on mechanical and electromechanical sensors

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Get acquainted with thermal sensors and its types

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Know about magnetic sensors and radiation sensors

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Gain knowledge on electrochemical sensors

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Apprehend knowledge on recent trends in sensor technologies and applications

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Analyze calibration techniques and signal types of sensors 2 80 75 H M H H H M M H H H M M H H H
CLO-2 : Expertise in various types of Sensors & Transducers and their working principles 2 80 70 H M M H M M M H M H M M M M M
CLO-3 : Evaluate performance characteristics of different sensors and transducers 2 75 70 H M H H H H H M H H H M H H H
CLO-4 : Predict exactly the expected performance of various sensors 2 80 75 M H H M H H H H H H M H H H H
CLO-5 : Develop advance techniques in sensor technology 2 80 70 H M H H H M M H M H M H H H H
CLO-6 : Devise smart sensors for real time applications 2 80 75 H M M H H M M H H H M H H M H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Measurements-Basic method of Mechanical and electromechanical sensors Thermal sensors- Gas thermometric
SLO-1 Magnetic sensors-Introduction Electroanalytical sensors-introduction
measurement Resistive potentiometer sensors
S-1
Thermal expansion type thermometric
SLO-2 Errors Strain gauge Principles behind Electrochemical cell
sensors
Sensor electrodes-Molecular selective
SLO-1 Classification of errors Inductive sensors Acoustic temperature sensor Yoke coil sensors
electrodes
S-2
Dielectric constant and refractive index of Coaxial type sensors-Force and
SLO-2 Error analysis Sensitivity and linearity of sensor ChemFET
thermosensors displacement sensors
Helium low temperature thermometer- Magnetoresistive sensors- Anisotropic
SLO-1 Statistical methods Ferromagnetic plunger type transducers Recent trends in sensor technologies
S-3 Nuclear thermometer magnetoresistive sensing
SLO-2 Sensors/Transducers-Introduction Electromagnetic transducer Magnetic thermometer Semiconductor magnetoresistors Film sensors- Thick and thin film sensors
Resistance change type thermometric
SLO-1 Principles of Sensors/Transducers Magnetostrictive transducer Active semiconductor magnetic sensors Semiconductor IC technology
sensors
S-4
Hall effect sensor-sensor geometry and Micro electro mechanical system (MEMS)-
SLO-2 Classification of Sensors/Transducers Capacitive sensors Metal resistance thermometric sensors
fabrication micromachining
Static Characteristics of
S-5 SLO-1 Parallel plate capacitive sensor Thermistors Variable inductance sensors Some application examples
Sensors/Transducers

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1803
Accuracy-Precision-Resolution-Minimum
SLO-2 Serrated plate capacitive sensor Thermo emf sensors Eddy current sensors Nanosensors
detectable signal
Threshold-Sensitivity-Selectivity and Variable thickness dielectric capacitive Radiation sensors-Introduction-basic Onboard automobile sensors-flow rate
SLO-1 Materials for thermo emf sensors
specificity-Non-linearity sensor characteristics sensors-pressure sensors
S-6
Hysteresis-Output impedance-isolation Stretched diaphragm variable capacitance
SLO-2 E (emf)-T(Temperature) relations Types of photoresistors/photodetectors Temperature sensors-oxygen sensors
and grounding transducer
Thermosensors using semiconductor
SLO-1 Dynamic Characteristics Electrostatic transducer Photoemissive cell and photomutliplier Torque and position sensors
S-7 devices
SLO-2 Zero order and First order sensors Piezoelectric elements Thermal radiation sensors Photoconductive cell-LDR Home appliance sensors
SLO-1 Second order sensors Piezoelectric materials Detectors Photocurrent Aerospace sensors-Fluid velocity sensors
S-8 Photoresistors and photoFETs and other Sensing direction of air flow- Monitoring
SLO-2 Electrical characterization Deformation modes and multimorphs Pyroelectric thermal sensors
devices strain, force, thrust and acceleration
SLO-1 Mechanical and thermal characterization Lead zirconatetitanate (PZT) family Quartz crystal thermoelectric sensors Fibre optic sensors Medical diagnostic sensors
S-9 Optical characterization- Force/stress sensors using quartz
SLO-2 Heat flux sensors Temperature sensors-microbend sensors Sensors for environmental monitoring
Chemical/biological characterization resonators

Learning 1. Ernest O Doebelin, “Measurement Systems – Applications and Design”, 4th ed., Tata McGraw-Hill, 2009 3. D. Patranabis, Sensors and Transducers, 2nd ed., Prentice Hall of India, 2010
Resources 2. John P. Bentley, “Principles of Measurement Systems”, 4th ed., Pearson Education, 2000. 4. D.V.S Murthy, Transducers and Instrumentation, 2nd ed., Prentice Hall of India, 2001.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr.Maximilian Fleischer, Siemens, Germany, maximilian.fleischer@siemens.com 1. Dr. A. Subrahmanyam, IIT Madras, manu@iitm.ac.in 1. Dr. S. Yuvaraj, SRMIST
2. Dr.Shyam Sunder Tiwari, Sensors technology Private Limited, India, sst@sensorstechnology.com 2. Dr. M. S. Ramachandra Rao, IIT Madras, msrrao@iitm.ac.in 2. Dr. A. Karthigeyan, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1804
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE308T 2-D LAYERED NANOMATERIALS E Professional Elective Course
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Understanding the electronic properties of 2D materials, especially Graphene 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Acquire knowledge on the different synthesis methods

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)


Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-3 : Describe the difference in various properties of 2D-layered structure

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-4 : Classification of 2D layered Nanomaterials

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Gain knowledge on application of layered Nanomaterials

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6: Understand the principles of various characterization tools to study the properties of 2D materials

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Apply the concept of atomic and electronic structure to understand the physical and chemical properties of graphene 2 80 75 M H H H H M M H H H M H H H H
CLO-2 : Utilize the procedure to synthesize layered materials and the concept of Raman spectra over synthesized materials 2 80 70 M H M H M M M H M H M H M M M
CLO-3 : Utilize the spectroscopic concepts to analyze the properties of layered materials 2 75 70 M H H H H H H M H H H H H H H
CLO-4 : Apply the concept and the uses of semiconducting and metal dichalcogenides based materials 2 80 75 M H H M H H H H H H M H H H H
CLO-5 : Utilize the application of layered materials in various fields. 2 80 70 H H H H H M M H M H M H H H H
CLO-6: Utilize the concept of sensor to analyze the material nature. 2 80 75 M H M H H M M H H H M H H M H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Introduction to Scotch-tape method Introduction to X-ray photoemission
SLO-1 Introduction of graphene Graphene and its properties Introduction to Gas sensors
(micromechanical cleavage) spectroscopy
S-1
Preparation of graphene using Scotch-tape Gas sensing mechanism and types of
SLO-2 Vander Walls force Limitation and application of XPS Penta-graphene and its properties
method sensor
Introduction and principle of Chemical
SLO-1 Covalent bond Introduction to X-ray diffraction study h-BN structure, synthesis and properties Chemical sensors
S-2 vapor deposition
SLO-2 Dimension of carbon allotrope Preparation of graphene by CVD Limitation and application of XRD Application of h-BN Uses smart materials in sensors
Introduction to Optical absorption
SLO-1 Transition of metal dichalcogenides Introduction to Solution-exfoliation SiC structure, synthesis and properties 2D materials based membranes
spectroscopy
S-3
Manipulation of quantum degree of Preparation of graphene using solution- Limitation and application of optical
SLO-2 Application of SiC Application of membrance
freedom exfoliation absorption spectroscopy
Introduction and limitations of Scanning
S-4 SLO-1 Crystal plane of 2D graphene Introduction to Solution-exfoliation Si structure, synthesis and properties Oxygen reduction reaction
Tunneling Microscopy
Preparation of 2D layered material by Uses of 2D materials in enhance the
SLO-2 Free standing model Measuring mechanical properties Application of Silicon
solution exfoliation activity
Hydrogen production, types of hydrogen
S-5 SLO-1 Electronic structure of graphene Decomposition Introduction and limitations to BET analysis Ge structure, synthesis and properties
production

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1805
Uses of 2D materials in hydrogen
SLO-2 Band structure Decomposition of silicon carbide Adsorption properties Application of Ge
production
Introduction and limitations to VSM
SLO-1 Fermi levels in graphene Principles of Raman spectroscopy Types of oxide materials Electronic devices
analysis
S-6
Difference between electronic and electric
SLO-2 Carrier density Limitations of Raman spectroscopy Magnetic properties Properties of oxide materials
device
Introduction and types of transition metal
SLO-1 Role of defect and dopant Raman spectrum of graphene Types of interactions Optical materials
S-7 dichalcogenides
SLO-2 Electronic structure of graphene Analysis of D band Raman spectra Catalytic properties Introduction and application of MoS2 Solar absorber materials
SLO-1 Tensile strength Analysis of G band Raman spectra Metal support interactions Introduction and application of VS2 Magnetic devices
S-8 Raman shift dependence on number of Changes in the properties due to metal
SLO-2 Physical properties of graphene Introduction and application of WS2 Materials used
layer support interaction
SLO-1 Functional properties of graphene Raman shift dependence on defect Non-metal support interactions Introduction of Si2BN and its application Types of magnetic devices
S-9 Raman shift dependence on doping Difference in properties due to non-metal
SLO-2 Chemical properties of graphene Introduction of BCN and its applications Applications of magnetic devices
concentration support interactions

1. Houssa, Michel, Athanasios Dimoulas, and Alessandro Molle, “2D Materials for Nanoelectronics”- CRC Press, 3. Tiwari, Ashutosh, and Mikael Syväjärvi, eds. “Advanced 2D Materials” - John Wiley & Sons,
Learning 2016. 2016.
Resources 2. Banks, Craig E., and Dale AC Brownson, eds. “2D Materials: Characterization, Production and Applications”- 4. Dragoman, Mircea, and Daniela Dragoman,”2D Nanoelectronics: Physics and Devices of
CRC Press, 2018. Atomically Thin Materials”- Springer, 2016.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. Hemant Dixit, Global Foundaries, USA, aplahemant@gmail.com Prof. K. Sethupathi. IIT Madras, ksethu@iitm.ac.in Dr. J. Archana, SRMIST
2. Dr. Krishna Surendra Muvvala, Saint Gobain Research India, India,
Dr. S. Balakumar. University of Madras, Madras, balakumar@iunom.ac.in Dr. S. Harish, SRMIST
Krishna.muvvala@saintgobain.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1806
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE309T SUPRAMOLECULAR SYSTEMS E Professional Elective Course
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Acquire the concepts of supramolecular chemistry 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Utilize designing new materials of metal-organic frame works

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Describe the concept of nanostructured objects

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Understand the principles of supramolecular chirality

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Gain knowledge on host-guest complexes

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Understand the principles sophisticated molecular devices and infinite multicomponent systems

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2

PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Recognize the main types of supramolecular assemblies 2 80 75 H M H H H M M H H H M H H H H
CLO-2 : Apply the importance of the bottom-up approach to prepare complex (nanoscale) systems 2 80 70 H M M M M M M H M M M H M M M
CLO-3 : Identify the main supramolecular forces involved in such systems 2 75 70 H M H H H H H M H H H M H H H
CLO-4 : Analyze and understand the intermolecular forces to rationalize the formation of complex nanomaterials. 2 80 75 M H H M H H H H H H M H H H H
CLO-5 : Evaluate the needs of sustainable future, develop the supramolecular molecular materials for biological systems 2 80 70 H M H H H M M H M M M M H H H
CLO-6 : Apply through feasible approaches, and assemble with the prior knowledge to fabricate novel designs/architectures 2 80 75 H M M H M M M H H H M H H M M

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Basic concepts and principles of Biological inspiration for supramolecular
SLO-1 Introduction to coordination chemistry Supramolecular Chirality Special Class Materials
supramolecular chemistry chemistry
S-1
Classification of supramolecular Birth of a new macromolecular chemistry
SLO-2 Hosts for cation binding Alkali metal cations in biochemistry Chirality in Self-Assembled Systems
compounds concept
SLO-1 Host-guest compounds Cation receptors Co-ordination Polymers Chirality of Host-Guest Compounds Rational Design
S-2
SLO-2 Receptors, coordination compounds Crown ethers Clathrates Chirality of Interlocked Systems Molecular Paneling
SLO-1 Lock and key analogy Cryptands Cavitands Metal Organic Frameworks (MOFs) Artifical Self Replicating Systems
S-3
SLO-2 Binding constants Spherands Binding by cavitands Covalent Organic Frameworks Supramolecular reactivity and catalysis
The past, present and future of dendrimers
SLO-1 Cooperative effect Calixarens Cyclodextrins Polymorphism
and dendrons
S-4
Supramolecular assembly of dendrons and
SLO-2 Chelate effect Selectivity of cation complex Cucurbituril Solvates
dendrimers
SLO-1 Thermodynamic selectivity Macrocyclic effects Porphyrins and tetrapyrrole macrocyles Co-Crystals Synthesis of dendritic polymers
S-5 Characterization of dendritic architectural
SLO-2 Kinetic selectivity and discriminations Template effects Transport processes Principles of supramolecular Extraction
structures
Extraction technique, the extraction
S-6 SLO-1 Nature of supramolecular interactions Host for anion binding Dynamic Combinatorial chemistry Nanomedical and advanced materials
equilibrium

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1807
Supramolecular features of plant
SLO-2 Solvation effects Concepts in anion host design Examples of supramolecular extraction Diagnostics and advanced imaging
photosynthesis
Uptake and transport of oxygen by Characterization of dendritic architectural
SLO-1 Hydrophobic effects Anion receptors Binding Constant
haemoglobin structures
S-7
Binding constant determination by UV/Vis
SLO-2 Supramolecular concepts and design Shape and selectivity Enzymes and coenzymes Nanoscience applications
spectroscopy
Hydrogen bonding and supramolecular Instrumentation of mass spectrometry,
SLO-1 Neutral receptors Neurotransmitters and hormones Molecular and Supramolecular devices
interactions Limitations of mass spectrometry
S-8
Secondary Electrostatic Interactions in From cation host to anion host – a simple Scanning probe microscopes: - scanning
SLO-2 Enzymes, Metallobiosites Molecular Electronic Devices
Hydrogen Bonding change in pH electron microscopy
SLO-1 Molecular recognition Hosts for binding of neutral guests Heme analogues Transmission electron microscopy Switches
S-9 Semiochemistry in natural world,
SLO-2 Types of recognition Inert metal- containing receptors Confocal laser scanning microscopy Molecular Machines
Biochemical self-assembly

Learning 1. Jonathan W. Steed and Jerry L. Atwood, “Supramolecular Chemistry”J. Wiley and Sons; 1st Ed. 2000 3. Donald A. Tomalia, Jørn B. Christensen, Ulrik Boas, “Dendrimers, Dendrons, and Dendritic
Resources 2. J.M. Lehn, Supramolecular Chemistry, VCH, Wiley and Sons, 1st Ed. Weinheim, 1995 Polymers: Discovery, Applications and the Future”, MPG books group, UK, 2012

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. P. Sudhakara, CLRI – CSIR, Jalandhar, sudhakarp@clri.res.in 1. Dr. Kothandaraman Ramanujam, IITM Chennai, rkraman@iitm.ac.in 1. Dr. Angeline Little Flower, SRMIST
2. Dr. Sudhakar selvakumar, CSIR-Central Electrochemical Research Institute, ssudhakar79@gmail.com 2. Dr.Arthanreeswaran, NIT, Trichy,arthanareeg@nitt.edu 2. Dr. S. HariniPriya, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1808
Course Course L T P C
18NTE310T Course Name MEMS and NEMS E Professional Elective
Code Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Learn what are MEMS? and where they are useful? 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the basics of fabrication of electromechanical systems at micro and nanoscale and modeling

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Understand the principles of sensing and actuation in electromechanical systems

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Explore magnetic materials for suitable for magnetic MEMS

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Gain knowledge on thermal, micro-opto-MEMS materials

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Acquire knowledge on the fabrication, characterization and applications of RF, optical, MEMS Understand the

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Utilize mechanics principles to analyze the mechanical performance of microsystems. 2 80 75 H M H H H M M H H H M H H H H
CLO-2 : Utilize optics, electrical and mechanical principles to analyze optoelectro mechanical performance of MOEMS 2 80 70 H M M H M M M H M H M H M M M
CLO-3 : Use the radio frequency and thermal principles to analyze the performance of RF and thermal MEMS 2 75 70 H M H H H H H M H H H M H H H
CLO-4 : Use magnetic and fluid principles to analyze the performance of magnetic MEMS and microfluidic devices 2 80 75 M H H M H H H H H H M M H H H
CLO-5 : Analyze the tools and processes used in micromaching of MEMS 2 80 70 H M H H H M M H M H M H H H H
CLO-6 : Apply the principles of physics to analyze and design MEMS, including sensors and actuators. 2 80 75 H M M H H M M H H H M M H M H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Micro and nanoelectro mechanical Principles of MOEMS technology,
SLO-1 Photolithography Principles of sensing and actuation Magnetic materials: properties,
systems (MEMS and NEMS) Applications
S-1
Surface machining, bulk machining, Role of microsensors and microactuator Magnetoresistive materials,
SLO-2 Importance of MEMS in daily life Hybrid systems, application, advantages
etching with examples magnetostrictive materials,
hard magnetic materials, design
SLO-1 MEMS and NEMS - Scaling Laws Structural materials Components of mechanical MEMS MOEMS components
considerations in magnetic materials
S-2
Light modulators, beam splitters, Micro
SLO-2 Conventional electromechanical systems Sacrificial materials Beam, cantilever, microplates Magnetic sensing and design
lens,
Thin film deposition, Impurity doping, diaphragm structures theory, corrugated Presence and direction detection of large
SLO-1 Mathematical Modeling micro mirror, digital micromirror device
etching diaphragms object – an example
S-3
Important steps for analysis and design
SLO-2 Bulk and surface micromachining Components in sensors Magneto resistive sensor MOEMS devices
of engineering steps
Physical and chemical vapor deposition Capacitive effects, piezo element, piezo Principle of magnetoresistive sensor, hall
SLO-1 Microsensors and microactuators Optical switch, wave guide and tuning,
methods, mechanics, effect, magntrotransitor
S-4 P and N-type doping in semiconductors,
Principle of sensing and actuation,
SLO-2 surface machining at macro and Measurement methods MEMS magnetic sensors and actuators shear stress measurement
capacitive sensors, pressure sensors
microscales.

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1809
Construction of a MEMS magnetic sensor,
Wafer bonding and LIGA, MEMS Strain measurement, pressure Lab-on-a-chip, Important considerations on
SLO-1 Mechanical MEMS, Thermal MEMS principle of operation, sensitivity of the
Assembling and Packaging measurement microscale fluid
S-5 sensor
Anodic bonding, fusion bonding, Flow measurement using integrated Review of RF based Communication Properties of fluids, density, viscosity,
SLO-2 Strain measurement
Lithography, electroforming and molding. paddle-cantilever structure syste-I nature of flow, surface tension
Basic Modeling elements in mechanical
SLO-1 MEMS gyroscope, Inchworm technology MEMS Gyroscopes Tuners, resonators, switches, Fluid actuation methods,
and electrical systems
S-6
Thermistors, thermal flow sensors, shape Ampler element, mass/inertia element, phase shifters, RF MEMS application area,
SLO-2 Shear mode MEMS, principle Dilectrophoresis, electrowetting
memory alloys capacitor, resistor and inductor advantages
Compensation in gyroscope, gripping
MOEMS, Magnetic MEMS, NEMS Review of RF based Communication
SLO-1 Basic Modeling elements in fluid systems piezoactuator, design and working Electrothermal flow
Architectures system-II
S-7 principle,
Properties of light and their exploitation Inchworm technology, principle, controlling
SLO-2 Inertance, fluid resistance, fluid capacitor Design scenarios, planer inductor Thermo capillary effect
with respective to MOEMS signal
optical switching, beam splitters and
SLO-1 Thermal systems modeling Thermal sensors and actuators RF MEMS, varactors, tuner/filter Electroosmosis flow
microlenses
S-8
Introduction to RF Communication Thermal energy basics and heat transfer
SLO-2 Thermal capacitance, thermal resistance Fabrication process, varactors, Optoelectrowetting
systems and applications. processes,
Varactors, RF tuners, filters, switches, Translational and rotational pure thermistors, thermocouple, Thermal Micropumps: design consideration,
SLO-1 Tuner/filter, resonator, Resonators
phase shifters mechanical systems with spring actuators Microneedle,
S-9
Microfluidic systems, Concept of lab-on- Thermodevices, micromachine Construction of a micropump, modeling,
SLO-2 damper and mass Switches, Phase shifter
a-chip, properties of fluids thermocouple probe, thermal flow sensors working principle

1. Mahalik N P, “MEMS”, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2008 3. C. T. Leondes, MEMS/NEMS Handbook Techniques and Applications, Vol. 1, Sringer, 2006.
Learning
2. Sergey Edward Lyshevski, “Micro-Electro Mechanical and Nano-Electro Mechanical Systems, Fundamental of 4. Mohamed Gad-el-Hak, MEMS- Introduction and Fundamentals, 2nd Edition, Taylor and Francis
Resources
Nano-and Micro-Engineering”, CRC Press, 2005 Group, LLC, 2006.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. Hemant Dixit, GlobalFoundaries,USA, aplahemant@gmail.com 1. Prof. V. Subramaniam, IITM, Chennai, manianvs@iitm.ac.in 1. Dr. M. Kiran, SRMIST
2. Dr. Krishna Surendra Muvvala, Saint Gobain Research India, India,
2. Prof. M. Ghanashyam Krishna, UOHYD, mgksp@uohyd.ernet.in 2. Dr. A. Karthigeyan, SRMIST
Krishna.muvvala@saintgobain.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1810
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE311T SURFACE AND INTERFACES E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3
Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive
Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Understand why/how surfaces are important in nanotechnology 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Explain various mechanisms involved in surfaces/interfaces and fundamentals of various types of bonding at
CLR-2 :
surfaces/interfaces
Describe strategies for manipulating the surfaces and how those strategies help them depending upon the application of

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 :
such modified surface

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


Be familiar with property equations and thermodynamic properties of gas-surface interactions along with the concepts of
CLR-4 :

Modern Tool Usage


phase equilibrium of multi component systems

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-5 : Acquire the knowledge in Adsorption and desorption kinetics

Communication
Equip with surface-analytical tools such as photoemission spectroscopy, Kelvin probe microscopy, spectroscopy
CLR-6 :
ellipsometry and its significances

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Apply the knowledge in surfaces; their structure and physical-chemical properties, and interfaces between solids 2 85 70 H M M M M M M H M H M M H H H
CLO-2 : Analyze a surface reconstruction & anticipate the stability of a given interface. 2 80 70 H M H H M M M H M H M H M M H
CLO-3 : Decide what the necessary (statistical) thermodynamics concepts to describe an interface are. 2 70 70 H M H H H H H H M H M H H H M
CLO-4 : Develop qualitative understanding of theories involved and general concepts 2 75 75 H M M M M M M M M H M M L H M
CLO-5 : Validate sound understanding in collective phenomena at the surfaces/interfaces 2 75 70 H M M M M M M M M H M H M H M
Compare different surface characterization techniques in terms of their performance, sample introduction of methods and
CLO-6 : 2 80 75 H M M M M M H H M H M H M H M
sensitivity
Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Definition of a Surface and an Interface - its
SLO-1 The Hierarchy of Equilibrium Adsorption and Desorption Kinetics Structure of Surfaces Electronic Properties at the surfaces
importance/significance
S-1
Thermodynamics of Flat Surfaces and
SLO-2 Liquids and Liquid Surfaces Physiosorption and Chemisorption Surface Crystallography Beyond the Surface Selection Rule
Interfaces
Correlation between Propagation Length
SLO-1 Surface Area to Volume Ratio The Interface Free Energy General Issues of Isotherms Surface stress, Surface energy
S-2 and Surface Roughness
SLO-2 Solids and Solid Surface Roughness Surface Excesses Isosters, and Isobars Relaxation, Reconstruction - Defects Many Body effects
Chemical Heterogeneity of Solid Surfaces - General Aspects of Surface Lattice
SLO-1 Charged Surfaces at Constant Potential The Langmuir Isotherm Surface Plasmons
Molecular Interactions Dynamics
S-3
General concepts of Internal Energy and Diffraction at Surfaces - Surface Surface Plasmon/phonon Dispersion and
SLO-2 Charged Surfaces at Driven potential Lattice Gas with Mean Field Interaction
Free Energy Superlattices Multipole Excitations
Intramolecular Forces: Formation of a Defects at surfaces/interfaces – line & Electromagnetic Field Enhancement –
SLO-1 Maxwell Relations The Fowler-Frumkin Isotherm
Molecule by Chemical Bonding point defects Conservation laws for atomic collisions
S-4
Interatomic forces, bonds - Molecular Vibrational Excitations at Surfaces - Empty and image – potential surface
SLO-2 Their Applications Reduction to the Langmuir Isotherm
geometry Surface Phonons of Solids states

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1811
Experimental Determination of the Heat Surface Stress and the Nearest Neighbor Scattering of Light at Rough Surfaces-
SLO-1 Dipole moments Solid and Solid interfaces
S-5 of Adsorption Central Force Model From Nanowires to Quantum Conduction
SLO-2 Intermolecular Forces and Potential Energies Solid-Liquid Interfaces Underpotential Deposition Surface Phonons in the Acoustic Limits Classical limit of particle scattering
Linear Optical Techniques at Surfaces
SLO-1 Coulomb Interactions Step Line Tension Symmetry of Adsorption Sites - Diffusion at Surfaces
and Interfaces
S-6
Vibrational Frequencies of Isolated Observation of Single Atom Diffusion
SLO-2 Polar Interactions Stiffness at its interfaces Spectroscopic Ellipsometry (SE)
Adsorbates Events-Statistics of Random Walk
Equilibrium Fluctuations of Line Defects Reflection Difference Techniques
SLO-1 van der Waals Interactions Desorption - Desorption Spectroscopy Absolute Rate Theory
and Surfaces (Surface Differential Reflectivity (SDR)
S-7
The Terrace-Step-Kink Model - Basic Reflection Anisotropy Spectroscopy
SLO-2 Induction effects Theory of Desorption Rates Calculation of the Pre-factor
Assumptions and Properties (RAS))
Probing occupied and unoccupied states
Collective phenomena at interfaces – Step-Step Interactions on Vicinal The Ehrlich-Schwoebel Barrier- The
SLO-1 Specific Adsorption of Ions - Photoemission spectroscopy, surface
Superconductivity Surfaces Concept of the Ehrlich-Schwoebel Barrier
states
S-8
Superconductivity at interfaces – A simple
General Aspects of inverse
SLO-2 model for transport through normal- The Ising-Model Specific Adsorption of molecules Mass Transport on Stepped Surfaces
photoemission
superconductor interface
Collective phenomena at interfaces - Application to the Equilibrium Shape of The Chemical Bond of Adsorbates of Work Function changes induced by the
SLO-1 The Kink Ehrlich-Schwoebel Barrier
Ferromagnetism Islands Hydrogen, Oxygen molecules adsorbates – 2D phase transition
S-9
Ferromagnetism at interfaces- Magnetic layer Simple Solutions for the Problem of The Chemical Bond of Adsorbates of The Atomistic Picture of the Ehrlich- Kelvin Probe measurements for the study
SLO-2
coupling Interacting Steps Water, Hydrocarbons Schwoebel Barrier of work-function changes
1. G. Bordo Vladimir and Horst-Günter Rubahn, Optics and Spectroscopy at Surfaces and Interfaces, WILEY-VCH Verlag
4. John C. Riviere, Sverre Myhra, Handbook of Surface and Interface Analysis: Methods for
GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim 2005
Learning Problem-Solving, 2nd Edition, CRC Press Taylor & Francis Group 2009
2. Harald Ibach, Physics of Surfaces and Interfaces, Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg 2006
Resources 5. Klaus Wandelt, Surface and Interface Science, Volume 6: Solid-Gas Interfaces II, Wiley
3. H. Yıldırım Erbil, Surface Chemistry Of Solid and Liquid Interfaces, First published in 2006 by Blackwell Publishing Ltd,
VCH Verlag, Weinheim, Germany 2015
Oxford, UK

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. D.K. Aswal,National Physical Laboratory, dkaswal@nplindia.org 1. Prof. V. Subramaniam, Physics Department, IITM, Chennai, manianvs@iitm.ac.in 1. Dr. A. A. Alagiriswamy, SRMIST
2. Dr. Krishna Surendra Muvvala, Saint Gobain Research India, India,
2. Prof. Gridhar U. Kulkarni, Director at CeNS, Bangalore, guk@cens.res.in 2. Dr. E. Senthil Kumar, SRMIST
Krishna.muvvala@saintgobain.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1812
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE312T NANOTECHNOLOGY IN FOOD PRODUCTION E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Know the various types of interactions at molecular scale 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the effect of nanoparticles on agricultural methodology and food technology

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-3 : Gain knowledge of the types diagnostic tools using nanotechnology

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-4 : Acquire knowledge about the newer technologies in the food production

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Get familiarized with the new concepts of Nano Science in the packaging industries and food production

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Know the toxic effect of nanomaterials used in food processing and food technology

Research

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Apply the concept of interactions with in the supramolecular structures at molecular scale 2 80 75 M M H M M H H H H H H H H H H
CLO-2 : Utilize the assay techniques in agricultural and food diagnostics 2 80 70 M H M M M H H H M H H H M M M
CLO-3 : Apply the concepts of nanotechnology in food products 2 75 70 H M M M M H H M H H H H H H H
CLO-4 : Engineer food ingredients which are capable to improve the bioavailability 2 80 75 H H H M M M H H M H H H H H H
CLO-5 : Select the preferred packaging materials for various food products 2 80 70 M H M M M M M H M H H H H H H
CLO-6 : Assess the toxic effects of the nanomaterials used in the food processing and technology 2 80 75 M H M M M M M H M H M H H M H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Intermolecular interactions and Nanotechnology in Agriculture and Food Food products and its production – Nanotechnology in Crop management - Toxicology of Nanomaterials in food -
SLO-1
supermolecular structures – Introduction diagnostics Introduction Introduction Introduction
S-1
Water - hydrophobic and hydrophilic Nanodiagnostic approaches in detecting Crop improvement - reasons to package Characterization of engineered
SLO-2 Food and new ways of food production
interactions microbial agents food products nanomaterials
Physical properties of packaging materials Unique issues for characterization of
dispersion interaction, electrostatic Biosensors, Enzyme biosensors and
SLO-1 Need for new food processing methods engineered nanomaterials for food
interactions diagnostics
applications
S-2
Strength Safety assessment of oral-exposure
SLO-2 Atoms and small molecules DNA-based biosensors and diagnostics Efficient fractionation of crops engineered nanomaterials for food
application
Barrier properties Experimental design considerations for
SLO-1 Polymers, particles, and surfaces Radiofrequency identification Efficient product structuring
toxicology studies
S-3
Integrated nanosensor networks: Life cycle of nanotechnology food products
SLO-2 Introduction to Steric interactions Optimizing Nutritional value light absorption
Detection and Response
Steric interactions involving soluble Electrochemical biosensors – Gold Environmental behavior of nanoparticles -
SLO-1 Nanotechnology in Food Production structuring of interior surfaces
polymers Nanoparticles Toxicology of nanoparticles
S-4
Antimicrobial functionality Molecules in foods involved in triggering
SLO-2 Aggregation Magnetic Nanoparticles in diagnostics Applications of nanotechnology in foods
allergies

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1813
Depletion aggregation of particles by non- Visual indicators Impact of nanoscale structures on
SLO-1 Fluorescent Nanoparticles in diagnostics Sensing, packaging
adsorbing polymers allergenic potential of foods
S-5
Bridging aggregation of particles by Quality assessment Toxicokinetics
SLO-2 Silica Nanoparticles in diagnostics Encapsulation
adsorbing polymers
Stabilization of dispersed particles by Safety of nanotechnology in food and the Nano Engineering food ingredients to Food safety indication
SLO-1 Adme (absorption)
adsorbing polymers impact in consumer health improve bioavailability
S-6 Polymer brushes to prevent particle Product properties
SLO-2 aggregation and particle deposition at Transduction Principles Nanocrystalline food ingredients Adme (distribution)
surfaces
Information and Communication
SLO-1 Self Assembly Microfluidic Assays Nano-emulsions Adme (metabolism)
technology
S-7
Nano-engineered protein fibrils as
SLO-2 Organized self-assembled structures Lateral flow (immuno) assay Sensors Adme (excretion)
ingredient building blocks
SLO-1 Langmuir layers Nucleic acid lateral flow (immuno) assay Preparation of food matrices Radiofrequency identification technology Toxicodynamics
S-8
SLO-2 Lipid bilayers Flow-through (immuno) assays Risks of Nanotechnology Health Risks In vivo toxicity
Concerns about using nanotechnology in
SLO-1 Solid-supported lipid bilayers Antibody microarrays Environmental Risks In vitro toxicity
food production
S-9
Surface plasmon resonance Rational argumentation versus Human
SLO-2 Micelles, Vesicles Consumer and societal acceptance Study Reliability
spectroscopy feelings

1. Nicholas A. Kotov, “Nanoparticle Assemblies and Superstructures”, CRC, 2006 (ISBN 9780367392284) 3. David S Goodsell, “Bionanotechnology”, John Wiley & Sons, 2004 (ISBN 0-471-41719-X)
Learning
2. Lynn J. Frewer, Willem Norde, Arnout Fischer, and FransKampers,”Nanotechnology in the Agri-Food Sector”, 4. Jennifer Kuzma and Peter VerHage, “Nanotechnology in agriculture and food production”,
Resources
Wiley VCH, 2011 (ISBN:9783527330607) Woodrow Wilson International, 2006

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr.Rajendra Moorthy Rajendran, Kemin Industries, Chennai, India rajendramoorthy.r@kemin.com 1. Dr. V Geethalakshmi, TNAU, Coimbatore, directorscms@tnau.ac.in 1. Dr. C.Gopalakrishnan, SRMIST
2. Mr. Saravanan Lokasundaram, Agro Crops, Chennai, India, sara@agrocrops.com 2. Dr. A Lakshmanan,TNAU, Coimbatore, microlaxman@yahoo.com 2. Dr. E.Senthilkumar, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1814
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE313T ADVANCED DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Physics and Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Understand the concept of drug delivery 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Acquire knowledge on controlled drug delivery

Analysis, Design, Research


Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)


CLR-3 : Learn the concept of targeted drug delivery

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Know about the methods of drug delivery

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


CLR-5 : Learn about various nanocarriers

Society & Culture


Problem Analysis

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability

PSO - 1

PSO - 2

PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:

Ethics
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Explain various drug delivery systems 2 80 75 H M H H H H H H M H L H H H H
CLO-2 : Analyse a controlled drug release profile 2 80 70 H M H H M M M H M H L H M M M
CLO-3 : Formulate different drug delivery systems 2 75 70 H L H H H H H H M H L H H H H
CLO-4 : Apply the concept of drug targeting 2 80 75 H M H H H H H H M H L H H H H
CLO-5 : Differentiate among various nanocarriers 2 80 70 H M H H H H H H M H L H H H H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
SLO-1 Drug delivery systems Targeted drug delivery system Metal nanoparticles for drug delivery Cancer therapy Theranostic metal nanoshells
S-1 Photothermally-modulated drug delivery
SLO-2 Traditional drug delivery Site specific drug release Gold based drug delivery systems Drug delivery to cancer
using nanoshell
Advantages and disadvantages of
SLO-1 Types of drug targeting Multifunctional nanoparticles Targeted drug delivery to cancer Hydrogels
various traditional drug delivery systems
S-2
Multifunctional gold nanoparticles for drug
SLO-2 Modes of drug delivery Active targeting Enhanced permeability and retention Nanoporous systems for drug delivery
delivery and imaging
SLO-1 Routes of administration Passive targeting Virus based drug delivery system Cancer markers Molecularly-derived therapeutics
S-3
SLO-2 Novel drug delivery system Barriers for drug targeting Polymeric nanoparticles Folate receptor transdermal drug delivery
S-4 SLO-1 Pharmacokinetics Strategies for site specific drug delivery Classifications of polymers Angiogenesis low-frequency sonophoresis
SLO-2 ADME studies Receptors Polymer micelles Leaky vasculature implants for controlled drug delivery
Synthesis of polymeric nanoparticles for
SLO-1 Kinetics of drug delivery Ligands Cancer specific targeting Responsive release system
drug delivery
S-5
Fabrication and Applications of
SLO-2 Zero order kinetics Antibodies based drug delivery Dentrimers Combinational therapy
Microneedles
SLO-1 First order kinetics Metabolism based drug delivery Magnetic nanoparticles for drug delivery Neutron capture therapy Micropumps
S-6
SLO-2 Mixed order kinetics Surface modification of nanoparticles Nanoscaffolds Targeting tumor vasculature for imaging microvalves
S-7 SLO-1 Controlled drug delivery Bioconjugation of nanoparticles CNT in drug delivery Anticancer drugs Implantablemicrochips

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1815
SLO-2 Mechanism of controlled drug release PEGylation of nanoparticles Liposomes Pharmacodynamics Quantum Dot Probes
Applications Nano biotechnologies for
SLO-1 Therapeutic index reticuloendothelial system Protein drug delivery Photothermal therapy
S-8 Single-Molecule Detection
SLO-2 Drug release profile Opsonaization Gene delivery Cancer imaging Nanorobots
Nanoparticle–Aptamer Conjugates for
SLO-1 Rate controlled drug delivery Renal clearance Gene transfection Drug delivery to Central Nervous systems
Cancer Cell Targeting and Detection.
S-9
Fluorescent Silica Nanoparticles for
SLO-2 Time controlled drug delivery Steric repulsion Methods of gene transfection Drug delivery across Blood brain barrier
Tumor Imaging-

Learning 1. Drug Delivery: Engineering Principles for Drug Therapy, M. Salzman, Oxford University Press, 2001. 3. Drug Delivery: Principles and Applications, B. Wang, Wiley Intersceince, 2005.
Resources 2. Drug Delivery and Targeting, A.M. Hillery, CRC Press, 2002. 4. Nanoparticle Technology for Drug Delivery, Ram B. Gupta, Uday B. Kompella Taylor & Francis, 2006

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
Level of Thinking CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. K. ChandruTrivitron Healthcare Pvt. Ltd. Chennai, chandru.k@trivitron.com 1. Dr. AsifkhanShanavas, INST Mohali, asifkhan@inst.ac.in 1. Dr. G. Devanand Venkatasubbu, SRMIST
2. Dr. AchuthPadmanaban, Baylor College of Medicine, USA, achuthz@gmail.com 2. Dr.MukeshDoble, IIT M, mukeshd@iitm·ac 2. Dr. Selvamurugan, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1816
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE314T NANOMEDICINES E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Understanding the basis of medicine 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Know the various classification of nanomedicine

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Getting knowledge about interaction of nanomaterials with biological environment

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-4 : Gain a broad understanding about the nanosystems for the diagnosis and therapy

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-5 : Get acquainted with future aspects of nanoimprinted biosensor

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6: Comprehend the principles behind nanomedicine

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Apply the principles of medicine in nanomedicine 2 80 75 H M H H H M M H H H M H H H H
CLO-2 : Analyze the shortcomings of conventional medicine 2 80 70 H M M H M M M H M H M H M M M
CLO-3 : Apply concepts of nanomedicine to a focused clinical area of their choice 2 75 70 H M H H H H H M H H H H H H H
CLO-4 : Apply these nanosystems for the diagnosis and therapy 2 80 75 M H H M H H H H H H M H H H H
CLO-5 : Utilize the current techniques for novel applications of bioimaging 2 80 70 H M H H H M M H M H M H H H H
CLO-6 : Apply the principles of 3D printing for future aspects of nanoimprinted biosensor 2 80 75 H M M H H M M H H H M H H M H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Biocompatibility of traditional medical
SLO-1 Carbon nanotubes for Bone regeneration Introduction to biomedical imaging Drug delivery to CNS 3D Bioprinting – introduction
implants
S-1
Drug delivery across blood brain barrier
SLO-2 Carbon nanotubes for Electroporation Adhesive interactions with implant surfaces Types of biomedical imaging 3D Bioprinting uses
(BBB)
The emergence of nanoparticles as
SLO-1 Hexagonal array of gold nanorods Nanorobot immunoreactivity EEG for monitoring brain activity Types of 3D bioprinting
imaging platform in biomedicine
S-2
Magnetic resonant imaging- principle and 3D Bioprinting technologies: ink jet based
SLO-2 Gold nanorods in sensing Nanopyrexia Nanowires for monitoring brain activity
techniques
Magnetic resonant imagingworking
SLO-1 Isohelical DNA-binding oligomers Mutagenicity Neuroregeneration Pressure assisted
methodology
S-3
Nanospearing- multifunctional glyco- Magnetic resonant imaging-Paramagnetic
SLO-2 Carcinogenicity Neurosurgery Laser assisted
nanoparticles contrast agents
SLO-1 Nanoarchitecures Thermocompatibility USPIOS for imaging Nanoneurosurgery Solenoid valve based
S-4 Nanoconstructions based on spatially
SLO-2 Mechanocompatibility SPIOS for imaging Lipoblockers Acoustic jet based
ordered nucleic acid molecules
S-5 SLO-1 DNA self assembly Cell membrane disruption MPIOS for imaging Nanolipoblockers - antirestenosis drugs Challenges of 3D bio printing

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1817
DNA self-assembling nanostructures
SLO-2 Systemic nanoparticle distribution Magnetic nanosensors Myocardial Infraction conventional therapy Future development of 3D bio printing
induced by trivalent ions
SLO-1 Assembling by polycations Nanoparticle phagocytosis Nanosensors- radio labeled nanoparticles Cell therapy for myocardial infarction Nanoparticles sensors
S-6
SLO-2 Wang tiles Nanomaterial volumetric intrusiveness Ultrasound imaging Stem cell types Calorimetric sensing
Biological examples of Nanomotors and
SLO-1 Intusiveness of Nanobots Acoustically reflective nanoparticles Regeneration of the cardiovascular system Vapor phase sensing
devices
S-7
Acoustically reflective nanoparticles:
SLO-2 ATPase motor Nanobiotechnology in tissue engineering Nanobone implants Raman sensing at surfaces
application in ultrasound imaging
SLO-1 Kinesine motor Nanobiotechnology for organ replacement Iodinated liposomes Nanobone scaffolds Electro analytical sensing
S-8 Nanoparticle drug formulations for spray
SLO-2 Dynein motor Liver and kidney transplant Application of Iodinated liposomes Plasma sensing
inhalation - wound healing
SLO-1 Polymer-based capsules Nanobiotechnology for assisted function Quantum dots Nanogeriatrics Optical sensing
S-9
SLO-2 Oral drug delivery Organ assists Quantum dots in optical imaging Orthodontal application Sensors for cancer detection

Learning 1. Understanding Nanomedicine: An Introductory Textbook by Rob Burgess. 2012 CRC Press 3. Medical Nanotechnology and Nanomedicine by Harry F. Tibbals. 2010 by CRC Press
Resources 2. Nanomedicine for Drug Delivery and Therapeutics, Editor(s): Ajay Kumar Mishra, 2013, Wiley 4. Introduction to Nanomedicine and Nanobioengineering, by Paras N. Prasad. 2012, Wiley

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. K. Chandru Trivitron Healthcare Pvt. Ltd. Chennai, chandru.k@trivitron.com 1. Dr.Amit Kumar Mishra , IIT Jodhpur, amit@iitj.ac.in 1. Dr. Devanandh venkata subhu, SRMIST
3. Dr.Nagesh Kini,Thermax,Pune,Maharastra,nagesh.kini@gmail.com 2. Dr.Sampath Kumar T.S,IIT Madras, tssk@iitm.ac.in 2. Dr. Selvamurugan, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1818
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE315T MICROELECTRONICS AND VLSI E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Acquire knowledge on importance of microelectronics 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Understand the physical effects of semiconductor-semiconductor junction, its electrostatics, device and circuit level

Environment & Sustainability


CLR-2 :

Analysis, Design, Research


operation

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-3 : Acquire knowledge on digital language of Boolean algebra, basics of logic gates for advanced memory applications

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-4 : Learn process flow of CMOS IC fabrication, circuit formation and its operation

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-5 : Understand intricacies of designing micro/nanoscale rules, flow of fabrication and IC testing principles

Communication
CLR-6 : Acquire knowledge on power consumption and optimization of on-chip devices, its analysis on performance

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this , learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Interpret difference between macro and micro electronics 2 80 75 H M H H H M M H H H M H H H H
Apply basic semiconductor physics which is important to understand the working of semiconductor-semiconductor
CLO-2 : 2 80 70 H M M H M M M H M H M H M M M
junctions, device and circuit level operation
CLO-3 : Analyze various number systems of Boolean algebra, operation of logic gates and memory circuits 2 75 70 H M H H H H H M H H H M H H H
CLO-4 : Elucidate process flow of CMOS based logic devices, circuit formation and its operation 2 80 75 M H H M H H H H H H M H H H H
CLO-5 : Designing steps in VLSI, rules, flow of fabrication and IC testing at high frequency 2 80 70 H M H H H M M H M H M H H H M
CLO-6 : Analyze power consumption and need for optimization in on-chip devices, its effect on switching speed 2 80 75 H M M H M M M H H M M H M M H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Introduction to classification of
SLO-1 Number systems Introduction to IC Technologies Overview of VLSI design methodologies Usage of power in IC
materials
S-1
Overview of power consumption, low and
SLO-2 Types of semiconductors Binary and octal numbering Needs of VLSI Needs of designing
high power in VLSI chips
SLO-1 Concept of energy band gap Hexadecimal numbering VLSI design styles Steps in designing On-chip capacitors
S-2
SLO-2 Doping in semiconductors Conversions between number systems Layout rules Cascading of process Charging and discharging of capacitor
Introduction to Complementary Metal Currents and voltages in CMOS short
SLO-1 Formation of p-n junction Boolean algebra Introduction to MOFET
S-3 Oxide Semiconductor (CMOS) circuits
SLO-2 Electrostatics of junction operation Logic gates VLSI for CMOS VLSI for MOSFET Leakage current, static current
Positive channel MOS (PMOS) and
SLO-1 Diode as circuit element Truth tables for AND, OR, NOT gates DC operation of MOSFET Gate-level- architecture
negative channel MOS (NMOS)
S-4
Basics of bipolar and unipolar junction
SLO-2 Truth tables for NAND, NOR gates BiCMOS and applications AC operation of MOSFET transistor and gate sizing
transistors
Current-voltage characteristics and
S-5 SLO-1 Circuits with logic gates CMOS inverter Modelling of MOSFET Power analysis
operation of transistors

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1819
Ebers-Moll representation of transistor combinational circuits and sequential
SLO-2 CMOS logic circuits Small signal model Data correlation analysis
for circuit element circuits
SLO-1 AC operation of transistor Flip-flops Combinatorial CMOS Logic Need of high frequency operation Random logic signals, signal entropy
S-6
SLO-2 Small signal model SR and JK flip-flops pMOS and nMOS in logic operation high frequency MOSFET models Switching activity analysis
Small signal model for bipolar junction
SLO-1 Basics of counters D-latch Testing of transistor Parallel architecture
transistor (BJT)
S-7
Small signal model for junction field
SLO-2 Asynchronous and synchronous counters CMOS for D-latch Need for testing Digital CMOS circuits
effect transistor (JFET)
SLO-1 Amplifiers Overview of memory devices Triggering of flip-flops Testing principles CMOS amplifiers
S-8 Transistor connections in various
SLO-2 Logic gates for memory applications Edge triggered Flip Flops design for testability CMOS amplifier topologies
modes
SLO-1 Feedback concept Read only memory Transistor logic Error analysis Common-Source topologies
S-9 Parallel architecture with voltage
SLO-2 Ideal F/B amplifiers Random access memory Pass transistor circuits Safety in testing
reduction

Learning 1. Behzad Razavi, Fundamentals of Microelectronics/Edition 1, Wiley, 2008


3. Weste N.H., “Principles of CMOS VLSI Design”, Pearson Education, India, 2002
Resources 2. Millman and Grabel, “Microelectronics”, 2nd Ed. Tata McGraw-Hill, 1999

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. D.K. Aswal, National Physical Laboratory, dkaswal@nplindia.org 1. Prof. K. Sethupathi, IITM Chennai, ksethu@iitm.ac.in 1. Dr. Abhay A Sagade, SRMIST
2. Dr. S. Sudhakar, CSIR-CECRI, sudhakar@cecri.res.in 2. Prof. S. Balakumar, University of Madras, balakumar@iunom.acs.in 2. Dr. P. Malar, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1820
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE316T PHYSICS OF ELECTRONIC MATERIALS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Learning Rationale
The purpose of learning this is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Understand the physics of electronic materials 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Familiarize different physical properties of electronic materials

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
Level of Thinking (Bloom)
CLR-3 : Know-how the various processes in electronic materials

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Understand the physics behind the working of electronic materials based devices

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-5 : Gain a fundamental understanding of the emerging electronic materials

Communication
CLR-6: Know new materials other than Si etc and future technology roadmap

PSO - 1

PSO - 2

PSO - 3
Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this , learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Use knowledge of physics to understand the properties of electronic materials 2 80 75 M M H H M H H M M H M H H H H
CLO-2 : Analyze different mechanisms that determine the properties of electronic materials 2 80 70 H M H H M M M M M H L H M M M
CLO-3 : Determine the applications of electronic materials based on their properties 2 75 70 M L H H H H H H M H M H H H H
CLO-4 : Evaluate the material characteristics by applying laws of physics 2 80 75 H H H H H H H M M H M H H M M
CLO-5 : Develop in depth understanding of the physical processes of electronic materials 2 80 70 H M H H H H H H M H M H H M M
CLO-6 : Distinguish how materials are classified and their applications M M M M L M M H H H H M H M M

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Defining characteristics and classification
SLO-1 Concept of relative permittivity Definition of magnetic dipole moment Optical properties of materials Thermal properties of materials
of semiconductors
S-1
Fundamentals of band theory of Electric dipole moment and Orbital and spin magnetic moment of an Refractive index, Refractive index-wavelength
SLO-2 Atomistic theory of heat capacity
semiconductors polarizability electron behavior
Polarization vector and charge
SLO-1 Intrinsic semiconductors Magnetization vector Snell’s law and total internal reflection Quantum mechanical considerations
density
S-2
SLO-2 Energy band diagram and carrier Electric susceptibility and relative Definition of magnetic susceptibility and
Case study: fiber optics and LEDs Einstein and Debye model
movement permittivity magnetic permeability
Electronic contribution to the heat
SLO-1 Conductivity of a semiconductor Lorentz field in dielectrics Magnetic materials classification Interaction of photons with materials
capacity
S-3
SLO-2 Dia-, para-, ferro-, antiferro-, and
Electron and hole concentrations Clausius-Mossotti equation Absorption, transmittance and reflection Heat capacity and specific heat
ferrimagnetism
Electronic polarization in covalent Origin of ferromagnetism and exchange Thermal expansion and thermal
SLO-1 Extrinsic semiconductors Antireflection coatings on solar cells
solids interaction conductivity
S-4
Concepts of p-type, n-type and Ionic, dipolar, interfacial and total Saturation magnetization and curie Thermal conductivity in metals, alloys,
SLO-2 Dielectric mirrors
compensation doping polarization temperature and dielectrics

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1821
Energy band diagram and electron and
SLO-1 Concept of dielectric loss Magnetic domains and domain walls Band to band absorption Thermoelectricity in metals
hole concentrations
S-5
Estimation of the position of the Fermi Dielectric studies and the Cole-
SLO-2 Magnetostriction and domain wall motion Direct and indirect transitions Seebeck effect and the figure-of-merit
energy and the resistivity Cole plot
The temperature dependence of carrier Dielectric strength and insulation Light scattering in materials, attenuation in
SLO-1 Magnetic domains in polycrystalline materials Thermoelectricity in semiconductors
concentration breakdown optical fibers
S-6
The temperature dependence of drift Understanding the M versus H hysteresis
SLO-2 Dielectric breakdown mechanisms Luminescence, phosphors, and white LEDs Overview of thermoelectric devices
mobility curve
Degenerate and nondegenerate
SLO-1 Capacitor dielectric materials Demagnetization Spontaneous and stimulated emission Two-dimensional electronic materials
semiconductors
S-7
Soft and hard magnetic materials: Examples The Era of graphene and related
SLO-2 Direct and indirect recombination Typical capacitor constructions Laser materials and laser action
and uses materials
Superconductivity, Type I and Type II Concept of photoluminescence and
SLO-1 Minority carrier life time Piezoelectricity Electronic properties at 2D limit
superconductors electroluminescence
S-8
Piezoelectric spark generator and Critical current density and superconducting Examples for devices working on the
SLO-2 Carrier injection and diffusion Optical properties- layer dependence
quartz crystal solenoids principles of PL and EL
2D materials based metal, semiconductor
SLO-1 Optical absorption in semiconductors Ferroelectricity and pyroelectricity Josephson effect Electro-optic effects and applications
and dielectrics
S-9
Direct and indirect band gap Introduction to anisotropic and giant
SLO-2 Practical Applications Magneto-optic effects and applications Applications and future perspectives
semiconductors and the E-k diagram magnetoresistance

4. David K. Ferry, Jonathan P. Bird “Electronic Materials and Devices” – Academic Press, First
1. S O Kasap, “Principles of Electronic Materials and Devices” – McGraw Hill, Fourth Edition, 2017
Edition, 2011.
2. Wei Gao, Zhengwei Li, Nigel Sammes, “An Introduction to Electronic Materials for Engineers” –
Learning 5. Yuriy M Poplavko, “Electronic Materials: Principles and Applied Science” – Elsevier, First Edition,
World Scientific Publishing Co. Pte. Ltd, Second Edition, 2011
Resources 2019
3. David Jiles, “Introduction to the Electronic Properties of Materials: - Nelson Thornes Ltd, Second
6. Rolf E. Hummel, “Electronic Properties of Materials: An Introduction for Engineers” – Springer,
Edition, 2001
1993

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. D.K. Aswal, National Physical Laboratory, dkaswal@nplindia.org 1. Prof. K. Sethupathi, IITM Chennai, ksethu@iitm.ac.in 1. Dr. S. Chandramohan, SRMIST
2. Dr. S. Sudhakar, CSIR-CECRI, sudhakar@cecri.res.in 2. Prof. S. Balakumar, University of Madras, balakumar@iunom.acs.in 2. Dr. E. Senthil Kumar, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1822
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE317T NANOCATALYSTS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Learning Rationale
The purpose of learning this is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Aquire the concepts of chemistry of nanocatalyst 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the catalytic kinetics

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Describe the reaction kinetics of adsorption and desorption processes

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-4 : Understand the principles behind the synthesis of nanocatalyst

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-5 : Gain knowledge about the working mechanism of nanocatalytic materials

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6 : Describe catalytic processes at nano-levels

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this , learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Describe the mechanisms of nanomaterials for using as catalyst 2 80 75 H M H H H M M H H H M H H H H
CLO-2 : Apply the importance of the bottom-up approach to prepare nanomaterials 2 80 70 H M M H M M M H M H L H M M M
CLO-3 : Identify the photocatalyst for environmental remediation 2 75 70 H M H H M H H M H H H H H H H
CLO-4 : Analyze the working of noble metal nanocatalyst 2 80 75 M H H M H H H H H H M H H H H
CLO-5 : Evaluate the needs and future possibilities of nanocatalyst 2 80 70 H M H H H M M H M H L H H H H
CLO-6 : Apply isotherms for different micro and nano porous catalytic materials 2 80 75 H M M H M M M H H H M H H M H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
SLO-1 Introduction to catalysis Adsorption and Desorption Processes Kinetics and photocatalytic activity Catalyst in Nanoscale Applications of Nano-Catalyst
S-1 Noble metals nanocatalyst (Ru, Rh, Pd, Pt, Toxic Gases conversion using
SLO-2 Classifications Adsorption Rate Introduction to photocatalyst
etc) nanocatalyst: NOx
Polymer stabilized Rh and Ru
SLO-1 heterogeneous catalysis Desorption Rate Basics of electrochemistry CO oxidation using nanocatalyst
nanoparticles
S-2 Hydrogenation of compounds with C≡C
Oxide supports for nano-catalysts; carbon
SLO-2 Reaction on the solid surfaces Catalytic activity (bulk and nanoscale) Photochemistry bonds, hydrogenation of aromatic
supports for nano-catalysts
compounds
Catalytic activity determination for
SLO-1 Active sites- Activation energy Electronic structure and photoabsorption Gold nanoparticle-based catalyst Green house gases: CO2 conversion
metal/metal oxide nanostructures
S-3
Langmuir-Hinshelwood mechanism for Gold vs. Palladium catalysts for the Dissociative mechanism: oxygen reduction
SLO-2 Adsorption isotherms Jablonskii diagram
nanocatalyst aerobic oxidation of alcohols reaction using nanocatalyst
Associative mechanism: oxygen reduction
SLO-1 Physisorption and chemisorptions Mass transport Structure of photocatalysts Oxide based catalyst
reaction using nanocatalyst
S-4
Metal free catalyst (CNT, Graphene based Hydrogen Production using oxide and
SLO-2 Brunauer-Emmett-Teller (BET) theory Diffusion controlled process Solar spectrum
Catalyst) dichalcogenides based catalyst

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1823
Adsorption equilibrium on uniform
Fundamental understanding of Transition metal dichalcogenides based Energy processing: Processes involved in
SLO-1 Total surface area surfaces-Langmuir isotherms single-site
semiconductor interfaces catalyst crude oil refinery
S-5 (non-dissociative) adsorption
Principles and relevance to
SLO-2 Pore volume and pore size distribution Dual-site (dissociative) adsorption Microporous materials: Zeolites- Zeotypes Gasoline production
photoelectrochemical mechanism
SLO-1 Hg porosimetry method Derivation of the Langmuir isotherm Photocatalysis mechanism Overall steps in zeolite crystallization Cracking
S-6 Adsorption equilibrium on non-uniform
SLO-2 N2 adsorption-desorption method Properties of good photocatalysts Zeolite synthesis via.- dry gel route Fuel cell
surfaces-Langmuir isotherms
SLO-1 Reaction mechanism The Freundlich isotherm Advantages of photocatalysts Zeolite Y- determination of surface acidity- Biomass gasification
S-7 Kinetics of the heterogeneous catalytic
SLO-2 The Temkin Isotherm Types of photocatalysts Shape-selectivity Biodiesel
reactions
Activation energy (Arrhenius equation, Homogeneous and heterogeneous
SLO-1 Activated adsorption Synthesis of Mesoporous Silica MCM-41 Photocatalyst for self cleaning
Eyring equation) photocatalyst
S-8 Terminology in catalysis,
SLO-2 TO(Turnover),TON( Turnover number), Catalytic efficiency Carbonaceous photocatalysts. Mesoporous Carbon Purification of water and air
TOF(Turnover frequency)
Sequences involved in a catalysed Application of metal nanoparticles in
SLO-1 Plasmonic photocatalysts. Sulfated Zirconia Environmental remediation
S-9 reaction organic reactions
SLO-2 Asymmetric synthesis using a catalyst Environmental remediation Application of photocatalyst Ag/SiO2 composite nanocatalysts Future possibilities

1. M. Albert Vannice, Kinetics of Catalytic Reactions, Springer, 2008. 3. Kurt W. Kolasinaski, Surface Science: Foundations of Catalysis and Nanoscience , John Wiley &
Learning
2. Nick Serpone and Ezio Pelizzetti, Photocatalysis: Fundamentals and Application, Wiley Interscience, 1st Sons, England, 2nd Edition , 2005
Resources
Edition, 1989 4. Nanoporous Materials: Synthesis and Applications, Edited by Qiang Xu, CRC Press, 1st Edition, 2013

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. P. Sudhakara, CLRI – CSIR, Jalandhar, sudhakarp@clri.res.in 1. Dr.G. Arthanareeswaran, NIT Trichy, arthanareeg@gmail.com 1. Dr. N. Angeline Little Flower. SRMIST
2. Dr. Sudhakar selvakumar, CSIR-Central Electrochemical Research Institute, ssudhakar79@gmail.com 2. Dr. A. Kannan, IIT Madras, kannan@iitm.ac.in 2. Dr. M.Alagiri, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1824
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE318T NANO AND MICRO EMULSIONS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Acquire knowledge on micro and nano emulsion and its stability 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the various properties of emulsion

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Describe the concept of Mechanism of Emulsification

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Engineering Knowledge

Individual &Team Work


Design & Development
CLR-4 : Understand the formulation of Nano emulsion

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-5 : Learn the applications of emulsion for various fields

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6 : Understand the principles of NMR and Ultrasound characterization

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Explore basic principles in chemistry of microemulsions 2 80 75 H M H H H M M H H H M M H H H
CLO-2 : Explainproperties of emulsion by concept of phase diagram 2 80 70 H M M H M M M H M H M H M M M
CLO-3 : Analyze the stabilization mechanism in emulsions 2 75 70 H M H H H H H M H M H H H H H
CLO-4 : Apply the formulation of micro and nano emulsions 2 80 75 M H H M H H H H H H M M H H H
CLO-5 : Elucidate importance of emulsions in various technological applications 2 80 70 H M H H H M M H M H M H H H H
CLO-6 : Utilize the knowledge on formulation and characterization of microemulsions 2 80 75 H M M H M M M M H H M H H M M

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
A phase diagram approach to Characterization and Application of
SLO-1 Introduction to Emulsion Mechanism of Emulsification Nanoparticle formation in microemulsion
microemulsion Microemulsion
S-1
Introduction in basics and principles of
SLO-2 Introduction to Micro and Nano Emulsion Partial generic phase diagram Surface forces Concept of formation in microemulsion:
NMR
SLO-1 Definition of micro emulsion Microemulsion formation Van der walls interactions Chemical Reaction NMR technique for measurement emulsion
S-2 Relaxation measurements on emulsions
SLO-2 Definition of nano emulsion Ordering and disordering Electrical interactions Nucleation
via CPMG experiments
Temperature Dependence of Phase inversion phenomena Diffusion measurements on emulsions via
SLO-1 Theory of emulsion and methods Exchange mechanism in emulsions
S-3 microemulsion ordering PGSE andPGSTE experiments
SLO-2 Theory of Micro emulsions Vapor Composition from Microemulsions Phase behaviorsof emulsions Autocatalysis Introduction and basics of ultrasound
SLO-1 Theory nano emulsions Ekwall on the association structures Standard inverse boundary Mechanism of microemulsion Ultrasound characterization for emulsion
S-4 Ultrasound characterization for
SLO-2 Preparation of microemulsion Water–surfactant combination Dynamic inversion Critical Nucleus Size
microemulsion
Physicochemistry of W/O microemulsion
SLO-1 Preparation of nano emulsion Dynamic behavior of emulsion Chemical Reaction Rate General features of acoustic measurement
S-5 formation
SLO-2 Winsor’s classification of microemulsions Stability of emulsions Spontaneous emulsification Nanoparticles uptake from W/O emulsion Acoustic measurements on emulsions

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1825
Recent development with emphasis on self Physicochemical characterization and
SLO-1 Stability of micro emulsions Droplet clustering W/O emulsion process
emulsification, characterization techniques types
S-6
Nanoparticle Uptake in Reactive Surfactant Pharmaceutically applicable
SLO-2 Rheology of microemulsion drops Energetics of Droplet Clustering Self-emulsification process
Systems microemulsions
Nanoparticle Uptake in Nonreactive Places of microemulsion and emulsion in
SLO-1 Applications of emulsions Phenomenon in microemulsion Organic Reactions in Emulsions
Surfactant Systems cancer therapy
S-7
TiO2 nanoparticle in micro-emulsion and
SLO-2 Ostwald ripening Percolating phenomenon in microemulsion Microemulsions In vitro and in vivo evaluation
photophysical properties
Symmetric thin liquid film with Fluid Optical Absorption and Emission of TiO2
SLO-1 Flocculation Scaling Laws Biocatalysis in microemulsion
interfaces Nanoparticles in Microemulsion
S-8
Effect of external entity-Microemulsions Electron Transfer Dynamics in Catechol-
SLO-2 Coalescence of drops Formation emulsified microemulsion Biofluidic Matrices
with mixed nonionic surfactants Sensitized TiO2 Nanoparticles
Organ chalcogenides,Aromatic Properties of interfacial electron transfer Microemulsions as Decontamination Media
SLO-1 Applications of emulsions Microemulsion properties
Heterocyclic Compounds dynamics for Chemical weapons
S-9
Different application of micro and Nano Properties of microemulsions with mixed Characterization of emulsified Microemulsions as toxic Industrial
SLO-2 Interfacial electron transfer dynamics
emulsions nonionic surfactants microemulsion Chemicals

Learning 1. Fanun, Monzer.,Microemulsions: properties and applications, CRC press, 2008.


3. Berg J. C., An Introduction to Interfaces and Colloids: The Bridge to Nanoscience, World Scientific, 2010
Resources 2. Sjoblom, Johan., Emulsions and emulsion stability: Surfactant science series/61. CRC Press, 2005.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. Krishna Surendra, SAINT GOBAIN, Krishna.muvvala@saintgobain.com 1.. Dr. Vinu, IITM, vinu@iitm.ac.in 1. Dr. V. Eswaraiah, SRMIST
2. Dr. D.K. Aswal, National Physical Laboratory, dkaswal@nplindia.org 2. Dr. S. Ramaprabhu,IITM, ramp@iitm.ac.in 2. Dr. N. Venkatramaiah, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1826
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE401T NANOROBOTICS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Provide an insight into the fundamentals of nanorobotics manipulation and assembly 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Gain scientific understanding regarding the role of nanorobotics in the modern engineering applications

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Understand the concept of nanomanipulation of nanostructures

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-4 : Learn the techniques of automated manipulation of nanoobjects

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-5 : Gain knowledge on theoretical and experimental aspects of Nanorobotics

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6 : Understand the principles of nanomicroscopy

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Apply the scientific concepts underlying engineering and technological applications in nanorobotics 2 80 75 H M H H H M M H H M M H H H H
CLO-2 : Acquire the knowledge of nanorobotics manipulation 2 80 75 H M M M M M M H M H M H M M M
CLO-3 : Apply the knowledge of fast imaging system for advance nanotechnology applications 2 75 70 H M H H H H H M H H H M H H H
CLO-4 : Get familiarize with the new concepts of real-time nanomanipulation 2 75 70 M H H M H H H H H M M H H H H
CLO-5 : Apply the concept of nanorobotics assembly using CAD 2 75 70 H M H H H M M H M H M M H H H
CLO-6 : Utilize the concept of nanobots for Medical applications 2 80 75 H M M H M M M H H H M H H M M

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
SLO-1 Types of interaction forces Dieelectric materials Sensors-classifications computer-aided design (CAD) Nanorobotic- introduction
S-1
SLO-2 Interaction forces in nanomanipulation Dielectric polarization Art of compressive sensing CAD models of nanostructures Nanorobotic Applications
Automated manipulation of micro-nano
SLO-1 Actuation Electro rotation Fast imaging system Endoscopy imaging
objects
S-2
Compressive sensing based fast imaging
SLO-2 Electro kinetic based actuation Theory and modelling of electro rotation Automated manipulation of nanostructures Wireless capsules endoscopy imaging
system
SLO-1 Carbon nanotubes Properties of fluid medium SPMbasics Automated manipulation of Nanorods Energy harvesting
S-3 Electro kinetic manipulation of carbon
SLO-2 Dynamic effects of fluid medium AFM based imaging Automated manipulation of Nanowires Energy harvesting by nanorobotic
nanotubes
SLO-1 Graphene sheets Dielectrophoretic Atomic manipulation in AFM Automated manipulation of nanotubes Gastro-intestinal tract- introduction
S-4
SLO-2 Nanoparticles Nanoparticles by dielectrophoretic AFM based nanorobotic system Automated manipulation of nanoparticles Capsules robot in gastro-intestinal tract
SLO-1 Biological entities CNT-definition Augmented reality Augmented reality system Nanorobots - introduction
S-5 AFM based nanorobotic system enhanced
SLO-2 Biological nanomaterials Manipulation of CNT Limitation of augmented reality system Nanorobots –basic design
by augmented reality
SLO-1 Laser based actuation-fundamentals Scanning probes Hardware setup for Sensing Real time fault detection Cooperative control design for nanorobots
S-6 Design and application of nanorobotics in
SLO-2 Laser based actuation-applications Nanomanipulation by scanning probe Software setup for Sensing Methods of real time fault correction
oncology

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1827
SLO-1 Optical tweezers Atomic scale stick-definition Hardwaresetup for fast imaging system Time random drift Drug delivery system
S-7 Time random drift compensation with local Cooperative control design for nanorobots
SLO-2 Applications of optical tweezers Reducing atomic scale stick Softwaresetup for fast imaging system
scan in drug delivery
Experiments on nanomanipulation of
SLO-1 Manipulation of biological entities Slip motion on-line fault detection Medical applications of nanorobots
nanoparticles-I
S-8
Experiments on nanomanipulation of Medical applications of nanorobots: current
SLO-2 Manipulation of chemical entities Nanomanipulation by slip motion Interpretation of on-line fault correction
nanoparticles-II proposals and designs
Experiments on nanomanipulation of Implementation of the data to test the
SLO-1 Piezoelectricity Feedback control Therapy using nanorobots
nanoparticles-III hypothesis
S-9
Slip motion by feedback control Experiments on nanomanipulation of Experimental results of the data to test the
SLO-2 Piezoelectric enabled actuators Cancer targeted therapy using nanorobots
nanomanipulation nanoparticles-IV hypothesis

Learning 1. Ning Xi, Guangyoung Li, “Introduction to Nanorobotic Manipulation & Assembly” Artech House Press, 2012
3. Klaus D. Sattler, “Hand Book of Nanophysics: Nano medicine & Nanorobotics”, CRC Press, 2010
Resources 2. Yi Guo,”Selected Topics in Micro/Nano-robotic for Biomedical Applications”, Springer, 2013

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. Narayanasvamy Vijayan, National Physical Laboratory, nvijayan@nplindia.org 1. Prof. V. Subramaniam, IITM, Chennai, manianvs@iitm.ac.in 1. Dr. S. Murali, SRMIST
2. Dr. A. Pandikumar, Scientist, CSIR-CERL, pandikumar@cecri.res.in 2. Prof. D. Arivuoli, Anna University, arivuoli@annauniv.edu 2. Dr. V. Kathirvel, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1828
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE402T MICRO AND NANOFLUIDS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Learning Rationale
The purpose of learning this is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Acquire knowledge on various physical principles related to liquid flow 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand theory of fluid flow in micro and nano-size devices.

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Describe the concept of heat and mass transfer phenomena in channel

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Unifies thermal sciences with colloidal sciences, biological sciences

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-5 : Gain knowledge on electrochemistry

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6 : Understand the applications of micro and nanofluidics

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this , learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Apply the principles of liquid flow 2 80 75 H M H H H M M H H H M H H H H
CLO-2 : Analyze flow of fluid in micro and nano-size devices 2 80 70 H M M H M M M M M H M H M M M
CLO-3 : Apply the knowledge of micro and nanofluidic devices, their fabrication, charecterization 2 75 70 H M H M M H H M H H H H H H H
CLO-4 : Utilize the opportunities in the emerging field of micro and nanofluids 2 80 75 M H H M H H H H H H M H H H H
CLO-5 : Apply the concept electrochemistry 2 80 70 H M H H M M H H M H M H H H H
CLO-6 : Utilize the new concepts of real-time nanomanipulation & assembly 2 80 75 H M M M H M M M H H M H H M H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Heat transfer phenomena in channels and Elements of electrochemistry and the
SLO-1 Microscale liquid flow - Introduction Elements of cell biology and applications
Microscale viscous flow - Essentials tubes electrical double layer - introduction
S-1
Mass transfer phenomena in channels and
SLO-2 Micro and Nanofluidics Structure of flow in a pipe or channel The structure of water and ionic species Nucleic acids and polysaccharides
tubes
One-dimensional temperature distributions
SLO-1 Micro and Nanofluidics devices Poiseuille flow in a pipe Chemical bonds in biology and chemistry Proteins : Protein function
in channel flow
S-2
Poiseuille flow in a pipe – derivation of Temperature distributions in channel flow
SLO-2 Design of micro and Nanofluidics devices Hydration of ions Protein structure
maximum velocity (Quantitative approach)
Thermal and mass transfer entrance
SLO-1 Preparatory concepts The velocity in slip flow - gases Chemical potential Some common proteins
S-3 regions
SLO-2 Constitutive Laws The velocity in slip flow - Liquids Mass transfer entrance regions Chemical potential (Quantitative approach) Few polypeptide chains are useful
Determination of transport properties – The temperature distribution in fully
SLO-1 Flow in a thin film under gravity The Gibbs function Protein binding
viscosity, diffusion coefficients developed tube flow
S-4
Determination of transport properties – Flow in a thin film under gravity – film flow
SLO-2 Nusselt number Chemical equilibrium Cells - The cell membrane
thermal conductivity rate
S-5 SLO-1 Classification of fliud flows Fully developed suction flows The Graetz problem for a channel Electrochemical potential Membrane transport

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1829
Continuum approximation and its The Graetz problem for a channel
SLO-2 Velocity profile – suction flow Acids, bases, and electrolytes Ion channels
limitations (Quantitative approach)
SLO-1 Kinematics - Surface forces Developing suction flows Mass transfer in thin films Site-binding models of the silica surface Applications - DNA transport
S-6
SLO-2 Body forces Darcy’s law A thin liquid film falling under gravity Polymer surfaces DNA current
Qualitative description of the electrical Development of an artificial kidney :
SLO-1 Navier-Stokes equation Surface tension driven flow Classical Taylor–Aris dispersion
double layer - Background
S-7
Navier–Stokes equations in Cartesian Surface tension driven flow (Quantitative Classical Taylor–Aris dispersion Qualitative description of the electrical The nanopore membrane for filtration,
SLO-2
coordinates approach) (Quantitative approach) double layer - triple layer model Hindered transport
Biochemical sensing : Biosensor,
SLO-1 Energy transport Stokes flow past a sphere The stochastic nature of diffusion The electrical double layer on a cylinder Receptor -based classification of
S-8 biosensors
Energy transport - conduction heat Stokes flow past a sphere – drag Transducer-based classification of
SLO-2 Brownian motion The electrical double layer on a sphere
transfer calculation biosensors
Unsteady mass transport in uncharged Electrical conductivity in an electrolyte
SLO-1 Two-dimensional, Steady flow Sedimentation of a solid particle Evaluation of biosensor performance
membranes solution.
S-9
Temperature and concentration boundary Nanopores and nanopore membranes for
SLO-2 Incompressible flow Simple model for blood flow Electrophoretic effect
layers biochemical sensing.

3. Henrik Bruus “Theoretical Microfluidics” Oxford Master Series in Physics,2007.


1. Terrence Conlisk “Essential of Micro and nanofluidics: with applicationsto
Learning 4. Patric Tabeling “Introduction to Microfluids” Oxford U. Press, 2005.
biological and chemical sciences” Cambridge University Press, 2018.
Resources 5. Christ of M. Niemeyer & Chad A. Mirkin, “Nanobiotechnology: Concepts, Application and Perspectives”, Wiley VCH, 2004.
2. Joshua Edel “Nanofluidics” RCS publishing, 2016.
6. Sarit K.Das, Stephen U.S. Choi, Whenhua Yu & T. Pradeep, “Nanofluids Science and Technology” Wiley Interscience, 2007.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. Sameer Sharda, New Age Instruments & Materials Pvt. Ltd, Gurgaon, sameer@newagein.com 1. Dr. Basavaraj Madivala Gurappa, IIT Madras, Chennai, basa@iitm.ac.in 1. Dr. Junaid Masud Laskar, SRMIST
2. Mr. Mohammed Shafi, Holmarc Opto-Mechatronics Pvt. Ltd, Cochin, optics@holmarc.com 2. Dr. Dillip K. Satapathy, IITM, Chennai, dks@iitm.ac.in 2. Dr. Surya K Ghosh, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1830
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE403T NANOTECHNOLOGY FOR ENERGY SYSTEMS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Learning Rationale
The purpose of learning this is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Learn the importance of renewable energies for the safe survival of human kind on the earth 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the basics of green energy production, storage and transport

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Understand how nanotechnology can improve the green energy production from various sources

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Explore the methods of hydrogen production and storage

Modern Tool Usage


Acquire knowledge on the fabrication, characterization of nanomaterials useful for energy production, transportation and

Life Long Learning


CLR-5 :

Society & Culture


Problem Analysis
storage

Communication
CLR-6 : Acquire knowledge on design, fabrication, characterization of advanced energy systems

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this , learners will be able to:
(CLO):
Identify the urgency of energy solutions and the expectations of Nanotechnology in providing long term solutions to these
CLO-1 : 2 80 75 H M H H H H M H H H M H H H H
problems
Describe the concepts of heterogeneous catalysis, and further apply in the designing of various nanocatalysts for energy
CLO-2 : 2 80 70 H M M H M M H H M M H H M M M
applications
CLO-3 : Apply Nanotechnology and nanomaterials in the designing of solar energy conversion systems and fuel cell technologies 2 75 70 H M H H H H H M H M H H H H H
CLO-4 : Apply the Nanotechnology and nanomaterials for energy storage technologies 2 80 75 M H H M H H H H H M M H H H H
CLO-5 : Apply the thermoelectric principles and nanotechnology to design high figure-of-merit thermoelectric devices 2 80 70 H H H H H M M M M H H H H H H
CLO-6 : Apply Nanotechnology in the sensing and remediation of pollutants in air and water 2 80 75 H H M H H M M M H H M H H M H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Introduction to contribution of
SLO-1 Energy Challenge in the 21st Century Terawatt challenges in photovoltaics Bulk thermoelectric materials Low temperature fuel cells
nanotechnology to hydrogen production
S-1 Basics of thermoelectricity, Seebeck effect,
Fuel share of world total primary energy How can photovoltaics meet a significant Impact on nanostructured materials, Methods of hydrogen production,
SLO-2 Peltier effect, Figure of merit, Wiedemann-
supply fraction of energy demand? development of low-temperature fuel cells Importance of hydrogen energy
Franz relationship
Bulk thermoelectric materials- size effects,
Nanomaterial based photoelectron
SLO-1 Nanotechnology in energy research Limits in conversion efficiency Selection criteria for bulk thermoelectric Cathode and anode reaction
chemical cell
materials
S-2
Theoretical limits of photovoltaics Nanocrystalline thin films of metal oxides in
The importance of nanotechnology in Oxygen reduction reaction, cathodic
SLO-2 efficiency and possible improvements by Important three guidelines PEC solar cells, Water splitting for
improving the nanoscale energy devices reactions, reactions at anode surface
different approaches producing hydrogen
Effect of size of the quantum dots, Semiconductors with specific morphology
Conventional fossil fuels
S-3 SLO-1 Hybrid concepts nanowires on the conversion efficiency, Practical fuel cell catalysts and Electrolytes such as nanotubes and discs for
Unconventional fossil fuels
classical and quantum size effects production of hydrogen

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1831
Combining organic and inorganic cells, Nanostructured materials in low-
Discussion about greenhouse gases, Thermoelectric properties on nanoscale: Sensitization, Hydrogen storage:
SLO-2 concept of heterojunction-type photoactive temperature cell, Non-precious catalysts,
Clean energy sources and advantages modeling technological barriers
layer, hole-electron pair electrolytes
High-temperature polymer electrolyte Methods of improving efficiency of cells,
Understanding thermoelectric properties
SLO-1 Nanotechnology in fuel production Semiconductors optical properties membranes, membrane-electrode HOMO-LUMO gap, several examples of
on the nanoscale using modeling
S-4 assembly sensitization
Importance of characteristic length scale, Hydrogen storage technology –potential
SLO-2 Making efficient and economical engines Basics of semiconductors, bandgap High temperature fuel cells
Bi nanostructures storage materials hydrogen sorption
Importance of Bi nanowire and its diameter Development of cells that operate up to Hydrogen storage by Physiosorption and
SLO-1 Renewable energy sources-Photovoltaics charge carrier transport in semiconductors
in thermoelectricity 700oC chemisorption methods
S-5
Emission spectra and color as a function Optical properties of semiconducting thin Silicon nanowire and importance at Properties of materials: physical storage,
SLO-2 High temperature ceramic electro catalysts
of particle size of a quantum dot films, Optical absorption nanoscale thermodynamic and kinetics
How surface roughness effects thermal
Bond strengths for Physiosorption and
Example of nc-CdTe film on ITO-coated Narrow and wide band gap materials, conductivity. Phonon effects on the Electrochemical reaction at high
SLO-1 chemisorption, The desirable range of
glass solar cell importance of optical absorption Seebeck coefficient and thermal temperatures, triple phase boundary
S-6 bonding energies
conductivity
Gratzel Cell Examples of nanostructured Selection of Dye sensitizer for better Porous Ni-Ceramic electrolyte (YSZ),
SLO-2 Thermionics nanocomposites Nanostructured carbon
films used for PV cells optical absorption, n-CdS band gap LaSrMnOe ceramic electrolyte
Description of electron motion across the Application of high temperature ceramic MWNT, SWNT, carbon nanorods and
SLO-1 Hydrogen production Dye molecular engineering
barrier electro catalysts aerogels etc.
S-7 Mechanisms of dye sensitization and Various examples of high temperature fuel
Si/SiGe superlattice nanowire, prototype
SLO-2 sensitization by composite HOMO-dye, LUMO gap cells where ceramic electro catalysts are zeolites- clathrates- polymers
InP/InAs superlattice nanowire
semiconductors used
Reversible occlusion of gases. Metal-
Hydrogen energy system. Advantages of Stable self-assembling dye.
SLO-1 Thermoelectric nanocomposites Solid oxide fuel cells (SOFCs) organic frame works and their storage
hydrogen fuel Monomolecular layer
efficiency
S-8
Fuel cells, REDOX potentials,
Mechanical properties, Efficiency, Metals and complex hydrides- chemical
SLO-2 electrochemical reactions in different Structure of the Z-907 amphiphilic Dye PbTe-PhSeTe quantum dot
operating temperatures hydrides nanocomposites
types of fuel cells
Electron transfer mechanism from TiO2 to Hydrogen storage by chemisorption, basic
Microbial fuel cells, polymer electrolyte PbTe-PbSe bulk alloys, superlattice
SLO-1 Dye, Dye excitation and relaxation Dry hydrocarbons in SOFC structures of metal and complex hydrides,
fuel cells systems
S-9 mechanisms chemical hydrides, Nanocomposites
Application of thermionic and Some examples of storing hydrogen with
SLO-2 Introduction to Thermoelectricity The nanostructured semiconductors Applications of Fuel cells
thermoelectric nanocomposites the above materials

Learning 1. Javier Garcia-Martinez, Nanotechnology for the Energy Challenge, WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co., 2010 3. Darren P. Broom, Hydrogen Storage materials: The characterization of their properties,
Resources 2. 2. Anatoli Korkin, David J, Nanoscale Applications for Information and Energy Systems, Springer, 2013 Springer, 2011

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1832
Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. Hemant Dixit, GlobalFoundaries,USA, aplahemant@gmail.com 1. Prof. V. Subramaniam, IITM, Chennai, manianvs@iitm.ac.in 1. Dr. M. Kiran, SRMIST
2. Dr. Krishna Surendra Muvvala, Saint Gobain Research India, India,
2. Prof. M. Ghanashyam Krishna, UOHYD, mgksp@uohyd.ernet.in 2. Dr. K. Kamalabharathi, SRMIST
Krishna.muvvala@saintgobain.com

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1833
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE404T PHOTOVOLTAIC TECHNOLOGY E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Learn the basic principles and design of photovoltaic cell technology 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the key properties of semiconductors used in photovoltaic technology

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Learn about basic photovoltaic device structure and design

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-4 : Develop an understanding of the primary photovoltaic device technologies and their design

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-5 : Gain exposure to the various applications of photovoltaics

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6 : Acquire knowledge on advanced concepts explored in photovoltaics

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Differentiate between different types of photovoltaic technologies 2 80 75 H H H H H H M H H H H H H H H
CLO-2 : Interpret important properties of semiconductors relevant to photovoltaics 2 80 70 H H M H M H M H M H H H M M M
CLO-3 : Apply different photovoltaic device design concepts for different applications 2 75 70 H H H H H H H M M H H H H H H
CLO-4 : Appreciate advancement of different generations of solar cells 2 80 75 M H H M H H H H H H M H H H H
CLO-5 : Appreciate the advanced concepts and explorations in photovoltaics 2 80 70 H M H H H M M H M H H H H H H
CLO-6 : Perform photovoltaic device testing and calculations 2 80 75 H M M H H M M H M H M H H M H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
SLO-1 Renewable energy technologies Optical absorption Solar Cell parameters Si photovoltaics III-V photovoltaics
S-1
SLO-2 Present and future global issues Carrier photogeneration Device testing Fabrication of Si solar cells Multi-junction solar cells
SLO-1 Historical development of PV; drivers- Band gap Efficiency calculations High efficiency single crystal Si solar cells Spectral splitting
S-2
SLO-2 Commercialization/economic factors Direct vs. indirect bandgaps (EFF, VOC, JSC) for ideal cells Si PV designs GaInP/GaAs/Ge triple junction solar cell
Polycrystalline/microcrystalline Si solar
SLO-1 Basic components of PV systems Minority carrier transport properties- Non-idealities Bandgap profile optimization
S-3 cells
SLO-2 Mechanism of PV Carrier recombination-lifetime and defects Series resistance, shunt resistance Amorphous Si solar cells Solar spectrum matching
SLO-1 Sun as a source of energy Band to band and Shockley-Read-hall Optical loss mechanisms Heterojunctions – review Tunnel junctions
S-4
SLO-2 The solar spectrum High injection effects Implications on device performance p-i-n and n-i-p structures Current matching limitations
SLO-1 Measuring sun light Surface and interface recombination Electrical loss mechanisms Thin film II-VI solar cells Concentrator photovoltaics (CPV)-
S-5
SLO-2 Atmospheric effects Implications on device performance Implications on device performance Chalcopyrite photovoltaics Concentrator optics,
SLO-1 Terrestrial and space spectra; PN homojunctions Basics of solar cell device design CdTe/CdS thin film solar cells CPV cells
S-6 Carrier transport under broad spectrum
SLO-2 Air mass (AM0, AM1.5) Minimization of losses Superstrate structure Terrestrial CPV systems
illumination

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1834
Classification of photovoltaic
SLO-1 Photocurrent Lateral design and Vertical design CuInGaSe2/CdS thin film cell technologies Space photovoltaics
technologies
S-7
Radiation effects in semiconductors and
SLO-2 Generations of solar cells Spectral response Cyclotron frequency Earth abundant alternatives
solar cells
Optical versus electrical tradeoffs and
SLO-1 1st generation photovoltaics Current transport models Dye-Sensitized solar cells New concepts
S-8 optimization
SLO-2 Silicon technology Non idealities Band gap and other material properties QDSSCs Quantum dots, wires
SLO-1 2nd generation photovoltaics Real p-n diodes Spectral utilization Organic photovoltaics Intermediate band solar cells
S-9
SLO-2 3rd generation photovoltaics Temperature effects Light management Hybrid solar cells Multiple exciton generation

3. Moller H.J., “Semiconductors for Solar Cells”,Artech House, 1993 .


1. Solanki C.S., “Solar photovoltaics - fundamentals, technologies and applications”, 3rd edition, PHI LearningPvt
Learning 4. Green M.A., “Third Generation Photovoltaics: Advanced Solar Energy Conversion”, Springer,
Ltd, New Delhi, India
Resources 2006Fundamentals of Solid State Engineering, Manijeh Razeghi, KLUWER ACADEMIC
2. Fonash S.J., “Solar Cell Device Physics”, Academic, 2010
PUBLISHERS, 2002

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %

# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. D.K. Aswal, National Physical Laboratory, dkaswal@nplindia.org 1. Dr. Sudhakar Chandran, IIT Madras, csudhakar@iitm.ac.in 1. Dr. S Venkataprasad Bhat,, SRMIST
2. Dr. S. Sudhakar, CSIR-CECRI, sudhakar@cecri.res.in 2. Dr. M. S. Ramachandra Rao, IIT Madras, msrrao@iitm.ac.in 2. Dr. P. Malar, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1835
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE405T NANOTECHNOLOGY IN COSMETICS E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Learning Rationale
The purpose of learning this is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Understand the basis of cosmeceuticals 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Know the classification and various types of cosmetics

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Acquire knowledge about ingredients and effect of inclusion of nanoparticles in cosmetics

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-4 : Get acquainted with current trends in the field of nano based cosmetics

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-5 : Get acquainted with future aspects of cosmetics

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6 : Get acquainted with future aspects of aesthetic implants

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this , learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Apply basic concepts of nanotechnology in cosmetics 2 80 75 H M H H H M M H H H M H H H H
CLO-2 : Distinguish effects of using nanoparticles over conventional methods in cosmetics 2 80 70 H M H H M M M H M H M H M M M
CLO-3 : Analyze about current trends in the field of cosmetics 2 75 70 H M H H H H H M H H H H H H H
CLO-4 : Apply basic cosmetic concepts in making nanoformulation 2 80 75 M H H M H H H H H H M H H H H
CLO-5 : Apply knowledge in making organosilicone formulation 2 80 70 H M H H H M M H M H M H H H H
CLO-6 : Apply knowledge in making aesthetic implants 2 80 75 H M M H H M M H H H M H H M H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Oily materials: introduction, oils and fats, Multiple emulsions as novel delivery
SLO-1 Introduction to cosmetics Film formers Dual nanodelivery systems
S-1 wax systems
SLO-2 Purpose of cosmetics Hydrocarbons Polymers as film formers Nanoemulsion in cosmetics Dual nanodelivery systems-Introduction
Synthesis of dual nanodelivery systems
SLO-1 Meaning of cosmetics Higher fatty acids Thickeners Nanocrystals in cosmetics
containing vitamin e for cosmetics
S-2
Synthesis of dual nanodelivery systems
SLO-2 Classification of cosmetics Higher alcohols, esters, silicones Types of thickners Silicones and beyond
containing vitamin e for pharmaceuticals
Characterization of dual nanodelivery
SLO-1 Cosmeceuticals Surface active agents : introduction Polymers in hair colouring Organomodified silicones
systems containing vitamin e
S-3
New esters mimicking property for
SLO-2 Pharmaceuticals in cosmetics Anionic surfactant Types of polymers in hair colour Various characterization techniques used
organomodified silicones
SLO-1 Quality characteristics Cationic surfactants Conditioning polymers Silicones in shampoo Orthopedic implant
S-4
SLO-2 Quality assurance Amphoteric surfactant Surfactants in conditioners Minimalizing undesirable side effects Conventional types of Orthopedic implant
SLO-1 Development process of cosmetics Non-ionic surfactant Cleansing agents Substantive silicones Orthopedic implant titanium rods
S-5 Advantages of Orthopedic implant of
SLO-2 Cosmetics for Skin Other surfactants Ethoxylated alcohols Effect of substantive silicones
titanium rods

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1836
Preparation of keratin coatings for
SLO-1 Cosmetics for hair Humectants : introduction Silicones Organo-modified delivery systems
orthopedic implant titanium rods
S-6
Types of Organo-modified delivery
SLO-2 Cosmetics for nails Choice of humectants Emulsions Characterization of keratin coatings
systems
Nanotherapeutics as a treatment for
SLO-1 Cosmetics colour materials Unusual humectants Types of polymeric systems Silicones personal care delivery system
S-7 inflammation
SLO-2 Cosmetics and fragrances Special uses of humectants Natural polymers Liposomes in cosmetics Cosmetic repair and restoration
SLO-1 Oral care cosmetics Antioxidants : introduction Stimuli responsive polymeric systems Niosomes in cosmetics Moisturization of skin
S-8 General oxidative theory, measurement of
SLO-2 Body cosmetics pH-responsive Microemulsion in cosmetics Fortification of the skin barrier
oxidation
SLO-1 Physical chemistry of cosmetics Assessment of oxidant efficiency Thermal responsive Nanoemulsion in cosmetics Contact lenses types
S-9 Beauty from contact lenses beyond vision
SLO-2 Stability of cosmetics Choice of antioxidant Photo responsive Cyclodextrin complexes in cosmetics
correction

1. New Cosmetic Science, Mitsui T. , Elsevier, 1998


Learning 3. Delivery System Handbook for Personal Care and Cosmetic Products, Meyer R.R. ,William
2. CosmeticNanotechnology: Polymers and Colloids in Cosmetics, Sarah E.M., Kathleen O.H., Robert
Resources Andrew ASP, 2005.
Y.L.,American Chemical Society, 2006

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage) Final Examination (50% weightage)
Bloom’s
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1.Mr.Solomon Jonnes,Bengaluru,solomon@terracarb.com 1. Dr. Amit Kumar Mishra , IIT Jodhpur, amit@iitj.ac.in 1. Dr. Devanandh venkata subhu, SRMIST
2. Dr. Nagesh Kini,Thermax,Pune,Maharastra,nagesh.kini@gmail.com 2. Dr. Sampath Kumar T.S, IIT Madras, tssk@iitm.ac.in 2. Dr. Selvamurugan, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1837
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE406T GREEN NANOTECHNOLOGY E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Learning Rationale
The purpose of learning this is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Familiarize with the field of traditional manufacturing to green manufacturing 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the various p techniques for sustainable green manufacturing

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Able to green nanotechnology concepts in Industrial process

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)
Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-4 : Gain knowledge on industrial policies and operations in industry

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-5 : Understand the list of metrics in the industry

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6 : Familiarize the life cycle process of industrial production

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this , learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Apply the concepts of green manufacturing in industry 2 80 75 H M H H H M M H H H M H H H H
CLO-2 : Solve the general problems associated with the sustainable green manufacturing 2 80 70 H M M H M M M H M H M H M M M
CLO-3 : Utilize and reuse the resources effectively in industrial process 2 75 70 H M H H H H H M H H H H H H H
CLO-4 : Follow the policies & metrics in industrial process 2 80 75 M H H M H H H H H H M H H H H
CLO-5 : Analyze the life cycle production systems using analyzing machine tools 2 80 70 H M H H H M M H M H M H H H H
CLO-6 : Utilize green manufacturing in semiconductor manufacturing process 2 80 75 H M M H H M M H H H M H H M H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
SLO-1 Green manufacturing Social, business & policy environment Metrics for green manufacturing Closed loop production systems Semiconductor manufacturing
S-1
SLO-2 Sustainability Need for change Current metrics Life cycle production systems Semiconductor fabrication
SLO-1 Regulation pressure Internal stake holders Financial metrics Economic and ecological benefits Micro fabrication process
S-2 Reduction of investment & increase of
SLO-2 Economic incentives External stake holders Metrics for ecology Lithography
resources
SLO-1 Comprehensive advantages Components of next transition Metrics for society Machine tools Oxidation & annealing
S-3
SLO-2 Barriers Linear to circular transition Multiple metrics Energy consumption Cleaning
SLO-1 Environment impact on waste generation Product production to service provision Impact assessment Life cycle assessment machine tools Facility systems – resource use
S-4 Integrated, information – Rich
SLO-2 Toxic chemical releases Risk assessment Methods & results Abatement
Communication
Energy consumption and carbon Policy environment – Changing policy
SLO-1 Material flow analysis Process parameter optimization Green manufacturing in industry
S-5 emission trends
SLO-2 Strategies for green manufacturing Fostering co-operation Energy flow analysis Constant feed per tooth Concepts & challenges
SLO-1 Green supply chain Principles of green manufacturing Metric development methodologies Constant spindle speed Use phase issues
S-6 Analysis phase of semiconductor
SLO-2 Motivation for green supply chain (GSC) Technology – wedgels Ecological metric choice model Conventional vs high speed machining
manufacturing

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1838
Decision tree model for equipment’s Dry machining and minimum quantity
SLO-1 Definition of GSC 1st principle of green manufacturing Upstream materials
Supply lubrication
S-7
Metrics development for component
SLO-2 Issues in GSC 2nd principle of green manufacturing Health & environmental hazards Chemicals, silicon, water
systems
Remanufacturing – product recovery &
SLO-1 Level of approach 3rd principle of green manufacturing Green energy supply Infrastructure & equipment
S-8 industrial practice
SLO-2 General problems in GSC 4th principle of green manufacturing Green energy technologies Challenges & opportunities Electricity
SLO-1 Techniques of GSC Mapping of principles Solar photovoltaics, wind energy Reuse Semiconductor manufacturing
S-9
SLO-2 Future of GSC Solutions Application potentials of green energy Approaches for sustainable factory design Transportation & use phase

Learning 2. Green Nanotechnology: Solutions for Sustainability and Energy in the Built Environment,
1. Green Manufacturing- Fundamentals and Applications, David A Dornfeld, Springer science publishing, 2013
Resources Geoffrey B. Smith, Claes-Goran S. Granqvist, CRC Press, 2010

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Manoj Maurya, Jayalakhsmi Waving Mills Pvt Ltd, Salem@jailakshmi.com 1. Dr. T. Ramesh Babu, Anna University, trb@annauniv.edu 1. Dr.C.Siva, SRMIST
2. Mr.Hitesh Rathore, SHT Distributors – Salem, TN, hitheshrathore@gmail.com 2. Dr. M. Rajmohan. Anna University, rajmohan@annauniv.edu 2. Dr. M. Navaneethan, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1839
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE407T ADVANCED COMPUTATIONAL TECHNIQUES E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
Know the physical effects at the nanometer and sub-nanometer scales: how computational
CLR-1 : 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
methods can help to understand the properties and at nanoscale
CLR-2 : Acquire knowledge on molecular and optical computing

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Know the basis of Biomedical Computing and its application

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Develop concept on the physics and application of quantum computing

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-5 : Acquire knowledge on parallel information processing mechanism and architecture

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6 : Understanding the various computing techniques in advance level

Communication

PSO - 1

PSO - 2

PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Apply the knowledge of the properties of nanomaterial in advance computing 2 80 75 H M H H H H H H M H M H H H H
CLO-2 : Determine design principles through computation 2 80 70 H M H H M M M H H H M H M M M
CLO-3 : Apply the knowledge of Biomedical Computing 2 75 70 H L H H H H H H H H M H H H H
CLO-4 : Execute the basic of Qubit problems and gain depth knowledge about Quantum Computing 2 80 75 H M H H H M M H H H M H H H H
CLO-5 : Apply knowledge of computing architecture in efficient optimization of the materials problems 2 80 70
H M H H H M M H M H M H H H H
CLT-6: Demonstration of the ability to design new functional materials 2 80 70

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
SLO-1 History of computing – Nanocomputing Molecular Computing Introduction to Biochemical Computing Bit and Qubit Parallel computing
S-1 Nanocomputing Technologies – Alternative
SLO-2 Applications of Molecular Computing Examples of Biochemical Computing Coherence and Entanglement Shared and Distributed Memory Clusters
to Transistor Technology
SLO-1 Quantum Computing Modeling molecules Application of DFT in biological system Concept Coherence Parallel algorithm
S-2 Concept of Entanglement with
SLO-2 Quantum Computing: Applications Modeling clusters of atoms Application of MD in biological system MPI based algorithm as example
Examples
Working Concept of Mono and
SLO-1 Nano Information Processing Overview of various first-principles methods Genetic Algorithm Theory Quantum Parallelisms
Multiprocessor Systems
S-3
Applications: Mono and Multiprocessor
SLO-2 Prospects and Challenges Discussion on Limitation and Application Application of GA to Biological Systems Application of Quantum Parallelisms
Systems
Classical Gates – Reversible Some considerations to Parallel
SLO-1 Digital Signals Density Functional Theory (DFT)- Biological Neurons
Operations Processing
S-4
Density Functional Theory (DFT)- HK and KS Biological Neurons in information Usefulness of Parallel processing in
SLO-2 Digital Gates Sqrt (NOT) Operation
equations processing various device applications
Structural, Electronic of nanomaterials from
S-5 SLO-1 Concept Silicon Nanoelectronics Function of neuron cell on silicon Concept of Quantum Algorithm Influence of Delay Time
DFT calculations (Examples only)

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1840
Function of neuron cell on silicon for
SLO-2 Application of Silicon Nanoelectronics Magnetic properties (examples only) Application Quantum Algorithms Performance efficiency on Delay time
Signal processing
Introduction to Carbon Nanotube Challenges to large Quantum
SLO-1 Concept of Optical Computing Modeling of neuron cells by VLSI circuits Power Dissipation
Electronics Computers
S-6
Problems on Modeling of neuron cells by Fabrication, Testing Architectural
SLO-2 Application of CNT electronics Application of Optical Computing Power Dissipation in different system
VLSI circuits Challenges
Neural networks and distributed data Working Concept of Quantum dot Architecture for Processing in
SLO-1 Concept of Silicon Nanoelectronics Current use of optics for Computing in Industry
processing cellular automata Nanosystems
S-7
Problems on Neural networks and Application with Example of Quantum
SLO-2 Application of Silicon Nanoelectronics Optics for Computing: Future Applications Classic Systolic Arrays
distributed data processing dot cellular automata
Introduction and Working principle of
SLO-1 Concept of Carbon Nanotube Electronics Optical Computing Paradigms Working concept of DNA Computer Processor with large memory
Computing with QCA
S-8
Application of Carbon Nanotube Application of Processor with large
SLO-2 Optical Computing Paradigms: Examples Application of a DNA Computer Application of Computing with QCA
Electronics memory
Information Processing with Chemical
SLO-1 Modeling of Carbon Nanotube Working concept of Photonic Switches. QCA Clocking. Processor array with SIMD
reactions: Working Concept
S-9
Information Processing with Chemical
SLO-2 Field Effect Transistors based on CNT Application of Photonic Switches. QCA Design Rules. PIP Architectures.
reactions: Example

1. Vishal Sahni et.al, Nanocomputing: The Future of Computing, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2008. 3. J.M. Thijssen, Computational Physics, Cambridge University Press, 2007.
Learning
2. Feliciano Giustino, Materials Modelling using Density Functional Theory: Properties and Predictions, Oxford: 4. Andrew R. Leach, Molecular modelling: principles and application, Pearson Education,
Resources
Oxford University Press, 2014. 2001

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 40 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 20 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. Hemant Dixit, GlobalFoundaries, aplahemant@gmail.com 1. Dr. Ranjit Kumar Nanda, IITM Chennai, nandab@iitm.ac.in 1. Dr. C. Preferencial Kala, SRMIST
2. Dr. Murali Kota, Global Foundaries, USA, kvrmmurali@gmail.com 2. Dr.Biswarup Pathak, IIT Indore, biswarup@iiti.ac.in 2. Dr. Saurabh Ghosh, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1841
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE408T NANOTECHNOLOGY IN TEXTILES E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Learning Rationale
The purpose of learning this is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Acquire knowledge on nanotechnology for textile applications 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Learn the smart materials and devices for textile industry

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Study the various nanostructures for improving the textile yarn and fabric

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-4 : Understand the nanomaterials processing for textile industry

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-5 : Learn various nanodevices for improving the textile fabrics

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6 : Get familiarize with the integration of nanodevices in textiles

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this , learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Utilize the scientific concepts of nanotechnology in textile applications 2 80 75 H M H H H M M H H H M H H H H
CLO-2 : Apply the nanoparticles & nanofibers in textile fabric designs 2 80 70 H M M H M H M H M H M M M M M
CLO-3 : Familiarize the characteristics and classification of the nanomaterials for nanofabrics 2 75 70 H M H H H H H M H H H M H H H
CLO-4 : Apply various nanocoating methodologies for improving textile fabrics 2 80 75 M H H M H H H H H H M M H H H
CLO-5 : Familiarize with new concepts of Nanotechnology based product in Textiles 2 80 70 H M H H H H M H M H M H H H H
CLO-6 : Apply the various nanostructures and materials in textiles fabrics 2 80 75 H M M H H M M H H H M H M M H

Duration
9 9 9 9
(hour)
SLO-1 Introduction to smart nanotextiles Responsive Polymers Nanocomposites for textiles Nanocoatings for textiles Nanogenerators for textiles
S-1 Classification of stimuli-responsive
SLO-2 Nanotechnology & nanomaterials Classifications Various methods of nanocoating Working of nanogenartors
polymers
SLO-1 Nanofibers Responsive polymers as sensors Structure & properties Sol-gel Processing Classification of nanogenerators
S-2 Responsive polymers in drug delivery
SLO-2 Advantages of nanofibers Production methods of nanocomposites Sol-gel coating methodology Piezoelectric Nanogenerators (PENG)
systems
SLO-1 Nanofibers fabrication Responsive polymers in cell application Carbon structures Photocatalytic self-cleaning Triboelectric Nanogenerators (TENG)
S-3
SLO-2 Electrospinning Responsive polymers based filters Nanocellulose Super hydrophobic self-cleaning Theoretical origin of Nanogenerators
SLO-1 Enhancing the mechanical properties Nanowires for textiles Conducting polymers Antibacterial coating Fiber based PENGs
S-4
SLO-2 Large scale production of fibers Properties of nanowires in textiles Nanoparticles, clays & wires UV-Protection coating Textile based PENGs
SLO-1 Formation of yarn & fabric Balancing transparency and conductance Laminated nanocomposites and fibers Impregnation TENGs Classifications
S-5
SLO-2 Moisture management & waterproof High specific surface area Membranes, coatings, & Hydrogels Cross linking method Fibers based TENGs
SLO-1 Thermoregulation Direct charge transport path Sensing of Nanocomposites Plasma surface activation Textiles based TENGs
S-6
SLO-2 Personal protection Oriented assembly of Nanowires Actuators of Nanocomposites Surface modification process 1D materials based TENGs
SLO-1 Wearables and sensors Metal conducting Nanowires Antibacterial activity of Nanocomposites Flame retardant coatings 2D fabrics for TENGs
S-7
SLO-2 Medical care of nanofibers Conducting polymer Nanowires Defense applications of Nanocomposites Carbon materials 3D woven textile TENGs

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1842
Phase change materials in thermal
SLO-1 Nanosols as coating agent Oxide semiconducting Nanowires Fire protection Integrating energy harvesting devices
S-8 regulation
SLO-2 Applications of nanosols in textiles Sulphide semiconducting Nanowires Fire retardant materials Nanowires in thermal regulation TENGs with solar cells
Photocatalytic and light responsivity of
SLO-1 Other semiconducting Nanowires Self-cleaning Carbon based conducting coating Integrating energy storage devices
nanosols
S-9
Current and future perspective of
SLO-2 Antimicrobials and bioactive systems Energy harvesting of Nanocomposites Metal based conducting coating Future prospects of Nanogenerators
Nanowires

Learning 1. Nazire D. Yilmaz, Smart Textiles, Wearable Nanotechnology, Ist Ed., Scrivener Publishing, 2019 3. Nanotechnology in Textiles: Theory and Application, Jiří Militký and Rajesh Mishra, Elsevier
Resources 2. P. J. Brown and K. Stevens, Nanofibers and nanotechnology in textiles, CRC Press, 2007 Publications, 2018

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. Dr. M. Madhusoothanan, Anna University-Chennai,
1. Mr.Hitesh Rathore, SHT Distributors – Salem, TN, hitheshrathore@gmail.com 1. Dr. C.Siva, SRMIST
mmadhu@annauniv.edu
2. Mr. T.Raajasekar, Allwin Exports, fabric@allwinexport.com 2. Dr.T.S. Natarajan, IIT Tirupati, tsniit@iittp.ac.in 2. Dr. K. Mani Rahulan, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1843
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE409T CANCER NANOTECHNOLOGY E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Learning Rationale
The purpose of learning this is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Understanding the basis of cancer biology 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Know the various types of cancer biomarkers

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Getting knowledge about ways to treat cancer growth

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge
CLR-4 : Get acquainted with nanomaterial based current therapies available for cancer treatment.

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-5 : Get acquainted with the current trend in cancer theranostics

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6: Know about the market requirements for nanomaterial based therapies

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this , learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Analyze the nature of cancer 2 80 75 H M H H H M M H H H M H H H H
CLO-2 : Analyze the concepts of cancer nanotechnology 2 80 70 H M H H M M M H H H M H M M M
CLO-3 : Apply concepts of cancer nanotechnology to a focused clinical area of their choice 2 75 70 H M H H H H H M H H H H H H H
CLO-4 : Apply these nanosystems for the diagnosis and therapy 2 80 75 M H H M H H H H H H M H H H H
CLO-5 : Apply the concepts of nano theronostic strategy 2 80 70 H M H H H M M H H H M H H H H
CLO-6 : Apply concept of gene silencing for cancer therapy 2 80 75 H M H H H M M H H H M H H M H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
The biology and genetics of cells and Magnetic nanoparticles as contrast agents Pancreatic cancer stem cells as new
SLO-1 Cell immortalization Theranostic cancer biomarkers
organisms for MRI application targets for diagnostics
S-1
Magnetic nanoparticles as contrast agents Pancreatic cancer stem cells as new
SLO-2 The nature of cancer Tumorigenesis Targetted cancer theranostics
for therapeutic application targets for therapy
Ultrasound-responsive nanoparticles as Nanomedicine approaches for cancer stem
SLO-1 Tumor viruses Cancer development Molecular imaging in cancer theranostics
drug delivery carriers cell targeting
S-2
Ultrasound-responsive nanoparticles as
SLO-2 DNA oncoviruses The biology of angiogenesis Imaging-guided cancer therapy Personalized cancer treatment
gene delivery carriers
Methods adopted for Personalized cancer
SLO-1 RNA oncoviruses Invasion Theranostic platforms Noble metal nanoparticle platform
treatment
S-3
Nanomaterials for theranostics of gastric
SLO-2 Non-human oncoviruses Metastasis Cancer theranostics with Gold nanoparticle Lipid based nanosystem for theranostictics
cancer
Photo triggered drug delivery strategies Cancer theranostics with Silver Lipid based nanosystem for delivery of
SLO-1 Cellular oncogenes Types of cancers
S-4 For cancer theranostics nanoparticle siRNA
SLO-2 Growth Factors Liver cancer Proteomics-based theranostics Metal oxide for cancer theranostics Gene therapy for cancer

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1844
Cancer theranostics with carbon-based
SLO-1 Growth Factor receptors Lung cancer Radionuclide imaging of cancer therapy Gene silencing by DNAzymes
S-5 nanoplatforms
SLO-2 Cytoplasmic signal circuitry program Skin cancer Nanotargetted radionuclide imaging CNT and grapheme based theranostics Gene silencing ribozymes
Bioluminescence imaging of cancer Cancer theranostics with silica
SLO-1 Traits of Cancer Colon cancer Gene silencing by antisense DNA
therapy nanoparticle platform
S-6
Silica tethered particles for cancer
SLO-2 Tumor Suppressor genes Stem cells and cancer Imaging in luciferase labeled cancer cells Gene silencing by microRNA
theranostics
Magnetic resonance imaging of cancer Polymer- -based nanotechnologies for
SLO-1 Types of Tumour Suppressor genes Molecular genetics of cancer Rationale for immunotherapy
therapy cancer theranostics
S-7
Chemical modifications of chromatin- Protein-based nanotechnologies for cancer
SLO-2 Characteristics of pRb CT based imaging of cancer therapy Adoptive immunotherapy
associated proteins theranostics
Genetic alterations in cancer cells:
SLO-1 pRb gene-Control of cell cycle clock Boron capture therapy and imaging Production of theranostic nanoparticles Antibody based therapy
mutations
S-8 Galectins as targets for novel and specific
SLO-2 Characteristics of p53 Three types of mutation Ultrasound imaging of cancer therapy Scale-up of theranostic nanoparticles antibody therapies in gynecologic cancer
therapies
Glycans and mucins as targets for novel
SLO-1 Mutation of p53 and apoptosis Chromosomal abnormalities Gene expression microarrays Market considerations and specific antibody therapies in
S-9 gynecologic cancer therapies
Nanotechnology and nanomedicine Commercial development of antibodies as
SLO-2 Role of p53 in cell cycle progression Acquired abnormalities Tissue arrays
patenting systems drugs

Learning 1. The Biology of Cancer, Robert A. Weinberg,Garland Science, 2010.


3. Cancer Theranostics, Chen &Wong,Academic Press, 2014.
Resources 2. Cancer Biology, Raymond W. Ruddon,Oxford University press, 2007.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. K. Chandru Trivitron Healthcare Pvt. Ltd. Chennai, chandru.k@trivitron.com 1. Dr.Amit Kumar Mishra , IIT Jodhpur, amit@iitj.ac.in 1. Dr. Devanandh venkata subhu, SRMIST
2. Dr. Nagesh Kini,Thermax,Pune,Maharastra,nagesh.kini@gmail.com 2. Dr. Sampath Kumar T.S,IIT Madras, tssk@iitm.ac.in 2. Selvamurugan, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1845
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE410T VACUUM AND THINFILM TECHNOLOGY E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Learning Rationale
The purpose of learning this is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Acquire knowledge on vacuum systems and technology 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the functionalities of various vacuum pumps and gauges

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Gain Knowledge on various physical and chemical vapor deposition techniques

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development


CLR-4 : Understand the various thin film growth mechanisms and theories explaining them

Project Mgt. & Finance


Modern Tool Usage
CLR-5 : Gain knowledge on various characterization techniques tools to characterize thin films

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6 : Acquire knowledge on various physical, optical and chemical properties of thin films

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this , learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Apply the functionalities of vacuum systems and can operate them 2 80 75 H M H H H M M H H H H H H H H
CLO-2 : Utilize the knowledge acquired to operate vacuum pumps and create vacuum and measure at various regimes 2 80 70 H H H H H H M H H H M H M M M
CLO-3 : Grow thin films using various physical and chemical vapor deposition techniques 2 80 70 H M H H H H H M H H H H H H H
CLO-4 : Construe the physics and chemistry of growth mechanisms and measure the thickness using various techniques 2 80 75 H M H H H H H H H H H H H H H
CLO-5 : Apply the concept of various characterization tools and operate them 2 80 70 H H H H H M M H H H H H H H H
CLO-6 : Elucidate various properties of thin films and measure them using different tools 2 80 75 H M H H H M M H H H H H H M H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Over view of vacuum systems and Over view of Physical vapor deposition Basic physics and chemistry behind thin
SLO-1 Introduction to chemical deposition Thin films characteristics
technology techniques films layer formation
S-1
Thermal evaporation, Resistive heating
SLO-2 Units and different regions of vacuum Electrodeposition Nucleation and early stages of film growth Topography
and RF-heating
SLO-1 Kinetic theory of gases Flash evaporation Electrolytic deposition Thermodynamic aspects of nucleation Structure integrity- X-ray diffraction (XRD)
S-2
SLO-2 Gas flow and Mean free path Laser evaporation Electro less deposition Thin film growth modes Scanning electron microscopy
SLO-1 Conductance Co-evaporation Anodic oxidation Capillary theory Transmission electron microscopy
S-3
SLO-2 Different types of pumps Electron bombardment heating Spray pyrolysis Volmert-Weber growth Energy dispersive analysis of thin films
SLO-1 Mechanical pumps Sputtering plasma, discharges and arc Dip coating and Spin coating Frank-van der Merwe (FM) growth Auger electron spectroscopy
S-4 Sputtering variants, yield and low pressure
SLO-2 Diffusion and turbo molecular pump Chemical vapor deposition (CVD) Stranski-Krastanov growth X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy
sputtering
Thickness dependent properties of thin
SLO-1 Ion pumps RF-sputtering Homogenous and heterogeneous process Rutherford backscattering spectroscopy
S-5 films
SLO-2 Measurement of vacuum Reactive sputtering CVD reactions Thickness measurements Secondary ion mass spectrometry
SLO-1 Direct and indirect gauges Magnetron sputtering Hydrogen reduction Roughness Resistance – 2-point probe
S-6 Halide disproportionation, transfer
SLO-2 Pirani gauge Magnetron configurations Electrical methods Resistance – 4-point probe
reactions

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1846
SLO-1 Capacitance gauge Bias sputtering CVD processes and systems Microbalance monitors Optical properties
S-7
SLO-2 Penning gauge Evaporation versus sputtering Low pressure CVD Quartz crystal monitor Characterization of layered structures
Pulsed laser deposition (PLD) design and
SLO-1 Vacuum system Laser enhanced CVD Mechanical method (stylus) Atomic force microscopy (AFM)
basics
S-8
Components and operation of vacuum PLD operating procedure and its various
SLO-2 Metalorganic CVD (MOCVD) Optical interference methods X-Ray Reflectivity (XRR)
system application
Plasma Assisted Chemical Vapor Reflection high energy electron diffraction
SLO-1 Safety practices in vacuum systems Molecular beam epitaxy (MBE) basics Ellipsometry
S-9 Deposition (PACVD) (RHEED)
SLO-2 Applications of vacuum technology MBE operating procedure Safety considerations Interference fringes In-situ RHEED

1. M. Ohring, Materials Science of Thin Films: Deposition and Structure, 2nd Ed., Academic Press (An Imprint of
Learning 3. S. Campbell, The Science and Engineering of Microelectronic Fabrication, 2nd Ed., OUP, 1996.
Elsevier), 2002.
Resources 4. Kaufmann, Characterization of Materials, 2 nd Ed., Wiley, 2003.
2. K.L.Chopra, Thin Film Phenomena, Robert E.Krieger Publishing Company, 1979.

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. Krishna Surendra Muvvala, Saint Gobain Research India, India, Krishna.muvvala@saintgobain.com 1. Dr. Kasiviswanathan, IIT Madras, kasi@iitm.ac.in 1. Dr. K. Kamala Bharathi, SRMIST
2. Mr. Ramanujam, HHV, India 2. Dr. M. S. Ramachandra Rao, IIT Madras, msrrao@iitm.ac.in 2. Dr. E. Senthil Kumar, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1847
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE411T ATOMISTIC MODELING E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale


The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Learn about basic modeling 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Understand the DFT for materials modeling

Level of Thinking (Bloom)

Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-3 : Understand the MD simulation

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-4 : Gain knowledge about Monte Carlo Simulation

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis

Analysis, Design,
CLR-5 : Learn advance-modeling technique.

Communication
Environment &
Sustainability
CLR-6 : Learn materials modeling to understand materials properties

Research

PSO - 1

PSO - 2

PSO - 3
Course Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Acquire the basics of design and materials modeling 2 80 75 H H H H H H M H H H M H H H H
CLO-2 : Gain knowledge DFT and related methods in the context of materials modeling 2 80 70 H H H H H H M H H H M H M M M
CLO-3 : Obtain the knowledge on Molecular Dynamics and its application ot solve materials problem 2 75 70 H H H H H H H H M H M H H H H
CLO-4 : Improve their knowledge on materials modeling with Monte Carlo Simulation 2 80 75 H M H H H M M H M H M H H H H
CLO-5 : Solve problems to understand the electronic, mechanical and optical properties of Materials 2 80 70
H M H H H M H H M H M H H H H
CLR-6 : Explain the structural, electronic and magnetic properties of a given material 2 80 70

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Classical mechanics,
SLO-1 Born-Oppenheimer approximation Integrating F=ma Introduction - key concepts Introduction to various DFT codes
Hamiltonians
S-1 Coordinate systems in the
SLO-2 context of solving the physical Limitations of BO approximation Detail time steps Starting structure - energy cutoff Basic DFT outputs
problems
Potential energy-Definition and
SLO-1 Introduction to DFT The basic MD algorithm State space sampling Basic output of QM code
Concept
S-2
Basic pair potentials and their
SLO-2 Hohenberg-Kohn Theorems The MD steps Classical momentum Energies, electronic structure
limitations
SLO-1 Definition - Elastic constant Kohn-Sham Equation Taylor expansion, Metropolis algorithm Using the energies: molecular statics, MD, MC
S-3 Calculation of elastic constants Verlet algorithms - choosing the
SLO-2 Interpretation of KS equations Examples with a problem Using the energies: MC
from potential function time step
SLO-1 Potentials for ionic systems Exchange-correlation functions and LDA/GGA Predictor-corrector algorithm Monte Carlo simulation analysis Using the electronic structure: optical properties
S-4
SLO-2 Potentials for ceramics Systems Accuracy of LDA/GGA Discussion with Examples Limitations of Monte Carlo simulations Transitions between electronic states
SLO-1 Concept of Many-body potential Pseudopotentials MD in different ensembles Introducing ensemble sin MC Electrical conductivity
S-5 Mobility of electrons, scattering of electrons between
SLO-2 Many -body potentials for metals Types of Pseudopotentials MD in constant temperature Kinetic Monte Carlo
states

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1848
Many-body potentials for Molecular dynamics in constant Excited electron states due to thermal (or optical)
SLO-1 Brillouin zone Key concepts: starting structure in MD
covalently bonded systems pressure excitations
S-6
Examples of MD in constant
SLO-2 Comparative Study K-points, Monkhorst-Pack mesh, Gama point Key concepts: starting structure in KMC Type of bonding - tunneling rates
temperature and pressure
SLO-1 Energy optimization Concept of Basis Set Energies: molecular statics Convergence criteria Excited electron states due optical excitations
S-7 Significance of Lowest energy
SLO-2 The need for self-consistency Problems on Molecular Statistics Scaling with lattice parameters Example with a Material problem
structure
Setting up structures, key parameters, Volume Understanding the electronic structure from different
SLO-1 Molecular statistics MD Simulation analysis Understanding the electronic structure
optimization Metals vs. insulators Methods, Comparative study
S-8
Basis sets, energy cutoff, exchange-correlation Electrical conductivity, Excited electron Wave functions, charge density, band structure,
SLO-2 Problems on Molecular Statistics Limitations of MD
function, K-points states density of states
Application of MD as Case Study: Application of MC method as Case
SLO-1 Thermo statistics Convergence and scaling with lattice parameters, Confinement effect on Electronic Structure
3D system Study: Temperature effect
S-9
Problems on Thermo statistics Application of MD as Case Study:
SLO-2 DOS and BAND Structure Determination of Tc 3D, 2D, 1D Carbon based materials as example
problems 2D system

1. Jörg-Rüdiger Hill, Lalitha Subramanian and AmiteshMaiti, Molecular modeling techniques inmaterial sciences, 3. R. Martin, Electronic Structure: Basic Theory and Practical Methods, Cambridge University
Learning
Taylor & Francis/CRC Press: Boca Raton, 2005 Press, 2004
Resources
2. Andrew R. Leach, Molecular modelling: principles and application, Pearson Education, India, 2001 4. J.M. Thijssen, Computational Physics, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 2000

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. Hemant Dixit, GlobalFoundaries, aplahemant@gmail.com 1. Dr. Ranjit Kumar Nanda, IITM Chennai, nandab@iitm.ac.in 1. Dr. C. Preferencial Kala, SRMIST
2. Dr. Murali Kota, Global Foundaries, USA, kvrmmurali@gmail.com 2. Prof. G.P. Das, IIT M, KGP, msgpd@iacs.res.in 2. Dr. Saurabh Ghosh, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1849
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE412T SOCIETAL IMPLICATIONS OF NANOTECHNOLOGY E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Course Learning Rationale (CLR): The purpose of learning this course is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
CLR-1 : Provide an insight into the fundamentals of ethical implications of nanotechnology 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Provide an insight into the fundamentals of social-economic implications of nanotechnology

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Understand the implications of nanotechnology in quality of life

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge
CLR-4 : Understand the legal risks related with the nanotechnology

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-5 : Explore the matters related to patents associated with nanotechnology

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6 : Understand the problems of governance of nanotechnology

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Ethics
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): At the end of this course, learners will be able to:
CLO-1 : Apply the knowledge of ethical implications pertaining to nanotechnology 2 80 75 H H H H H H H H H H M H H H H
CLO-2 : Address the socioeconomic implications of nanotechnology 2 80 70 H H M H H H H M M H M H M M M
CLO-3 : Improve the quality of life 2 75 70 M M H H H H H M M H M H H H H
CLO-4 : Address the legal risks related with the nanotechnology 2 80 75 H H M H M H H H H H M H H H H
CLO-5 : Handle the issues related to patents associated with nanotechnology 2 80 70 H M H H H M M M M H H H H H H
CLO-6 : Address the problems of governance of nanotechnology 2 80 75 M M M H M H H M M H M H H M H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Economic Impacts and
SLO-1 Ethics, Law and Governance – Introduction Social Scenarios - Introduction Converging Technologies - Introduction Public Perceptions and Education
Commercialization of Nanotechnology
S-1
Introduction to societal implications of Public perceptions-societal implications of
SLO-2 Ethics and law Nanoparticle toxicity and risk Integrative Technology
nanotechnology nanoscience
Ethical issues in nanoscience and
Socio-economic impact of nanoscale Nanotechnology’s implications for the
SLO-1 nanotechnology: reflections and Navigating nanotechnology through society An agenda for public interaction research
science : initial results quality of life
S-2 suggestions
Socio-economic impact of nanoscale Concerns of Nano scientists and engineers
SLO-2 Public and private goods Social implications Communicating nanotechnological risks
science : nanobank in Ethics and law
Management of innovation for convergent
SLO-1 Managing the nanotechnology revolution Ethics and nano: a survey Nanoparticle Toxicity and risk Risk Assessment
S-3 technologies
SLO-2 Malcolm Baldrige national quality criteria Recent developments in nanotechnology Nanotechnology, surveillance, and society The "integration/penetration model" Risk Communication
Social impacts of nano biotechnology
SLO-1 Emergence of Nanoeconomy law in a new frontier Methodological issues Problems in Risk Communication
issues
S-4
An exploration of patent matters Nanobiotechnology: The Science A proposal to advance understanding of
SLO-2 Key drivers, challenges and opportunities Innovations for social research
associated with nanotechnology Dimension nanotechnology’s social impacts

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1850
Nanotechnology: societal implications: The Integration/Penetration Model: The Nanotechnology in the media: a
SLO-1 Moore’s law U.S. Patent Statute
individual perspectives Interface Range preliminary analysis
S-5
Transcending Moore’s law with molecular New Forms of Knowledge: Computer Public engagement with nanoscale science
SLO-2 The Ethics of Ethics Nanotechnology: individual perspectives
electronics Simulations and Modeling and engineering
SLO-1 Molecular electronics – a next paradigm Environmental Impacts of nanomaterials Nanotechnology and social trends; Regulatory structures and society Nanophobia
S-6 Transcending Moore’s law with Problems of governance of Social impacts of nanobiotechnology
SLO-2 Five nanotech social scenarios Public Engagement with nanotechnology
nanotechnology nanotechnology issues
The use of analogies for interdisciplinary
Transition from Microelectronics to Negotiations over quality of life in the Technological revolutions and the limits of
SLO-1 research in the convergence of Nanotechnology: moving beyond risk
nanoelectronics nanotechnology initiative. Governance Ethics in an age of commercialization
nanotechnology
S-7
Societal implications of emerging science Communication streams and
Semiconductor scaling as a model for Interdisciplinary research in the
SLO-2 and technologies: a research agenda for Implications of Experiential data recorder nanotechnology: the (Re) interpretation of
nanotechnology commercialization convergence of bio technology
science and technology studies (STS) a new technology nanotechnology
Sustaining the impact of nanotechnology Institutional impacts of government science Interdisciplinary research in the Societal implications- individual
SLO-1 Vision, innovation, and policy
on productivity initiatives convergence of information technology perspectives
S-8
Sustaining the impact of nanotechnology Challenges for government and Institutionalizing Multi-Disciplinary Converging technologies: innovation, legal
SLO-2 The case of Cold Fusion
on sustainability, and equity universities Engagement risks, and society
Converging technologies and their societal
SLO-1 Implications of Information Nanotechnology for national security Post-hoc Versus Therapeutic Ethics The case of Recombinant DNA
implications
S-9
Non-Nano effects of nanotechnology on Short-term implications of convergence for Historical comparisons for anticipating
SLO-2 Nanotechnology in Defense Nano revolution implications for the artist
the economy scientific and engineering disciplines public reactions to nanotechnology

1. C.R. Mihail, and S.B. William, Nanotechnology: societal implications, Springer publication, 2011 (978-1-4020-
Learning 3. Mihail C. Roco and William Sims Bainbridge, Societal Implications of Nanoscience and
5432-7)
Resources Nanotechnology, National Science Foundation, 2001.
2. Ronald Sandler, Nanotechnology the Social & Ethical Issues, Woodrow Wilson, 2009

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr.Ajay Kumar, Avansa Technology and services, India ajaykumar@avansa.co.in 1. Dr. Hirendra N Ghosh, Institute of Nanoscience and Technology, Punjab, hnghosh@inst.ac.in 1. Dr. C. Gopalakrishnan, SRMIST
2. Dr.Tanvi Sharma ,Nanoshel LLC, Chandigarh, India, tanvisharma@nanoshel..com 2. Dr. Asish Pal, Institute of Nanoscience and Technology, Punjab,apal@inst.ac.in 2. Dr. P. Sivakumar, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1851
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE413T NANOTECHNOLOGY IN TISSUE ENGINEERING E Professional Elective
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Learning Rationale
The purpose of learning this is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Understand the general scientific concepts of tissue engineering 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Know the various tissue culture techniques

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Acquire knowledge about the role of nanotechnology in tissue engineering and regenerative medicine

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge
CLR-4 : Get acquainted with the current trend in tissue engineering and regenerative technology

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-5 : Understand the tissue responses to biomaterial

Modern Tool Usage

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6 : Acquire knowledge on various methods adopted tissue scaffold generation

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this , learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Apply basic knowledge of tissue anatomy for tissue mimicking 2 80 75 H M H H H M M H H H M H H H H
CLO-2 : Analyze the basic challenges of tissue engineering 2 80 70 H M M H M M M H M H M M M M M
CLO-3 : Apply concepts of tissue engineering in biomedical applications 2 75 70 H M H H H H H M H H H M H H H
CLO-4 : Apply these nanosystems for the therapy 2 80 75 M H H M H H H H H H M M H H H
CLO-5 : Apply concepts in making nanoscaffold and bioactive substrates 2 80 70 H M H H H M M H M H M M H H H
CLO-6 : Apply the tissue engineering principles to future therapy 2 80 75 H M M H H M M H H H M H H M H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
Electrospun Nanofibers for Neural
SLO-1 The Cell First Cultures: culture containers Characteristics of biomaterials Electrospinning
Applications
S-1
Nanofiber-Based Integrative Repair of
SLO-2 The cell as a functional unit First Cultures: culture media Design of biomaterials Experimental setup and basic principle
Orthopedic Soft Tissues
Fundamental aspects of tissue responses Nanotechnologies for Peripheral Nerve
SLO-1 Tissue types Serum free culture media Effects of parameters on electrospinning
to biomaterials Regeneration
S-2
Nanofibrous Materials for Vascular Tissue
SLO-2 Soft and Hard tissue Growth factors Types of tissue responses Solution parameters
Engineering and Regeneration
Engineering Soft Nanostructures for
SLO-1 Extracellular matrix Cell Culture Techniques Repair and regeneration Environmental parameters
Guided Cell Response
S-3
Extracellular matrix components and Biomedical Applications of electrospun Nanoparticles-Incorporated Scaffolds for
SLO-2 Hybridomas Evaluation of biomaterial behavior
function nanofibres Tissue Engineering Applications
Nanofibres as 3D scaffold for tissue Electrospun Pseudo Poly (Amino Acids) for
SLO-1 Emergence of tissue Cardiomyocites cultivation Adhesion, migration and survival
regeneration Tissue Engineering Applications
S-4
Properties of biomaterials assessed Nanofibre scaffolds for interface Nano-enabled Platforms for Metastatic
SLO-2 Germ layers and Ground tissue Cryopreservation
through in vivo experiments regeneration Malignant Melanoma

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1852
Immune Response to Implanted
SLO-1 Regeneration Slow programmable freezing Hydrogels Techniques to improve porosity
Nanostructured Materials
S-5
Types of hydrogels used in tissue
SLO-2 Various phase of regeneration Vitrification Techniques to improve cell infiltration 3D Bioprinting – introduction
engineering
Chitosan as biomaterial for tissue
SLO-1 Concept of tissue construction Persufflation Hybrid fibres for bone regeneration 3D Bioprinting-priciples
S-6 engineering
SLO-2 Three steps of tissue development Tissue culture: Migration Nanobiomaterials for regeneration Hybrid fibres for ligament regeneration CAD based bioprinting
SLO-1 Stem cells- types Tissue culture: new formation Carbon Nanobiomaterial Hybrid fibres for tendon regeneration CAM based bioprinting
S-7
SLO-2 Embryonic stem cell Dedifferentiation Self assembling nanobomaterials Bioactive nanofibres Laser based bioprinting
SLO-1 Mesenchymal stem cell Organ culture: principles Polymeric Nanobiomaterials Types of Bioactive nanofibres Bioprinted scaffolds
S-8 Challenges and future development of 3D
SLO-2 Adult stem cells Plasma clot method Types of Polymeric Nanobiomaterials Application of Bioactive nanofibres
bio printing
SLO-1 Stem cells properties and source Agar gel method Ceramic nanobiomaterials Biomolecules on nanofibers Materials used for bio printing
S-9 Bioprinting based tissue engineering
SLO-2 Responsible use of stem cells Formation of organ from tissue Types of Ceramic nanobiomaterials Methods for immobilizing biomolecules
applications

1. W.M.Will, Raimund Strehl, Karl Schumacher, Tissue Engineering: From Cell Biology to Artificial Organs,
Learning WileyVCH, 2005. 3. Lijie Grace Zhang, John P Fisher, Kam Leong, 3D Bioprinting and Nanotechnology in Tissue
Resources 2. Ketul Popat, Nanotechnology in Tissue Engineering and Regenerative Medicine, CRC Press/Taylor and Engineering and Regenerative medicine, Elsevier, 2015
Francis, 2011

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Mr. K. Chandru Trivitron Healthcare Pvt. Ltd. Chennai, chandru.k@trivitron.com 1. Dr.Amit Kumar Mishra , IIT Jodhpur, amit@iitj.ac.in 1. Dr. Devanandh Venkata Subbu, SRMIST
2. Dr.Nagesh Kini,Thermax,Pune,Maharastra,nagesh.kini@gmail.com 2. Dr. T.S Sampath Kumar, IIT Madras, tssk@iitm.ac.in 2. S. Anandhakumar, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1853
Course Course Course L T P C
18NTE414T NANOMAGNETISM AND SPINTRONICS E Professional Elective Course
Code Name Category 3 0 0 3

Pre-requisite Co-requisite Progressive


Nil Nil Nil
Courses Courses Courses
Course Offering Department Nanotechnology Data Book / Codes/Standards Nil

Learning Rationale
The purpose of learning this is to: Learning Program Learning Outcomes (PLO)
(CLR):
CLR-1 : Understand the basic concepts related various type of magnetism and magnetic properties of materials 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CLR-2 : Provide in-depth knowledge about low dimensional magnetic materials

Environment & Sustainability


Analysis, Design, Research
CLR-3 : Understand the magnetization behavior of magnetic nanostructures and thin films

Level of Thinking (Bloom)


Expected Proficiency (%)

Expected Attainment (%)

Individual & Team Work


Engineering Knowledge

Design & Development

Project Mgt. & Finance


CLR-4 : Give an overview of different Experimental Approaches to characterize magnetic nanostructures

Modern Tool Usage


CLR-5 : Acquire knowledge about fundamentals in spintronics with glimpse of contemporary topics in this field

Life Long Learning


Society & Culture
Problem Analysis
CLR-6 : Provide in-depth knowledge of spin polarized current and spin transfer torque

Communication

PSO - 1
PSO - 2
PSO - 3
Learning Outcomes

Ethics
At the end of this , learners will be able to:
(CLO):
CLO-1 : Realize the importance of “magnetism” in contributing to past and for the advancement of new technology 2 80 75 H M H H H M M H H H M H H H H
CLO-2 : Appreciate the significance of in-depth understanding of magnetic properties in low dimension 2 80 70 H H M H M M H H M H M H M M M
CLO-3 : Obtain the knowledge about fabrication of magnetic nanostructures and properties of the magnetic nanostructures 2 75 70 H H H H H H H M H M H H H H H
CLO-4 : Know various sensitive characterization techniques for magnetic nanostructures. 2 80 75 M H H M H H H H H M M H H H H
Analyze the mechanism of spin transport in magnetic nanostructures and its relevance in advancing the existing magnetic
CLO-5 : 2 80 70 H H H H H M H H M H M H H H H
recording technology
CLO-6 : Gain the conceptual knowledge related to nanomagnetism and spintronics for energy efficient devices 2 80 75 H M M H H M M H H H M H H M H

Duration
9 9 9 9 9
(hour)
SLO-1 Basics of magnetism, Units in magnetism Concept of Magnetic ordering Magnetism in thin films Introduction to various magnetometers Introduction to spin transport
S-1 Introduction to ferromagnetism,
SLO-2 Magnetic ordering in low dimensions Magnetism in multilayers Working principle of magnetometers Spin angular momentum
paramagnetism, diamagnetism
Introduction to Ferrimagnetism and Anti- Fabrication of nanomagnets using various
SLO-1 Physical origin of Magnetic anisotropy Vibrating Sample Magnetometer Spin Current
ferromagnet techniques
S-2
Origin of various type of magnetization Shape anisotropy and Magnetocrystalline Superconducting Quantum Interference
SLO-2 Top down and bottom up approach Spin valve devices
behavior anisotropy Device
Magnetization curves and hysteresis Dipolar anisotropy, Interface magnetic Single domain versus multi domain
SLO-1 Magnetic imaging techniques Giant magneto resistance (GMR)
loops, Saturation magnetization, anisotropy behavior
S-3
Competing energy scale determining Chemical synthesis of magnetic nano-
SLO-2 Coercive field, Magnetic susceptibility Magneto-optical Kerr effect Spin dependent scattering
magnetic anisotropy particles
Longitudinal, Transverse and Polar Kerr
SLO-1 Formation of magnetic domains Mechanisms of magnetization reversal, Self assembly of magnetic nanoparticles Valet-Fert model for GMR
S-4 effect
SLO-2 Domain walls, Domain wall width Coherent rotation Magnetic nanowires Faraday effect Magnetic tunnel junction
Physical vapor deposition of magnetic thin
S-5 SLO-1 Various type of domain walls Fanning, curling Magnetic force microscopy Tunnel magneto resistance (TMR)
films

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1854
Scanning electron microscopy with
SLO-2 Bloch walls and Neel walls Domain wall movement Physical vapor deposition of multilayers Application of GMR and TMR
polarization analysis
Quantum mechanical picture of DC and RF Sputter deposition of Magnetic Interpretation of magnetic contrast from
SLO-1 Introduction to Gilbert damping Spin transfer torque
Heisenberg exchange interaction materials thin films and nanostructures
S-6
Role of Heisenberg exchange interaction Significance of Gilbert damping in Magnetic Material deposition using E-
SLO-2 Magnetic contrast from nanostructures Spin-orbit coupling induced phenomena
in magnetism choosing magnetic material for application beam evaporation technique
Magnetization reversal in magnetic thin Spin-polarized scanning tunneling
SLO-1 Energy scales involved in magnetism In-plane magnetic anisotropy Spin dynamics
films microscope (SP-STM)
S-7
Magnetic domains in in-plane magnetized Domain walls and magnetization reversal
SLO-2 Zeeman energy Interpretation of SP-STM results Advanced spintronics based devices
materials nanostructures
Magnetic anisotropy energy, exchange Magnetic properties of nanostructured soft
SLO-1 Perpendicular magnetic anisotropy Introduction to magnetic recording Domain wall based memory
energy magnetic materials NiFe
S-8
Magnetic domains in out-of-plane Magnetic properties of nanostructured soft
SLO-2 Discussion on Magnetostatic energy Magnetic recording principles Magnetic random access memory
magnetized materials magnetic materials CoFeB
Magnetic properties of nanostructured hard
SLO-1 Introduction to hard magnetic materials Formation of magnetic vortex Nanomagnetic disks Heat assisted magnetic recording
magnetic materials FePt
S-9
Magnetic properties of nanostructured hard
SLO-2 Introduction to soft magnetic materials Formation of antivortex and Skyrmions Read and write head Microwave assisted magnetic recording
magnetic materials CoPt

Learning 1. Principles of Nanomagnetism, by Alberto P. Guimaraes, XII, Springer Berlin Heidelberg New York, 2009 3. Spin dynamics and damping in ferromagnetic thin films and nanostructures, by Anjan Barman and
Resources 2. Advanced Magnetic Nanostructures, by David Sellmyer, Ralph Skomski, Springer Heidelberg, 2010 Jaivardhan Sinha, Springer, Switzerland, 2018

Learning Assessment
Continuous Learning Assessment (50% weightage)
Bloom’s Final Examination (50% weightage)
CLA – 1 (10%) CLA – 2 (15%) CLA – 3 (15%) CLA – 4 (10%)#
Level of Thinking
Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice Theory Practice
Remember
Level 1 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Understand
Apply
Level 2 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40 % - 40% -
Analyze
Evaluate
Level 3 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30 % - 30% -
Create
Total 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 %
# CLA – 4 can be from any combination of these: Assignments, Seminars, Tech Talks, Mini-Projects, Case-Studies, Self-Study, MOOCs, Certifications, Conf. Paper etc.,

Course Designers
Experts from Industry Experts from Higher Technical Institutions Internal Experts
1. Dr. Hemant Dixit, GlobalFoundaries,USA, aplahemant@gmail.com 1. Dr. Arabinda Haldar, IIT Hyderabad, arabinda@iith.ac.in 1. Dr. Jaivardhan Sinha, SRMIST
2. Dr. Krishna Surendra Muvvala, Saint Gobain Research India, India, Krishna.muvvala@saintgobain.com 2. Dr. M. S. Ramachandra Rao, IIT Madras, msrrao@iitm.ac.in 2. Dr. Kamala Bharathi, SRMIST

SRM Institute of Science & Technology – Academic Curricula (2018 Regulations) - Control copy
1855

You might also like